Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
1 result
|
|
|||||||
 | |||||||
| abhi | ind. exempli gratia, 'for example' abhi-tāmra-, abhi-nava- q.v (As a separate adverb or preposition) it expresses (with accusative) to, towards, in the direction of, against  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhidhyai | -dhyāyati-, to direct one's intention to, set one's heart upon, intend, desire  etc. ; to meditate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhidyu | mfn. directed to heaven, tending or going to heaven | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhilakṣyīkṛtya | ind.p. ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhimanas | mfn. "having the mind directed towards", desirous of, longing for (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhimanasya | Nom. A1. (Opt. -manasy/eta-) "to have the mind directed towards", be pleased with, like | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhimukha | mf(ī-,rarely ā-)n. with the face directed towards, turned towards, facing (with accusative dative case genitive case;or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhimukham | ind. towards (often used in a hostile manner ), in the direction of, in front or presence of, near to (accusative genitive case;or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhimukhya | n. (fr. abhi-mukha-), direction towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ābhimukhya | n. wish or desire directed towards anything | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiniṣkṛta | mfn. directed against (as an evil action)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiprahā | -jihīte-, to jump or fly upwards in the direction of (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisaṃcārin | mfn. "moving in every direction", inconstant, changeable  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiṣeṇa | m. directing arrows against  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisṛj | (imperfect tense -asṛjat-; Aorist Passive voice -/asarji-[ ] and 3. plural -asṛgran-[ ] or -asṛkṣata-[ ]) to pour into or upon (accusative), pour out for a purpose (accusative) or for the sake of (accusative) ; to let loose in a special direction ; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. -srās-for -srākṣ-s-) to throw upon ; to surrender, give, grant, allow, permit etc. ; to assail, attack  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisṛṣṭa | mfn. "let loose in a special direction", running towards (accusative or locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhisṛta | mfn. directed towards (in compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhiviś | Caus., perf. Pass. p. -veśita-,"caused to enter upon", directed towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyagra | mf(ā-)n. having the point turned or directed towards (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| abhyanujñā | to assent to, approve, allow, permit, concede etc. ; to authorize, direct ; to allow one to depart, dismiss etc. ; (ind.p. -jñaya-; infinitive mood -jñātum-) to take leave, ask for leave to depart : Causal (ind.p. -jñāpya-; future parasmE-pada -jñāpayiṣyat-) to ask for leave to depart | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādeśin | mfn. commanding, directing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte- (in the later language usually A1.), 1. sg. /ā-dadhāmi- ; imperative 2. sg. ā-dhehi- ; perfect tense 3. plural -dadh/us- ; Aorist 3. plural /ā ; parasmE-pada -dadhāna-, parasmE-pada Passive voice -dhīyamāna- (in compound exempli gratia, 'for example' ā-dhīyamāna-citta- ) ; perf. -dadhau-, etc. ; ([see under etc. ; to add (fuel to fire) etc. ; to give or deposit in pledge, stake (money) ; to give, supply, lend, deliver etc. ; to accept, receive etc. ; to make, constitute, effect etc. ; (only A1.) to keep, preserve, appropriate to one's self, hold, possess, take ; to conceive (as a woman), get children etc.: Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to put: Desiderative A1. -dhitsate-, to wish to kindle (a fire) : P. (parasmE-pada -dhitsat-) to be about to take up (a stick for punishing)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhibala | pursuing an aim by an indirect course, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding  | ||||||
| |||||||
| adhyās | to sit down or lie down upon, to settle upon ; to occupy as one's seat or habitation ; to get into, enter upon ; to be directed to or upon ; to affect, concern ; to preside over, influence, rule ; to cohabit with: Causal P. adhy-āsayati-, to cause to sit down : Desiderative (parasmE-pada adhyāsisiṣamāṇa-) to be about to rise up to (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādiś | P. -did/eṣṭi- ([ subjunctive 3. sg. -dideśati- ]), -diś/ati- ([3. plural -diśanti- imperative 2. sg. -diśa- imperfect tense 1. sg. ā ]) infinitive mood -d/iśe- ([ ]) and -deṣṭum- (Aorist 3. sg. ā See ] future 1. plural -dekṣyāmaḥ-, perf. -dideśa-) to aim at, have in view ; to threaten ; to hit ; to assign etc. ; to point out, indicate ; to report, announce, teach etc. ; to determine, specify, denominate etc. ; to declare, foretell, etc. ; to order, direct, command etc. ; to refer any one to (locative case) ; to banish etc. ; to undertake, try ; to profess as one's aim or duty : Causal -deśayati-, to show, indicate, announce, : Intensive (parasmE-pada -d/ediśāna-) to have in view, aim at (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādiś | f. Name of a particular direction or point of the compass (enumerated with diś-, pra-, vi-,and ud-) (see infinitive mood ā-d/iśe-= dative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| ādiṣṭa | mfn. directed, assigned | ||||||
| |||||||
| ajitabalā | f. Name of a jaina- deity who acts under the direction of the arhat- ajita-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ājñā | -jānāti- (imperative 2. plural -jānīta-; perf. -jajñau-;p. jān/at-) to mind, perceive, notice, understand ; (see /an-ājānat-): Caus. -jñāpayati-, te- (Inf. -jñaptum- ) to order, command, direct etc. ; to assure | ||||||
| |||||||
| ājñāpya | mfn. to be directed or commanded by (genitive case), expecting an order from (genitive case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ājñātṛ | m. one who directs | ||||||
| |||||||
| ākāśe | ind. in the air (a stage direction implying something said by or to a person out of sight)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| amudryañc | mfn. turned in that direction,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| amumuyañc | mfn. turned in that direction, | ||||||
| |||||||
| añc | only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' , turned to, going or directed towards | ||||||
| |||||||
| anirdeśa | m. absence of rule or direction.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āñjasa | mf(ī-)n. (fr. añjasā- q.v), immediate, direct commentator or commentary on | ||||||
| |||||||
| anujñāta | mfn. ordered, directed, instructed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuktasiddhi | f. (in dramatic language) a veiled or indirect compliment,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuloma | mf(ā-)n. "with the hair or grain"(opposed to prati-loma- q.v), in a natural direction, in order, regular, successive  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anulomakṛṣṭa | mfn. ploughed in the regular direction (with the grain). | ||||||
| |||||||
| anulomana | n. due regulation, sending or putting in the right direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| anulomaya | Nom. P. anu-lomayati-, to stroke or rub with the hair ; to send in the right direction or so as to carry off by the right channels | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomika | mf(ī-)n. (fr. anu-loma-), in the direction of the hair, in natural or regular order, in due course  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomya | mf(ī-)n. in the direction of the hair, produced in natural or direct order | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomya | n. a direction similar to that of hairs, natural or direct order | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānulomya | n. favourable direction, fit disposition, favourableness | ||||||
| |||||||
| ānupūrva | n. (in law) direct order of the castes | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuśās | to rule, govern ; to order ; to teach, direct, advise, address ; to punish, chastise, correct.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuśāsaka | mfn. one who governs, instructs, directs or punishes. | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuśāsana | n. instruction, direction, command, precept | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuśāsita | mfn. directed | ||||||
| |||||||
| anusrotasa | mfn. in the direction of the current of a river,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuvāte | ind. with the wind blowing in the same direction, to windward | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuvyāsthā | Caus. -sthāpayati-, to send away in different directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| anuyam | (3. plural -yacchanti-;Imper. -yacchatu-; parasmE-pada fem. -y/acchamānā-) to direct, guide, give a direction to ; (perf. 3. plural -yemuḥ- A1.3. dual number -yem/āte-) to follow  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anvañc | mfn. aṅ-, ūc/ī-and /ūcī-, ak- ( | ||||||
| |||||||
| anvavārj | ( arj-) to cause to go after or in a particular direction ; to afflict with (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| anyatas | ind. on the other side, on the contrary, in one direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| anyatoghātin | mfn. striking in one direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| anyatramanas | (any/atra--) mfn. having the mind directed to something else, inattentive | ||||||
| |||||||
| apavedha | m. piercing anything in the wrong direction or manner (spoiling a jewel by so piercing it)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| apipakṣa | m. the region or direction to the side  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprāpyagrahaṇa | n. perception of an object though the senses are not in any direct connection with it  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprāpyakārin | mfn. acting on any object without direct contact with it, commentator or commentary on | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprastuta | mfn. indirect, accidental or extraneous | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprastutapraśaṃsā | f. "conveying the subject-matter by that which is not the subject-matter", (in rhetoric) implied or indirect expression. | ||||||
| |||||||
| aprastutastuti | f. "conveying the subject-matter by that which is not the subject-matter", (in rhetoric) implied or indirect expression. | ||||||
| |||||||
| apratibandha | mfn. unimpeded, undisputed, direct (inheritance), not collateral or presumptive.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārādupakāraka | mfn. indirectly effective, , Scholiast or Commentator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārādupakārin | mfn. indirectly effective, , Scholiast or Commentator | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārāt | ind. directly, immediately  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārāvalī | f. "row of awl-shaped hills", Name of a chain of mountains (commonly called Aravalli, running for 300 miles in a north-easterly direction through Rajputana etc., the highest point being Mount Abu 5650 feet high). | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārjava | n. straightness, straight direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ārjavaka | mfn. straight, direct | ||||||
| |||||||
| āsakta | mfn. following directly, immediately proceeding from (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| asamana | mf(/ā-)n. not remaining united, going in different directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āśu | ind. quickly, quick, immediately, directly (confer, compare Greek , ; Latin acuinacupedius,o7cissimus:of the same origin may be the Latin aquilaandaccipiter.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| audareiṣa | mfn. directed to agni-,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avācīna | mf(ā-)n. directed downwards, being or situated below (ablative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| avadhā | P. (Aorist 3. plural -/adhuh- ;Imper. 2. sg. -dhehi-and perf. 3. plural -dadh/uh- ; ind.p. -dhāya-;rarely A1. exempli gratia, 'for example' perf. -dadhe- ) to place down, plunge into (locative case), deposit ; to place or turn aside : Passive voice (Imper. -dhīyatām-) to be applied or directed (as the mind) : Causal (Potential -dhāpayet-) to cause. to put into (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avakṛ | (ind . p. -kṛtvā [mukhāny] ava-) to direct downwards (as the face)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avakṝ | -kirati- (imperfect tense avākirat-; ind.p. -kīrya-) to pour out or down, spread, scatter, etc. ; (Potential -k/iret-) to spill one's semen virile (see /ava-kīrṇa-and rṇin-below) ; to shake off, throw off, leave ; to bestrew, pour upon, cover with, fill etc.: Passive voice -kīryate- (perf. -cakre- ,according to commentator or commentary also A1. -kirate- Aorist avā ; A1. (Aorist 3. plural avā , (see ava- | ||||||
| |||||||
| avakṛta | mfn. directed downwards as a root | ||||||
| |||||||
| avalamb | -lambate- (ind.p. -lambya-,exceptionally P. exempli gratia, 'for example' Potential -lambet- ) to hang down, glide or slip down, descend etc. ; (pr. p. P. -lambat-) to set (as the sun) ; to catch hold of. cling to, hang to, hold on or support one's self by, rest upon as a support, depend upon (generally accusative;but also locative case [ ] or instrumental case [ ]), to hold up anything (to prevent its falling down) ; to enter a state or condition (as māyām-, mānuṣyatvam-, dhairyam-,etc.) ; to devote one's self to (accusative) ; "to incline towards", choose as a direction : Causal (ind.p. -lambya-) to hang up ; to grasp (for support)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvāpa | m. casting, directing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvartana | n. the time when the sun begins to cast shadows towards the east or when shadows are cast in an opposite direction, noon  | ||||||
| |||||||
| avaśṝ | (imperfect tense avā : Passive voice (imperfect tense -śīryata-) to be dispersed, fly in every direction edition Bombay edition  | ||||||
| |||||||
| aviḍīna | n. "not flying apart", a direct flight  | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvṛt | f. turn of path or way, course, process, direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| āvṛtti | f. turn of a way, course, direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| āyata | mfn. directed towards, aiming at  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahirmukha | mf(ī-)n. one who has his mind directed to external things  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahiṣprajña | mfn. one whose knowledge is directed towards external objects | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahudhā | ind. in many ways or parts or forms or directions, variously, manifoldly, much, repeatedly etc. etc. (with;to make public, divulge )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahudhāgata | mfn. gone in various directions, dispersed, scattered | ||||||
| |||||||
| bahuvidham | ind. diversely, in several directions, up and down  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bandh | cl.9 P. () badhn/āti- (rarely A1. badhnīt/e-; cl.1 P. A1. bandhati-, te- ; cl.4 P. badhyati- ; imperative badhāna- , bandhāna- , -badhnīhi- , bandha- ; perfect tense P. bab/andha-,3. plural bedh/us- , babandhus- ; A1. bedh/e-, dhir/e- , babandhe- grammar; future bhantsyati- etc., bandhiṣyati-, te- ; banddhā- grammar; Aorist abhāntsīt- grammar; preceding badhyāt- ; infinitive mood banddhum-,or bandhitum- , b/adhe- ind.p. baddhv/ā- , dhv/āya- , -badhya- ; -bandham- ), to bind, tie, fix, fasten, chain, fetter etc. ; to bind round, put on (;later also P."on one's self") etc. ; to catch, take or hold captive, met. = to attach to world or to sin ; to fix, direct, fasten, rivet (eyes, ears or mind) on (locative case or infinitive mood) ; to arrest, hold back, restrain, suppress, stop, shut, close ; to bind a sacrificial victim, offer, sacrifice (with dative case of the deity to whom it is presented) : ; to punish, chastise ; to join, unite, put together or produce anything in this way, exempli gratia, 'for example' fold (the hands), clench (the fist), knit or bend (the eyebrows), arrange, assume (a posture), set up (a limit), construct (a dam or a bridge), span, bridge over (a river), conceive or contract (friendship or enmity), compose, construct (a poem or verse) etc. ; to form or produce in any way, cause, effect, do, make, bear (fruit), strike (roots), take up (one's abode) ; to entertain, cherish, show, exhibit, betray (joy, resolution etc.) : Passive voice badhy/ate- (ti- ), to be bound etc. etc. ; (especially) to be bound by the fetters of existence or evil, sin again ; to be affected by id est experience, suffer (instrumental case) : Causal bandhayati- (Aorist ababandhat-), to cause to bind or catch or capture, imprison etc. ; to cause to be built or constructed ; to cause to be embanked or dammed up ; to bind together (also bādhayati-) : Desiderative bibhantsati- grammar : Intensive bābanddhi-, bābadhyate- [ confer, compare Zend band; Greek , ; Latin foedus,fides; Lit.be4ndras; Gothic Anglo-Saxon bindan; German binden; English bind.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| bandha | m. fixing, directing (mind, eyes, etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bandhana | n. fixing upon, directing towards (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgi | f. a roundabout mode of acting or speaking, circumlocution ( bhaṅgyā gyā-, ind."in an indirect manner") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgī | f. a roundabout mode of acting or speaking, circumlocution ( bhaṅgyā gyā-, ind."in an indirect manner") etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhaṅgyantareṇa | ind. in an indirect manner | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvana | f(ā-)n. forming in the mind, conception, apprehension, imagination, supposition, fancy, thought, meditation ( bhāvanayā nayā- ind.in thought, in imagination; nām- etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvana | f(ā-)n. (in logic) that cause of memory which arises from direct perception | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhāvita | mfn. directed towards, fixed upon | ||||||
| |||||||
| bhramarikā | f. wandering in all directions ( bhramarikādṛṣṭi -dṛṣṭi- f.a wandering glance )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| brāhmaṇa | n. the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- (as distinct from its mantra- and upaniṣad- portion) and consisting of a class of works called brāhmaṇa-s (they contain rules for the employment of the mantra-s or hymns at various sacrifices, with detailed explanations of their origin and meaning and numerous old legends;they are said by sāyaṇa- to contain two parts: 1. vidhi-,rules or directions for rites;2. artha-vāda-,explanatory remarks;each veda- has its own brāhmaṇa-, that of the is preserved in 2 works, viz. the aitareya-, sometimes called āśvalāyana-, and the kauṣītaki- or śāṅkhāyana-- brāhmaṇa-;the white yajur-veda- has the śata-patha-brāhmaṇa-;the black yajur-veda- has the brāhmaṇa- which differs little from the text of its saṃhitā-;the has 8 brāhmaṇa-s, the best known of which are the prauḍha- or pañca-viṃśa- and the ṣaḍviṃśa-;the has one brāhmaṇa- called go-patha-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| car | cl.1. c/arati-, rarely te- (subjunctive c/arat-,3 plural c/arān- ; perf. cac/āra-[ etc.] , 2 sg. cacartha- ; plural cerur-,etc.; ratur- etc.; A1. cere- ; future cariṣyati-, te-; Aorist acārīt-[ ]; infinitive mood c/aritum-[ ]or cartum-[ ] , Vedic or Veda car/adhyai-[ ], c/aritave-[ ], car/ase-[ ], car/āyai-[ ], caritos-[ ]; ind.p. caritv/ā- ; cartvā- ; cīrtvā-, ; parasmE-pada c/arat-) to move one's self, go, walk, move, stir, roam about, wander (said of men, animals, water, ships, stars, etc.) etc. ; to spread, be diffused (as fire) ; to move or travel through, pervade, go along, follow etc. ; to behave, conduct one's self, act, live, treat (with instrumental case or locative case) etc. ; to be engaged in, occupied or busy with (instr exempli gratia, 'for example' yajñ/ena c-,"to be engaged in a sacrifice" ) etc. ; (with[ ]or without[ ] mithun/am-) to have intercourse with, have to do with (instrumental case) ; (with a parasmE-pada or adjective (cf. mfn.) or ind.p. or adverb) to continue performing or being (exempli gratia, 'for example' arcantaś cerur-,"they continued worshipping"; svāminam avajñāya caret-,"he may go on despising his master") etc. ; (in astronomy) to be in any asterism or conjunction ; to undertake, set about, under go, observe, practise, do or act in general, effect, make (exempli gratia, 'for example' vrat/āni-"to observe vows" etc.; vighnaṃ c-,"to put a hindrance"; bhaikṣaṃ c-"to beg"; vivādaṃ c-,"to be engaged in a lawsuit"; mṛgayāṃ c-,"to hunt" ; sambandhāṃś c-,"to enter into connections"; mārgaṃ cacāra bāṇaiḥ-,"he made a way with arrows"; tapasā indriyāṇi c-,to exercise one's organs with penance ) etc. ; to consume, eat (with accusative), graze ; to make or render (with double accusative) exempli gratia, 'for example' nar/endraṃ satya-sthaṃ carāma-,"let us make the king keep his word" : Causal cārayati-, to cause to move or walk about (Aorist /acīcarat-) ; to pasture ; to send, direct, turn, move etc. ; to cause any one (accusative) to walk through (accusative) ; to drive away from (ablative) ; to cause any one (accusative) to practise or perform (with accusative) ; to cause (any animal accusative) to eat ; to cause to copulate ; to ascertain (as through a spy instrumental case) ; to doubt (see vi--) : Desiderative cicariṣati-, to try to go (parasmE-pada cicarṣat-) ; to wish to act or conduct one's self ; to try to have intercourse with (instrumental case), : Intensive carcarīti- A1. or rarely ([ ]) Passive voice cañcūryate- (curīti-and cūrti- ; ind.p. cūrya- ; parasmE-pada once P. cūryat- ) to move quickly or repeatedly, walk about, roam about (in locative case) etc. ; to act wantonly or coquettishly (see ) ; ([ see, etc.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| chektokti | f. indirect speech, hint, double entendre  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cihna | n. (in grammar) aim, direction towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| cint | (see ;metrically also tayate-See also tayāna-) to think, have a thought or idea, reflect, consider etc. ; to think about, reflect upon, direct the thoughts towards, care for (accusative;exceptionally dative case or locative case or prati-) etc. ; to find out ; to take into consideration, treat of. ; to consider as or that, tax (with double accusative or accusative and iti-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| codaka | m. direction, invitation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| codana | fn. impelling, invitation, direction, rule, precept | ||||||
| |||||||
| codita | mfn. invited, directed, ordered | ||||||
| |||||||
| cud | cl.1. c/odati-, te- (subjunctive c/odat-; imperative da-, data-, dasva-,(2. dual number) dethām-; Aorist 2. sg. codīs-; pr. p. See a-cod/at-), to impel, incite, animate ; to bring or offer quickly (as the soma-) ; A1. to hasten : Causal cod/ayati-, rarely te- (subjunctive 2. sg. yāsi-, yāse-; Aorist acūcudat- ; parasmE-pada cod/ayat-;Pan. codyamāna-), to sharpen, whet (confer, compare ) ; ; to impel, incite, cause to move quickly, accelerate etc. ; (with cakṣus-) to direct (the eye) towards (locative case) ; to inspire, excite, animate ; to request, petition, ask, urge on, press or importune with a request etc. ; help on, assist in the attainment of (dative case) ; to bring or offer quickly, ; to ask for ; to inquire after ; to enjoin, fix, settle ; to object, criticise ; to be quick ; ([ confer, compare , ; Latin cudo.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| dā | cl.3. d/adāti- (plural dati- etc.; A1. datte- ;1. sg. dadmi- ; imperative d/adātu- plural dahu-;2. sg. daddh/i- ; deh/i-[ ] ;2. plural d/adāta- , tana- , datt/a- etc.;2. dual number tt/am- etc.; Potential dady/āt- etc.; imperfect tense /adadāt-; plural /adadur- ;2. dual number /adattam- etc.;2. plural ttana-, , /adadāta- ; subjunctive d/adat- , das- dan- parasmE-pada m. Nominal verb sg. d/adat- plural tas- etc.; parasmE-pada A1. d/adāna-, ; n/a-, ; sg. dadati-, ; plural danti-, ; imperative da-, ; data- ; Potential det- ; imperfect tense /adadat- ; A1. sg. d/adate- ; plural dante-, ; imperative sg. datām- ; dasva- etc.; imperfect tense plural /adadanta- ; parasmE-pada d/adamāna- ; Aorist /adāt-[ ], dat-, /adur-, d/ur-etc.; subjunctive 2. dual number dāsathas- [ confer, compare ]; Potential 1. plural deṣma- ; perfect tense dad/au-, d/ur-, d/athur-, datur-, d/o- etc.; Passive voice d/e-, ; dadade-, dāte-, dire- ; parasmE-pada genitive case dad/uṣas- , ṣām- ; Nominal verb dv/ān-, ; dāvan- ; accusative div/āṃsam-, [ confer, compare ]; future parasmE-pada dāsy/at- ; A1. syate-, syante-,1. sg. sye- ; preceding deyāt- ; infinitive mood dāv/ane- ; d/ātos-, ; tave-, ; d/ātav/ai-[ ] ; tum-, etc.: ind.p. dattv/āya-[ ] ; ttv/ā- etc.; -d/āya-[ ] etc.: Passive voice dīyate-[ ]; parasmE-pada y/amāna- ; Aorist adāyi- ; preceding dāsīṣṭa-, dāyis-, ) cl.1. d/āti- (; imperative tu-, ; confer, compare Va1rtt. 3 ) to give, bestow, grant, yield, impart, present, offer to (dative case,in later language also genitive case or locative case) etc. ; to give (a daughter, kanyām-) in marriage etc. ; to hand over ; (with haste-) ; to give back, ; to pay (daṇḍam-,"a fine"; ṛṇam-,"a debt", ) ; to give up, cede (āsanam-,"one's seat") ; (panthānam-or mārgam-,"to give up the road, allow to pass") and ; to sell (with instrumental case of the price), ; to sacrifice (ātmānam-,"one's self."; āt- khedāya-,"to give one's self up to grief", ) ; to offer (an oblation etc.) etc. ; to communicate, teach, utter (blessings, āśiṣas- ), give (answer, prati-vacas-, canam-, praty-uttaram- etc.), speak (satyaṃ vacas-,the truth, ; vacam-,to address a speech to [ dative case ] ) ; to permit, allow (with infinitive mood) ; to permit sexual intercourse ; to place, put, apply (in med.) etc. ; to add ; with varam-,"to grant a boon" etc. ; śoham-,"to cause grief", ; avakāśam-,"to give room or space, allow to enter" etc. ; prāṇān- or jīvitam-,"to spare any one's life" ; talam- or lān-, to slap with the palms of the hands ; la-prahāram-, to strike with the palm tālam-, to beat time with the hands ; saṃjñām-, to make a sign ; saṃketakam-, to make an appointment samayam-, to propose an agreement ; upamām-, to compare with [ genitive case ] ; paṭaham-, to proclaim with the drum ; śabdam-, to make a noise, call out ; śāpam-, to utter a curse etc. ; gāīh-. idem or 'm. fire ' ; anuyātram-, to accompany ; āliṅganane-, parirambhaṇam-, to embrace, ; jhampam-, to jump ; śrāddham-, to perform a śrāddha- ; vratakam-, to accomplish a vow ; yuddham-, niy-, saṃgrāmam-, to give battle, fight with ; ājñām- ādeśam-, to give an order, command, ; saṃdeśam-, to give information ; prayogam-, to give a dramatic representation vṛtim-, to fence in ; darśanam-, to show one's self ; dṛṣṭim-, dṛśam-, akṣi-, caksus-, to fix the eyes on (locative case) ; karṇam-, to give ear, listen ; manas-, to direct the mind to (locative case) ; kars- kapolam-, to rest the cheek on the hand ; nigaḍāni- to put on or apply fetters pāvakam-, to set on fire ; agnīn- to consume by fire ; śāram-, to move a chess-man ; argalam-, to draw a bolt, bar ; jānu-, to kneel upon (genitive case) ; padam-, to tread upon [loc.] ; to direct the steps ; viṣam-, to poison (with accusative !) ; garam- idem or 'm. fire ' (with genitive case) ; -- A1. to carry, hold, keep, preserve ; to show (Aorist adadiṣṭa-; aded-fr.) : Causal dāpayati- (; Aorist adīdapat-, ) to cause to give or be given, cause to bestow or present or give up, oblige to pay, make restore etc. ; to demand from (ablative) ; to cause to utter or speak ghoṣaṇām-, to cause to be made known ; to cause to place or advance, ; to cause to perform, to cause to be put on (locative case) : Desiderative d/itsati- (; parasmE-pada d/idāsat- ; d/itsat-, ; Potential tseyam- ; perfect tense 2. sg. didāsitha- ; confer, compare ) to wish to give, be ready to bestow etc. ; to wish to give in marriage etc.: Intensive dedīyate- ; ([ confer, compare ; Latin do;etc.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| daiśika | mf(ī-)n. showing, directing, spiritual guide or teacher (see deśika-and deśya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dakṣiṇa | mf(ā-)n. south, southern (as being on the right side of a person looking eastward), situated to the south, turned or directed southward etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dakṣiṇāprañc | mfn. directed towards the south-east, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dakṣiṇatonyāya | mfn. where the southern direction is the rule | ||||||
| |||||||
| dattadṛṣṭi | mfn. directing the eye towards, looking on (locative case) (varia lectio)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| deśanā | f. direction, instruction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| deśita | mfn. shown, directed, instructed | ||||||
| |||||||
| deṣṭra | n. indication, direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| devāc | mf(ā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| devahū | f. (scilicet dvār-) Name of the northern aperture of the human body, id est of the left ear (which is turned north wards if the face is directed towards the east) (see pitṛ--). | ||||||
| |||||||
| devaśiṣṭa | (v/a--) mfn. taught or directed by the gods  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhā | cl.3 P. A1. d/adhāti-, dhatt/e- etc. (P. dual number dadhv/as-, dhatth/as-, dhatt/as-[ ]; plural dadhm/asi-or m/as-, dhatth/a-, dādhati-; imperfect tense /adadhāt- plural dhur-, plural /adhatta-or /adadhāta- ; subjunctive d/adhat-or dhāt-[ ], dhas-, dhatas-, dhan-; Potential dadhy/āt-; imperative dādhātu- plural dhatu-;2. sg. dheh/i-[fr. dhaddhi-; confer, compare ] or dhattāt- ;2. plural dhatt/a-, , dhattana-, , d/adhāta-, ,or tana-, [ confer, compare ]; parasmE-pada d/adhat-, ti- m. plural tas-; A1.1. sg. dadh/e-[at once3. sg. equals dhatt/e- and= perfect tense A1.],2. sg. dh/atse-, or dhats/e- dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-;2. plural dhidhv/e-[ confer, compare perfect tense ];3. plural d/adhate- ; imperfect tense /adhatta-, tthās-; subjunctive d/adhase-, [ ]; Potential d/adhīta- dadhīt/a-, ; imperative 2. sg. dhatsva-, or dadhiṣva-, ;2. plural dhaddhvam-[ ]or dadhidhvam- ,etc.;3. pl. dadhatām- ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-) ; rarely cl.1 P. A1. dadhati-, te- ; only thrice cl.2 P. dh/āti- ; and once cl.4 A1. Potential dhāyeta- (pf.P. dadh/au-, dh/ātha-, dhatur-, dhim/ā etc.; A1. dadh/e-[ confer, compare proper ], dadhiṣ/e-or dhiṣe- ;2.3. dual number dadh/āthe-, dh/āte-,2. pl. dadhidhv/e-[ confer, compare proper ];3. plural dadhir/e-, dadhre-, ,or dhire-, ; parasmE-pada d/adhāna-[ confer, compare proper ]; Aorist P. /adhāt-, dh/āt-, dh/ās-; adh/ur-, dh/ur- etc.; Potential dheyām-, yur-; dhetana- ; 2. sg. dhāyīs- ; imperative dh/ātu-[ confer, compare ];2. plural dh/āta-or tana-,3. plural dhāntu- ; A1. adhita-, thās-, adhītām-, adhīmahi-, dhīmahi-, dhimahe-, dhāmahe- ;3. sg. ahita-, hita- ; subjunctive dh/ethe- , dhaithe-, ; imperative dhiṣv/ā; P. adhat- ; dhat- ; P. dhāsur- subjunctive sathas-and satha- ; A1. adhiṣi-, ṣata- ; Potential dhiṣīya- [ ]; dheṣīya- ; future dhāsyati-, te-or dhātā- etc.; infinitive mood dh/ātum- etc.;Ved. also tave-, tav/ai-, tos-; dhiy/adhyai- ;Class. also -dhitum-; ind.p. dhitv/ā- ; hitvā-[ ], -dh/āya-and -dh/ām- : Passive voice dhīy/ate- etc.[ ] , p. dhīy/amāna- ; Aorist /adhāyi-, dh/āyi- [ ]; preceding dhāsīṣṭa-or dhāyiṣīṣṭa-[ ]) to put, place, set, lay in or on (locative case) etc. etc. (with daṇḍam-,to inflict punishment on [with locative case ,with genitive case ];with tat-padavyām padam-,to put one's foot in another's footstep id est imitate, equal ) ; to take or bring or help to (locative case or dative case;with ār/e-,to remove) ; (A1.) to direct or fix the mind or attention (cintām-, manas-, matim-, samādhim-etc.) upon, think of (locative case or dative case), fix or resolve upon (locative case dative case accusative with prati-or a sentence closed with iti-) ; to destine for, bestow on, present or impart to (locative case dative case or genitive case) etc. (Passive voice to be given or granted, fall to one's [dat.] lot or share ) ; to appoint, establish, constitute ; to render (with double accusative) ; to make, produce, generate, create, cause, effect, perform, execute etc. (Aorist with pūrayām-, mantrayām-, varayām-etc. equals pūrayām-etc. cakāra-) ; to seize, take hold of, hold, bear, support, wear, put on (clothes) etc. ; (A1.) to accept, obtain, conceive (especially in the womb), get, take (with /okas-or c/anas-,to take pleasure or delight in [loc. or dative case ]) ; to assume, have, possess, show, exhibit, incur, undergo : Causal -dhāpayati- (See antar-dhā-, śrad-dhā-etc.) : Desiderative dh/itsati-, te- () , to wish to put in or lay on (locative case) (Class. Passive voice dhitsyate-; dhitsya-See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) ; d/idhiṣati-, te-, to wish to give or present ; (A1.) to wish to gain, strive after (parasmE-pada d/idhiṣāṇa-, ) : with avady/am-, to bid defiance (confer, compare didhiṣ/āyya-, didhiṣ/u-): Intensive dedhīyate- [ confer, compare Zend da1,dadaiti; Greek ,; Lithuanian dedu4,de4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian dedja,diti; Old Saxon duan,do7n, Anglo-Saxon do7n,Engl.do; German tuan;tuon,thun.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dharmābhimanas | mfn. directing the mind to virtue or religion, virtuous  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhī | cl.3 A1. dīdhīte-, etc. (see ) to perceive, think, reflect ; wish, desire: Intensive dedhyat-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhṛ | cl.1 P. A1. dharati-, te- (; A1. Potential dhareran- ), but more commonly in the same sense the Causal form dhārayati-, te- (perf. P. dā ]; A1. dadhr/e-,3. plural dhrir/e- etc.; Aorist adhāram- ; adhṛta-, dhṛthās- ; /adīdharat- etc.[ dīdhar-, didhṛtam-, ta- ;3. plural rata- ]; adārṣīt- grammar; future dhariṣyati- ; ṣy/e- ; dhartā- ; infinitive mood dhartum- , tavai- [ dhart/ari-See under tṛ-]; ind.p. dhṛtvā-, -dhṛtya- ) to hold, bear (also bring forth), carry, maintain, preserve, keep, possess, have, use, employ, practise, undergo etc. ; (with or scil ātmānam-, jīvitam-, prāṇān-, deham-, śarīram-etc.) to preserve soul or body, continue living, survive etc. (especially future dhariṣyati-; confer, compare Passive voice below) ; to hold back, keep down, stop, restrain, suppress, resist etc. ; to place or fix in, bestow or confer on (locative case) etc. ; to destine for (dative case; A1.also to be destined for or belong to) ; to present to (genitive case) ; to direct or turn (attention, mind, etc.) towards, fix or resolve upon (locative case or dative case) ; A1. to be ready or prepared for ; P. A1. to owe anything (accusative) to (dative case or genitive case) (confer, compare ) ; to prolong (in pronunciation) ; to quote, cite ; (with garbham-) to conceive, be pregnant (older bham- etc. ; (with daṇḍam-) to inflict punishment on (locative case) (also damam-) ; (with keśān-,or śmaśru-) to let the hair or beard grow ; (with raśmīn-[ ] or praharān-[ ]) to draw the reins tight ; (with dharamam-) to fulfil a duty ; (with vrat/am-) to observe or keep a vow etc. ; (with dhāraṇām-) to practise self-control ; (wit. ipas-) to perform penance ; (with mūrdhnā-or dhni-, śirasā-or si-) to bear on the head, honour highly ; (with or scilicet tulayā-) to hold in a balance, weigh, measure etc. ; (with or scilicet manasā-) to bear in mind, recollect, remember ; (with samaye-) to hold to an agreement, cause to make a compact (Bombay edition dṛṣṭvā-for dhṛtvā-): Passive voice dhriy/ate- (Epic also yati-; perfect tense dadhr/e-etc. = A1.; Aorist adhāri-) to be borne etc. ; so be firm, keep steady etc. ; continue living, exist, remain etc. (also dhāryate- ) ; to begin, resolve upon, undertake (dative case; accusative or infinitive mood) : Causal dhār/ayati-, te- See above: Desiderative didhīrṣati- (See ṣā-), didhariṣate- ; didhārayiṣati-, to wish to keep up or preserve (ātmānam-) : Intensive d/ardharti- () and dādharti- (3. plural dhrati- ; confer, compare ) to hold fast, bear firmly, fasten. [ confer, compare Zend dar; Greek ,; Latin fre1-tus,fre1-num.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| dhruva | mf(/ā-)n. (prob. fr. etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' the earth, a mountain, a pillar, a vow etc.;with svā;with dhenu- f.a cow which stands quiet when milked ;with diś- f.the point of the heavens directly under the feet [reckoned among the quarters of the sky see 2. diś-] ;with smṛti- f.a strong or retentive memory ; see also under karaṇa-and nakṣatra-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| digbheda | m. difference of direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| digbhrama | m. mistaking the way or direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| digjaya | m. the conquest of various countries in all directions (see -vijaya-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| digvakrasaṃstha | mfn. standing apart from the right direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| digvibhāga | m. quarter, point, direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| digvirati | f. the not passing beyond boundaries in any direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| digyātrā | f. a procession in different directions , | ||||||
| |||||||
| dikchabda | (for śabda-) m. a word denoting a direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| dikpravibhāga | m. a quarter, direction Scholiast or Commentator on | ||||||
| |||||||
| dikprekṣaṇa | n. looking round in all directions (from fear etc.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| diksāmya | n. sameness of direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| dikśūla | n. Name of particular days on which it is not allowed to travel in certain directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| diktulya | mfn. having the same direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| dimbh | cl.10 A1. dimbhayate- idem or ' cl.10 A1. dimpayate-, to accumulate in ' P. ti-, to order, direct idem or ' cl.10 A1. dimpayate-, to accumulate in '  | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṅmātra | n. a mere direction or indication | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṅmūḍha | mfn. anything about the direction of which one is doubtful | ||||||
| |||||||
| diś | cl.3 P. d/ideṣṭi- (Imper. d/ideṣṭu- ; cl.6. diś/ati-, te-[later the only present tense stem]; perfect tense did/eśa-, didiś/e-; future dekṣyati-, te-[ deṣṭā- ]; Aorist adikṣat- etc.; adikṣi-, /adiṣṭa- ; infinitive mood deṣṭum- etc.; d/iśe- ) to point out, show, exhibit ; to produce, bring forward (as a witness in a court of justice) ; to promote, effect, accomplish ; to assign, grant, bestow upon (dative case ; genitive case ; locative case ) ; to pay (tribute) ; to order, command, bid (infinitive mood) : Passive voice diśyate- etc.: Causal deśayati-, te- ; Aorist adīdiśat-, to show, point out, assign ; to direct, order, command ; teach, communicate, tell, inform, confess : Desiderative didikṣati-, te-, to wish to show etc.: Intensive d/ediṣṭe-, 3. plural śate-, (parasmE-pada f. plural śatīs-) to show, exhibit, manifest ; to order, command : Passive voice dediśyate-, to show or approve one's self. [ confer, compare Z.dis; Greek ; Latin di1co,in-dr2careetc.; Gothic teihan; O. E.te4on(fr.ti4han).] | ||||||
| |||||||
| diś | f. quarter or region pointed at, direction, cardinal point etc. (four in number, viz. prācī-,east; dakṣiṇā-,south; pratici-,west;and udīcī-,north , dhruvā- ; and a 6th, ūrdhvā- ; and a 7th, vy-adhvā- ; but oftener 8 are given id est the 4 cardinal and the 4 intermediate quarters, S. E., S. W., N. W., and N. E. [ see upa--]; and even a 9th, and 10th, tiryak-or adhas-and ūrdhvam- ; diśām pati-[ see dik-pati-below]= soma- ,or= rudra- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| diś | f. quarter, region, direction, place, part (plural,rarely eg. the whole world exempli gratia, 'for example' diśi-, diśi-,in all directions, everywhere ; digbhyas-,from every quarter ; diśo diśas-,hither and thither ; diśo'valokya-,looking into the quarter of the sky id est into the air d/iso 'ntāt-,from the extremities of the world ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| diśā | f. direction, region, quarter or point of the compass (see antara--and avā | ||||||
| |||||||
| diśobhāj | mfn. one who runs away in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| diśoyāyin | mfn. spreading in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṣṭa | mfn. directed, bidden etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṣṭa | n. direction, order, command | ||||||
| |||||||
| diṣṭi | f. direction, prescription, | ||||||
| |||||||
| do | cl.2.4. P. dāti- etc. ; dy/ati- etc. (perfect tense 3 plural A1. -dadire- ; Aorist adāsīt-and adāt- ; preceding deyāt-, ; dāyāt-, ; -diṣīya- ; see ava- etc.: Passive voice dīyate-, prob. to be cast down or, dejected : Desiderative ditsati- : Intensive dedīyate-, (see | ||||||
| |||||||
| dṛṣṭin | mfn. having the looks or thoughts directed upon anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekadevata | mfn. devoted or offered to one deity, directed to one deity,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekadiś | mfn. being in the same quarter or direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekamukha | mfn. having the face turned towards the same direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekamūrdhan | mf(dhnī-)n. having the head or face turned towards the same direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekānta | mfn. directed towards or devoted to only one object or person etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekaśīrṣan | mfn. having the face turned towards the same direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| ekatāna | mfn. directed to one object only, having the mind fixed on one object only, closely attentive | ||||||
| |||||||
| gāmin | mfn. directed towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gata | mfn. relating to, referring to, connected with (exempli gratia, 'for example' putra-gata sneha-,love directed towards the son ; tvad-gata-,belonging to thee)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| gṛhyasūtra | n. a ritual work containing directions for domestic rites and ceremonies (as etc.; see ).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hallīśa | n. a circular dance (performed by women under the direction of a man)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hava | m. direction, order, command  | ||||||
| |||||||
| hiti | f. sending, errand, direction (See asm/e--and dev/a-h-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| itaratas | ind. from or to another direction etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| janāntikam | ind. "personal proximity" (as a stage-direction) whispering aside to another etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ka | but the old form kad- is found in the veda- (See ) ; ([ confer, compare Zend ka,ko7,kA7,kat; Greek , (Ion.,) , ; Latin quis,quid; Lithuanian kas k/a-; Gothic hvas,hvo7,hva, Anglo-Saxon hwa1,hwaet; English who,what.]) The interrogative sentence introduced by ka- is often terminated by iti- (exempli gratia, 'for example' kasya sa putra iti kathyatām-,let it be said, "whose son is he?") , but iti- may be omitted and the sentence lose its direct interrogative character (exempli gratia, 'for example' kasya sa putro na jñāyate-,it is not known whose son he is) . ka- with or without | ||||||
| |||||||
| karmakṛtavat | m. the director of a religious rite, reciter of mantra-s (?)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karmapatha | m. the way or direction or character of an action  | ||||||
| |||||||
| karmaṭha | m. the director and performer of a sacrifice | ||||||
| |||||||
| kavātiryañc | (fr. 1. kava-+ t-) mfn. arranged or directed a little across  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛ | Ved. (I) cl.2 P. 2. sg. k/arṣi- dual number kṛth/as- plural kṛth/a-; A1. 2. sg. kṛṣ/e-; imperfect tense 2. and 3. sg. /akar-, 3. sg. rarely /akat- () ; 3. dual number /akartām-; plural /akarma-, /akarta- (also ), /akran- (Aorist,according to ); A1. /akri- (), /akṛthās- (), /akṛta- (); akrātām- (), /akrata- ( ) : imperative kṛdh/i- (also ), kṛt/am-, kṛt/a-; A1. kṛṣv/a-, kṛdhv/am-; subjunctive 2. and 3. sg. kar- plural k/arma-, k/arta- and kartana-, kran-; A1. 3. sg. kṛta- () , 3. plural kr/anta- () : Potential kriyāma- (); pr. p. P. (Nominal verb plural) kr/antas- A1. krāṇ/a-. (II) cl.1 P. k/arasi-, k/arati-, k/arathas-, k/aratas-, k/aranti-; A1. k/arase-, k/arate-, k/arāmahe-: imperfect tense /akaram-, /akaras-, /akarat- (Aorist,according to ) : imperative k/ara-, k/aratam-, k/aratām-: subjunctive k/aram-, k/arāṇi-, k/aras-, k/arat-, k/arāma-, k/aran-; A1. karāmahai-; pr. p. f. k/arantī- () (III) cl.5 P. kṛṇ/omi-, ṇ/oṣi-, ṇ/oti-, kṛṇuth/as-, kṛṇm/as- and kṛṇmasi-, kṛṇuth/a-, kṛṇv/anti-; A1. kṛṇv/e-, kṛṇuṣ/e-, kṛṇut/e-, 3. dual number kṛṇv/aite- (); plural kṛṇm/ahe-, kṛṇv/ate-: imperfect tense /akṛṇos-, /akṛṇot-, /akṛṇutam-, /akṛṇuta- and ṇotana- (), /akṛṇvan-; A1. 3. sg. /akṛṇuta- plural /akṛṇudhvam-, /akṛṇvata-: imperative kṛṇ/u- or kṛṇuh/i- or kṛṇut/āt-, kṛṇ/otu-, kṛṇut/am-, kṛṇut/ām-, 2. plural kṛṇut/a- or kṛṇ/ota- or kṛṇ/otana-, 3. plural kṛṇv/antu-; A1. kṛṇuṣv/a-, kṛṇut/ām-, kṛṇv/āthām-, kṛṇudhv/am-: subjunctive kṛṇ/avas-, ṇ/avat- or ṇ/avāt-, kṛṇ/avāva-, ṇ/avāma-, ṇ/avātha-, ṇ/avatha-, ṇ/avan-; A1. kṛṇ/avai- (once ṇavā- ), kṛṇavase- (also varia lectio ṇvase-), kṛṇavate-, kṛṇ/avāvahai-, kṛṇ/avāmahai-, 3. plural kṛṇ/avanta- () or kṛṇavante- or kṛṇvata- () : Potential A1. kṛṇvīt/a-; pr. p. P. kṛṇv/at- (f. vat/ī-) A1. kṛṇvāṇ/a-. (IV) cl.8. (this is the usual formation in the brāhmaṇa-s; sūtra-s, and in classical Sanskrit) P. kar/omi- (Epic kurmi- ); kurv/as-, kuruth/as-, kurut/as-, kurm/as- ([ kulmas-in an interpolation after ]), kuruth/a-, kurv/anti-; A1. kurv/e-, etc., 3. plural kurv/ate- () : imperfect tense akaravam-, akaros-, akarot-, akurva-, etc.; A1. 3. sg. akuruta- plural akurvata-: imperative kuru-, karotu- (in the earlier language 2. and 3. sg. kurutāt-,3. sg. also ), kuruta- or kurutana- (); A1. kuruṣva-, kurudhvam-, kurv/atām-: subjunctive karavāṇi-, karavas-, vāt-, vāva- or vāvas- ( ), vāma- or vāmas- (), vātha-, van-; A1. karavai-, kuruthās-, karavāvahai- (; he- ), karavaithe-, vaite- ( , ), vāmahai-(he- ) : Potential P. kuryām- A1. kurvīya- (); pr. p. P. kurv/at- (f. vat/ī-); A1. kurvāṇ/a-: perf. P. cak/āra-, cak/artha-, cakṛv/a-, cakṛm/a-, cakr/a- (); A1. cakr/e-, cakrir/e-; parasmE-pada cakṛvas- (accusative cakr/uṣam- ); A1. cakrāṇa- () : 2nd future kariṣy/ati-; subjunctive 2. sg. kariṣy/ās- (); 1st future k/artā-: preceding kriyāsam-: Aorist P. Ved. cakaram- (), acakrat- (), /acakriran- (); A1. 1. sg. kṛske- (); Class. akārṣīt- ( ;once akāraṣīt- ); Passive voice Aorist reflex. akāri- and akṛta- ( ) : infinitive mood k/artum-, Ved. k/artave-, k/artav/ai-, k/artos- (See ss.vv.); ind.p. kṛtv/ā-, Ved. kṛtv/ī- ([ ]) and kṛtv/āya- ([ ]) ; to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake etc. ; to do anything for the advantage or injury of another (genitive case or locative case) etc. ; to execute, carry out (as an order or command) ; to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ; to form or construct one thing out of another (ablative or instrumental case) etc. ; to employ, use, make use of (instrumental case) etc. ; to compose, describe ; to cultivate (confer, compare ) ; to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend (exempli gratia, 'for example' varṣāṇi daśa cakruḥ-,"they spent ten years"; kṣaṇaṃ kuru-,"wait a moment"; confer, compare kritakṣaṇa-) ; to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (accusative or locative case or instrumental case exempli gratia, 'for example' ardh/aṃ-; hṛdayena-; hṛdi-; manasi- ' ;to determine, purpose [ ind.p. si-kṛtvā-or si-kṛtya-] ; vaśe-) ; to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. (m/anas-[ etc.] or buddhim-[ ] or matim-[ ]or bhāvam-[ ], etc.) towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on (locative case dative case infinitive mood,or a sentence with iti- exempli gratia, 'for example' mā śoke manaḥ kṛthāḥ-,do not turn your mind to grief ; gamanāya matiṃ cakre-,he resolved upon going ; alābuṃ samutsraṣṭuṃ manaś cakre-,he resolved to create a gourd ; draṣṭā tavā) ; to think of (accusative) ; to make, render (with two accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' ādityaṃ kāṣṭhām akurvata-,they made the sun their goal ) etc. ; to procure for another, bestow, grant (with genitive case or locative case) etc. ; A1. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ; to give aid, help any one to get anything (dative case) ; to make liable to (dative case) ; to injure, violate (exempli gratia, 'for example' kanyāṃ- ; to appoint, institute ; to give an order, commission ; to cause to get rid of, free from (ablative or -tas-) ; to begin (exempli gratia, 'for example' cakre śobhayitum purīm-,they began to adorn the city) ; to proceed, act, put in practice etc. ; to worship, sacrifice ; to make a sound (svaram-or śabdam-) ( ), utter, pronounce (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' with the sounds phaṭ-, phut-, bhāṇ-, v/aṣaṭ-, svadh/ā-, sv/āhā-, hiṃ-), pronounce any formula () ; (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā-) to divide, separate or break up into parts (exempli gratia, 'for example' dvidhā-; sahasradhā-) ; (with adverbs ending in sāt-) to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject (See ātma-sāt-, bhasma-sāt-) The above senses of ; nakhāni- ]) or salilaṃ- ([ ]) ; darduraṃ- ; daṇḍaṃ- ; kālaṃ- ; śirasā-) , but commonly in the brāhmaṇa-s, sūtra-s, and especially in classical Sanskrit the perf. forms cakāra-and cakre- auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives exempli gratia, 'for example' āsāṃ cakre-,"he sat down" ; gamay/āṃ cakāra-,"he caused to go"[see ;in veda- some other forms of; imperfect tense akar- and ;3. plural akran- and ; preceding kriyāt- (See );according to , also karotu-with ] exempli gratia, 'for example' sabhāṃ kāritavān-,he caused an assembly to be made ; rāja-darśanaṃ māṃ kāraya-,cause me to have an audience of the king; vāṇijyaṃ kārayed vaiśyam-,he ought to cause the vaiśya- to engage in trade ; na śakṣyāmi kiṃcit kārayituṃ tvayā-,I shall not be able to have anything done by thee ) ; to cause to manufacture or form or cultivate etc. ; to cause to place or put, have anything placed, put upon, etc. (exempli gratia, 'for example' taṃ citrapaṭaṃ vāsa-gṛhe bhittāv akārayat-,he had the picture placed on the wall in his house ) . Sometimes the Causal of ; mithyā k-,he pronounces wrongly ; kaikeyīm anu rājānaṃ kāraya-,treat or deal with kaikeyī- as the king does ) : Desiderative c/ikīrṣati- (Aorist 2. sg. acikīrṣīs- ) , Epic also te-, to wish to make or do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after etc. ; to wish to sacrifice or worship : Intensive 3. plural karikrati- (pr. p. k/arikrat-See ), to do repeatedly ; Class. carkarti- or carikarti- or carīkarti- ([ ]) , also carkarīti- or carikarīti- or carīkarīti- or cekrīyate- ([ib. Scholiast or Commentator ]); ([ confer, compare Hibernian or Irish caraim,"I perform, execute";ceard,"an art, trade, business, function";sucridh,"easy"; Old German karawan,"to prepare"; modern German gar,"prepared (as food)"; Latin creo,ceremonia;, .]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| kramatrairāśika | a particular method of applying the direct rule of three (opposed to vyasta-tr-or viloma-tr-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛśāśva | m. of an author of directions to players and dancers  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṛtabhāva | mfn. one whose mind is directed towards anything (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣepaṇa | n. sending, directing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣip | cl.6 P. kṣip/ati- A1. kṣipate- ( etc.; cl.4 P. kṣipyati-,only ; subjunctive kṣip/at-; perf. cikṣepa- etc.; Epic also cikṣipe-; future 2nd kṣepsyati- etc.; Epic also te-; infinitive mood kṣeptum-; confer, compare ), to throw, cast, send, despatch (Passive voice pr. p. kṣipyat-, ) etc. ; to move hastily (the arms or legs) ; to throw a glance (as the eye) ; to strike or hit (with a weapon) ; to put or place anything on or in (locative case), pour on, scatter, fix or attach to (locative case) etc. ; to direct (the thoughts) upon (locative case) ; to throw away, cast away, get rid of ; to lay (the blame) on (locative case) ; to utter abusive words, insult, revile, abuse etc. ; "to disdain" id est to excel, beat, outvie ; to strike down, ruin, destroy ; (A1."to destroy one another, go to ruin" Potential 3. plural kṣiperan- ) ; to pass or while away (the time or night, kālam-, kṣapām-) ; to lose (time, kālam-; confer, compare kālakṣepa-) ; to skip or pass over (a day, dinam-.) ; (in mathematics) to add : Causal P. kṣepayati-, to cause to cast or throw into (antar-) ; to throw into ; to cause to descend into (locative case) ; to pass or while away (the night, kṣapām-) ; (Aorist subjunctive 2. sg. cikṣipas-) to hurt, injure (confer, compare subjunctive kṣepayat- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣipram | ind. () quickly, immediately, directly | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣiprāt | ind. ablative directly, immediately | ||||||
| |||||||
| kṣipyamāṇa | mfn. sending, directing | ||||||
| |||||||
| kutas | ind. whereto? in which direction?  | ||||||
| |||||||
| kuvid | ind. (fr. 1. ku-and id-; gaRa cā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lābh | cl.10 P. lābhayati-, to throw, direct  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣ | cl.1 A1. lakṣate-, to perceive, observe ; (P. ti-), to recognise ; cl.10 P. A1. (;rather ; to characterize, define (in Comms.) ; to indicate, designate indirectly ; to aim, it (as to aim an arrow at any object), direct towards, have in view, mean on ; to consider or regard any one (accusative) as (accusative with or without iva-) ; to suppose of any one (accusative) that he will etc. (oratio recta with iti-) ; to know, understand, recognise by (instrumental case) or as (accusative) or that etc. (oratio recta with iti-) ; to notice, perceive, observe, see, view etc.: Passive voice lakṣyate-, to be marked etc. ; to be meant or intended on ; to be named or called (with double Nominal verb) ; to be perceived or seen, appear, seem, look like (Nominal verb with or without iva-) : Desiderative See lilakṣayiṣita-.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣaka | mfn. indicating, hinting at, expressing indirectly or elliptically or by metonymy  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣaṇa | mfn. indicating, expressing indirectly | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣaṇā | f. indication, elliptical expression, use of a word for another word with a cognate meaning (as of"head"for"intellect"), indirect or figurative sense of a word (one of its three artha-s;the other two being abhidhā-or proper sense, and vyañjanā-or suggestive sense;with sā etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| lākṣaṇika | mf(ī-)n. indicatory, expressing indirectly or figuratively. metaphorical, secondary, technical ( lākṣaṇikatva -tva- n.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣīkṛta | mfn. made a mark, aimed at, directed towards ( lakṣīkṛtanāsa -nāsa- mfn.fixing the gaze on the tip of the nose) | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣitatva | n. the state of being marked or expressed indirectly | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣya | mfn. to be indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣya | n. (exceptionally also n.with m.as varia lectio) an aim, butt, mark, goal etc. (lakṣyaṃ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣya | n. an indirect or secondary meaning (that derived from lakṣaṇā-, q.v) | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣyakrama | mfn. having an indirectly perceptible method | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣyārtha | m. indirectly expressed meaning | ||||||
| |||||||
| lakṣyatva | n. the being indirectly expressed | ||||||
| |||||||
| leśa | m. (in rhetoric) a figure of speech in which a statement is made indirectly (exempli gratia, 'for example' )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| madryañc | mfn. directed towards me  | ||||||
| |||||||
| makṣū | ( kṣ/u-) ind. quickly, rapidly, soon, directly ([ confer, compare maṅkṣu-and Latin mox]).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mananya | mfn. deserving praise ( equals st/utya-,others "fr. mana-nī-,directing the mind") .  | ||||||
| |||||||
| manaṛṅga | (m/ana--) mfn. (prob. fr. ( manasā prasādhanaṃ yasya saḥ-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| manas | n. thought, imagination, excogitation, invention, reflection, opinion, intention, inclination, affection, desire, mood, temper, spirit (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' after a verbal noun or an infinitive mood stem in tu-= having a mind or wishing to; see draṣṭu-m-etc.; manaḥ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| maṅkṣu | ind. (see makṣu-) quickly, immediately, directly, instantly | ||||||
| |||||||
| manoratha | m. (in dramatic language) a wish expressed in an indirect manner, hint  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mantropaṣṭambha | m. encouragement by counsel, advice, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mohanāstra | n. a weapon which stupefies or fascinates the person against whom it is directed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| mukha | n. a direction, quarter (especially in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' see diṅ-m-; mfn.turning or turned towards, facing see adho-m-also ind(am-). see prān-mukham-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nad | cl.1 P. () n/adati- (Epic also te-; perfect tense nanāda-, nedur-, nedire- ; Aorist anā) to sound, thunder, roar, cry, howl etc. (also with nād/am-, śabdam-, svanam-etc.) etc. etc.: Passive voice nadyate- : Causal nad/ayati-, te-, to make resound or vibrate ; nādayati-, te-, to make resonant, fill with noises or cries etc. ; Aorist anīnadat- grammar ; Passive voice nādyate- : Desiderative ninadiṣati- grammar : Intensive 3. plural n/ānadati-, parasmE-pada n/ānadat- ; 3. sg. nānadyate-, parasmE-pada dyamāna- to vibrate or sound violently, to roar, howl, cry, neigh etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nāya | m. guidance, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nayana | n. leading, directing, managing, conducting  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nī | (for 1.See) cl.1 P. A1. () nayati- te- (perfect tense P. nināya-,2. sg. ninetha- plural nīnima- ; subjunctive ninīth/as- Potential ninīyāt- ; imperative ninetu- ; A1. ninye- etc.; -nayām āsa- ; -nayāṃ cakre- ; Aorist P.3. dual number anītām- subjunctive n/eṣi-, neth/ā- ; anaiṣīt- subjunctive neṣati-, ṣat-,3. plural A1. aneṣata- ; anayīt- ; future neṣyati- ; te- ; nayiṣyati-, te- ; n/etā-, nayitā- ; ind.p. nītvā- etc.; nayitvā- ; n/īya- etc.; infinitive mood neṣ/aṇi- ; n/etavai-, tos-and nayitum- ; n/etum- etc.), to lead, guide, conduct, direct, govern (also with agram-and genitive case; see agra-ṇī-) etc. ; to lead etc. towards or to (accusative with or without prati- dative case, locative case or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ; to lead or keep away, exclude from (ablative) ; (A1.) to carry off for one's self (as a victor, owner etc.) ; (A1.,rarely P.) to lead home id est marry ; to bring into any state or condition (with accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' with vaśam-,to bring into subjection, subdue[A1. ; P. ];with śūdra-tām-,to reduce to a śūdra- ;with sākṣyam-[A1.],to admit as a witness, ;with vyāghra-tām-,to change into a tiger ;with vikrayam-,to sell ;with paritoṣam-,to satisfy ;with duḥkham-,to pain ;rarely, with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' duhitṛ-tve-,to make a person one's daughter ;or with an adverb in -sāt- exempli gratia, 'for example' bhasmasāt-to reduce to ashes ) ; to draw (a line etc.) ; to pass or spend (time) etc. ; (with daṇḍam-) to bear the rod id est inflict punishment (with vyavahāram-) to conduct a process ; (with kriyām-) to conduct a ceremony, preside over a religious act ; to trace, track, find out, ascertain, settle, decide (with anyathā-,"wrongly") etc. ; (A1.) to be foremost or chief : Causal nāyayati-, te-, to cause to lead etc. ; to cause to be led by (instrumental case) (see Va1rtt. 5 ) : Desiderative n/inīṣati-, te- ( , w. r. nineṣati-), to wish to lead or bring or carry to or into (accusative or dative case) etc. ; to wish to carry away ; to wish to spend or pass (time) ; to wish to exclude from (ablative) ; to wish to find out or ascertain, investigate : Intensive nenīy/ate- to lead as a captive, have in one's power, rule, govern  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nibhasad | mfn. (prob.) having the hinder parts directed downwards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nideśa | m. order, command, direction (śaṃ- etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nideśin | mfn. showing, directing, pointing out | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to put or lay down, deposit, lay up, preserve (A1.for one's self) ; to intrust, commit, present to (dative case or locative case) ; put into, fix in (locative case,or locative case with ant/ar-,or antar- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') etc. ; put or lay before a person (dative case) ; (with bhūmau-[ ]or avaṭe-[ ]) to bury ; (with śirasi-,rarely sā-) to esteem highly ; (with dṛśam-) to fix the eyes upon (locative case) ; (with manas-) to fix or direct the thoughts upon or towards id est resolve, determine to (dative case) ; (with manasi-, sā-,or hṛdaye-) to keep in mind, bear in mind, remember, lay to heart ; (with hṛdayam-) to give one's heart to (locative case) ; (with ātmānam-) to intrust one's self to (locative case) ; (with kriyām-) to take pains with (locative case) ; (with karmaṇi-) to appoint a person to a work ; to keep down, restrain ; to end, close : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be put or laid down etc. ; to be contained or situated or absorbed in, to rest in (locative case) etc. etc.: Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to be put or laid down etc. ; to cause to be deposited or preserved ; to lay up, preserve ; to appoint : Desiderative -dhitsate-, to intend to put down etc. : Intensive n/idedhyat- (?) , to settle down | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidhātavya | mfn. to be put down or deposited or concealed or delivered or directed towards | ||||||
| |||||||
| nidiś | P. -diśati-, to direct, order, point out etc. (only in deriv.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| nihitanayana | mf(ā-)n. having the eyes fixed or directed upon (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nipat | P. -patati- (Epic also te-), to fly down, settle down, descend on (locative case), alight etc. ; to rush upon, attack, assail (accusative or locative case) ; to fall down, fall upon or into (literally and figuratively,with upari-, accusative or locative case;with pādayoḥ-,to throw one's self at a person's [gen.] feet ) ; to fall into ruin or decay, be lost etc. ; to be miscarried (as the fetus) ; to befall, happen, take place, occur, fall to the share of (locative case) etc. ; to enter, be inserted, get a place : Causal -pātayati- (Aorist -apīpatat- ), to cause to fall down, or on (locative case), throw down, fell, kill, destroy etc. ; to spit out ; to inlay, emboss ; to fix (the teeth) in (locative case) ; to direct (the eyes) towards (locative case) ; to impute (a fault) to (genitive case) ; to raise (taxes) from (ablative) ; (in gram.) to put down as a special or irregular form, consider as anomalous or irregular.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirdeśa | m. pointing out, indicating, directing, order, command, instruction (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nirvyañjane | ind. in a plain manner, directly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niryukta | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') directed towards (varia lectio nir-mukta-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niṣad | ( sad-) P. -ṣīdati-, Ved. also -ṣadati- (imperfect tense ny-aṣīdat-,or ny-asīdat-;Ved. also -asadat-; perfect tense P. -ṣasāda-, -ṣedur- A1. -ṣedire- etc.; Aorist P. -ṣatsi-, -ṣatsat-; Passive voice ny-asādi- ; ind.p. -ṣadya- ;Ved. infinitive mood -ṣ/ade- ;for s-and ṣ- see ), to sit or lie down or rest upon (locative case) etc. ; to sink or go down (as a ship) ; to be afflicted, suffer pain ; to perform or celebrate by sitting (sattram-) ; (P. A1.) to set, found, establish, appoint : Causal -ṣādayati-, te- to cause to sit down, set down, appoint  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niviś | A1. -viśate- (rarely P. ti-; see ; Aorist -aviśran-, -avikṣata- ; perfect tense -viviśre- ), to enter or penetrate into (accusative or locative case) ; to alight, descend ; to come to rest, settle down or in a home etc. ; to encamp ; to sit down upon (locative case) ; to resort to (accusative) ; to settle, take a wife ; to be founded (said of a town) ; to be fixed or intent on (locative case,said of the mind) ; to sink down, cease, disappear, vanish : Causal -veśayati-, to bring to rest ; to cause to enter, introduce ; to cause to sit or lie or settle down on (locative case) etc. ; to cause (a man) to marry ; to draw up or encamp (an army) ; to build, erect, found, populate (a house, temple, town etc.) etc. ; to lead or bring or put or transfer, to bestow on (locative case) ; to throw or hurl upon, shoot at (locative case) ; to fix in, fasten to (locative case), put on (clothes), appoint to (an office), turn or direct towards (mind, eye etc.) etc. ; to inscribe (paṭṭe-) ; to write down (nāma sva-haste-) ; to paint (citre-) ; to call to mind, impress (manasi-, hṛdaye-etc.) : Desiderative -vivikṣate- | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyojana | n. enjoining, urging, impelling, commanding, directing, appointing to (locative case) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyojayitavya | mfn. to be appointed or directed to (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyojita | mfn. enjoined, directed, commanded | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyojya | mfn. to be appointed or employed or directed or commanded etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to bind on, tie or fasten to (locative case) etc. ; (with dhuri-) to tie to the pole of a carriage id est yoke, harness ; (met.) to place in front id est employ in the hardest work (also guru-dhūrṣu- ) ; to join, put together (especially the hands in a certain position; see kapota-) Scholiast or Commentator on ; to attach to id est make dependent on (dative case or locative case) ; to enjoin, order, command, coerce, impel, appoint, instal (double accusative), trust or charge with, direct or commission or authorize to (locative case dative case, artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',or infin.) etc. ; to confer or intrust anything (accusative) upon or to (locative case) ; to place at, put in the way (with locative case) ; to direct towards, fix (mind or eyes upon, with locative case) ; to use, employ : Causal -yojayati-, to harness (horses etc.), put or tie to (locative case) ; to set or lay (a trap or snare etc.) ; to enjoin, urge, impel, coerce, appoint or instal as (double accusative), appoint to (locative case), direct or compel or request or command to (dative case locative case accusative with prati-,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ; commit or intrust anything (accusative) to (locative case) etc. ; to put in any place or state (locative case) ; to confer or bestow upon (locative case) ; to use, employ (reason etc.) ; to accomplish, perform (a rite) ; to endow or furnish with, cause to partake of (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyukta | mfn. tied or fastened or attached or directed to, put or placed or fixed on (locative case) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| niyukta | mfn. appointed, directed, ordered, commissioned, charged, intrusted (locative case; dative case; artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'; infinitive mood or compound) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyādhṛ | only perfect tense A1. -dadhre-, to be directed towards or fixed upon (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyañc | mf(n/īci-)n (fr. ni+- añc-)(ny-ak-). going or directed downwards, bent down etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyañjalikā | f. an añjali- which is directed downwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyas | P. -asyati-, or -asati-, to throw or cast or lay or put down (with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' bhuvi-,on the earth) etc. ; to take off ; to give up, resign (as life) ; to set in the ground, plant (prarohān-,shoots) ; (with locative case) to throw or hurl upon, pour or shed on or in, put or place or fix or insert in, turn or direct to, deposit with, intrust or commit to ; to settle arrange etc. (with citre-,"to place in a picture", paint, depict;with śirasi-,"to place on the head", receive with reverence;with manasi-,"to call to mind", reflect, ponder;with pathi-,"to lay on the road", give up) ; to bring forward, mention : Causal (perfect tense nyāsayām āsa-or sayāṃ cakre-) to cause to put or lay down | ||||||
| |||||||
| nyer | ( ny-a-īr-,only perfect tense A1. nye ; to appoint as (accusative) (see nī | ||||||
| |||||||
| pallavagrāhin | mfn. putting forth young shoots, sprouting in all directions, diffusive, superficial (as knowledge)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramparā | f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition ( paramparayā rayā- ind.by tradition, indirectly) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramparāsambandha | m. an indirect conjunction | ||||||
| |||||||
| paramparāvāhana | n. an indirect means of conveyance (exempli gratia, 'for example' the horse which draws a carriage) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāramparya | n. uninterrupted series or succession, tradition, intermediation, indirect way or manner ( pāramparyeṇa yeṇa- ind.successively, by degrees)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāñc | mfn. (fr. 2. añc-; Nominal verb āṅ-, ācī-, āk-,or āṅ-) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāñc | mfn. directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parāṅmanas | (p/ar-) mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| pari | ind. against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to (see ;also at the beginning of a compound mfn.; see Va1rtt. 4 and pary-adhyayana-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paridhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, (perfect tense -dadhur-, -dadhire-; future -dhāsyati-; Aorist -dhāt-, -dhīmahi-; ind.p. -dh/āya-;Ved. infinitive mood p/ari-dhātav/ai-), to lay or put or place or set round etc. ; to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim-,with locative case ) ; to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas-), dress etc. ; surround, envelop, enclose etc. ; to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) : Causal -dhāpayati- (ind.p. yitvā- ), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 accusative) etc. ; to clothe with (instrumental case) : Desiderative -dhitsate-, to wish to put on  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parikara | m. (in dramatic language) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the bīja- | ||||||
| |||||||
| parikrāmitaka | n. (fr. Causal) walking about (only parikrāmitakena kena- ind.,in stage-directions)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pariniṣad | ( sad-) P. -ṣīdati- (3. plural perfect tense A1. -ṣedire- ind.p. -ṣadya-) to sit around | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivartana | n. inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivartita | mfn. taken or put on in a wrong direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| parivicar | P. -carati-, to stream forth in all directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pārśvaka | mfn. one who seeks wealth or other objects by indirect or side means  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryak | ind. (originally n.of an unusual pary-añc-; see praty-añc-etc.) round about, in every direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryanta | mf(ā-)n. extending in all directions (varia lectio pary-asta-).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryastākṣa | mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes. () | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryastavilocana | mfn. having the eyes cast or directed round, rolling the eyes. () | ||||||
| |||||||
| paryave | ( ava-i-) P. -avai ; to pass, elapse | ||||||
| |||||||
| paścimābhimukha | mfn. directed towards the west  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pat | cl.1 P. () p/atati- (Epic also te-; perfect tense papāta-, paptim/a-, pet/atur-, papt/ur-; paptiv/as- ; papatyāt- ; Aorist apaptat- ; Passive voice apāti- ; future patiṣ-y/ati- ; te-, patitā- ; Conditional apatiṣyat- ; infinitive mood patitum- etc.; ind.p. patitv/ā- ; -p/atya-or -p/ātam- ), to fly, soar, rush on etc. ; to fall down or off, alight, descend (with accusative or locative case), fall or sink (with or without adhas-or narake-,"to go down to hell";with caraṇau-or ṇayoḥ-,"to fall at a person's feet") etc. ; to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position etc. ; to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (locative case) etc. ; to fall or get into or among (locative case) ; to occur, come to pass, happen : Causal pat/ayati-, to fly or move rapidly along ; to speed (trans.; confer, compare patay/at-) ; te-, to drive away or throw down (?) ; pāt/ayati- (Epic also te-; Aorist apīpatat- ; Passive voice pātyate- etc.) , to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw etc. ; to lay low, bring down (literally and figuratively), overthrow, ruin, destroy etc. to throw upon or in, lay on (locative case) ; (with or scilicet ātmānam-) to throw one's self ; to cut off (a head) ; to knock out (teeth) ; to pour out or shed (water, tears) ; to kindle (fire) ; to cast (dice) ; to turn, direct, fix (eyes) ; to impose or inflict (punishment) ; to set in motion, set on foot ; to seduce to, betray into (locative case) ; (with dvedhā-) to divide in two ; to subtract ; (A1.) to rush on, hasten : Desiderative pipatiṣati- ( ) and pitsati- () , to be about to fly or fall: Intensive panīpatyate- or pātīti- [ confer, compare Zend pat; Greek , ; Latin peto.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pāta | m. casting or directing (a look or glance of the eyes)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracaṇḍa | mf(ā-)n. excessively violent, impetuous, furious, fierce, passionate, terrible, direful, formidable etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prācīnaraśmi | (prāc/īna--) mfn. having reins directed forward  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracodana | n. direction, order, command  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pracodita | mfn. asked, requested, ordered, directed (see a-prac-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradarśa | m. direction, injunction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradeśa | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) pointing out, showing, indication, direction, decision, determination | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradeśita | mfn. urged, directed | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradiś | P. A1. -diśati-, te-, to point out, show, indicate, declare, appoint, fix, ordain etc. ; to direct, bid, urge ; to assign, apportion, grant (-diśyati-, ) etc.: Causal -deśayati-, to urge on, incite : Intensive (pr. p. -d/ediśat-), to animate  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradiś | f. pointing to or out, indication, direction, order, command, dominion | ||||||
| |||||||
| pradiś | f. a direction, quarter, region of the sky (accusative plural"in all directions, everywhere";with pitryā-,"the region of the pitṛ-s" id est the south ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāgapam | ind. (fr. -apāk-) from the front towards the back, in a backward direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāgdakṣiṇāñc | mf(ācī-)n. directed or turned to the south-east | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāguṇya | n. (fr. -guṇa-) right position or direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prahi | P. A1. -hiṇoti-, -hiṇute-: -hiṇvati-, -hiṇvate- (see ; perfect tense -jighāya- ; 1. sg. proper A1. -hiṣe- ; Aorist P. pr/ā; imperative pr/a-hela- ; infinitive mood pra-hy/e- ), to urge on, incite ; to direct, command ; to convey or send to, furnish, procure. bestow on (dative case) etc. ; to hurl, cast, throw upon, discharge at (dative case or loc) ; to turn the eyes towards (accusative) ; to dispatch (messengers), drive away, dismiss, send to (accusative with or without prati- dative case genitive case with or without antikam-or pārśvam-) or in order to (dative case or infinitive mood) etc. ; (A1.) to rush on ; to forsake (equals pra-. : Causal Aorist prā : Desiderative of Causal pra-jighāyayiṣati- | ||||||
| |||||||
| prahita | mfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') directed or turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, the mind etc.),  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praiṣa | m. sending, direction, invitation, summons, order, call (especially upon the assistant priest to commence a ceremony) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇāḍikayā | () ind. mediately, indirectly. | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇāḍyā | (, Scholiast or Commentator) ind. mediately, indirectly. | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇālikayā | ind. indirectly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāñc | mfn. (fr. pra-+ 2. añc-; Nominal verb pr/āṅ-, pr/ācī-, pr/āk-; see ) directed forwards or towards, being in front, facing, opposite (accusative with;to stretch forth [the fingers] ;to make straight, prepare or clear [a path] ;[also with pra--;with Causal of)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāñc | mfn. (with viśvataḥ-) turned to all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇidhā | () P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place in front, cause to precede ; to put down, deposit ; to place in, bring into (locative case) ; to set (a gem) in (locative case) ; to put on, apply ; to touch ; to turn or direct (the eyes or thoughts) upon (locative case) etc. (with manas-and infinitive mood"to resolve upon" ; scilicet manas-,"to give the whole attention to, reflect, consider" ; ātma praṇidhīyatām-,"one must think" ) ; to send out or employ (a spy or emissary), to spy ; to find out or ascertain anything (accusative) to be (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇihita | mfn. directed towards, fixed upon (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇihitekṣaṇa | mfn. having the eyes directed towards or fixed upon (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇīta | mfn. directed towards (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇoda | m. directing, ordering | ||||||
| |||||||
| praṇodita | mfn. directed, ordered  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāp | ( pra-āp-) P. A1. prā etc. ; to obtain, receive (also as a husband or wife) etc. ; to incur (a fine) ; to suffer (capital punishment) ; (with diśaḥ-) to flee in all directions ; to extend, stretch, reach to (A1.) ; to be present or at hand ; (in gram.) to pass or be changed into (accusative) : to result (from a rule), be in force, obtain (also Passive voice) : Causal prā), to cause to reach or attain (2 accusative), advance, promote, further (P. etc.; A1. ) ; to lead or bring to (dative case) ; to impart, communicate, announce, relate etc. ; to meet with, obtain : Desiderative pre  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prāptakarman | n. that which results or follows (as direct object of an action) from a preceding rule ( prāptakarmatva ma-tva- n.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praśās | P. -śāsti-, (Epic also A1.), to teach, instruct, direct ; to give instructions to, order, command (accusative) ; to chastise, punish ; to govern, rule, reign (also with rājyam-), be lord of (accusative with or without adhi-) etc. ; to decide upon (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| praśāstṛ | m. "director", Name of a priest (commonly called maitrāvaruṇa-, the first assistant of the hotṛ-) etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| praśis | f. order, direction, precept | ||||||
| |||||||
| prati | ind. or as a preposition with usually preceding accusative , in the sense of towards, against, to, upon, in the direction of (exempli gratia, 'for example' śabdam p-,in the direction of the sound ; agnim pr-,against the fire ;also pratyagni ty-agni- ind. ; ripum pr-,against the enemy ; ātmānam pr-,to one's self ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratibaddha | mfn. fixed, directed (upari-,or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratidiśam | ind. in every direction or quarter, all around  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratihatya | ind. in inverse direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratijṛ | A1. -jarate- (infinitive mood -jar/adhyai-), to roar (as fire) in the direction of, to call out to, salute (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratīka | mf(ā-)n. (for praty-aka-; see anūka-, apāka-, abhīka-) turned or directed towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātilomya | n. (fr. -loma-) contrary direction, inverse order etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratimih | P. -mehati-, to make water in the direction of (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratīpa | mf(ā-)n. (fr. prati+ap-; see anūpa-, dvīpa-, samīpa-),"against the stream","against the grain", going in an opposite direction, meeting, encountering, adverse, contrary, opposite, reverse etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiparī | ( -pari-i-) P. -paryeti-, to go round in a reverse direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiparyāvṛt | A1. -vartate-, to turn round in an opposite direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratipraiṣa | m. a cry or call in return, direction given in return | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratiśabdaga | mfn. going after a sound or in the direction of a sound  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisamādiṣṭa | mfn. bidden, directed, ordered, commanded  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratisaṃhita | mfn. aimed at, directed against | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātisatvanam | ind. in the direction of the satvan- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) (-sutvan/am- ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyādiś | P. -diśati-, to enjoin, direct, advise ; to report, relate (with 2 accusative) ; to summon ; to decline, reject, repel  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyādiṣṭa | mfn. enjoined, directed, etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyagdṛś | f. a glance directed inwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyagdṛś | mfn. one whose glance is directed inwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyak | ind. backwards, in an opposite direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣa | mf(ā-)n. clear, distinct, manifest, direct, immediate, actual, real etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣa | n. ocular evidence, direct perception, apprehension by the senses (in nyāya- one of the 4 pramāṇa-s or modes of proof. see pramāṇa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātyakṣa | (gaRa prajñā | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣakṛta | mfn. addressed directly or personally, containing a personal address | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣakṛtā | f. (scilicet ṛc-) a hymn or verse in which a deity is addressed directly or in the 2nd person | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣam | ind. (also kṣa- in the beginning of a compound) before the eyes, in the sight or presence of (genitive case or compound), clearly, explicitly, directly, personally etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣatamām | ind. most perceptibly or directly or really etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣatamāt | ind. most perceptibly or directly or really etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyakṣeṇa | ind. before the eyes, visibly, publicly, expressly, directly | ||||||
| |||||||
| prātyakṣika | () mf(ī-)n. perceptible to the eyes, capable of direct perception. | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyaktva | n. backward direction, direction towards one's self | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyañc | mfn. being or coming from behind, turning the back, averted, moving in an opposite direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyās | A1. -āste-, to sit down opposite, or in the direction of (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyāśam | ind. in all directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyātan | P. A1. -tanoti-, -tanute-, to extend in the direction of, shine upon or against, irradiate ; to bend (a bow) against (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| pratyudāvraj | P. -vrajati-, to go in a contrary direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravāha | m. course or direction towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravaṇa | mf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') directed towards (see udak--, dakṣiṇā--, nimna--etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pravat | mfn. directed forwards or towards, blazing forth (said of agni-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| praviṣṭaka | n. entering the stage (only praviṣṭakena kena- ind.in stage directions)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayuj | A1. -yuṅkte- (rarely P. -yunakti-; see ), to yoke or join or harness to (locative case) ; to unite with (instrumental case) ; to turn (the mind) to (locative case) ; to prepare for (dative case) ; to set in motion, throw, cast (also dice), discharge, hurl at (locative case or dative case) etc. ; to utter, pronounce, speak, recite ; to fix, place in or on (locative case) ; to direct, order, urge to (dative case or locative case) etc. ; to choose for (two accusative) ; to lead towards, bring into (accusative) ; to use, employ, practise, display, exhibit, perform, accomplish, contrive, do etc. ; to undertake, commence, begin ; to cause, effect, produce ; to represent on the stage, act ; to lend (for use or interest) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be fit or suitable, conduce to (dative case) : Causal -yojayati-, to throw, discharge, hurl at or against (locative case) ; to utter, pronounce ; to show, display, exhibit ; (with manas-) to concentrate the mind ; to urge, direct, appoint to (locative case) ; to transfer or entrust to (dative case) ; to undertake, begin ; to represent on the stage ; to cause to be represented by (instrumental case) ; to use, employ etc. ; to perform, practise ; (with vṛddhim-) to take interest ; (with prayogam-) to invest capital ; to be applicable gaRa kṣubhnā : Desiderative -yuyukṣate-, to wish to use, want, require  | ||||||
| |||||||
| prayukta | mfn. directed, thrown, hurled etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| prer | ( pra-īr-) A1. pre Causal pre etc. ; to send, dispatch ; to turn, direct (the eyes) (varia lectio) ; to raise (the voice), utter, pronounce (words, prayers etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| preraṇa | n. (also f(ā-).) setting in motion, urging, inciting, direction, command, impelling to (prati-or compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| prerita | mfn. turned, directed (as the eye) (varia lectio) | ||||||
| |||||||
| preṣ | ( pra-iṣ-) P. A1. pre; ind.p. pr/ai ; to invite, summon, call upon (another priest to commence a recitation or a ceremony [ accusative ] exempli gratia, 'for example' sāma pre (see ) : Causal pre ; to turn or direct the eyes (varia lectio pre etc. ; to send into exile, banish ; to send word, send a message to a person (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| preṣaka | mfn. sending, directing, commanding | ||||||
| |||||||
| preṣita | mfn. turned, directed (as the eyes) (varia lectio pre | ||||||
| |||||||
| punar | ind. back, home, in an opposite direction etc. etc. (with | ||||||
| |||||||
| puromukha | mfn. having its face or aperture directed towards the east,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| puruṣāntara | n. another man or person, a mediator, interposer ( puruṣāntaram am- ind.by a mediator, indirectly )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| purutrā | ind. variously, in many ways or places or directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrvadeśa | m. the eastern direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrvāpara | mfn. directed forward and backward, eastern and western etc. ( pūrvāparatva -tva- n. )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| pūrvapaścima | mf(ā-)n. directed from the east to the west | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛ | cl.1.3.5.P. ṛcchati-, iyarti-, ṛṇoti-, and ṛṇvati- (only Vedic or Veda) ; āra-, ariṣyati-, ārat-, and ārṣīt-, to go, move, rise, tend upwards etc. ; to go towards, meet with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain etc. ; to fall to one's share, occur, befall (with accusative) etc. ; to advance towards a foe, attack, invade ; to hurt, offend ; to move, excite, erect, raise, (/iyarti v/ācam-,he raises his voice ; st/omān iyarmi-,I sing hymns ) : Causal arpayati-, to cause to move, throw, cast etc. ; to cast through, pierce ; to put in or upon, place, insert, fix into or upon, fasten etc. ; to place on, apply etc. ; to direct or turn towards etc. ; to deliver up, surrender, offer, reach over, present, give etc. ; to give back, restore etc.: Vedic or Veda Intensive alarti- ; (2. sg. alarṣi- ) ; to move or go towards with speed or zeal: Class. Intensive A1. arāryate- () , to wander about, haste towards ; ([ confer, compare Greek , , etc.: Zend | ||||||
| |||||||
| racita | mfn. directed towards (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| racitadhī | mfn. one whose mind is directed to (locative case), intent upon | ||||||
| |||||||
| rāj | (prob. originally two roots; see ) r/ājati-, te- (Ved. also rāṣṭi-, rāṭ-; perfect tense rarāja-; rarāje-or reje-,2. sg. P. rarājitha-or rejitha- etc.; Aorist arājiṣuḥ- ; arājiṣṭa- grammar; future rājitā-, rājiṣyati- ; infinitive mood rāj/ase- ), to reign, be king or chief, rule over (genitive case), direct, govern (accusative) etc. ; to be illustrious or resplendent, shine, glitter ; to appear as or like (iva-) : Causal rājayati-, te- (Aorist ararājat-), to reign, rule ; to illuminate, make radiant (see rājita-): Desiderative rirājiṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive rārājyate-, rārāṣṭi- [For cognate wordsSee under rājan-.]  | ||||||
| |||||||
| raji | f. (see ṛju-) direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| rathasūtra | n. rules or directions about carriage-building  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛju | mf(jv/ī-)n. (;probably fr.), tending in a straight direction, straight (literally and figuratively; opp. to vṛjin/a-), upright, honest, right, sincere etc. etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛjudhā | ind. in straight direction, straight on | ||||||
| |||||||
| ṛjutva | n. straight direction, straightness | ||||||
| |||||||
| ropita | mfn. fixed, directed, aimed (as an arrow)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| rūḍha | mfn. traditional, conventional, popular (opp. to yaugika-and said of words which have a meaning not directly connected with their etymology; especially in plural applied to names of warrior tribes, which also denote the country inhabited by them) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ruh | (see, ) r/ohati- (mc. also te-and ruhati-, te-; Vedic or Veda and Epic imperfect tense or Aorist aruhat-; Potential ruheyam-, -ruhethās-, -ruhemahi-; imperative ruha-, parasmE-pada r/uhāṇa-; perfect tense ruroha-, ruruh/uḥ- etc.; ruruhe- ; Aorist /arukṣat- etc.; future roḍhā- grammar; rokṣy/ati-, te- etc.; rohiṣye- ; infinitive mood roḍhum- etc.; rohitum- ; r/ohiṣyai- ; ind.p. rūḍhv/ā- , -r/uhya- etc.; -rūhya- ; -r/uham- ; -r/oham- ), to ascend, mount, climb ; to reach to, attain (a desire) ; to rise, spring up, grow, develop, increase, prosper, thrive etc. etc. (with na-,"to be useless or in vain" ) ; to grow together or over, cicatrize, heal (as a wound) etc.: Causal roh/ayati- or (later) ropayati-, te- (Aorist arūruhat-or arūrupat- grammar; Passive voice ropyate- Aorist aropi- ), to cause to ascend, raise up, elevate ; to place in or on, fix in, fasten to, direct towards (with accusative or locative case) ; to transfer to, commit, entrust (see ropita-) ; to put in the ground, plant, sow ; to lay out (a garden) ; to cause to grow, increase ; to cause to grow over or heal : Desiderative r/urukṣati- See ā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| śabdānusāreṇa | ind. in the direction of a sound  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādh | (connected with , cl.4. sādhyati-, cl.5. sādhnoti- (in also sadhnoti-; perfect tense sasādha-; Aorist asātsīt-; future sāddhā-, sātsyati-; infinitive mood sāddhum-,in later language sādhitum-;Ved. infinitive mood s/adhase- q.v), to go straight to any goal or aim, attain an object, to be successful, succeed, prosper ; to bring straight to an object or end, further, promote, advance, accomplish, complete, finish ; to submit or agree to, obey ; (sādhyati-) to be completed or accomplished : Causal sādhayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist asīṣadhat-;Ved. also sīṣadhati-, dhaḥ-, dhema-, dhātu-; Passive voice sādhyate- etc.), to straighten, make straight (a path) ; to guide straight or well, direct or bring to a goal ; to master, subdue, overpower, conquer, win, win over etc. ; to summon, conjure up (a god or spirit) ; (in law) to enforce payment, recover (a debt), collect (taxes) etc. ; to subdue a disease, set right, heal, cure ; to bring to an end or conclusion, complete, make perfect, bring about, accomplish, effect, fulfil, execute, practice (with vākyam-,"to execute any one's [ genitive case ] order";with naiṣkarmyam-,"to practise inactivity";with marum-,"to practise abstinence";with mantram-,"to practise the recitation of spells") etc. ; to attain one's object, be successful ; to produce, make, render (two accusative) ; to establish a truth, substantiate, prove, demonstrate ; to make ready, prepare ; to gain, obtain, acquire, procure etc. ; to find out (by calculation), ; to grant, bestow, yield etc. ; to put or place in (locative case) ; to set out, proceed, go (in dramatic language according to to = etc.: Desiderative of Causal siṣādhayisati- or sisādhayirhati-, to desire to establish or prove : Desiderative siṣātsati- grammar : Intensive , sāsādhyate-, sāsdidhi- | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhaka | mf(ikā-)n. energizing (said of the fire supposed to burn within the heart and direct the faculty of volition)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadhrīcīna | mf(ā-)n. (fr. sadhryañc-) directed to one aim, pursuing the same goal, united  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadhryañc | mf(sadhr/īcī-)n. turned in the same direction or to one centre, converging, associated | ||||||
| |||||||
| sadhryañc | mf(sadhr/īcī-)n. leading in the right direction, right, correct | ||||||
| |||||||
| sādhuyā | ind. in a straight course, directly towards any mark or aim | ||||||
| |||||||
| sākṣāt | ind. immediately, directly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sakta | mfn. fixed or intent upon, directed towards, addicted or devoted to, fond of, engaged in, occupied with (locative case accusative with prati-,or compound) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śakya | mf(ā-)n. explicit, direct, literal (as the meaning of a word or sentence, opp. to lakṣya-and vyaṅgya-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saliṅga | mf(ā-)n. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') corresponding id est directed to  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samabhidhā | p. -dadhāti-, to speak to, address (accusative) ; to proclaim, announce ; to direct all one's thoughts to (accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samabhidhyai | P. -dhyāyati-, or -dhyāti-, to reflect deeply on, meditate on ; to direct all the thoughts upon, long for (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| samacitta | mfn. having the thoughts directed to the same subject  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādeśa | m. direction, advice, instruction, order, command  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to place or put or hold or fix together etc. ; to compose, set right, repair, put in order, arrange, redress, restore ; to put to, add, put on (especially fuel on the fire) ; to kindle, stir (fire) ; to place, set, lay, fix, direct, settle, adjust (with astram-,"to adjust an arrow";with garbham-,"to impregnate";with savituḥ-,"to lay in the sun";with dṛṣṭim-, cittam-, cetas-, matim-, manas-,"to direct or fix the eyes or mind upon [ locative case ]";with matim-,"to settle in one's mind, resolve","make up one's mind"[followed by iti-];with ātmānam-,or manas-,"to collect the thoughts or concentrate the mind in meditation etc.";without an accusative - "to be absorbed in meditation or prayer") etc. ; to impose upon (locative case) ; to entrust or commit to (locative case) ; to establish in (locative case) ; to effect, cause, produce ; (in the following meanings only A1.) to take to or upon one's self. conceive (in the womb), put on (a garment or dress), assume (a shape), undergo (effort), show, exhibit, display etc. ; to devote one's self entirely to, give one's self up to (accusative) etc. (once in P.) ; to lay down as settled, settle, establish, prove, declare, ; to admit, grant on : Desiderative -dhitsati-, to wish to put together, desire to collect the thoughts | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādheya | mfn. to be directed or informed or instructed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādiś | P. -diśati-, to assign, allot ; to point out, indicate, announce, communicate, declare ; to appoint, name, designate etc. ; to foretell, foreshow ; to direct, advise, order, command to (dative case infinitive mood,or -artham-) etc.: Causal -deśayati-, to order, command | ||||||
| |||||||
| samādiṣṭa | mfn. assigned, indicated, directed, commanded, enjoined | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāhita | mfn. put or placed in or upon, directed, applied, fixed, imposed, deposited, entrusted, delivered over etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| samājñā | to know or understand thoroughly, become acquainted with, ascertain, perceive, observe, recognize : Causal -jnā | ||||||
| |||||||
| samājñapta | mfn. (fr. Causal) ordered, commanded, directed | ||||||
| |||||||
| samākarṇitaka | n. any gesture which expresses the act of listening (ena-="with an attitude of listening";as a stage direction) | ||||||
| |||||||
| samānabrāhmaṇa | mfn. having the same (directions given in the) brāhmaṇa- texts | ||||||
| |||||||
| samavado | (or  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāmaveda | m. the directions for the formation of sāman-s or chants out of these verses are carefully laid down in the gāna-s or manuals for chanting, two of which, viz. the geya-gāna- and āraṇya-gāna-, are a directory for the ārcika- portion, and two, viz. ūha-gāna- and ūhya-gāna-, for the uttarārcikā-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samāviś | P. -viśati-, to enter together or at once, enter into, enter thoroughly, take possession of, occupy, penetrate, fill ; to sit or settle down in or on (accusative or locative case) ; to go or fall into any state or condition (accusative) ; to apply one's self to, begin, undertake : Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter together or thoroughly, introduce, insert ; to cause to sit down ; to conduct, lead or bring to or into (accusative) ; to place or fix (eyes or mind) upon, direct towards (locative case) etc. ; (with svasmin-) to insert in one's self. contain ; (A1.) to deliver over, consign or commit or entrust to (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samaya | m. order, direction, precept, doctrine  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śamba | m. ploughing in the regular direction (equals anuloma-karṣaṇa-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śambākṛ | P. A1. -karoti-, -kurute- () , to plough twice or in both directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdeśa | m. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) communication of intelligence, message, information, errand, direction, command, order to (genitive case or locative case; -tas-with genitive case,"by order of") etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdeṣṭavya | n. an injunction, direction, order | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdeśya | mfn. to be directed or instructed | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdeśya | mfn. founded on direction or impulse, done on purpose | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte- (Epic 1. plural proper -dadhāmahe- equals -dadhmahe-; pr.p. -dhāna-= -dadhāna-; infinitive mood -dhitum- equals -dhātum-), to place or hold or put or draw or join or fasten or fix or sew together, unite (with akṣīṇi-,"to close the eyes";with vraṇam-,"to heal a wound";with manas-,"to compose the mind";with mitr/a-dhitāni-,"to conclude an alliance";with vācam-,"to hold or interchange conversation"), to combine, connect with (instrumental case) etc. ; (A1.) to bring together, reconcile ; to be reconciled, agree with (instrumental case,rarely accusative), etc. ; to mend, restore, redress etc. ; to lay down on or in (locative case), fix on (especially an arrow on a bow, with instrumental case or with locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' dhanuḥ śareṇa-,or śaraṃ dhanuṣi-,"to take aim";generally A1.) ; (A1.) to direct towards (tataḥ-) ; to aim at (?) ; to involve in (locative case) ; to confer on (locative case), grant, yield, bestow (with nāma-and genitive case,"to give a name to"; A1.with śraddhām-and locative case,"to place credence in";with sāhāyyam-,"to afford assistance") etc. ; to cause, inflict ; (A1.) to be a match for, hold out against (accusative) ; to comprehend ; (A1.) to use, employ (instrumental case) : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be put together or joined or connected etc. ; to be placed or held in (locative case) ; to become possessed of (instrumental case) : Desiderative -dhitsati-, to wish to place or join together, desire to repair  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdhāraṇā | f. direction (of thoughts)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdiś | P. -diśati- (ind.p. -diśya- q.v), to point out, appoint, assign ; to state, tell, direct, command, give an order or message to (genitive case or dative case,sometimes two accusative;with abhi-dūti-,"to a female messenger") etc. ; to despatch any one (accusative) on a message to (dative case) : Causal -deśayati-, to cause to point out or declare, invite or ask to speak about | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃdṛś | f. view, direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃgrahaṇīya | mfn. to be directed towards (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samīcīna | mf(/ā-)n. tending in a common direction, going with or in company with, being or remaining together, connected, united, complete, all, whole  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃjñā | P. A1. -jānāti-, -jānīte-, (A1.) to agree together, be of the same opinion, be in harmony with (locative case; according to to , also instrumental case or accusative) ; (A.) to obey (dative case) ; (A1.) to appoint, assign, intend (for any purpose), destine ; (only ind.p. -jñāya-) to direct, order, command ; to acknowledge, recognize, own ; (P.) to acknowledge or claim as one's own, take possession of ; (P.) to think of. recollect sorrowfully (with accusative or genitive case) ; A1. to know well, understand ; to watch for : Causal -jñā ; to cause to acquiesce or agree in (euphemistically said of a sacrificial victim, which ought not to be led forcibly to its death but made to resign itself) ; to appease, satisfy ; to make to be understood or known, cause to understand ; to make signs to (accusative), communicate or make anything known by signs ; to command, enjoin, instruct | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃjñā | f. direction (in a-kṛtas-,"one who has received no direction")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃkāśina | n. (fr. saṃ-kāśin-) full visibility or appearance (instrumental case = "straightway","immediately","directly") | ||||||
| |||||||
| sammā | P. A1. -māti-, -mimīte-, to measure out, measure etc. ; to make of the same measure, make equal, equalize (in size, number, quantity etc.) ; to compare with (instrumental case) ; to mete out, distribute, bestow ; (with śr/avāṃsi-) to direct one's course or flight towards ; to be of the same capacity with, be contained in (locative case) : Passive voice -mīyate-, to be of the same measure, be contained in (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sammukha | mf(ī-rarely ā-)n. directed or turned towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnam | P. A1. -namati-, te-, to bend together, bend down, bow down before or to (dative case genitive case,or accusative of person) ; (A.) to submit or conform to, comply with, obey (dative case) ; to direct, bend in the right direction, put in order, arrange, prepare, make ready (A1.) to be brought, about or fulfilled ; (P. A1.): Causal -nā ; to bend in a particular direction, make right, arrange, prepare, bring about ; to subdue  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnī | P. -nayati-, to lead or bring or put together, join, connect, unite, conglomerate ; to mix together, mingle, mix (especially with sweet or sour milk) etc. ; to lead or direct towards, bring, procure, bestow ; to present with (instrumental case) ; to bring back, restore, pay ; to direct (the mind) towards (locative case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to put or place down near together, put down near or into, deposit in (locative case), place or put upon, direct towards (with or without dṛṣṭim-,"to fix the eyes upon";with manas-,or hṛdayam-,"to fix or direct the mind or thoughts") etc. ; to place together, collect, pile up ; (A1.) to appoint to (locative case) ; (A1.) to be present in, be found with (locative case) ; (A1.or Passive voice -dhīyate-) to be put together in the same place, be near or present or imminent etc.: Causal -dhāpayati-, to bring near, make present or manifest, represent : Passive voice of Causal -dhāpyate-, to appear or become manifested in the presence of (genitive case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnipatya | ind. immediately, directly (See compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃnipatyopakāraka | mfn. directly effective | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃniviś | A1. -viśate-, to sit or settle down together with, have intercourse or intimate connection with (instrumental case) (varia lectio) : Causal -veśayati-, to cause to enter or sit down together, introduce into or lodge in (locative case) ; to set down, deposit ; to draw up (an army) ; to cause (troops) to encamp ; fasten or fix or establish in or on (locative case) etc. ; to cast or hurl upon (locative case) ; to found (a city) ; to appoint to (locative case) etc. ; to intrust or commit anything to (locative case) ; to direct (the mind) towards (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| samottaratas | ind. directly northwards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampracyu | Caus. -cyāvayati-, to cause to proceed or come forth from different directions, bring together  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampradhṛ | Caus. -dhārayati-, to direct towards, deliver over to (dative case) ; (with buddhim-) to fix the mind or thoughts steadily upon (locative case), determine, resolve, settle, decide ; (with or without buddhyā-, manasā-,or hṛdaye-) to ponder, reflect, consider, deliberate or think about (accusative) etc.: Passive voice -dhāryate-, to be fixed upon or determined  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampraiṣa | m. summons, invitation, direction (to an officiating priest)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprakāśaka | mfn. manifesting, announcing, directing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samprati | ind. directly over, against or opposite, close in front of (accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sampreṣ | ( -pra-- 1 iṣ-) P. -pr/eṣyati-, to send forth, throw, fling, cast ; (in Vedic ritual) to summon, invite (see 2. pre : Causal -pre etc. ; to send a message to (genitive case) ; to direct (the thoughts) towards (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsakta | mfn. fixed on or directed towards, occupied with, devoted to, intent upon, fond of (locative case or compound) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśās | P. -śāsti-, to direct, instruct, summon, call upon ; to arrange or put in order with (instrumental case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśāsāsana | n. direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśāsita | mfn. directed, instructed | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśis | f. direction, invitation | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃśṝ | P. -śṛyāti-, to smash to pieces, crush : Passive voice -śīryate- (Aorist -śāri-; perfect tense -śaśre-), to be crushed, break down ; to be dissipated or routed, fly in different directions : Desiderative See saṃ-śiśariṣu-. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sāṃsṛṣṭika | mfn. (fr. saṃ-sṛṣṭi-) directly or immediately connected, direct  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthā | f. established order, standard, rule, direction (accusative with etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃsthita | mfn. directed to wards, fixed upon (compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃvidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to dispose, arrange, settle, fix, determine, prescribe ; to direct, order ; to carry on, conduct, manage, attend to, mind etc. ; to use, employ ; to make use of. act or proceed with (instrumental case) ; (with mānasam-) to keep the mind fixed or composed, be in good spirits ; to make, render (two accusative) ; to set, put, lay, place : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be disposed or arranged etc. : Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to dispose or manage  | ||||||
| |||||||
| samyak | ind. in one or the same direction, in the same way, at the same time, together (with | ||||||
| |||||||
| samyañc | mfn. (fr. sami-= sam-2+ 2. añc- see ; Nominal verb samy/an-, samīc/ī-,or sam/īcī-, samy/ak-) going along with or together, turned together or in one direction, combined, united (accusative with | ||||||
| |||||||
| samyañc | mfn. lying in one direction, forming one line (as foot steps) | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyoga | m. contact (especially in philosophy "direct material contact", as of sesamum seed with rice-grains [in contradistinction to contact by the fusion of particles, as of water with milk] , enumerated among the 24 guṇa-s of the nyāya- see under sam-bandha-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| saṃyuj | P. A1. -yunakti-, -yuṅkte-, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite etc. ; to bind, fetter ; to endow or furnish with (instrumental case) etc. ; to form an alliance, league together ; to place in, fix on, direct towards (locative case) : Passive voice -yujyate-, to be joined together, be united etc. ; to meet or fall in with (instrumental case) ; to be married to (instrumental case) ; (with ratyā-,or grāmyadharmatayā-) to have sexual intercourse on ; to be supplied or furnished with (instrumental case) etc.: Causal -yojayati-, to cause to join together, bring together, unite ; to put to (horses), yoke, harness ; to hold together, check, control (the senses) (varia lectio) ; to furnish or endow or present with (instrumental case) etc. ; to give over to, entrust with (genitive case of Persian and accusative of thing) ; to add to (locative case) ; to fix on, direct towards (locative case) ; to shoot, discharge (a missile) ; to equip (an army) ; to use, employ, appoint ; to institute, perform, accomplish ; (A1.) to be absorbed, meditate | ||||||
| |||||||
| sapratibandha | mfn. attended with obstacles (in law said of a legacy which, if there are not direct male descendants, devolves on a collateral branch or the widow etc. )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvamukha | mfn. facing in every direction ( sarvamukhatva -tva- n.), Scholiast or Commentator  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvāñc | mfn. (va-+ 2. añc-) turned in all directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvaniyojaka | mfn. impelling or directing all (viṣṇu-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvapatha | m. every road or way, every direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvapathīna | mf(ā-)n. going in every direction, propagated or celebrated everywhere ( sarvapathīnatā -tā- f.) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatas | ind. from all sides, in every direction, everywhere etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatobhadra | mfn. in every direction or on every side good, in every way auspicious etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatodhāra | mfn. having a sharp edge in every direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatodikka | mfn. extending in every direction, Scholiast or Commentator | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatodiśam | ind. from all sides, in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatogāmin | mfn. going in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatomārgam | ind. in all way or directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| sarvatomukha | mf(ī-)n. facing in all direction, turned every where etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śās | (see ) śāsti- (Vedic or Veda and Epic also ś/āste-and śāsati-, te-; dual number śiṣṭhaḥ-etc. ;3. plural śāsati- ; imperfect tense aśāt- etc.; imperative śādhi-, śāst/ana- ; Potential śiṣyāt- ; perfect tense śaśāsa-, suḥ-[in also imperative śaśādhi-and subjunctive śaśās-] etc.; Aorist aśiṣat-[in also 1. plural śiṣāmahi-and p. śiṣ/at-] ; future śāsitā- grammar; śāsiṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood śāstum- ; śāsitum- etc.; ind.p. śāsitvā-or śiṣṭvā- ; -śiṣya- ; -śāsya- etc.) , to chastise, correct, censure, punish etc. ; to restrain, control, rule, govern (also with rājyam-or aiśvaryam-) etc. ; to administer the laws (with dharmam-,"to administer justice") ; to direct, bid, order, command, enjoin, decree (with an infinitive mood or a sentence followed by iti-) ; to teach, instruct, inform (with two accusative,or with accusative of Persian and dative case or locative case of thing) etc. ; to confess (a crime) ; to announce, proclaim ; to predict, foretell ; to blame, reject, disdain (?) ; to praise, commend (= : Passive voice śāsyate- or śiṣyate- (see etc.: Causal śāśayati- (Aorist aśaśāsat- ), to recommend : Desiderative śiśāsiṣati- grammar : Intensive śeśiṣyate-, śāśāsti-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sasaṃdeha | mfn. (in rhetoric) a kind of indirect praise  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsana | n. an order, command, edict, enactment, decree, direction (śāsanaṃ- ]or śāsane-) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsanīya | mfn. to be governed or directed or instructed (varia lectio) | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsita | mfn. governed, ruled, directed, instructed etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsitavya | mfn. to be governed or directed etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsti | f. direction, order, command | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāstra | n. teaching, instruction, direction, advice, good counsel etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| śaśvat | mf(ś/aśvatī-,or t/ī-)n. at once, forthwith, directly (generally preceded or followed by ha-; ś/aśvat-ś/aśvat-,no sooner-than forthwith)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śāsya | mfn. to be directed | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatadru | f. "flowing in a hundred (or numerous) branches", Name of a river now called the Sutlej (it is the most easterly of the five rivers of the Panjab, and rises in a lake [prob. mānasa- Sarovar] on the himā etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śatasahasrānta | mfn. spreading in a hundred hundred directions (said of the moon) (varia lectio)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| satatamānasa | mfn. always directing the mind towards anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| savīman | n. (only in loc,) setting in motion, instigation, direction, guidance | ||||||
| |||||||
| savyāpasavya | mfn. left and right, reverse and direct, wrong and right  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiṣṭa | mfn. taught, directed, ordered, commanded (applied to persons and things) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śiṣṭi | f. (for 2.See below) direction, instruction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| smṛti | f. the whole body of sacred tradition or what is remembered by human teachers (in contradistinction to śruti-or what is directly heard or revealed to the ṛṣi-s;in its widest acceptation this use of the term smṛti- includes the 6 vedā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| śri | cl.1 P. A1. () śrayati-, te- (perfect tense śiśr/āya-, śiśriy/e-; Aorist /aśret-, āśriyan- ; aśrait- ; /aśiśriyat- etc.; aśrā etc.; infinitive mood śrayitum- ; śrayitav/ai- ; ind.p. śrayitvā- etc., -śr/itya- etc.) P. to cause to lean or rest on, lay on or in, fix on, fasten to, direct or turn towards, (especially) spread or diffuse (light or radiance or beauty) over (locative case) ; (A1.or Passive voice,rarely P.) to lean on, rest on, recline against (accusative), cling to (locative case), be supported or fixed or depend on, abide in or on (accusative locative case or adverb) ; (A1. P.) to go to, approach, resort or have recourse to (for help or refuge) , tend towards (accusative) etc. ; (A1.) to go into, enter, fall to the lot or take possession of (accusative or locative case) ; (A1. P.) to attain, undergo, get into any state or condition (accusative) etc. ; to assume (with śrāvikā-tvam-,"to assume the form of a śrāvikā-", q.v) ; to show, betray (heroism) ; to honour, worship : Passive voice śrī etc. etc.: Causal śrāpayati- (in uc-chr-) ; śrāyayati- (Aorist aśiśrayat-;for aśiśriyat-See above) grammar : Desiderative śiśrayiṣati-, te- or śiśrīṣati-, te- grammar : Intensive śeśrīyate-, śeśrayīti-, śeśreti- [ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin clino,clivus; Lithuanian szly4ti,szle14ti,szlai4tas; Gothic hlains;hlaiw; German hline7n,line7n,lehnen; Anglo-Saxon hlinian; English lean.] | ||||||
| |||||||
| sṛj | (see ) sṛj/ati- (Ved. and Epic also te-,and once in s/arjati-; perfect tense sasarja-, sasṛj/e-[2. sg. according to to , sasarjitha-and sasraṣṭha-,in once sasarktha-];Vedic forms are sasṛjm/ahe-, jrire-, sasṛjyāt-, asasṛgram-; parasmE-pada sasṛjān/a- q.v; sasṛgm/ahe-; Aorist asrākṣīt-; /asṛkṣi-, /asṛṣṭa-[Ved. also /asṛgram-or ran-; /asarji-; asrāk-, asrāṭ-; srās-; srakṣat-; parasmE-pada sṛjān/a- q.v ] ; future sraṣṭā- ; srakṣyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sraṣṭum- etc.; ind.p. sṛṣṭvā- ; -s/ṛjya- etc.; -s/argam-or -s/arjam- ), to let go or fly, discharge, throw, cast, hurl at (accusative or dative case) etc. ; to cast or let go (a measuring line) ; to emit, pour forth, shed, cause to flow (rain, streams etc.) etc. ; to utter (a sound) ; to turn or direct (glances) ; to let loose, cause (horses) to go quickly ; A1. "to speed, run, hasten" ; to release, set free ; to open (a door) ; to publish, proclaim ; to draw out and twist (a thread), twist, wind, spin (literally and figuratively; A1. sṛjyate-,"for one's self"; see on Va1rtt. 15 and ) ; (in older language only A1.) to emit from one's self id est create, procreate, produce, beget etc. ; to procure, grant, bestow etc. ; to use, employ ; to get, acquire, obtain, take (interest on money lent) ; to hang on, fasten to (locative case) (perhaps asṛjat-, wrong reading for asajat-;See etc. etc.: Causal sarjayati-, te- (Aorist asasarjat-or asīsṛjat-), to cause to let loose, let go, create etc. etc.: Desiderative sisṛkṣati-, te-, to wish to send forth or hurl or throw ; (A1.) to wish to produce or create : Intensive sarīsṛjyate-, sarīsṛṣṭi- etc. grammar | ||||||
| |||||||
| śṛṅgagrāhikā | f. "taking by the horns" id est in a direct manner (instrumental case"directly","without any intervening agent")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthā | cl.1 P. A1. () t/iṣṭhati-, te- (perfect tense tasth/au-, tasthe- etc.; Aorist /asthāt-, /asthita- ;3. plural asthiran- ; āsthat-[?] ; asthiṣi-, ṣata- etc.; subjunctive sthāti-, sth/āthaḥ- ; preceding stheyāt- ; stheṣam-, ṣuḥ-[?] ; sthāsīṣṭa- grammar; future sthātā- etc.; sthāsyati-, te- etc.; infinitive mood sth/ātum- ; tos- ; -sthitum- ; ind.p. sthitvā- etc.; -sth/āya- etc.; -sthāyam- ), to stand, stand firmly, station one's self, stand upon, get upon, take up a position on (with pādābhyām-,"to stand on the feet";with jānubhyām-,"to kneel";with agre-or agratas-and genitive case,"to stand or present one's self before";with puras-and with or without genitive case,"to stand up against an enemy etc.") etc. ; to stay, remain, continue in any condition or action (exempli gratia, 'for example' with kanyā-,"to remain a girl or unmarried";with tūṣṇīm-or with maunena- instrumental case"to remain silent";with sukham-,"to continue or feel well") etc. ; to remain occupied or engaged in, be intent upon, make a practice of, keep on, persevere in any act (with locative case; exempli gratia, 'for example' with rājye-,"to continue governing";with śāsane-,"to practise obedience";with bale-,"to exercise power";with sva-dharme-,"to do one's duty";with sva-karmaṇi-,"to keep to one's own business";with saṃśaye-,"to persist in doubting";also with ind.p. exempli gratia, 'for example' dharmam āśritya-,"to practise virtue") etc. ; to continue to be or exist (as opp. to"perish"), endure, last etc. ; to be, exist, be present, be obtainable or at hand etc. ; to be with or at the disposal of, belong to (dative case genitive case,or locative case) etc. ; (A1. mc. also P. confer, compare ) to stand by, abide by, be near to, be on the side of, adhere or submit to, acquiesce in, serve, obey (locative case or dative case) etc. ; to stand still, stay quiet, remain stationary, stop, halt, wait, tarry, linger, hesitate (See under sthitvā-below) etc. ; to behave or conduct one's self (with samam-,"to behave equally towards any one" locative case) ; to be directed to or fixed on (locative case) ; to be founded or rest or depend on, be contained in (locative case) ; to rely on, confide in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' mayi sthitvā-,"confiding in me") ; to stay at, resort to (accusative) ; to arise from (ablative or genitive case) ; to desist or cease from (ablative) ; to remain unnoticed (as of no importance), be left alone (only imperative and Potential) : Passive voice sthīyate- (Aorist asthāyi-), to be stood etc. (frequently used impersonal or used impersonally exempli gratia, 'for example' mayā sthīyatām-,"let it be abided by me" id est"I must abide") etc. etc.: Causal sthāpayati-, te- (Aorist /atiṣṭhipat-; ind.p. sthāpayitvā-[ q.v ] and -sth/āpam-: Passive voice sthāpyate-), to cause to stand, place, locate, set, lay, fix, station, establish, found, institute etc. ; to set up, erect, raise, build ; to cause to continue, make durable, strengthen, confirm etc. ; to prop up, support, maintain ; to affirm, assent ; to appoint (to any office locative case) etc. ; to cause to be, constitute, make, appoint or employ as (two accusative;with dhātrīm-,"to employ any one as a nurse";with rakṣā etc. ; to fix, settle, determine, resolve etc. ; to fix in or on, lead or bring into, direct or turn towards (locative case,rarely accusative;with hṛdi-,"to impress on the heart";with manas-,"to fix the mind on") etc. ; to introduce or initiate into, instruct in (locative case exempli gratia, 'for example' with naye-,"to instruct in a plan or system") ; to make over or deliver up to (locative case or haste-with genitive case,"into the hands of") ; to give in marriage ; to cause to stand still, stop, arrest, check, hold, keep in, restrain (with baddhvā-,"to keep bound or imprisoned") etc. ; to place aside, keep, save, preserve : Desiderative of Causal -sthāpayiṣati- (See saṃ- : Intensive teṣṭhīyate- ; tāstheti-, tāsthāti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek ; Latin stare; Lithuanian sto4ti; Slavonic or Slavonian stati; German sta7n,stehen; English stand.]) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāpaka | m. (in dramatic language) a kind of stage-director (assistant of the sūtra-dhāra- [q.v.] but not clearly defined in his functions and not mentioned in any of the extant plays)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthāpanā | f. arranging, regulating or directing (as a drama etc.), stage-management (see sthā-paka-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sthita | mfn. turned or directed to, fixed upon (locative case or compound)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sucirārpita | mfn. fixed or directed for a long time  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūdādhyakṣa | m. a superintendent of cooking, director of the kitchen  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūryasiddhānta | m. a celebrated astronomical text-book (said to be a direct revelation from the Sun)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| susaṃnata | (s/u--) mfn. well directed (said of an arrow)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| susaṃśās | (s/u--) mfn. well directing or instructing | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūtra | n. that which like a thread runs through or holds together everything, rule, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūtra | n. a short sentence or aphoristic rule, and any work or manual consisting of strings of such rules hanging together like threads (these sūtra- works form manuals of teaching in ritual, philosophy, grammar etc.: exempli gratia, 'for example' in ritual there are first the śrauta-sūtra-s, and among them the kalpa-sūtra-s, founded directly on śruti- q.v; they form a kind of rubric to Vedic ceremonial, giving concise rules for the performance of every kind of sacrifice[ ] ; other kinds of śruti- works are the gṛhya-sūtra-s and sāmayācārika- or dharma-sūtra-s id est"rules for domestic ceremonies and conventional customs", sometimes called collectively smārta-sūtra-s [as founded on smṛti-or"tradition"See smārta-]; these led to the later dharmaśāstra-s or"law-books"[ ] ; in philosophy each system has its regular text-book of aphorisms written in sūtra-s by its supposed founder[ ]; in vyākaraṇa- or grammar there are the celebrated sūtra-s of pāṇini- in eight books, which are the groundwork of a vast grammatical literature; with Buddhists, pāśupata-s etc. the term sūtra- is applied to original text books as opp. to explanatory works; with jaina-s they form part of the dṛṣṭivāda-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| sūtrita | mfn. directed or declared in a sūtra-, prescribed or delivered in aphorisms or axioms | ||||||
| |||||||
| svārtha | mf(ā-)n. directed to one's self egoistical ( svārthatā -tā- f.) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| svastika | m. any lucky or auspicious object, (especially) a kind of mystical cross or mark made on persons and things to denote good luck (it is shaped like a Greek cross with the extremities of the four arms bent round in the same direction;the majority of scholars regard it as a solar symbol;that is, as representing a curtailed form of the wheel of the Solar viṣṇu-, consisting of four spokes crossing each other at right angles with short fragments of the periphery of the circle at the end of each spoke turning round in one direction to denote the course of the Sun; according to to the late Sir Cunningham it has no connexion with sun-worship, but its shape represents a monogram or interlacing of the letters of the auspicious words su ast/i-[ svasti-]in the aśoka- characters;amongst jaina-s it is one of the 24 auspicious marks and is the emblem of the seventh arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| syand | (or syad-;often confounded with spand-) cl.1 A1. () sy/andate- (Epic and mc. also ti-; perfect tense siṣy/anda-, siṣyad/uḥ- ; sasyande-, dire- grammar; Aorist 2. 3. sg. -asyān- ; asyandiṣṭa-, asyantta-, asyadat- grammar; future syanttā-, syanditā- ; syantsy/ati- ; syandiṣyate-, syantsyate- grammar; infinitive mood sy/ade- ; sy/anttum- ; ind.p. syanttv/ā-, syattv/ā-, -syadya- ; syanditvā- grammar), to move or flow on rapidly, flow, stream, run, drive (in a carriage), rush, hasten, speed etc. ; to discharge liquid, trickle, ooze, drip, sprinkle, pour forth (accusative) etc. ; to issue from (ablative) : Causal syandayati- (Aorist /asiṣyadat-;Ved. infinitive mood syandayādhyai-), to stream, flow, run etc. ; to cause to flow or run : Desiderative sisyandiṣate-, sisyantsate-, sisyantsati- grammar : Intensive See acchā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| tadgata | mfn. directed towards him or her or them or that  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tan | cl.8 P. A1. n/oti-, nut/e- (3. plural nv/ate-[ /ā--and vi-tanvat/e- ] ; imperative nu-[ /ava-and v/i-tanuhi- ; see Va1rtt. 1 ] ; nuṣva- ; subjunctive 2. sg. nuthās-, ;1. dual number navāvahai-, ; imperfect tense 3. plural /atanvata-, ; perfect tense P. tat/āna-,once tāt- ;2. sg. tat/antha-[ ],class. tenitha-[ ]; A1.1. 2. 3. sg. [ /ā--] tatane-, [abh/i-]tatniṣe-, [v/i-]tatne- ;3. sg. irregular tate-, ;3. plural tatnir/e-[ v/i-- ] or ten-[ (vi--)etc.; see ]; Aorist P. /atan- ; [/ā-]atān-, ; ;[ p/ari--, v/i--] atanat- ; [anv-/ā]atāṃsīt- ; atānīt- ; tat/anat-, [abh/i-]t/anāma-, t/anan- ;2. plural ataniṣṭa- ;3. dual number atāniṣṭām- ; A1. atata-or ataniṣṭa-, atathās-or ataniṣṭhās- ;3. plural /atnata- ; tat/ananta-, ;1. sg. atasi- plural ataṃsmahi- ; future 2nd taṃsy/ate- ; future 1st [vi-]tāyitā- ; parasmE-pada proper tanv/at-, vān/a-; perfect tense tatanv/as-; ind.p. tatvā-, tv/āya-, -t/atya- ;[ vi--] tāya- ; infinitive mood tantum- ; Passive voice tāy/ate- [ parasmE-pada y/amāna-] etc.; tanyate- ; Aorist atāyi- ) to extend, spread, be diffused (as light) over, shine, extend towards, reach to etc. ; to be protracted, continue, endure ; to stretch (a cord), extend or bend (a bow), spread, spin out, weave etc. ; to emboss ; to prepare (a way for) ; to direct (one's way, gatim-) towards ; to propagate (one's self or one's family, tanūs-, tantum-) ; to (spread id est to) speak (words) ; to protract ; to put forth, show, manifest, display, augment etc. (Passive voice to be put forth or extended, increase ) ; to accomplish, perform (a ceremony) etc. ; to sacrifice ; to compose (a literary work) ; to render (any one thirsty, double accusative) : Desiderative titaniṣati-, taṃsati-, tāṃs- : Intensive tantanyate-, tantanīti-, ; ([ see , etc.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tarasā | ind. instrumental case (gaRa svar-ādi-,not in ) speedily, directly  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathāgataguṇajñānācintyaviṣayāvatāranirdeśa | m. "direction how to attain to the inconceivable subject of the tathā-gata-'s qualities and knowledge", Name of a Buddh. sūtra-  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathāmukha | mfn. "so-facing", turning the face in the same direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| tathāyatam | (thā | ||||||
| |||||||
| tatkṣaṇam | ind. at the same moment, directly, immediately etc. (in comp. ṇa-- )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tatracakṣurmanas | mfn. directing one's eyes and mind on him | ||||||
| |||||||
| tena | ind. (instrumental case of 2. t/a-) in that direction, there (correl. to yena-,"in which direction, where")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| tīkṣṇadaṇḍa | mfn. directing sharp punishment  | ||||||
| |||||||
| triviṣūka | mfn. diverging into three directions, | ||||||
| |||||||
| ubhayamukha | mf(ī-)n. "having a face towards either way","two-faced", a pregnant female (so called because the embryo has its face turned in an opposite direction to that of the mother)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ubhayataḥprajña | mfn. (fr. prajñā-), one whose cognizance is directed both inwards and outwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| uccakṣus | (ud-cakṣus-) mfn. having the eyes directed upwards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udakkūla | mfn. directed towards the north (as grass with the tops)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udakśiras | mfn. one who his his head directed towards the north,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| udan | (for 1.See) P. -aniti- (and āniti- ; see vy--; Aorist 3. plural -āniṣus- ) to breathe upwards, emit the breath in an upward direction ; to breathe out, breathe | ||||||
| |||||||
| udañcana | n. directing or throwing upwards | ||||||
| |||||||
| uddeśa | m. the act of pointing to or at, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uddiś | P. A1. -diśati-, -te-, to show or direct towards ; to point out, signify, declare, determine etc. ; to speak of ; to say, enunciate, prophesy ; to mean, point at, take for ; to aim at, intend, destine etc. ; to explain, instruct, teach | ||||||
| |||||||
| uddiś | f. a particular point or direction of the compass (see 2. ā-d/iś-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| uddiśya | (used as a preposition) aiming at, in the direction of | ||||||
| |||||||
| upa | ind. (a preposition or prefix to verbs and nouns, expressing) towards, near to (opposed to apa-,away) , by the side of, with, together with, under, down (exempli gratia, 'for example' upa- | ||||||
| |||||||
| upa | ind. prefixed to proper names upa- may express in classical literature"a younger brother" (exempli gratia, 'for example' upe (As a separable preposition) near to, towards, in the direction of, under, below (with accusative exempli gratia, 'for example' upa āśāḥ-,towards the regions) | ||||||
| |||||||
| upasaṃdhāya | directing towards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| ūrdhvakṛta | mfn. turned or directed upwards  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttarābhāsa | m. a false or indirect or prevaricating reply  | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttarāpatha | m. the northern road or direction, the northern country, north | ||||||
| |||||||
| uttarāśrita | mfn. having gone to or being in the northern direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| vācakalakṣakavyañjakatva | n. direct or indirect or implicit designation of a thing  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vacana | n. advice, instruction, direction, order, command etc. (naṃ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vacas | n. advice, direction, command, order etc. (vacaḥ- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vācayitṛ | mfn. one who causes to recite, the director of a recitation | ||||||
| |||||||
| vācya | mfn. to be directed that (with yathā-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vācyārtha | m. the directly expressed meaning ( vācyārthatva -tva- n.direct expression of meaning) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vainītaka | m. any indirect means of conveyance (as a porter who carries a sedan-chair, a palanquin-bearer, horse dragging a carriage etc.)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vaipruṣa | mfn. (fr. vi-pruṣ-) directed to the soma- drops (homa-) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vakrabhaṇita | n. indirect speech, equivocation, evasion, (in Prakrit).  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vakrokti | f. indirect mode of expression on | ||||||
| |||||||
| valitāpāṅga | mf(ī-)n. having the (corners of the) eyes turned or directed towards anything  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vāmīkṛ | P. -karoti-, to turn or direct towards the left side  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vārāhapurāṇa | n. Name of one of the 18 purāṇa-s (said to have been revealed to the Earth by viṣṇu- in his form of varāha- q.v;it contains an account of the creation, the various forms or incarnations of viṣṇu-, and a number of legends and directions relating to the vaiṣṇava- sect)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātanulomana | mfn. forcing the wind in the right direction or downwards (as in inflating she lungs)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vātanulomin | mfn. forcing the wind in the right direction or downwards (as in inflating she lungs) | ||||||
| |||||||
| veda | m. Name of certain celebrated works which constitute the basis of the first period of the Hindu religion (these works were primarily three, viz. 1. the ṛg-veda-, 2. the yajur-veda- [of which there are, however, two divisionsSee taittirīya-saṃhitā-, vājasaneyi-saṃhitā-],3. the sāma-veda-;these three works are sometimes called collectively trayī-,"the triple vidyā-"or"threefold knowledge", but the ṛg-veda- is really the only original work of the three, and much the most ancient [the oldest of its hymns being assigned by some who rely on certain astronomical calculations to a period between 4000 and 2500 B.C., before the settlement of the Aryans in India;and by others who adopt a different reckoning to a period between 1400 and 1000 B.C., when the Aryans had settled down in the Panjab];subsequently a fourth veda- was added, called the atharva-veda-, which was probably not completely accepted till after manu-, as his law-book often speaks of the three veda-s-calling them trayam brahma sanātanam-,"the triple eternal veda-", but only once [ ] mentions the revelation made to atharvan- and aṅgiras-, without, however, calling it by the later name of atharva-veda-;each of the four veda-s has two distinct parts, viz. 1. mantra-, id est words of prayer and adoration often addressed either to fire or to some form of the sun or to some form of the air, sky, wind etc., and praying for health, wealth, long life, cattle, offspring, victory, and even forgiveness of sins, and 2. brāhmaṇa-, consisting of vidhi- and artha-vāda-, i.e. directions for the detail of the ceremonies at which the mantra-s were to be used and explanations of the legends etc. connected with the mantra-s [see brāhmaṇa-, vidhi-],both these portions being termed śruti-,revelation orally communicated by the Deity, and heard but not composed or written down by men[ see ] , although it is certain that both mantra-s and brāhmaṇa-s were compositions spread over a considerable period, much of the latter being comparatively modern;as the veda-s are properly three, so the mantra-s are properly of three forms, 1. ṛc-, which are verses of praise in metre, and intended for loud recitation;2. yajus-, which are in prose, and intended for recitation in a lower tone at sacrifices;3. sāman-, which are in metre, and intended for chanting at the soma- or Moon-plant ceremonies, the mantra-s of the fourth or atharva-veda- having no special name;but it must be borne in mind that the yajur- and sāma-veda- hymns, especially the latter, besides their own mantra-s, borrow largely from the ṛg-veda-;the yajur-veda- and sāma-veda- being in fact not so much collections of prayers and hymns as special prayer- and hymn-books intended as manuals for the adhvaryu- and udgātṛ- priests respectively [see yajur-veda-, sāma-veda-];the atharva-veda-, on the other hand, is, like the ṛg-veda-, a real collection of original hymns mixed up with incantations, borrowing little from the ṛg- and having no direct relation to sacrifices, but supposed by mere recitation to produce long life, to cure diseases, to effect the ruin of enemies etc.;each of the four veda-s seems to have passed through numerous śākhā-s or schools, giving rise to various recensions of the text, though the ṛg-veda- is only preserved in the śākala- recension, while a second recension, that of the bhāṣkala-s, is only known by name;a tradition makes vyāsa- the compiler and arranger of the veda-s in their present form: they each have an Index or anukramaṇī- [ q.v ], the principal work of this kind being the general Index or sarvānukramaṇī- [ q.v ];out of the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda- grew two other departments of Vedic literature, sometimes included under the general name veda-, viz. the strings of aphoristic rules, called sūtra-s [ q.v ], and the mystical treatises on the nature of God and the relation of soul and matter, called upaniṣad- [ q.v ], which were appended to the āraṇyaka-s [ q.v ], and became the real veda- of thinking Hindus, leading to the darśana-s or systems of philosophy;in the later literature the name of"fifth veda-"is accorded to the itihāsa-s or legendary epic poems and to the purāṇa-s, and certain secondary veda-s or upa-veda-s [ q.v ] are enumerated;the vedā | ||||||
| |||||||
| vetravat | m. Name of a river (now called the Betwa, which, rising among the vindhya- hills in the Bhopal State and following a north-easterly direction for about 360 miles, falls into the Jumna below Hamirpur) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vi | ind. (prob. for an original dvi-,meaning"in two parts";and opp. to sam- q.v) apart, asunder, in different directions, to and fro, about, away, away from, off, without etc. etc. In it appears also as a preposition with accusative denoting"through"or"between"(with ellipse of the verb i, 181, 5; x, 86, 20 etc.'>) It is especially used as a prefix to verbs or nouns and other parts of speech derived from verbs, to express"division","distinction","distribution","arrangement","order","opposition", or"deliberation" (see vi- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vī | ( vi-- 5 i-) P. vy-eti- (3. plural viyanti-; imperfect tense vy-ait-; perfect tense vī etc. ; to be lost, perish, disappear etc. ; to go through, traverse : Intensive (or cl.4. A1.) vī | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibādh | A1. -bādhate-, to press or drive asunder in different directions, drive or scare away ; to oppress, harass, annoy, molest, afflict, injure, violate : Intensive -bābadhe-, to release, set free | ||||||
| |||||||
| vibhṛtra | (v/i--) mf(ā-)n. to be (or being) borne about or in various directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vicar | P. -carati-, to move in different directions, spread, expand, be diffused ; to rove, ramble about or through, traverse, pervade etc. ; to sally forth, march against, make an attack or assault etc. ; to wander from the right path, go astray, be dissolute ; to commit a mistake or blunder (with words) ; to run out, come to an end ; to stand or be situated in (locative case;applied to heavenly bodies) ; to associate or have intercourse with (instrumental case) ; to act, proceed, behave, live ; to practise, perform, accomplish, make, do etc. ; to graze upon, feed upon (a pasture) : Causal -cārayati-, to cause to go or roam about ; to cause to go astray, seduce ; to move hither and thither (in the mind), ponder, reflect, consider etc. ; to doubt, hesitate ; to examine, investigate, ascertain  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vicarita | mfn. moved in different directions etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidakṣiṇa | mfn. directed to another quarter than the south  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidatha | n. (especially)"knowledge given to others" id est instruction, direction, order, arrangement, disposition, rule, command (also plural) (vidatham ā- | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to distribute, apportion, grant, bestow etc. etc. (with kāmam-,to fulfil a wish) ; to furnish, supply, procure (with ātmanaḥ-,"for one's self") ; to spread, diffuse ; to put in order, arrange, dispose, prepare, make ready ; to divide, parcel out ; to ordain, direct, enjoin, settle, appoint etc. ; to form, create, build, establish, found etc. ; to perform, effect, produce, cause, occasion, make, do etc. (like etc. ; to contrive or manage that (yathā-) ; to put or lay on or in, direct towards (locative case) etc. (with hṛdaye-,to take to heart;with agrataḥ-,or adhaḥ-,to place before or below) ; to send out, despatch (spies) ; to take trouble with (dative case) ; to treat, deal with (accusative) : Passive voice -dhīyate-, to be distributed etc. ; to be allotted or intended for (genitive case) ; to be accounted, pass for (Nominal verb) : Causal -dhāpayati-, to cause to put, cause to be laid ; cause to put in order or arrange or fix : Desiderative -dhitsati-, te-, to wish to distribute or bestow ; to wish to decide or determine or fix or establish ; to wish to find out or devise (a means) ; to wish to procure or acquire ; to wish to perform or accomplish anything, intend, purpose ; to wish to make or render (two accusative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidhāvita | mfn. run in different directions, dispersed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidhi | m. (for 1.See) a rule, formula, injunction, ordinance, statute, precept, law, direction (especially for the performance of a rite as given in the brāhmaṇa- portion of the veda-, which according to to consists of two parts, 1. vidhi-,"precepts or commandments" exempli gratia, 'for example' yajeta-,"he ought to sacrifice", kuryāt-,"he ought to perform";2. artha-vāda-, "explanatory statements"as to the origin of rites and use of the mantra-s, mixed up with legends and illustrations) etc. (see ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vidru | P. -dravati-, to run apart or in different directions, disperse, run away, escape etc. ; to part asunder, become divided, burst : Causal -drāvayati-, to cause to disperse, drive or scare away, put to flight  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vihitatva | n. the being enjoined or prescribed, prescription, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viloman | mfn. against the hair or grain, turned in the opposite direction, inverted  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vimārgadṛṣṭi | mfn. looking in a wrong direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinī | P. A1. -nayati-, te-, to lead or take away, remove, avert ; to throw off, drive away, dispel, expel (a disease) ; (A1.) to elicit, draw from (ablative) ; to stir up (the soma-) ; to part (the hair) ; to stretch, extend ; to train, tame, guide (horses) etc. ; to educate, instruct, direct etc. ; to chastise, punish ; to induce, lead or cause to (infinitive mood) ; to spend, pass (time) ; to perform, accomplish ; (A1.) to pay off, restore (a debt) ; to expand (especially for religious purposes) ; to get rid of. give up, cease from (anger) : Desiderative -ninīṣate-, to wish to get rid of or give up (egoism)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinidhā | P. A1. -dadhāti-, -dhatte-, to put or place or lay down in different places, distribute ; to put off, lay down or aside ; to put by, store up ; to put or place on, fix upon, direct (mind, eyes etc.) ; (with hṛdi-) to fix in the heart, bear in mind  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinihita | mfn. put or laid down, placed or fixed upon, directed towards (locative case or compound) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniścar | P. -carati-, to go forth in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniyojita | mfn. (fr. Causal) appointed or directed or applied to, destined for, chosen as (with locative case, artham-or arthāya-) etc. (paśu-tve-,destined for a sacrificial victim; adhipati-tve-,appointed to the sovereignty) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viniyuktātman | mfn. one who has his mind fixed on or directed towards | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinu | A1. -navate-, to go or spread in different directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinyas | P. -asyati- (rarely -asati-), to put or place down in different places, spread out, distribute, arrange etc. ; to put down, deposit, place or lay on, fix in, turn or direct towards, apply to (locative case) etc. ; to mark or designate by (instrumental case) ; to entrust or make over to (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vinyasta | mfn. directed to (as the mind, eyes) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipalāy | (fr. palā- equals parā-+ ay-=  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viparidhāvaka | mfn. running about or in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viparīta | mfn. going asunder or in different directions, various, different | ||||||
| |||||||
| viparītagati | mfn. going backwards or in a reverse direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipat | P. -patati-, to fly or dash or rush through ; to fly apart, fall off, burst asunder, be divided or separated ; to fly along : Causal -patayati-, to fly in various directions ; to fall asunder, be opened ; -pātayati-, to cause to fly away, shoot off (arrows) ; to cause to fly asunder or off, split or strike off (a head) ; to strike down, kill  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipathi | mfn. going on paths that spread in different directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipradhāv | P. -dhāvati-, to run in different directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipralīna | mfn. dispersed or scattered in all directions, routed (said of a defeated army)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viprasthā | A1. -tiṣṭhate- (mc. also ti-), to spread in different directions, go apart or asunder, be diffused or dispersed ; to set out, depart | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipratipad | A1. -padyate-, to go in different or opposite directions, turn here and there ; to roam, wander (said of the senses) ; to be perplexed or confounded, be uncertain how to act, waver, hesitate ; to differ or diverge in opinion, be mutually opposed ; to be mistaken, have a false opinion about (locative case) ; to reply falsely or erroneously | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipratipanna | mfn. gone in different directions etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipravraj | P. -vrajati-, to go away in different directions ; to depart from (ablative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| viprayāta | mfn. gone apart or asunder, fled in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| vipre | ( -pra-i-) P. -prai), to go forth in different directions, disperse ; to go away, depart | ||||||
| |||||||
| virāj | f. a particular Vedic metre consisting of four pāda-s of ten syllables each (and therefore also a symbolical Name of the number"ten";in this metre is represented as attaching itself to mitra- and varuṇa-, and in virāj- is mystically regarded as"food", and invocations are directed to be made in this metre when food is the especial object of prayer;in prosody virāj- is applied to any metre defective by two syllables )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vīṣ | ( vi-īṣ-) P. vī  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣakta | mfn. turned or directed towards (locative case or compound) etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visara | m. going forth or in various directions, spreading, extension  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśās | P. -śāsti-, to give different directions ("concerning" accusative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣayābhimukhīkṛti | f. directing (the senses) towards sensual objects  | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣayavartin | mfn. directed to anything (genitive case) as an object | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣayavat | mfn. directed to objects of sense | ||||||
| |||||||
| viskanna | (not viṣkaṇṇa- see ) mfn. gone in different directions, dispersed, gone away  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visṛ | P. -sarati-, -sisarti- (Ved. and Epic also A1. perf. vi-sasre- ), to run or flow through ; to spread out in various directions, extend (intr.) ; (A1.) to open or unfold one's self (with tanvā ; to be separated, part from (instrumental case) ; to go forth in various directions, disperse ; to come forth, issue from (ablative or -tas-) ; to rush upon (accusative) : Causal -sārayati-, to send forth ; to stretch forth, extend | ||||||
| |||||||
| visṛṣṭa | mfn. turned, directed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| visṛta | mfn. gone in various directions, dispersed | ||||||
| |||||||
| vistara | m. detail, particulars, full or detailed description, amplification (also as direction to a narrator equals vistareṇa kāryam-,"give full particulars"; vistareṇa reṇa- ind.or vistarāt rāt- ind.diffusely, at length, fully, in detail; rī- etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣu | ind. (only in compound and derivatives, prob. connected with viśva- according to to Va1rtt. 1 a Vedic or Veda accusative viṣvam- equals viṣuvam-) on both sides, in both directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣu | ind. in various directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣūcikā | f. (fr. viṣūcī-;incorrectly visūcikā-) a particular disease (indigestion attended with evacuation in both directions according to to some "cholera in its sporadic form") | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣūcīna | mfn. going apart or in different directions, spreading everywhere | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣūcīnāgra | mfn. with tops or points diverging in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣūvṛt | mfn. rolling in various directions (as a chariot) (others"balancing") | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvadryak | ind. forth on both or all sides or all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvadryañc | mf(drīcī-)n. (see tadryañc-, madryañc-) going everywhere or in all directions, all-pervading | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvagañcana | mfn. turned or directed everywhere on | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvagavekṣaṇa | mfn. looking in every direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvagāyat | mfn. spreading or going in every direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvaggamanavat | mfn. moving in every direction, going everywhere | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvakkaca | mfn. "one whose hair flies in all directions", having dishevelled hair | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvañc | mf(ṣūcī-)n. (fr. 1. viṣu-+ 2. añc-) going in or turned to both (or all) directions, all-pervading, ubiquitous, general etc. | ||||||
| |||||||
| viṣvañc | n. in all directions, all around, everywhere | ||||||
| |||||||
| viśvatomukham | ind. (am-) in every direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivā | P. -vāti-, to blow on all sides or in every direction, blow through, blow  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vivṛtta | mfn. whirling round, flying in different directions (as a thunderbolt)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vratādeśa | m. direction for undertaking a vrata-, imposition of a vow etc. (especially that of a brahma-cārin-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vṛddhānuśāsana | n. direction or ordinance of the aged, an old man's advice  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyābhram | to be dispersed in different directions,  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyādeśa | m. detailed or special injunction, direction, order, command  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyādiś | P. -diśati-, to point out separately, divide among, distribute etc. ; to point out, show, explain, teach ; to prescribe, enjoin etc. ; to appoint, assign, despatch to any place or duty, direct, order, command (with dative case locative case,or prati-) ; to declare, foretell (varia lectio ādiṣṭā-for vy-ād-). | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāhṛta | n. information, instruction, direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyājastuti | f. (in rhetoric) "artful praise", praise or censure conveyed in language that expresses the contrary, indirect eulogy, ironical commendation  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyākīrṇa | mfn. (  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāma | m. diagonal direction  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyanudhā | (only 3. plural perfect tense A1. -dhire-), to unfold, display  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyapasṛ | P. -sarati-, to go asunder or in different directions ; to depart from (ablative)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāpṛ | A1. etc.: Causal -pārayati-, to cause to be employed, set to work, keep busy, employ with or in or for (instrumental case locative case,or artham- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') (with karam-,to place or fix the hand ;with, hastam-,to wave the hand ;with vilocanāni-,to fix the eyes upon, direct the glance towards ;with vāṇīm-,to use or raise one's voice ) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāsthā | Causal -sthāpayati-, to send away in different directions, | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyatikīrṇa | mfn. scattered about in different directions  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyatisṛp | P. -sarpati- (), to move to and fro, fly in every direction (as arrows) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyatyayaga | mfn. moving in the opposite direction | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavadhāna | n. intervening, intervention (especially in gram."the intervention of a syllable or letter") ( vyavadhānena nena- ind.="indirectly")  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavadhāv | P. -dhāvati-, to run in different directions, separate ; to run away, flee from (ablative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyavasthā | A1. -tiṣṭhate-, to go apart, separate from (ablative) ; to differ respectively ; to halt, stop, stay ; to prepare or make ready for (dative case) ; to be settled, be (logically) true or tenable ; to appear as (Nominal verb) : Causal -sthāpayati-, to put down, place ; to fix on, direct towards (locative case) ; to charge with, appoint to (artham-) ; to stop, hold up, prevent from falling ; to restore, re-establish ; to settle, arrange, establish, determine, prove to be (logically) tenable ; to give a name ; to perform | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyāvṛt | A1. -vartate- (rarely P.), to become separated or singled out from (instrumental case) ; to become separated or distinct, be distinguished as or in some particular form of. ; to turn or wind in different directions, divide (as a road) ; to be dispersed (as an army) ; to be opened ; to turn away from, part with, get rid of (instrumental case or ablative) ; to diverge from, be inconsistent with (ablative) ; to go away, depart ; to come back, return ; to turn round, revolve ; to sink (as the sun) ; to come to an understanding or settlement ; to come to an end, cease, perish, disappear etc.: Causal -vartayati- (Passive voice -vartyate-), to divide, separate from (instrumental case or ablative; ind.p. -vartya-,"with the exception of") . etc. ; to free from (instrumental case) ; to turn about or round ; to keep back, avert ; to throw about, strew ; to exchange, substitute one for another ; to lay aside (the staff) ; (with anyathā-) to retract (a word) ; to remove (pain or distress) ; to destroy or annul (an enemy or a rule) : Desiderative -vivṛsate-, to wish or intend to liberate one's self from or get rid of (ablative) | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyuccar | (-ud- ; to go out of the right path, transgress or offend against, be faithless or disloyal towards (accusative) ; to commit adultery with (instrumental case)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutkram | P. -krāmati-, to go apart or in different directions ; to overstep, transgress, neglect ; to go astray | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutkrānta | mfn. gone apart or in different directions etc. (plural with dvaṃdvam-= "paired off") | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutseka | m. pouring out in different directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutsic | P. -siñcati-, to pour out or sprinkle in different directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyutthā | ( -ud-sthā-) P. A1. -tiṣṭhati-, te-, to rise in different directions (as light) ; to turn away from (ablative), give up, abandon ; to swerve from duty, forget one's self. ; to come back (from sea see vy-ut- : Causal -thāpayati-, to cause to rise up etc. ; to call in question, disagree about (accusative) ; to seduce, win over ; to set aside, remove, depose (from a place) ; to abandon treacherously | ||||||
| |||||||
| vyuttṝ | Caus. -tārayati-, to pour cut in different directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| yā | (collateral form of) y/āti- (1. plural yāmahe- ; imperfect tense 3. plural ayuḥ- ; ayān- Scholiast or Commentator; perfect tense yay/au-, yay/ātha-, yay/a-, yay/uḥ- etc.; yaye- ; Aorist ayāsam-or ayāsiṣam-; subjunctive y/āsat-, yeṣam-, yāsiṣat- ; preceding yāsiṣīṣṭhās- ; future yātā- etc.; yāsyati- ; te- ; infinitive mood yātum- etc.;Ved. infinitive mood y/ai-, y/ātave-or v/ai-; ind.p. yātv/ā- ; -y/āya-, -yāyam- ), to go, proceed, move, walk, set out, march, advance, travel, journey (often with instrumental case or accusative of the way, especially with gatim-, mārgam-, adhvānam-, panthānam-, padavīm-, yātrām-) etc. ; to go away, withdraw, retire etc. ; (also with palā (with kṣemeṇa-or svasti-,to escape unscathed ) ; to go towards or against, go or come to, enter, approach, arrive at, reach etc. etc. (with accusative often followed by prati- exempli gratia, 'for example' with gṛham-,to enter a house;with ripum prati-,to march against the enemy;with mṛgayām-,to go out hunting;with śirasāmahīm-,to bow down to the ground with the head;with prakṛtim-,to return to one's natural state;with karṇau-,to come to the ears, be heard;with utsavād utsavam-,to go from one festival to another;with hastam- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to fall into the hands of;with patham-or gocaram- in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound',to come within range of; especially with the accusative of an abstract noun = to go to any state or condition, become, be exempli gratia, 'for example' vināśaṃ yāti-,he goes to destruction id est he is destroyed; kāṭhinyaṃ yāti-,it becomes hard; dveṣyatāṃ yāti-,he becomes hated;similarly nidhanaṃ-;or even with dative case exempli gratia, 'for example' yayatuḥ sva-niveśāya-,both went home ; na cā; phalebhyo yāti-,he goes to [fetch] fruits Scholiast or Commentator) ; to go to for any request, implore, solicit (with two accusative) ; (with striyam-) to go to a woman for sexual intercourse ; to go to for any purpose (infinitive mood) ; often with adverbs exempli gratia, 'for example' with bahir-, to go out ; with adho-, to go down, sink ; with khaṇḍaśo- or dalaśo-, to fall to pieces ; with śata-dhā-, to fall into a hundred pieces ; to extend to (accusative) ; to last for (accusative) ; to pass away, elapse (said of time) etc. ; to vanish, disappear (as wealth) ; to come to pass, prosper, succeed ; to proceed, behave, act ; to find out, discover ; to receive or learn (a science) from (ablative) ; to undertake, undergo (accusative) ; imperative yātu-, be it as it may : Passive voice yāyate-, to be gone or moved : Causal yāp/ayati- (Aorist ayīyapat-), to cause to depart, cause to go or march, dismiss ; to cause to go towards (accusative) (see yāpita-) ; to direct (the gaze) towards (locative case) (varia lectio pātayati-) ; to drive away remove, cure (a disease) ; to cause to pass or elapse, pass or spend (time) etc. ; to live (pāli- yāpeti-) ; to cause to subsist, support, maintain ; to induce : Desiderative yiyāsati-, to intend or be about to go, desire to proceed etc.: Intensive īyāyate- (?) , to move ; yāyayate-, yāyeti-, yāyāti- grammar | ||||||
| |||||||
| yad | (Nominal verb and accusative sg. n.and base in compound of 3. ya-), who, which, what, whichever, whatever, that etc. etc. (with correlatives tad-, tyad-, etad-, idam-, adas-, tad etad-, etad tyad-, idaṃ tad-, tad idam-, tādṛśa-, īdṛśa-, īdṛś-, etāvad-,by which it is oftener followed than preceded;or the correl. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' yas tu nā;or the rel. is dropped exempli gratia, 'for example' andhakam bhartāraṃ na tyajet sā mahā-satī-,"she who does not desert a blind husband is a very faithful wife" yad-is often repeated to express"whoever","whatever","whichever", exempli gratia, 'for example' yo yaḥ-,"whatever man"; yā yā-,"whatever woman"; yo yaj jayati tasya tat-,"whatever he wins [in war] belongs to him" ; yad yad vadati tad tad bhavati-,"whatever he says is true", or the two relatives may be separated by hi-,and are followed by the doubled or single correl. tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' upyate yad dhi yad bījam tat tad eva prarohati-,"whatever seed is sown, that even comes forth" ;similar indefinite meanings are expressed by the relative joined with tad- exempli gratia, 'for example' yasmai tasmai-,"to any one whatever", especially in yadvā tadvā-,"anything whatever";or by yaḥ-with kaśca-, kaścana-, kaścit-,or [in later language, not in manu-] ko'pi- exempli gratia, 'for example' yaḥ kaścit-,"whosoever"; yāni kāni ca mitrāṇi-,"any friends whatsoever"; yena kenā;or immediately followed by a Persian pronoun on which it lays emphasis exempli gratia, 'for example' yo 'ham-,"I that very person who"; yas tvaṃ kathaṃ vettha-,"how do you know?" ;it is also used in the sense of"si quis" exempli gratia, 'for example' striyaṃ spṛśed yaḥ-,"should any one touch a woman." yad-is also used without the copula exempli gratia, 'for example' andho jaḍaḥ pīṭha sarpī saptatyā sthaviraśca yaḥ-,"a blind man, an idiot, a cripple, and a man seventy years old" ;sometimes there is a change of construction in such cases exempli gratia, 'for example' ye ca mānuṣāḥ-for mānuṣāṃś-ca- ;the Nominal verb sg. n. yad-is then often used without regard to gender or number and may be translated by"as regards","as for", exempli gratia, 'for example' kṣatraṃ vā etad vanaspatīnāṃ yan nyag-rodhaḥ-,"as for the nyag-rodha-, it is certainly the prince among trees" ;or by"that is to say","to wit" exempli gratia, 'for example' tato devā etaṃ vajraṃ dadṛśur yad apaḥ-,"the gods then saw this thunderbolt, to wit, the water" yad-as an adverb conjunction generally ="that", especially after verbs of saying, thinking etc., often introducing an oratio directa with or without iti-; iti yad-,at the end of a sentence ="thinking that","under the impression that" exempli gratia, 'for example' yad-also ="so that","in order that","wherefore","whence","as","in as much as","since","because"[the correlative being tad-,"therefore"],"when","if" etc.; /adha y/ad-,"even if","although" yad api- idem or ' yathā yad u-- evam-,"as - so" ; yad uta-,"that" ;"that is to say","scilicet" ; yat kila-,"that" ; yac ca-,"if","that is to say" ; yac ca-yac ca-,"both - and" ;"that"[accord. to after expressions of"impossibility","disbelief","hope","disregard","reproach"and,"wonder"]; yad vā-,"or else","whether" ;[ yad vā-,"or else", is very often in commentators];"however" ; yad vā-- yadi vā-,"if-or it" ; yad bhūyasā-,"for the most part" ; yat satyam-,"certainly","indeed","of course" ; yan nu-,with 1st Persian,"what if I","let me" )  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yadriyañc | () () mfn. moving or turning in which direction, reaching whither.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yadryañc | () mfn. moving or turning in which direction, reaching whither. | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādeśam | (thā  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādik | ind. in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādiśam | ind. in all directions | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādiṣṭa | mfn. (thā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathādiṣṭam | ind. (/am-) according to a direction or injunction | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathājñapta | (thā | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathānirdiṣṭa | mfn. as mentioned or described or directed | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāsaṃdiṣṭa | mfn. as agreed or directed  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāsaṃdiṣṭam | ind. according to direction or order | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāsukhamukha | mfn. having the face turned in any direction one pleases | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathāyukta | mfn. directed to (locative case), concerning | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathoddeśam | ind. according to direction : | ||||||
| |||||||
| yathoddiṣṭa | mfn. as mentioned or described, as directed by (instrumental case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yāvaddevatya | mfn. directed to as many divinities  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yena | ind. in which direction, whither, where etc.  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yojana | n. mental concentration, abstraction, directing the thoughts to one point (equals yoga-)  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yojya | mfn. to be fixed on or directed to (locative case) | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuj | (confer, compare ) yun/akti-, yuṅkt/e- (Epic also yuñjati-, te-;Ved. yojati-, te-; yuje-, yujmahe-,3. plural yujata- imperative yukṣv/a-; Potential yuñjīyāt- ; perfect tense yuy/oja-, yuyuj/e- etc. etc., 3. sg. yuyojate- ; Aorist Class. P. ayokṣīt-, ayaukṣīt-or ayujat-;Ved. also A1. /ayuji-;Ved. and Class. ayukṣi-, ayukta-; future yokt/ā- ; yokṣyati- ; te- etc.; infinitive mood yoktum- ; yuj/e- ; ind.p. yuktv/ā- etc.; yuktv/āya- ; -yujya- etc.), to yoke or join or fasten or harness (horses or a chariot) etc. ; to make ready, prepare, arrange, fit out, set to work, use, employ, apply ; to equip (an army) ; to offer, perform (prayers, a sacrifice) ; to put on (arrows on a bow-string) ; to fix in, insert, inject (semen) ; to appoint to, charge or intrust with (locative case or dative case) ; to command, enjoin ; to turn or direct or fix or concentrate (the mind, thoughts etc.) upon (locative case) etc. ; (P. A1.) to concentrate the mind in order to obtain union with the Universal Spirit, be absorbed in meditation (also with yogam-) etc. ; to recollect, recall ; to join, unite, connect, add, bring together etc. (A1.to be attached, cleave to ) ; to confer, or bestow anything (accusative) upon (genitive case or locative case) (A1.with accusative,to become possessed of ;with ātmani-,to use for one's self, enjoy ) ; to bring into possession of, furnish or endow with (instrumental case) etc. ; to join one's self to (accusative) ; (in astronomy) to come into union or conjunction with (accusative) : Passive voice yujy/ate- (Epic also ti-; Aorist /ayoji-), to be yoked or harnessed or joined etc. etc. ; to attach one's self to (locative case) ; to be made ready or prepared for (dative case) ; to be united in marriage ; to be endowed with or possessed of (instrumental case with or without saha-) etc. ; (in astronomy) to come into conjunction with (instrumental case) ; to accrue to, fall to the lot of (genitive case) ; to be fit or proper or suitable or right, suit anything (instrumental case), be fitted for (locative case), belong to or suit any one (locative case or genitive case), deserve to be (Nominal verb) etc. ; (with na-) not to be fit or proper etc. for (instrumental case) or to (infinitive mood,also with pass. sense = "ought not to be") : Causal yojayati- (mc. also te-; Aorist ayūyujat-; Passive voice yojyate-), to harness, yoke with (instrumental case), put to (locative case) etc. ; to equip (an army), draw up (troops) etc. ; to use, employ, set to work, apply, undertake, carry on, perform, accomplish etc. ; to urge or impel to ; to lead towards, help to (locative case) ; to set (snares, nets etc.) ; to put or fix on (especially arrows) etc. ; to aim (arrows) at (locative case) ; to fasten on or in, attack, adjust, add, insert ; (with manas-, ātmānam-etc.) to direct the thoughts to, concentrate or fix the mind upon (locative case) ; to join, unite, connect, combine, bring or put together (also = write, compose) etc. ; to encompass, embrace ; to put in order, arrange, repair, restore ; to endow or furnish or provide with (instrumental case) etc. ; to mix (food) with (instrumental case) ; to confer anything upon (locative case) ; (in astronomy) to ascertain or know (jānāti-) the conjunction of the moon with an asterism (instrumental case) Va1rtt. 11 ; (A1.) to think little of, esteem lightly, despise in : Desiderative yuyukṣati-, to wish to harness or yoke or join etc. ; to wish to appoint or institute ; to wish to fix or aim (arrows) ; (A1.) to wish to be absorbed in meditation, devout : Intensive yoyujyate-, yoyujīti- or yoyokti- grammar ([ confer, compare Greek , ; Latin jungere,jugum; Lithuanian ju4ngus; Slavonic or Slavonian igo; Gothic juk; German joh,Joch; Anglo-Saxon geoc; English yoke.])  | ||||||
| |||||||
| yuvadrik | ind. directed towards both of you  | ||||||
354 results
| |
| akathita | अकथित a. 'Not told', not otherwise mentioned by way of any of the other case-relations, such as अपादान &c; a name given to the indirect (गौण) object governed by verbs like दुह्, याच् &c. cf. अनभिहितम् अकथितं कर्म and 'अकथितं च' P.1.4.51. In the sentence 'गां पयः दोग्धि' गाम् is the indirect (गौण) object, and it could have taken the ablative ending. |
| |
| akṣaḥ | अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I.8.9.1.2 and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131. |
| |
| agniḥ | अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2. |
| |
| aṅkuśaḥ | अङ्कुशः [अङ्क्-लक्षणे उशच् Uṇ 4.17] A hook, a goad; Proverb: विक्रीते करिणि किमङ्कुशे विवादः why higgle about a trifling thing when the whole bargain (of which it forms part) has been struck; the goad ought to follow the elephant; संनिवेश्य कुशावत्यां रिपुनागाङ्कुशं कुशम् R.15.97; (fig.) one who checks, a corrector, governor, director; त्यजति तु यदा मोहान्मार्गं तदा गुरुरङ्कुशः Mu.3.6; कुशं द्विषामङ्कुशम् R.16.81; (= Preventor) सिद्धेः पूर्वो$ङ्कुशस्त्रिविधा Sānkhya. K.51. a restraint or check; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः poets have free license or are unfettered; pinching; पादावकर्षसन्धानैस्तोमराङ्कुशलासनैः Mb.7.142.45. -शी one of the 24 Jaina Goddesses. [cf. Germ. angel.] -Comp. -ग्रहः an elephant-driver; अन्वेतुकामो$वमताङ्कुशग्रहः Śi. 12.16 -दुर्धरः [तृ. त. अङ्कुशेन दुःखेन धार्यते] a restive elephant. -धारिन् m. a keeper of an elephant. -मुद्रा [अङ्कुशाकारा मुद्रा] a mark resembling a goad in form (ऋज्वीं च मध्यमां कृत्वा तन्मध्यं पर्वमूलतः । तर्जनीं किञ्चिदाकुञ्चेत् सा मुद्राङ्कुशसंज्ञिता ॥). |
| |
| aṅgīkṛ | अङ्गीकृ 8 U. [connected with अङ्ग or अङ्ग-च्वि; अनङ्गम् अस्वोपकरणं स्वकीयम् अङ्गं क्रियते] 1 To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; लवङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha; दक्षिणा- माशामङगीकृत्य गन्तव्यम् K.121 in the southern direction, towards the south; अङ्गीकृत्य अयशः 16; यदि मृत्युमङ्गीकरोमि ibid.; एवमङ्गीकारयितुं मया भणितम् Mk.8 to make her consent. -2 To promise to do, to agree or consent to, undertake; किं त्वङगीकृतमुत्सृजन् कृपणवत् श्लाघ्यो जनो लज्जते Mu.2.18. -3 To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant. -4 To subdue, to make one's own. अङ्गीकारः aṅgīkārḥ कृतिः kṛtiḥ करणम् karaṇam अङ्गीकारः कृतिः करणम् 1 Acceptance. -2 Agreement, promise, undertaking &c. |
| |
| aceṣṭa | अचेष्ट a. [नास्ति चेष्टा यस्य] 1 Effortless, motionless. -2 Not requiring direct effort. |
| |
| añjasā | अञ्जसा adv. (instr. अञ्जस्) 1 Straight on. -2 Truly, correctly, accurately, properly, justly; साक्षाद् दृष्टो$सि न पुनर्विद्मस्त्वां वयमञ्जसा Ku.6.22. we do not know you rightly or correctly; विद्म हे शठ पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसा R. 19.31, न हि कश्चित्प्रियः स्त्रीणामञ्जसा Subhāṣita; सर्वमेवाञ्जसा वद Ms.8.11. -3 Directly (साक्षात्), -4 Soon, quickly, instantly; स गच्छत्यञ्जसा विप्रो ब्रह्मणः सद्म शाश्वतम् Ms.2.244. ...अञ्जसा तत्त्वतूर्णयोः । Nm. वशमानेतुमञ्जसा । Śiva. B.25.1. -Comp. -अयन a. going straight on. -कृत a. [तृ. अलुक्.] done rightly or justly. |
| |
| atra | अत्र (अत्रा Ved.) ind. [अस्मिन् एतस्मिन् वा, इदं-एतद् वा सप्तम्याः त्रल् प्रकृतेः अश्भावश्च Tv.] 1 In this place, here; अपि संनिहितो$त्र कुलपतिः Ś.1.; अत्र गृह्यते अत्र गृह्यते K.119 here-here i. e. just now. -2 In this respect, matter, or case; as to this, (serving the purpose of अस्मिन् विषये or of the forms अस्मिन् or एतस्मिन्, अस्याम्, &c. with a substantive or adjectival force); अहिंसा परमो धर्म इत्यत्र ऐकमत्यम् H.1; अलं प्रयत्नेन तवात्र R.3.5; भवन्तमेवात्र गुरुलाघवं पृच्छामि Ś.5; तदत्र परिगतार्थं कृत्वा Ś.6 informing him of this matter. -3 There, in that direction. -4 Then, at that time (Ved.); कः को$त्र भोः who is there? which of the servants is in attendance? who waits there? (used in calling out to one's servants &c.; cf. Hindustāni Kaun hai). -Comp. -अन्तरे adv. in the meanwhile, meantime. अत्रान्तरे श्रवणकातरतां गतो$स्मि Ś. 3.1. -दध्न a. (ध्नी f.) reaching so far up; as tall as this. -भवत् (m. भवान्) an honorific epithet meaning 'worthy', 'revered', 'honourable', 'your or his honour', and referring to a person that is present or near the speaker, (opp. तत्रभवत्); ˚भवती f. 'your or her lady-ship' (पूज्ये तत्रभवानत्रभवांश्च भगवानपि); अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2; वृक्षसेचनादेव परिश्रान्तामत्रभवतीं लक्षये Ś.1. |
| |
| adas | अदस् pron. a. [न दस्यते उत्क्षिप्यते अङ्गुलिर्यत्र इदंतया निर्द्धारणाय पुरोवर्तिनि एवाङ्गुलिनिर्देशः संभवति नापुरो- वर्तिनि, न-दस्-क्विप् Tv.] (असौ m. f. अदः n.). That, (referring to a person or thing not present or near the speaker) (विप्रकृष्ट or परोक्ष); इदमस्तु सन्निकृष्टं समीप- तरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम् । अदसस्तु विप्रकृष्टं तदिति परोक्षे विजानीयात् ॥ अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5; असौ नामा$हमस्मीति स्वनाम परिकीर्तयेत् Ms.2.122. I am that person, so and so (giving the name); असावहमिति ब्रूयात् 13,216; Y. 1.26. अदस् is, however, often used with reference to प्रत्यक्ष or सन्निकृष्ट objects &c. in the sense of 'this here', 'yonder'. असौ सरण्यः सरणोन्मुखानाम् R.6.21. (असाविति पुरोवर्तिनो निर्देशः Malli.); अमी रथ्याः Ś.1.8.; अमी वह्नयः 4.18;7.11. It is often used in the sense of तत् as a correlative of यत्; हिंसारतश्च यो नित्यं नेहासौ सुखमेधते Ms. 4.17. He, who &c. But when it immediately follows the relative pronoun (यो$सौ, ये अमी &c.) it conveys the sense of प्रसिद्ध 'well-known', 'celebrated', 'renowned'; यो$सावतीन्द्रियग्राह्यः सूक्ष्मो$व्यक्तः सनातनः Ms.1.7; यो$सौ कुमार- सेवको नाम Mu.3; यो$सौ चोरः Dk.68; sometimes अदस् used by itself conveys this sense; विधुरपि विधियोगाद् ग्रस्यते राहुणा$सौ that (so well-known to us all) moon too. See the word तद् also and the quotations from K. P. -ind. There, at that time, then, thus, ever; correlative to some pronominal forms; यदादः, यत्रादः whenever, whereever &c. By अदो$नुपदेशे P.1.4.7. अदस् has the force of a (गति) preposition when no direction to another is implied; अदःकृत्य अदःकृतम्; । परं प्रत्युपदेशे तु अदःकृत्वा अदःकुरु । Sk. |
| |
| adikka | अदिक्क a. Ved. Having no direction or region of the world for oneself; banished from beneath the sky. Śat. Br. |
| |
| adhara | अधर a. [न ध्रियते; धृ-अच्, न. त.] 1 Lower (opp. उत्तर), (lit. not held up); tending downwards; under, nether, downwards; ˚वासः under garment; असितमधरवासो विभ्रतः Ki.4.38; cf. अम्बर; सुवर्णसूत्राकलिताधराम्बराम् Śi.1.6; ˚ओष्ठ lower or nether lip, see below. (In this sense अधर partakes of the character of a pronoun). -2 Low, mean, vile; ˚उत्तरम् See below; lower in quality, inferior. -3 Silenced, worsted, not able to speak; See हीन, हीनवादिन्. -4 Previous, preceding as in अधरेद्युः q. v. -रः The nether (or sometimes the upper) lip; in general ˚पत्रम्. प्रवेपमानाधरपत्रशोभिना Ku.5.27 leaf-like lower lip; बिम्बाधरालक्तकः M.3.5.; पक्कबिम्बाधरोष्ठी Me.84; पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.21;1.23;3.23; cf. अधरं खलु बिम्बनामकं फलमाभ्यामिति भव्यमन्वयम् । लभते$धरबिम्ब इत्यदः पदमस्या रदनच्छदे वदत् ॥ N.2.24. -रा The nadir; (अधोदिश्) or the southern direction. -रम् The lower part (of the body); पृष्ठवंशाधरे त्रिकम् Ak. -2 Pudendum Muliebre (also m.). -3 Address. speech (opp. उत्तर); statement, sometimes used for reply also. -Comp. -उत्तर a. 1 higher and lower, inferior and superior, worse and better; राज्ञः समक्षमेवाक्योः ˚व्यक्तिर्भविष्यति M.1; व्यत्यये कर्मणां साम्यं पूर्ववच्चा- धरोत्तरम् Y.1.96. -2 former; prior and later; sooner and later; यश्चाधरोत्तरानर्थान् विगीतान्नावबुध्यते Ms.8.53. -3 in a contrary way, topsy-turvy, upside down (the natural order of things being inverted); श्रुतं भवद्भिरधरोत्तरम् Ś.5. you have (certainly) learnt in a contrary way, i. e. to consider good as bad and vice versa; (it might perhaps also mean "have you, i. e. the members of the King's court", heard this mean or base reply अधरं च तदुत्तरम्; (यदि न प्रणयेद्राज दण्ड) स्वाम्यं च न स्यात्कस्मिंश्चित् प्रवर्तेताधरोत्तरम् Ms.7.21. (अधरम् = शूद्रादि, उत्तरम् = प्रधानम्); अधर्मेण जितो धर्मः प्रवृत्तमधरोत्तरम् Mb. -4 nearer and further. -5 question and answer; -ओष्ठः, -औष्ठः P. वार्त्तिक ओत्वोष्ठदोःसमासे वा. the lower lip; अङ्गुलिसंवृत˚ Ś.3. 24; Me.84 (-ष्ठम्) the lower and upper lip. -कंटकः a prickly plant; Hedysarum Alhagi (धमासा Mar.). -कंटिका a plant, Asparagus racemosus (Mar. लघुशतावरी). -कण्ठः the lower part of the neck. -कायः [अधरं कायस्य] the lower part of the body. -पानम् kissing, lit. drinking the lower lip. -मधु, -अमृतम् the nectar of the lips. -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. |
| |
| adharāñc | अधराञ्च् a. [अधरां दक्षिणां दिशं अञ्चती अञ्च् क्विन् P.III. 2.59] Southward; tending downwards, to the nadir or lower region; tending to the south. -ञ्ची the southern direction. -क् ind. Beneath. |
| |
| adhas | अधस् अधः ind. [अधर-असि, अधरशव्दस्थाने अध् आदेशः P.V.3.39.] 1 Below, down; पतत्यधो धाम विसारि सर्वतः Śi.1.2; in lower region, to the infernal regions or hell; व्यसन्यधो$धो व्रजति स्वर्यात्यव्यसनी मृतः Ms.7.53. (According to the context अधः may have the sense of the nominative, ˚अङ्कुशः &c.; ablative, अधो वृक्षात् पतति; or locative, अधो गृहे शेते). -2 Beneath, under, used like a preposition with gen.; तरूणाम्˚ Ś.1.14; rarely with abl. also; बाहित्थं तु ततो$प्यधः Hemachandra; (when repeated) lower and lower, down and down; अधोधः पश्यतः कस्य महिमा नोपचीयते H.2.2; यात्यधोधो- व्रजत्युच्चैर्नरः स्वैरेव कर्मभिः H.2.47; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकं Bh.2.1; from under, just below (with acc.); नवानधो$धो बृहतः पयोधरान् Śi.1.4. In comp. with nouns अधः has the sense of (a) lower, under, as ˚भुवनं, ˚लोकः the lower world; ˚वासः or ˚अंशुकम् an under-garment; or (b) the lower part; ˚कायः the lower part of the body; अधःकृ means to surpass, eclipse, overcome, vanquish, despise, scorn; तपः शरीरैः कठिनैरुपार्जितं तपस्विनां दूरमधश्चकार सा Ku.5.29; अधःकृताशेषान्तःपुरेण K.177; ˚कृतकुसुमायुधं 179; Śi.1.35; क्षितिप्रतिष्ठो$पि मुखारविन्दैवर्धूजनश्च- न्द्रमधश्चकार 3.52; ˚कृतैनसः Śi.16.8. dispelled. (c) अधस्, अधस्तात् -Pudendum muliebre. -Comp. -अक्ष a. situated below the axle or car. (-क्षम्) adv. below the car, under the axle. -अक्षजः [अक्षात् इन्द्रियाज्वायते इति अक्षजं प्रत्यक्षज्ञानम्, तदधरं ग्राहकत्वाभावात् हीनं यस्य सः Tv.; अधःकृतं अक्षजम् इन्द्रियज्ञानं येन Malli.] N. of Viṣṇu; other etymologies of the name are also found; (1) अधो न क्षीयते जातु यस्मात्तस्मादधोक्षजः; (2) द्यौरक्षं पृथिवी चाधस्तयोर्यस्मादजायत । मध्ये वैराजरूपेण ततो$धोक्षज इष्यते ॥ -अधस् See above. -उपास- नम् sexual intercourse. -अङ्गम्, -द्वारम्, -मर्म the anus; Pudendum Muliebre. -करः the lower part of the hand (करभ). -करणम् excelling, defeating, degradation; K.22; so ˚क्रिया; सहते न जनोप्यधःक्रियाम् Ki.2.47. degradation, dishonour. -खननम् undermining. -गतिः f., गमनम् -पातः 1 a downward fall or motion, descent; going downwards. -2 degradation, downfall, going to perdition or hell; मूलानामधोगतिः K.41 (where ˚ति has both senses); ˚तिम् आयाति Pt.1.15 sinks, comes down (feels dishonoured); Ms.3.17; अरक्षितारमत्तारं नृपं विद्याद- धोगतिम् 8.39 destined to go to hell. -गन्तृ m. one who digs downwards. a mouse. -ग-घ-ण्टा [अधरात् अधस्तादा- रभ्य घण्टेव तदाकारफलत्वात्] a plant Achyranthes Aspera (अपामार्ग. Mar. आघाडा). -चरः [अधः खनित्वा चरति-अच्] 1 thief. -2 one who goes downwards. -जानु n. the lower part of the knee. -ind. below the knee. -जिह्विका [अल्पा जिह्वा जिह्विका, अधरा जिह्विका] the uvula (Mar. पडजीभ). -तलम् the lower part or surface; शय्या˚, खट्वा˚. -दिश् f. the lower region, the nadir; the southern direction. -दृष्टि a. casting a downward look, a posture in Yoga; करणान्यबहिष्कृत्य स्थाणुवन्निश्चलात्मकः । आत्मानं हृदये ध्यायेत् नासाग्रन्यस्तलोचनः ॥ इति योगसारे. cf. also Ku.3.47. (-ष्टिः) a downward look. -पदं [अधोवृत्ति पदं, पादस्याधःस्थानं वा] the place under the foot, a lower place. -पातः = ˚गति q. v. above. -पुष्पी [अधोमुखानि पुष्पाणि यस्याः] Names of two plants अवाक्- पुष्पी (Pimpinella Anisum) and गोजिह्वा Elephantopus (Seaber). -प्रस्तरः a seat of grass for persons in mourning to sit upon. -भक्तम् [अधरं भक्तं यस्मात्] a dose of water, medicine &c. to be taken after meals &c. (भोजनान्ते पीयमानं जलादिकम्). -भागः 1 the lower part (of the body); पूर्वभागो गुरुः पुंसामधोभागस्तु योषितां Suśr. -2 the lower part of any thing, the region below, down below; ˚व्यवस्थितं किंचित्पुरमालोकितं Pt.1. situated down below, See पाताल. -भूः f. lower ground, land at the foot of a hill. -मुख, -वदन a. having the face downwards; ˚खी तिष्ठति; ˚खैः पत्रिभिः R.3.37. -2 head-long, precipitate, flying downwards. -3 upside down, topsyturvy. (-खः) N. of Viṣṇu. (-खा, -खी) N. of a plant गोजिह्वा. (-खम्) (नक्षत्रम्) 1 flying downwards, having a downward motion; these nakṣatras are : मूलाश्लेषा कृत्तिका च विशाखा भरणी तथा । मघा पूर्वात्रयं चैव अधोमुखगणः स्मृतः ॥ Jyotiṣa. -2 N. of a hell. -यन्त्रम् a still. -रक्तपित्तम् discharge of blood from the anus and urethra. -राम a. [अधोभागे रामः शुक्लः, दृष्टितर्पकत्वात् तस्य रामत्वम्] having a white colour or white marks on the lower part of the body (said of a goat); -लम्बः 1 a plummet. -2 a perpendicular. -3 the lower world. -वर्चस् a. strong _x001F_3in the lower regions; whose lustre penetrates downwards. -वशः Pudendum Muliebre. -वायुः [अधोगामी वायुः शाक. त.] breaking wind, flatulency. -वेदः to marry a second wife when the first is alive. -शय, -य्य a. sleeping on the ground. (-य्या) sleeping on the ground; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्यामधःशय्यां गुरोर्हितए । आसमावर्तनात् कुर्यात्कृतोपनयनो द्विजः ॥ Ms.2.18. -शिरस् a. -मुख (n.) N. of a hell. -स्थ, स्थित a. situated below, -स्वस्तिकम् the nadir. |
| |
| adhikāraḥ | अधिकारः 1 Superintendence, watching over; स्त्रीषु कष्टो$धिकारः V.3.1; यः पौरवेण राज्ञा धर्माधिकारे नियुक्तः Ś.1 superintendence of religious matters. -2 Duty, office, charge; power, post of authority; authority; मन्त्राधि- कारः Kau. A.1 निर्णयाधिकारे ब्रवीमि M.1. I say this in the capacity of a judge; अविश्रमो$यं लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5; द्वीपिनस्ताम्बूलाधिकारो दत्तः Pt.1, तुल्योद्योगस्तव दिनकृतश्चाधिकारो मतो नः V.2.1.; अर्थ˚ administration of pecuniary matters स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; अधिकारे मम पुत्रको नियुक्तः M.5; यः सर्वाधिकारे नियुक्तः प्रधानमन्त्री स करोतु, अनुजीविना पर˚ चर्चा न कर्तव्या H.2; शिल्पाधिकारे योग्येयं दारिका M.1 fit to be initiated in to the fine arts. -3 Sovereignty, government or administration, jurisdiction, rule; स्वाधिकार- भूमौ वर्तिष्यते Ś.7 seat of government or jurisdiction, ˚खेदं निरूप्य Ś.5. -4 Position, dignity, rank; हृताधिकारां मलिनाम् Y.1.7 deprived of the position or rights or privileges of a wife. -5 (a) Right, authority, privilege, claim, title (as to wealth, property &c.); right of ownership or possession; अधिकारः फले स्वाम्यमथिकारी च तत्प्रभुः S. D.296; वत्से$धिकारः स्थितः Mv.4.38 it now belongs to the child. (b) Qualification or authority to perform certain specified duties, civil, sacrificial, religious &c.; as the अधिकार of a king to rule and protect, of a Brāhmaṇa to sacrifice, of a Vaiśya to till or trade &c.; शूद्रो$धिकारहीनो$पि Y.3.262; with loc.; निषेकादिस्मशा- नान्तो मन्त्रैर्यस्योदितो विधिः । तस्य शास्त्रे$धिकारो$स्मिन् ज्ञेयो नान्यस्य कस्यचित् Ms.2.16; श्राद्धाधिकारसम्पदस्तु इति भवन्तो ब्रुवन्तु (repeated in Śrāddha ceremonies). -6 Prerogative of a king. -7 Effort, exertion; कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन Bg.2.47 your business is with action alone &c. -8 Relation, reference; स राघवस्तत्र तदा प्रलापाञ् शुश्राव लोकस्य समागतस्य । आत्माधिकारा विविधाश्च वाचः Rām.2.17.43. कथा विचित्राः पृतनाधिकाराः Mb. -9 Place = अधिकरण; महत्खलु पुरुषाधिकारं ज्योतिः M.1. -1 A topic, paragraph or section; प्रायश्चित्त˚ Mit.; See अधिकरण. -11 Counting, enumeration, occasion for counting; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे Ki. 3.51 (गणनाप्रस्तावे). -12 (In gram.) A head or governing rule, which exerts a directing or governing influence over other rules; e. g. सर्वस्य द्वे P.VIII.1.1; समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा; प्राग्दीव्यतो$ण् IV.1.82-3; तत्पुरुषः II. 1.22; अधिकारो$यं Sk. (This अधिकार is of three kinds; सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च । गङ्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारस्त्रिधा मतः ॥.) अधिकार also means a word or sūtra extending over in the following सूत्रs up to a particular limit. -Comp. -विधिः determination or statement of qualifications to do particular acts; as राजा राजसूयेन यजेत. -स्थ -आढ्य a. possessed of authority, invested with office. अधिकारिन् adhikārin अधिकारवत् adhikāravat अधिकारिन् अधिकारवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे इनि मतुप् वा] 1 Possessed of authority, having power; निःस्पृहो नाधिकारी स्यात् Pt.1.164; सन्धिविग्रहकार्य˚, कार्य˚ H.3. -2 Entitled to, having a right to; सर्वे स्युरधिकारिणः; so उत्तराधिकारिन् heir; धनग्रहण˚ &c.; तपस्यनधिकारित्वात् R.15.51 not qualified or authorised. -3 Belonging to, owned by. -4 Fit for. -m. (री-वान्) 1 An official, officer; न निष्प्रयोजनम् अधिकारवन्तः प्रभुभिराहूयन्ते Mu.3; a functionary, superintendent, head, director, governor. -2 A rightful claimant, proprietor, master, owner. -3 One qualified to sacrifice or perform sacred works. -4 Man as the lord of creation. -5 One well versed in the Vedānta. |
| |
| adhiṣṭhā | अधिष्ठा 1 P. (used with acc. P.I.4.46.) 1 (a) To stand on or upon, to sit in or upon, occupy (as a seat &c.), resort to; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुः Bk.15.31; प्रतनुबलान्यधितिष्ठतस्तपांसि Ki.1.16 practising; मामधिष्ठाय Rām. depending on me. (b) To stand, be; अध्यतिष्ठदङ्गुष्ठेन शतं समाः Mb. (c) To stand over, mount. (d) To stand by, be near; आश्रमबहिर्वृक्षमू- लमधितिष्ठति U.4. -2 To be in, dwell in, inhabit, reside, stay; भुजङ्गपिहितद्वारं पातालमधितिष्ठति R.1.8; माधिष्ठा निर्जनं वनम् Bk.8.79; श्रीजयदेवभणितमधितिष्ठतु कण्ठतटीमविरतम् Git.11. -3 To make oneself master of, seize, take possession of, overpower, conquer; संग्रामे तानधिष्ठास्यन् Bk.9.72; त्वमधिष्ठास्यसि द्विषः 16.4; स सदा फलशालिनीं क्रियां शरदं लोक इवाधितिष्ठति Ki.2.31 obtains; अधितिष्ठति लोकमोजसा स विवस्वानिव मेदिनी- पतिः 2.38; यक्षः कुतश्चिदधिष्ठाय बालचन्द्रिकां निवसति Dk.18. -4 (a) To lead, conduct as head or chief; महाराज- दशरथस्य दारानधिष्ठाय वसिष्ठः प्राप्तः U.4, See अधिष्ठित also. (b) To be at the head of, govern, direct, preside over, rule, superintend; प्रकृतिं स्वामधिष्ठाय Bg.4.6 governing, controlling; श्रोत्रं चक्षुः स्पर्शनं च रसनं घ्राणमेव च । अधिष्ठाय मनश्चायं विषयानुपसेवते 15.9 presiding over and thus turning to use. -5 To use, employ. |
| |
| adhiṣṭhita | अधिष्ठित p. p. [अधिष्ठा-क्त] 1 (Used actively) (a) Standing, being; दन्तान्तरमधिष्ठितम् Ms.5.141; (oft. with अ dropped; ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं ज्ञानगम्यं हृदि सर्वस्य धिष्ठितम् Bg.13.17.); वीरलोकमधिष्ठितस्तातः Mv.5 gone to; राजप्रसाद˚ Pt.1 being in or enjoying royal favour. (b) Possessed of, dependent on. (c) Directing, presiding over; धर्माधिकरणाधिष्ठित- पुरुषैः Pt.1. -2 (Passively) (a) Inhabited or resorted to by, occupied, possessed by; दनुकवन्धाधिष्ठितो दण्डकारण्य- भागः U. 1; लोकेशाधिष्ठितो राजा Ms.5.97; अचिराधिष्ठितराज्यः शत्रुः M.1.8 an enemy who has newly (not long ago) ascended the throne, a newly established king; अचिर˚ अधिकारः Dk. 64 newly established; so ग्रहेण possessed by; मयूर˚ K.97; ˚पुरोभागाम् K.1.13,147,152. (b) Full of, seized with, taken possession of, smitten, affected, overpowered; अनेनाधिष्ठितानां कामिनीनां K.236,161, 194; कामाधिष्ठितचेतसा H.1; Śi.13.39; (c) Watched over, guarded, superintended; रक्षापुरुषाधिष्ठिते प्रासादे Pt.1; आर्यारुन्धतीवसिष्ठाधिष्ठितेषु रघुकुलकदम्बकेषु U.2; प्रनष्ठाधिगतं द्रव्यं तिष्ठेद्युक्तैरधिष्ठितम् Ms.8.34. (d) Led, conducted, commanded by, presided over; साङ्ख्यमिव कपिलाधिष्ठितम् K.4; अनेनाधिष्ठितं भुवनतलम् 43,44,228; वसिष्ठाधिष्ठिता देव्यो गता राघवमातरः U.1.3; तव प्रतापाधिष्ठितेन उपायेन H.4 aided or supported; ताताधिष्ठितानामपि बलानाम् Ve.3; स्वामिनाधिष्ठितः श्वापि H.3.129. (e) Ridden, mounted upon; मूषकाधिष्ठितं तमवलोक्य Pt.2 with the mouse seated upon him; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया Ku.5.7. |
| |
| adhyās | अध्यास् 2 A. 1 (a) To lie down, settle upon; occupy, dwell in (as a seat or habitation:; seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &c.) (with acc. of place); त्वरिततरमध्यास्यतामियं वनस्थली K.28;36,4; पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95; द्वितीयमाश्रममध्या- सितुं समयः V.5; द्वारदेशमध्यास्ते Dk.3 is waiting at the door; R.2.17;4.74;6.1;12.85;13.22,76;15. 93; Me.78; Bk.1.5; Ms.7.77; अये सिंहासनमध्यास्ते वृषलः Mu.3; भगवत्या प्राश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. (b) To take possession of, grasp, seize; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या R.2. 52 with eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (अध्यासितम् = आक्रमणम्). (c) To resort to, inhabit; यदध्यासितमर्हद्भिस्तद्धि प्रचक्षते Ku.6.56. -2 To live in conjugal relation; cohabit with. -3 To be directed or fixed upon. -4 To rule, govern, influence; affect, concern (mostly Ved.). -Caus. To cause one to sit down upon; भवन्तमध्यासयन्नासनम् Bk.2.46. |
| |
| anantara | अनन्तर a. [नास्ति अन्तरं व्यवधानं, मध्यः; अवकाशः &c. यस्य] 1 Having no interior or interior space, limitless; तदेतत् ब्रह्म अपूर्वमनन्तरं अवाह्यम् Br. Up.2.5.19. -2 Having no interval or interstice or pause (of space or time); compact, close; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7, See संयोग. -3 (a) Contiguous, neighbouring, adjoining; Rām.4.21. 14; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपतीननन्तरान् R.8.19; भारतवर्षा- दुत्तरेण अनन्तरे किंपुरुषनाम्नि वर्षे K.136; immediately adjoining; Ki.2.53. R.7.21; not distant from (with abl.); आत्मनो$नन्तरममात्यपदं ग्राहितः Mu.4; ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19 (Kull. अनन्तरः किंचिदूनः); अरेः अनन्तरं मित्रम् 7.158; or in comp.; विषयानन्तरो राजा शत्रुः Ak. who is an immediate neighbour. -4 Immediately before or after; Rām.4. 29.31. तदिदं क्रियतामनन्तरं भवता बन्धुजनप्रयोजनम् Ku.4.32 soon after, just afterwards; अनन्तरोदीरितलक्ष्मभाजौ पादौ यदीयावुपजातयस्ताः Chānd. M. having characteristics mentioned just before. -5 Following, coming close upon (in comp.); शङ्खस्वनानन्तरपुष्पवृष्टि Ku.1.23;2.53; ˚कर- णीयम् Ś.4 the next duty, what should be done next. -6 Belonging to the caste immediately following; पुत्रा ये$नन्तरस्त्रीजाः Ms.1.14. -7 Uninterrupted, unbroken, continuous. सुखदुःखावृते लोके नेहास्त्येकमनन्तरम् Mb.12.153. 89. -8 Straight, direct (साक्षात्). अथवा$नन्तरकृतं किंचिदेव निदर्शनम् Mb.12.35.9. -रम् [न. त.] 1 Contiguity, proximity; अनन्तरविहिते चास्यासने K.93. -2 Brahman, the supreme soul (as being of one entire essence). -रम् ind. [Strictly it is acc. of time कालात्यन्तसंयोगः; नास्ति अन्तरं यथा स्या तथा] 1 Immediately after, afterwards. -2 (with a prepositional force) After (with abl.); पुराणपत्त्रापग- मादनन्तरम् R.3.7; त्यागाच्छान्तिरनन्तरम् Bg.12.12; गोदानविधे- रनन्तरम् R.3.33,36.;2.71; स्वामिनो$नन्तरं भृत्याः Pt.1; rarely with gen.; अङ्गदं चाधिरूढस्तु लक्ष्मणो$नन्तरं मम Rām.; or in comp.; घनोदयाः प्राक् तदनन्तरं पयः Ś7.3.; R.4. 2.; Ms.3.252, Y.2.41; वचनानन्तरमेव K.78 immediately after those words. -Comp. -जः or जा [अनन्तरस्या अनन्तरवर्णाया मातुः जायते] 1 the child of a Kṣatriyā or Vaiśyā mother, by a father belonging to the caste imme- diately above the mother's, स्त्रीष्वनन्तरजातासु द्विजैरुत्वादिता- न्सुतान् । सदृशानेव तानाहुर्मातृदोषविगर्हितान् ॥ Ms.1.6. -2 born immediately before or after; a younger or elder brother. Legitimate son (औरसः); आत्मा पत्रश्च विज्ञेयस्तस्या- नन्तरजश्च यः Mb.13.49.3. (-जा) a younger or elder sister; अनुष्ठितानन्तरजाविवाहः R.7.32.; so ˚जात. |
| |
| ananya | अनन्य a. 1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15. -2 Sole, unique, without a second. -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'. -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A. -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal. -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (-तम्) unencumbered estate (in law). -गतिः f. sole resort or resource. -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb. -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35. -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75. -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32. -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2. -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being. -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15. -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18. -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (-र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7. -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63. -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25. -वृत्ति a. 1 of the same nature. -2 having no other means of livelihood. -3 closely attentive. -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2. -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19. -सदृश a. (-शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1. |
| |
| anādeśaḥ | अनादेशः Absence of direction or command. -Comp. -कर a. doing what is not commanded; or (अन्-आ-देश- कर) not doing what is ordered. |
| |
| aniyamaḥ | अनियमः 1 Absence of rule, control, regulation or fixed order; no settled rule or direction; प्रामाण्यबुद्धिर्बेदेषु साधनानामनेकता । उपास्यानामनियम एतद्धर्मस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Lok. Tilak. पञ्चमं लघु सर्वत्र सप्तमं द्विचतुर्थयोः । षष्ठे पादे गुरु ज्ञेयं शेषे- ष्वनियमो मतः ॥ Ch. M. -2 Irregularity, uncertainty. indefiniteness, vagueness, doubt. -3 Improper conduct, अनियमित a. Irregular. |
| |
| anirdeśaḥ | अनिर्देशः Absence of positive rule or direction. |
| |
| anu | अनु ind. (Either used with nouns to form adverbial compounds, or as a prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, or as a separable preposition with acc. and regarded as a कर्मप्रवचनीय). 1 After, behind, along after (पश्चात्); सर्वे नारदमनु उपविशन्ति V.5; प्रमदामनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन् R.8.72; तं गच्छन्त्यनु ये विपत्तिषु सदा ते तत्प्रतिष्ठाशया Mu.1. 14; असौ कुमारस्तमजोनुजातः R.6.78; रत्या न साशङ्कमनुप्रयातः Ku.3.23; क्रमेण सुप्तामनु संविवेश सुप्तोत्थितां प्रातरनूदतिष्ठत् R.2. 24; अनुविष्णु = विष्णोः पश्चात् P.II.4.18. Sk.; तदनु कथयेर्मा- धवीयामवास्थाम् Māl.9.26 afterwards. -2 Along, alongside, by the side of, lengthwise यस्यचायामः P.II.1.16 जलानि सा तीरनिखातयूपा वहत्ययोध्यामनु राजधानीम् R.13.61; सो$श्वमेधश- तेनेष्ट्वा यमुनामनु वीर्यवान् । त्रिशताश्वान् सरस्वत्यां गङ्गामनु चतुःशतान् Mb.; अनुगङ्गं वाराणसी = गङ्गामन्वायतम् (गङ्गादैर्घ्यसदृशदैर्घ्योपलक्षिता) situated alongside the Gaṅgā P.II.1.16 Sk.; आविर्भू- तप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me.21; गिरिरिव अनुतटपुष्पितकर्णि- कारयष्टिः V.3.3 along the sides or slopes. -3 After, in consequence of, being indicated by; जपमनु प्रावर्षत् P.II 3.8 Sk. (हेतुभूतजपोपलक्षितं वर्षणम्); so वृक्षमनु विद्योतते विद्युत्. -4 With, along with (सहार्थे); connected with; नगीम- न्वसिता सेना P.I.4.85 Sk. (नद्या सह सम्बद्धा) उमास्तनोद्भेद- मनु प्रवृद्धः Ku.7.24. along with, contemporaneously; Śi. 8.56; दिवसो$नुमित्रमगमद्विलयम् 9.17. -5 Inferior or subordinate to, (मित्रलाभमनु लाभसम्पदः Ki.13.52 inferior, lower in value or importance; अनु हरिं सुराः = हरेर्हीनाः हीने); P.I.4.86 Sk. -6 In a particular relation or state (इत्थं- भूताख्याने प्रकारविशेषनिरूपणे); भक्तो विष्णुमनु Sk. (विष्णोरित्थं- भूतः, भक्तिविशेषयुक्तः) an ardent devotee of Viṣṇu; यस्त्वां द्वेष्टि स मां द्वेष्टि यस्त्वामनु स मामनु Rām. favourably inclined or devoted to. -7 Having a part or share, participation; or one that claims a share of (भागे); भागो$स्यास्ति इति भागस्वामी; लक्ष्मीर्हरिमनु (हरेर्भागः) Sk., हरिस्वामिकभागवतीत्यर्थः. -8 Repetition, in a distributive sense, mostly in comp. (वीप्सार्थे, विषयतायाम्); अनुदिवसम् day by day, every day; अनुक्षणम् every moment; ˚वेलम् every time, frequently; वृक्षम् वृक्षमनु सिञ्चति Sk. waters tree after tree, i. e. every tree (यावद्वृक्षव्यापकः सेकः). -9 Towards, in the direction of, near, to, at (अनुर्यत्समया P.II.1.15); अनुवनमशनिर्गतः Sk.; ˚नदि Śi.7.24 near the river; प्रजिघाय कान्तमनु मुग्धतरः 9.55 to (प्रति); on or in, with the force of the locative; यदेतदस्यानुतटं विभाति 4.39,7.1; तस्माद्रच्छेरनुकनखलं शैलराजाव- तीर्णाम् (जह्नोः कन्याम्) Me.52. -1 In orderly succession, according to; अनुक्रमम् in regular order; अनुज्येष्ठम् = ज्येष्ठ- स्यानुपूर्व्येण in order of seniority; ˚पूर्वम्; अनुरूपम् = रूपस्य योग्यम् Sk. -11 Corresponding with, like, in imitation of; सर्वं मामनु ते प्रियाविरहजां त्वं तु व्यथां मानुभूः V.4.47; so अनुगर्ज् to roar after or in imitation of. -12 Following, conformable to (अनुगत); तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्ज- नात् R.4.12. (अनुगतो$र्थो यस्य). -13 With regard to, towards, in respect of; अर्घ्यदानमनु चोदितो वचः Śi.14,53; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमनु; -14 On account of, by reason of (with abl.); समस्तो वत लोको$यं भजते कारणादनु । त्वं तु निष्कारणादेव प्रीयसे वरवर्णिनि ॥ Rām. As a separable adverb अनु is used only in the Vedas and means after, afterwards, later on, now, at this time, again, once more, then, and further. (The senses of अनु as given by G. M. are:-- अनु वेदाध्ययनानुष्ठानसामीप्यपश्चाद्भावानुबन्धनसाम्याभीमुखहीनविसर्गं- लक्षणेषु; e. g. वेदे अनुवाकः; अनुष्ठाने अनुतिष्ठति; सामीप्ये अनुमेघं वर्षति; पश्चाद्भावे तदनु; अनुबन्धने अनुशेते; साम्ये अनुकरोति; आभिमुख्ये मातरमनुधावति वत्सः; हीने अनुहरिं सुराः; विसर्गे अनुजानीते; लक्षणे अनुवनमशनिर्गतः.) The senses of अनु may be thus expressed in verse :-- आयामे$परभावे च (पश्चादर्थे) वीप्सायां सन्निधौ तथा । इत्थंभूते लक्षणे च भागसादृश्ययोरपि ॥ योग्य- तायां तथा हीने तृतीयार्थे ह्यनुक्रमे । अर्थेष्वेतेषु बहुशो ह्यनुशब्दः प्रयुज्यते ॥. |
| |
| anukalpaḥ | अनुकल्पः [अनुगतः मुख्यं कल्पम्] 1 A secondary direction or precept, a substitute or alternative to be used in times of necessity when the primary one (प्रथमकल्प) is not possible; as the direction to use गोधूम or तण्डुल in the absence of यव; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms. 11.3,3.147. -2 A work connected with Kalpa (one of the six auxiliaries of the Vedas). |
| |
| anudeśaḥ | अनुदेशः 1 Pointing back; rule or direction which refers or points back to a previous rule; यथासङ्ख्यम- नुदेशः समानाम् P.I.3.1; subsequent mention of things (words, suffixes &c.) in the order of things previously mentioned; respective enumeration or statement, first for first, second for second; as in समूलाकृतजीवेषु हन्कृञ्ग्रहः P.III.4.36. -2 Direction, order, injunction. |
| |
| anupākhya | अनुपाख्य a. What is not directly perceived, hence something which is only inferable (= अनुमेय Kāśikā); P.VI.3.8. |
| |
| anubaddha | अनुबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, attached, tied to. -2 Following the train, coming as a consequence; अनुबद्धार्थान- र्थसंशयान् विचार्य Dk.41. -3 Connected with, related to, relating or belonging to. -4 Constantly sticking to, being in; continued, continuous; नित्यानुबद्धकुलवैरः Ve.1; ˚मुग्धकाकलीहसितम् U.3; ˚विजृम्भकम् K.66; ˚बिन्दुभिरश्रुभिः 135 constantly flowing. -5 Fixed upon, directed towards; कलहंस ˚वक्त्रायाः Dk.33. |
| |
| anubhavaḥ | अनुभवः 1 Direct perception or cognition, knowledge derived from personal observation or experiment, notion, apprehension, the impression on the mind not derived from memory, one of the kinds of knowledge; सर्वव्यवहारहेतुर्ज्ञानं बुद्धिः । सा द्विविधा स्सृतिरनुभवश्च । संस्कारमात्र- जन्यं ज्ञानं स्मृतिः । तद्भिन्नं ज्ञानमनुभवः which again is यथार्थ right & अयथार्थ wrong. See T. S.34. (The Naiyāyikas recognize प्रत्यक्ष, अनुमान, उपमान and शाब्द as the four sources of knowledge; the Vedāntins and Mīmāṁsakas add two more अर्थापत्ति and अनुपलब्धि; the Vaiśeṣikas and Bauddhas admit the first two only, the Sāṅkhyas exclude उपमान, while the Chārvākas admit प्रत्यक्ष only. Other sections of philosophical schools add three more to the six sources of knowledge recognised by the Mīmāṁsakas; -संभव 'equivalence'; ऐतिह्य 'fallible testimony', and चेष्टा 'gesture'.) -2 Experience; अनुभवं वचसा सखि लुम्पसि N.4.15. -3 Understanding. -4 Result, consequence. -Comp. -सिद्ध a. established by experience. |
| |
| anubhū | अनुभू a. [भू-क्विप्] Perceiving, understanding. -भूः f. Experience, direct knowledge or perception; अयमात्मा सर्वानुभूः Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. |
| |
| anubhūtiḥ | अनुभूतिः f. 1 Perception, apprehension, experience. -2 (In Nyāya) Knowledge derived from four sources: namely direct perception, inference, comparison, and verbal knowledge; see Bhāṣā. P.51,52. -3 Dignity, consequence. -Comp. -प्रकाशः N. of the metrical gloss or paraphrase of the principal Upaniṣads by Mādhavāchārya. -स्वरूपाचार्यः N. of the author of the grammar Sārasvata-prakriyā. |
| |
| anuloma | अनुलोम a. [अनुगतः लोम P.V.4.75.] 1 'With the hair', regular, in natural order, successive (opp. प्रतिलोम); hence favourable, agreeable; ˚सुखो वायु- रनुसारयतीव माम् Rām.; त्रिरेनामनुलोमामनुमार्ष्टि Śat. Br.; °reeकृष्टं क्षेत्रं प्रतिलोमं कर्षति Sk. ploughed in the regular direction. -2 Mixed as a tribe. -मा A woman of the lower caste than that of the man's whom she marries; सकामास्वनु- लोमासु न दोषस्त्वन्यथा दमः Y.2.288. -मम् adv. In regular or natural order; प्रतिलोममालिम्पेन्नानुलोमम् Suśr. -माः (pl.) Mixed castes. -Comp. -अय a. having fortune favourable. -अर्थ a. speaking in favour of; जडानप्यनु- लोमार्थान् प्रवाचः कृतिनां गिरः Śi.2.25. -कल्पः the thirty-fourth of the Atharvaveda Pariśiṣṭas. -ग a. straight going; प्रदक्षिणा ग्रहाश्चापि भविष्यन्त्यनुलोमगाः Mb.3.19.92. -ज, -जन्मन् a. born in due gradation, offspring of a mother inferior in caste to the father; said of the mixed tribes; संकीर्णयोनयो ये तु प्रतिलोमानुलोमजाः Ms.1.25; Y.1.95. -परिणीत a. married in regular gradation. |
| |
| anulomanam | अनुलोमनम् 1 Regular gradation, sending or putting in the right direction. -2 (In medicine) Carrying off by the regular channels, such as purging; alleviation. |
| |
| anuvādaḥ | अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्). |
| |
| anuvātaḥ | अनुवातः [अनुगतो वातः] The windward direction; the wind which blows from the pupil to the preceptor &c.; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. |
| |
| anuśās | अनुशास् 2 P. 1 (a) To advise, persuade, prevail upon, address; इति ध्रुवेच्छामनुशासती सुतां शशाक मेना न नियन्तुमुद्यमात् Ku.5.5; पूर्वानुशिष्टां निजगाद भोज्याम् R.6.59. (b) To direct, tell, order, enjoin, to teach, instruct (how to act); दशरथप्रभवानुशिष्टः R.13.75; वत्से त्वमधुना$नुशासनी- यासि Ś.4; राजपत्नीनियोगस्थमनुशाधि पुरीजनम् Bk.2.17; को नु खलु मामेवमनुशास्ति V.4 tells, directs; मघवा वनगमनाय कृतबुद्धिं भवन्तमनुशास्ति V.5 tells, directs; माणवकं धर्ममनुशा- स्ति Sk.; Ms.6.86. -2 To rule, govern. -3 To chastise, punish, correct; इयमेव तावत्प्रथममनुशासनीया Ve.2; अरिकुल- मनुशासनीयम् 3; स्वकर्म ख्यापयन्ब्रूयान्मां भवाननुशास्त्विति Ms.11. 99,9.233. -4 To praise, extol. -5 To accomplish, perform, execute. अनुशासक, -शासिन्, _x001F_6-शास्तृ or शासितृ a. One who directs, instructs, governs or punishes; कवि पुराणमनु- शासितारम् Bg.8.9 ruler; एष चोरानुशासी राजेति भया- दुत्पतितः |
| |
| anuśāsanam | अनुशासनम् Advice, persuasion, direction, order. command; instruction, laying down rules or precepts; a law, rule, precept; treatment (of a subject), (with the object in comp. or with gen., the agent, if expressed, being put in the instr. or gen.); एतद्वै भद्रमनुशासनस्य Rv.1.32.7. एतदनुशासनम् Tait. Up.7.9.7. भवत्यधिक्षेप इवानुशासनम् Ki.1.28 words of advice; तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.8.139;6.5;2.159; यौवन˚ K.146; नामलिङ्ग˚ laying down rules on the gender of nouns, explanation of gender &c.; शब्दानुशासनम् Sk.; शब्दानामनुशासनमाचार्यस्य आचार्येण वा P.II.3.66 Sk. -Comp. -पर a. obedient. -पर्वन् N. of the 13th book of the Mahābhārata (so called because it lays down precepts of advice). |
| |
| anuśiṣṭa | अनुशिष्ट a. 1 educated; स प्रैति क्षेत्रविदानुशिष्टः Rv.1. 32.7. Bhāg.5.9.4; तस्मात् पुत्रमनुशिष्टं लोक्यमाहुः Bṛ. Up. 1.5.17. -2 questioned इति तेनानुशिष्टस्तु वाचं मन्दमुदीरयत् Rām.6.3.4. -3 Directed; एष धर्मानुशिष्टो वो यतीनां नियतात्मनाम् Ms.7.86,9.233. |
| |
| anuṣṭhiḥ | अनुष्ठिः ष्ठुः f. [स्था-कु] Proper order, succession (used only in instr.); ˚ष्ठु, अनुष्ठया, अनुष्ठुया in proper order, duly, immediately, properly; immediate, direct. अनुष्ठेय anuṣṭhēya ष्ठातव्य ṣṭhātavya अनुष्ठेय ष्ठातव्य pot. p. To be effected, performed; followed, done conformably to; विदर्भगतमनुष्ठेयम् M.5 what to do with. कस्मिंश्चिदाप्तजनानुष्ठेये कर्मणि त्वां व्यापारयितु- मिच्छामि Mu.1. |
| |
| anusāraḥ | अनुसारः 1 Going after, following (fig. also); pursuit; व्याधानुसारचकिता हरिणीव यासि Mk.1.17; शब्दानु- सारेण अवलोक्य Ś.7 looking in the direction of the sound; कपटानुसारकुशलः Mk.9.5 following up or tracing fraud. -2 Conformity to, accordance with, suitability, conformity to usage; किरणानुसारगलितेन K.137, 194, 24; धर्मशास्त्रानुसारेण Y.2.1. -3 Custom, usage, established practice; अनुसारादधिका (वृद्धिः) Ms.8.152. -4 Received or established authority, especially of codes of law. -5 Nature, natural condition of anything. -6 Currency, prevalence. -7 Consequence, result. अनुसारतः anusāratḥ अनुसारेण anusārēṇa अनुसारतः अनुसारेण (in comp.) In accordance with, conformably to. |
| |
| aneka | अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83. |
| |
| anyataḥ | अन्यतः adv. 1 From another; न चान्यतस्तस्य शरीररक्षा R.2.4; तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13. -2 On one side; अन्यतः-अन्यतः, एकतः-अन्यतः on the one side, on the other side; तपनमण्डल- दीपितमेकतः सततनैशतमोवृतमन्यतः Ki.5.2; एकवस्तु सकलानि निमित्तान्यन्यतो हि मनसः प्रतिपत्तिः Nīti. -3 To another place, towards some other person or direction; गन्तव्यं वा ततो$न्यतः Ms.2.2; अन्यतो$पि नयने प्रेरयन्त्या Ś.2.2; आर्ये व्रजामो$न्यतः R.6.82. -4 From another ground or motive. -5 On the other side; on the contrary. -6 Otherwise; in another place, elsewhere. -Comp. -अरण्यम् Ved. a land which is woody here and there. Vāj.3.19. -एत, -एतस्, -एनी Ved. variegated or spotted on one side. -घातिन् a. striking in one direction. -वात a. suffering occasional wind (rheumatism). (-तः) a sort of eye-disease. |
| |
| anyatra | अन्यत्र adv. [अन्य-त्रल्] (oft. = अन्यस्मिन् with a subst. or adj. force) 1 Elsewhere, in another place (with abl.); अपत्याधिकारादन्यत्र लौकिकमपत्यमात्रं गोत्रम् P.IV.2.39 Com.; sometimes with विना; विना मलयमन्यत्र चन्दनं न प्ररोहति Pt.1.41; (with verbs of motion) to another place. -2 On another occasion, at another time than; oft. (in comp.); मधुपर्के च यज्ञे च पितुर्दैवतकर्मणि । अत्रैव पशवो हिंस्यान्नान्यत्रेत्यब्रवीन्मनुः Ms.5.41. -3 Except, without, other than; यथा फलानां जातानां नान्यत्र पतनाद्भयम् । एवं नरस्य जातस्य नान्यत्र मरणाद्भयम् ॥ Rām.2.15.17; Mv.6.8; R. 14.32; Bg.3.9; Y.1.215; अन्यत्र नैमिषेयसत्रात् V.5, Ms.4.164; oft. with the force of the nom. case; देवा अन्यत्रैवाश्विभ्यां सत्त्रं निषेदुः Kaus. Br. (अन्यत्र = अन्ये). -4 Otherwise, in another way, in the other case, in the other sense; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् स्यात्ततो$न्यत्र राजवान् Ak.; राजन्वती भूः, राजवान् अन्यत्र; चर्मण्वती नदी चर्मवती अन्यत्र P.VIII. 2.12,14 Sk. -Comp. -मनस्, -चित्त a. whose mind is directed to somthing else, inattentive. Śat. Br.14. |
| |
| anvakṣa | अन्वक्ष a. [अन्युगतः अक्षं इन्द्रियं गति समा.] 1 Visible, perceptible. -2 Following, close on the heels of, immediately following. -क्षम् ind. 1 Afterwards, after; आरोह त्वं...सीतां चारोपयान्वक्षम् Rām 2.52.75. -2 Immediately after, forthwith, directly; हतानां नृपगोविप्रै- रन्वक्षं चात्मघातिनाम् Y.3.21. |
| |
| anvartha | अन्वर्थ a. [अनुगतः अर्थम्] Having the meaning clear or intelligible, having a meaning easily deducible from the etymology of the word; hence, true to the sense, significant; तथैव सो$भूदन्वर्थो राजा प्रकृतिरञ्जनात् R.4.12; अन्वर्था तैर्वसुन्धरा Ki.11.64; अन्वर्थसंज्ञैव परं त्रिमार्गगा Śi.12.23; अन्वर्थ एवायमधुना प्रलापो वर्तते U.3.; अन्वर्थतो$पि ननु राक्षस राक्षसो$सि Mu.5.7 in the true sense of the word, properly so called. -Comp. -ग्रहणम् literal acceptation of the meaning of a word (opp. to रूढ or conventional). -संज्ञा 1 an appropriate name, a technical term which directly conveys its own meaning; e. g. भविष्यन्ती a name for 'future' is an अन्वर्थसंज्ञा compared with लृट्. -2 a proper name the meaning of which is obvious. |
| |
| anvaṣṭamadiśam | अन्वष्टमदिशम् ind. Towards the north-east direction. |
| |
| apa | अप ind. [न पाति रक्षति पतनात् पा-ड Tv.] 1 (As a prefix to verbs it means) (a) Away, away from, denoting वियोग; अपयाति, अपनयति; (b) deterioration (विकृति); अपकरोति does wrongly or badly; (c) opposition, negation, contradiction (विपरीत); अपकर्षति, अपचिनोति; (d) direction or mention or illustration (निदर्शन); अपदिशति; (e) exclusion (वर्जन); अपवह्, अपसृ Caus. (f) joy, merriment or laughter (आनन्द); अपहसति; (g) concealment or denial (चौर्य); अपलपति, अपवदते. -2 As first member of Tat. or Bahuvrīhi comp. it has all the above senses; अपयानम्, अपकर्म, अपपाठः; अपशब्दः a bad or corrupt word; ˚भी fearless; ˚कल्मष stainless; अपरागः discontent (opp. to अनुराग); ˚मेघोदयं वर्षम् Ku.6.54 &c. In most cases अप may be translated by 'bad', 'inferior', 'corrupt', 'wrong', 'unworthy', &c. It also means 'going downwards' as in अपानः. -3 As a separable preposition (with a noun in the abl.) (a) away from; यत्संप्रत्यप लोकेभ्यो लङ्कायां वसतिर्भयात् Rām; (b) without, on the outside of; अप हरेः संसारः Sk.; (c) with the exception of, excepting; अप त्रिगर्तेभ्यो वृष्टो देवः Sk. on the outside of, with the exception of. In these senses अप may form adverbial compounds also (P.II.1.12); ˚विष्णु संसारः Sk. without Viṣṇu; ˚त्रिगर्तं वृष्टो देवः excepting त्रिगर्त &c. It also implies negation, contradiction &c.; ˚कामम्, ˚शङ्कम्. The senses of this word as given by G. M. may be thus put in verse; वर्जने विकृतौ चौर्ये विपरीतवियोगयोः । अपकृष्टे च निर्देशे हर्षे चापः प्रयुज्यते. [cf. L. ab; Gr. apo; Goth. af. Eng. of or off; Zend apa]. |
| |
| apaṭī | अपटी [अल्पः पटः पटी, न. त.] 1 A screen or wall of cloth, particularly the screen or kanāt surrounding a tent. -2 A curtain. -Comp. -क्षेपः (अपटक्षेपः) tossing aside the curtain; ˚क्षेपेण (= अकस्मात्) 'with a (hurried) toss of the curtain', frequently occurring as a stage direction and denoting precipitate entrance on the stage which arises from fear, hurry, agitation &c., as when a character tossing up the curtain suddenly enters without the usual introduction ततः प्रविशति &c. |
| |
| apara | अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11). |
| |
| aparāk | अपराक् ind. In (or to) the western direction. शयीत नापराक् नान्यैर्न नग्ना न च सन्ध्ययोः Bhāg.6.18.51. |
| |
| aparājita | अपराजित a. Unconquered, invincible, unsurpassed; ˚ता दिक् the north-east direction, (ऐशानी) so called because the Gods were not defeated there; ते (देवासुराः) उदीच्यां प्राच्यां दिश्ययतन्त ते ततो न पराजयन्त सैषा दिगपराजिता Ait. Br., अपराजितां वास्थाय व्रजेद्दिशमजिह्मगः Ms.6.31. -तः 1 A sort of poisonous insect. -2 N. of Viṣṇu; N. of Śiva. अपराजित -अप्रतिहत -जयन्त -वैजयन्त -कोष्ठकान् ...पुरमध्ये कारयेत् Kau. A.2.4. -3 One of the 11 Rudras. -4 A class of divinities forming a portion of the अनुत्तर divinities of the Jainas. -5 N. of a sage. -ता N. of Durgā, to be worshipped on the Vijayādaśamī or Dasarā day; तिष्ठ देवि शिखाबन्धे चामुण्डे ह्यपराजिते Sandhyā; दशम्यां च नरैः सम्यक् पूजनीया$पराजिता । ...ददाति विजयं देवी पूजिता जयवर्धिनी Skanda P. -2 N. of several plants; दूर्वा, शेफालिका, जयन्ती, असन, शङ्खिनी, हपुषा, असनपर्णी. -3 A kind of plant (or ओषधि) fastened round the wrist and serving as a charm or amulet; see. Ś.7. (In Vikramorvaśīyam Act 2, Kālidāsa uses अपराजिता in the sense of a spell or विद्या; ननु भगवता देवगुरुणा अपराजितां नाम शिखाबन्धनविद्यामुप- दिशता त्रिदशपरिपक्षस्यालङ्घनीये कृते स्वः). -4 The north-east quarter; see under ˚त above. -5 A kind of metre, 4 lines with 14 syllables in each -6 A sort of Yoginī. अपराजिष्णु aparājiṣṇu पराजेय parājēya अपराजिष्णु पराजेय a. Invincible. |
| |
| aparokṣa | अपरोक्ष a. 1 Not invisible, perceptible to the senses, visible. -2 Not distant or remote. -क्षम् adv. In the presence of (with gen.) अपरोक्षात् perceptibly, visibly, manifestly, openly. -Comp. -अनुभूतिः f. direct cognition. |
| |
| apavedhaḥ | अपवेधः Piercing through (a pearl, ruby &c.) wrongly, or in the wrong direction (and thus spoiling it). मणीनामपवेधे च दण्डः प्रथमसाहसः Ms.9.286. |
| |
| apaṣṭhu | अपष्ठु a. [अप-स्था कु Uṇ.1.25; P.VIII.3.98] 1 Contrary, opposite. -2 Unfavourable, adverse, perverse. -3 Left. -ष्ठु adv. 1 Contrary, on the contrary or opposite way or direction. -2 Falsely, untruly, wrongly; तव धर्मराज इति नाम तथमिदमपष्ठु पठ्यते Śi.15.17; उपष्ठु पठतः पाठ्यमधिगोष्ठि शठस्य ते N. -3 Faultlessly, -4 Well, properly, handsomely. -ष्ठुः Time. |
| |
| apūrva | अपूर्व a. 1 Not preceded, not having existed before, like of which did not exist before, quite new; ˚र्वं नाटकम् Ś.1; ˚र्वं राजकुलम् M.5; K.191; -2 Strange, extraordinary, wonderful; अपूर्वः को$पि बहुमानहेतुर्गुरुषु U.4; अपूर्वो दृश्यते वह्निः कामिन्याः स्तनमण्डले । दूरतो दहतीवाङ्गं हृदि लग्नस्तु शीतलः ॥ Ś. Til.17; singular, unexampled, unprecedented; अपूर्व एष विरहमार्गः Ś.6; अपूर्वरूपा दारिका M.1; अतो$- पूर्वः खलु वो $ नुग्रहः Ś.7; अपूर्वकर्मचाण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुञ्च माम् U.1.46 committing an unparalleled atrocity. -3 Unknown, unacquainted, stranger; अपूर्वो$प्यथवा विद्वान् यMb.13.22.8; विदिते$प्यपूर्व इव Ki.6.39. -4 Not first. -5 Preceded by अ or आ. -6 (In phil.) 'That unseen virtue which is a relation superinduced, not before possessed, unseen but efficacious to connect the consequence with its past and remote cause and to bring about at a distant period or in another world the relative effect. -Colebrooke. -र्वम् 1 The remote consequence of an act (as the acquisition of heaven which is the result of good deeds), (Mīmāṁsā). --2 Virtue and vice (पापपुण्यम्) as the eventual cause of future happiness or misery. -र्वः The Supreme Soul (परब्रह्म). -Comp. -कर्मन् n. religious rites the power of which on the future is not seen before. -पतिः f. one who has had no husband before, a virgin; ˚तिः कुमारी Sk. -वादः discussion or talk about the Supreme Soul. -विधिः an authoritative direction or injunction which is quite new; it is of four kinds; कर्मविधि, गूणविधि, विनियोगविधि and प्रयोगविधि. |
| |
| apnaḥ | अप्नः अप्नस् n. [आप्-असुन् नुट् ह्रस्वश्च, Uṇ.4.27] 1 Possession, property. -2 Work, sacrificial act or rite, any act. -3 Offspring. -4 Form, shape. -5 To be obtained (used actively); [cf. L. ops]. -Comp. -स्थ a. superintending work (कर्मण्यधिकृत); (or m.) proprietor of an estate. -राजः lord of wealth or property, illustrious by means of works; directing works to be done (कर्मप्रेरक). |
| |
| apratibandha | अप्रतिबन्ध a. 1 Unimpeded, unobstructed. -2 Direct, undisputed; (in law) got by birth without any obstruction, not collateral (as inheritance). |
| |
| apramāṇa | अप्रमाण a. 1 Unlimited, immeasurable, boundless. -2 Without authority, proof or weight, unauthorized. -3 Not regarded as an authority, not trustworthy; आजन्मनः शाठ्यमशिक्षितो यस्तस्याप्रमाणं वचनं जनस्य Ś.5.25. -णम् 1 That which cannot be taken as authority in actions; i. e. a rule, direction &c. which cannot be accepted as obligatory. -2 Irrelevancy. -Comp. -आभः, -शुभः (pl.) 'of unlimited lustre', N. of a class of deities (with Buddhists). -विद् a. not conversant with evidence, or incapable of weighing evidence. |
| |
| apsaras | अप्सरस् f. (-राः, रा). [अद्भ्यः सरन्ति उद्गच्छन्ति, सृ-असुन् Uṇ.4.236; cf. Rām. अप्सु निर्मथनादेव रसात्तस्माद्वर- स्त्रियः । उत्पेतुर्मनुजश्रेष्ठ तस्मादप्सरसो$भवन् ॥ A class of female divinities or celestial damsels who reside in the sky and are regarded as the wives of the Gandharvas. They are very fond of bathing, can change their shapes, and are endowed with superhuman power (प्रभाव). They are called स्वर्वेश्याः and are usually described as the servants of Indra, who, when alarmed by the rigorous austerities of some mighty sage, sends down one of them to disturb his penance, and her mission is generally successful; मेनका$प्सरसां श्रेष्ठा महर्षिणां पिता च ते Mb.1.74.75. cf. या तपोविशेषपरिशङ्कितस्य सुकुमारं प्रहरणं महेन्द्रस्य V. 1. They are also said to covet heroes who die gloriously on the battle-field; cf. परस्परेण क्षतयोः प्रहर्त्रोरुत्क्रान्तवाय्वोः समकालमेव । अमर्त्यभावे$पि कयोश्चिदासीदेकाप्सरः प्रार्थितयोर्विवादः ॥ R.7.53. Bāṇa mentions 14 different families of these nymphs (see K.136) The word is usually said to be in pl. (स्त्रियां बहुष्वप्सरसः) but the singular, as also the form अप्सराः, sometimes occurs; नियमविघ्नकारिणी मेनका नाम अप्सराः प्रेषिता Ś.1; एकाप्सरः &c. R.7.53 and see Malli. thereon; अनप्सरेव प्रतिभासि V.1. -2 Direction or the intermediate point of the compass (दिक् च उपदिक् च). -Comp. -तीर्थम् N. of a sacred pool in which the Apsarasas bathe; probably it is the name of a place, see Ś.6. -पतिः lord of the Apsarasas, epithet of Indra. N. of the Gandharva शिखण्डिन्; Av.4.37.7. |
| |
| abhi | अभि ind. 1 (As a prefix to verbs and nouns) It means (a) 'to', 'towards', 'in the direction of'; अभिगम् to go towards; अभिया, ˚गमनम्, ˚यानम् &c.; (b) 'for' 'against'; ˚लष्, ˚पत् &c.; (c) 'on', 'upon'; ˚सिञ्च् to sprinkle on &c.; (d) 'over', 'above', 'across'; ˚भू to overpower, ˚तन्; (e) 'greatly'; 'excessively'; ˚कम्प्. -2 (As a prefix to nouns not derived from verbs, and to adjectives) It expresses (a) intensity or superiority; ˚धर्मः 'supreme duty'; ˚ताम्र 'very red'; R.15.49; ˚नव 'very new'; (b) 'towards', 'in the direction of', forming adv. compounds; ˚चैद्यम्, ˚मुखम्, ˚दूति &c. -3 (As a separable adverb) It means towards, in the direction or vicinity of (opp. अप); in, above, aloft, on the top, (mostly Ved.) -4 (As a preposition with acc.) (a) To, towards, in the direction of, aginst; (with acc. or in comp. in this sense); अभ्यग्नि or अग्निमभि शलभाः पतन्ति; वृक्षमभि द्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; Śi.9.56,4; अभ्यर्कबिम्बं स्थितः Ś.7.11. (b) Near, before, in front or presence of; प्रियमभि कुसुमोद्यतस्य बाहोः Śi.7.32;15.58. (c) On, upon, with regard or reference to; सायमण्डलमभि त्वरयन्त्यः Ki.9.6; साधुर्देवदत्तो मातरमभि Sk. (d) Severally, one after another (in a distributive sense); वृक्षं वृक्षमभि सिञ्चति Sk.; भूतभूतमभि प्रभुः Bop. By अभिरभाग P.I.4.91. अभि has all the senses of अनु given in I. P.4.9 except that of भाग; e. g. (लक्षणे) हरिमभि वर्तते; (इन्थंभूताख्याने) भक्तो हरिमभि; (वीप्सायाम्), देवं देवमभि सिञ्चति; but यदत्र ममाभिष्यात् तद्दीयताम्; प्राज्ञो गोविन्द- मभितिष्ठति Bop. (e) In, into, to; Śi.8.6. (f.) For, for the sake of, on account of (Ved.). According to G. M. अभि has these senses :- अभि पूजाभृशार्थेच्छासौम्याभि- मुख्यसौरूप्यवचनाहारस्वाध्यायेषु; e. g. पूजायाम्, अभिवन्दते; भृशे, अभिनिवेशः; इच्छायाम्; अभिलाषः, अभिकः; सौम्ये or माधुर्ये, अभिजातः; आभिमुख्ये, अभिमुखम्, अभ्यग्नि; सौरूप्ये, अभिरूपम्; वचने, अभिधत्ते; आहारे, अभ्यवहरति; स्वाध्याये, अभ्यस्यति. [cf. L. ob; Gr. amphi; Zend aibi or aiwi, Goth. bi; also umbi um]. |
| |
| abhijñānam | अभिज्ञानम् 1 Recognition; तदभिज्ञानहेतोर्हि दत्तं तेन महात्मना Rām. (अभिज्ञान is a combination of अनुभव or direct perception and स्मृति or recollection; a sort of direct perception assisted by the memory; as when we say 'this is the same man I saw yesterday' सो$यं ह्यो दृष्टो नरः, अनुभव or direct perception leading to the identification expressed by अयम् and the memory leading to the reference to past action expressed by सः). -2 Remembrance, recollection; knowledge, ascertainment. -3 (a) A sign or token of recognition (person or thing); वत्स योगिन्यस्मि मालत्यभिज्ञानं च धारयामि Māl.9; Bk.8.118,124; R.12. 62; Me.114; उपपन्नेरभिज्ञानैर्दूतं तमवगच्छत Rām. -4 The dark portion in the dise of the moon. cf. अभिज्ञानं स्मृतावपि । गर्वे ज्ञाने च हिंसायां प्रणवे च समीरितम् Nm. -Comp. -आमरणम् a recognition-ornament, a token-ring. अभिज्ञानाभरणदर्शनेन शापो निवर्तिष्यते Ś.4. -पत्रम् a certificate, letter of recommendation. -शाकुन्तलम् N. of a celebrated drama by Kālidāsa in seven acts, in which king Duṣyanta marries Kaṇva's foster daughter Śakuntalā by the Gāndharva form of marriage, forgets all about her owing to the curse of Durvāsas, but ultimately recollects, at the sight of the token-ring (अभिज्ञान) that he had duly married her; अभिज्ञानेन स्मृता शकुन्तला अभि- ज्ञानशकुन्तला; तामधिकृत्य कृतं नाटकं˚ शाकुन्तलम्; (the reading ˚शाकुन्तलम् is grammatically indefensible). |
| |
| abhidyu | अभिद्यु a. 1 Directed to heaven, tending or going to heaven, heavenward. -2 Heavenly. -3 Bright, brilliant. -द्युः A half month. |
| |
| abhidhā | अभिधा 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat.); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.1.42; Bk.7.78. य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति Bg.18.68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; साक्षात्संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2; तन्नाम येनाभि- दधाति सत्त्वम्. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-धीयते); इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते Bg.13.1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.) |
| |
| abhiniviś | अभिनिविश् 6 A. अभिनिविशश्च (P.I.4.47) 1 (a) To enter into, be settled in; to occupy, set foot in. (b) To take possession of, resort to, be attached to (with acc.); अभिनिविशते सन्मार्गम् Sk. takes to, follows, a good path; सैव धन्या गणिकादारिका यामेवं भवन्मनो$भिनिविशते Dk.57, Mu. 5.12, Bk.8.8. -Caus. To make one enter or occupy, lead, carry or conduct to; (fig.) apply, direct or turn (as mind, heart &c.) towards something; प्रतिबन्धवस्वपि विषयेषु अभिनिवेश्य M.3, Śi.1.15. |
| |
| abhiniveśin | अभिनिवेशिन् a. 1 Devoted to, intent on, adhering or clinging to; वितथाभिनिवेशी च जायते$न्त्यासु योनिषु Y. 3.134; कल्याणाभिनिवेशिनः K.136 of blessed or noble resolve, 191. -2 Fixing on, directing or turning (the mind) to; गुणेष्वभिनिवेशिनो भर्तुरपि प्रिया M.3; अहो नु खलु दुर्लभ ˚शी मदनः V.1; Dk.57. -3 Determined, resolute. |
| |
| abhinī | अभिनी 1 P. 1 To bring near, conduct or lead towards, carry to; तटाभिनीतेनाम्भसा Ki.8.32; अमात्यस्य गृहजनं स्वगृहमभिनीय रक्षसि Mu.1,5;6.15; दृष्ट्वा शरं ज्यामभि- नीयमानम् Mb. being fitted to the bow. -2 To act, represent or exhibit dramatically, gesticulate; mostly occurring in stage-directions; श्रुतिमभिनीय Ś 3 acting as if he heard something; Mu.1.2,3.3; M.2.5. -3 To quote, adduce, introduce. -4 To allow to elapse. |
| |
| abhimukha | अभिमुख a. (-खी f.) [अभिगतं मुखं यस्य अभेर्मुखम् P.VI.2. 185] 1 With the face turned or directed towards, in the direction of, towards, turned towards, facing; अभिमुखे मयि संहृतमीक्षितम् Ś.2.12. ˚खा शाला Sk.; गच्छन्नभिमुखो वह्नौ नाशं याति पतङ्गवत् Pt.1.237; with the acc.; राजानमेवाभि- मुखा निषेदुः; पम्पामभिमुखो ययौ Rām.; Bg.11.28; K.264; sometimes with dat., or gen. or loc.; आश्रमायाभिमुखा बभूवुः Mb.; यस्ते तिष्ठेदभिमुखे रणे Rām.; मथ्यभिमुखीभूय Dk. 124; also in comp. शकुन्तलाभिमुखो भूत्वा Ś. 1 turning towards Ś.; Ku.3.75,7.9. -2 Coming or going near, approaching, near or close at hand; अभिमुखीष्विव वाञ्छित- सुद्धिषु व्रजति निर्वृतिमेकपदे मनः V.2.9.; यौवनाभिमुखी संजज्ञे Pt.4; R.17.4. -3 Disposed or intending to, inclined to; ready for, about (to do something), in comp.; चन्द्रापीडाभिमुखहृदया K.198,233; अस्ताभिमुखे सूर्ये Mu.4.19; प्रसादाभिमुखो वेधाः प्रत्युवाच दिवौकसः Ku.2.16;5.6; U.7.4, Māl.1.13; कर्मण्यभिमुखेन स्थेयम् Dk.89; अनभिमुखः सुखानाभ् K.45; प्रातः प्रयाणाभिमुखाय तस्मै R.5.29; निद्रा चिरेण नयना- भिमुखी वभूव 5.64; sometimes as first member of comp. in this sense; फलमभिमुखपाकं राजजम्बूद्रुमस्य; V.4.27. -4 Favourable, friendly or favourably disposed; आनीय झटिति घटयति विधिरभिमतमभिमुखीभूतः Ratn.1.5. -5 Taking one's part, nearly related to. -6 With the face turned upwards. -खः Forepart (अग्र); तस्येषुपाताभिमुखं (विसृज्य) Bhāg.9.6.18. -खी One of the 1 earths according to Buddhists. -खम्, -खे ind. Towards, in the direction of, facing, in front or presence of, near to; with acc., gen. or in comp. or by itself; स दीप्त इव कालाग्निर्जज्वालाभिमुखं खगम् Rām.5.67.12. आसीताभिमुखं गुरोः Ms.2.193; तिष्ठन्मुनेरभिमुखं स विकीर्णधाम्नः Ki.2.59; Śi.13.2; Ki.6. 46; नेपथ्याभिमुखमवलोक्य Ś.1; स पुराभिमुखं प्रतस्थे Pt.3; Me. 7; कर्णं ददात्यभिमुखं मयि भाषमाणे Ś.1.3; also at the beginning of comp.; अभिमुखनिहतस्य Bh.2.112 killed in the front ranks of battle. |
| |
| abhivṛta | अभिवृत 1 A. 1 To go up to, go towards, go or come near, approach; used with or without any acc.; भरतो मन्त्रिभिः सार्धमभ्यवर्तत राजवत् Rām.2.91. 38. इत एवाभिवर्तन्ते (in dramas) are coming hitherward or in this direction; श्रावस्तीमभ्यवर्तिषि Dk.116; तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1.; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$भिवर्तते Ś.1.23 turns. -2 To attack, assail, rush upon or towards, turn towards (inimically or to attack); नाना- प्रहरणैः क्रुद्धस्तत्सैन्यं सो$भ्यवर्तत Rām T.27.4; वदनं मधुकरो$ भिवर्तते Ś.1; अयमेकचरो$भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3. -3 To face, encounter, stand opposite to. -4 To stretch or extend towards; दीर्घारण्यानि दक्षिणां दिशमभिवर्तन्ते U.2. -5 (a) To turn up, arise, begin. (b) To appear, commence; सरष्वाश्चोत्तरे तीरे राज्ञो यज्ञो$भ्यवर्तत Rām.1.14.1; break (as day). -6 To be, exist, chance to be. -7 To produce for one (dat.). -Caus. 1 To carry over, transport. -2 To overcome, to be master of. |
| |
| abhisaṃdhā | अभिसंधा 3 U. 1 To hold together -2 To acknowledge, recognize; own. -3 To fit or fix a missile, arrow &c. to the bow. -4 To throw or shoot at, aim at; (शूलं) चिक्षेप परमक्रुद्धो लक्ष्मणायाभिसंहितम् Rām. -5 To aim at, have in view, think of, (with acc.); पदाविद्धं यान्ती स्खलितमभिसंधाय बहुशः V.4.52. calling to mind, thinking of my fault; ऋष्यमूकमभिसंधाय Mv.5 towards, in the direction of; Mv.6; Bg.17.12,25; sometimes with dat.; अभिसंदधते ये च विश्वासायास्य मानवाः Mb. -6 To deceive, cheat, जनं विद्वानेकः सकलमभिसंधाय Māl.1.14. -7 To come to an understanding or agreement; फलं त्वनभि_ संधाय Ms.9.52 (एवं यत्र नियमो न कृतः). -8 To win over, make friendship with, ally oneself with; अभिसंधातुमारेभे हनूमानङ्गदं ततः Rām.4.54.5; तान् सर्वानभिसंदध्यात्सामादिभि- रुपक्रमैः Ms.7.159 (वशीकुर्यात्). -9 To declare solemnly, agree, promise. -1 To calumniate, traduce. -11 To add. -12 To prefer. |
| |
| abhisārikā | अभिसारिका A woman who either goes to meet her lover or keeps an appointment made by him; यत्रौषधिप्रकाशेन नक्तं दर्शितसंचराः । अनभिज्ञास्तमिस्राणां दुर्दिनेष्वभि- सारिकाः Ku.6.43; R.16.12; अभिसारयते कान्तं या मन्मथवशंवदा । स्वयं वाभिसरत्येषा धीरैरुक्ता$भिसारिका S. D.115; कान्तार्थिनी तु या याति संकेतं साभिसारिका Ak. The directions as to dress &c. to be observed by the different kinds of अभिसारिका are given in S. D.116. The S. D. further recommends the following 8 places as eligible spots for lovers to meet :- (1) a field; (2) a garden; (3) a ruined temple; (4) the house of a female messenger; (5) forest; (6) caravansary (a place for pilgrims &c.); (7) a cemetery; and (8) the bank of a river; क्षेत्रं वाटी भग्नदेवालयो दूतीगृहं वनम् । मालयं च श्मशानं च नद्यादीनां तटी तथा ॥ |
| |
| abhyātma | अभ्यात्म a. Directed towards oneself. -त्मम् adv. Towards oneself. |
| |
| amaviṣṇu | अमविष्णु a. 1 Going in different directions, up and down. -2 Immovable; अनातुरा अजराः स्थामविष्णवः Rv.1.94.11. |
| |
| ari | अरि a. [ऋ-इन्] Moving, going, reaching; obtaining, aspiring, devoted to, zealous (Ved.). -रिः 1 An enemy, foe (cf. Uṇ.4.138); (used in the Veda like an adjective in the sense of 'ungenerous', 'malicious', 'not worshipping or devoted', 'hostile'); विजितारिपुरःसरः R.1.59,61; 4.4. -2 An enemy of mankind (said of the six feelings which disturb man's mind); कामः क्रोध- स्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1.9. -3 A species of खदिर or Mimosa (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खैर). -4 N. of the number six (from the six enemies). -5 N. of a condition in astronomy. -6 Any part of a carriage. -7 A wheel, also a disk, अन्यो$न्यहस्तकलितैः कति मूर्तिभेदाः, शम्भोर्हरेरिव गदारिसरोजशङ्खैः Līlā. -8 A lord, master. -9 The wind. -1 A pious or religious man. -Comp. -कर्षण a. tamer or subduer of enemies. -कुलम् 1 a host of enemies. -2 an enemy, -केलिः Sport of a foe, sexual enjoyment cf. अरिकेलिः शत्रुलीला स्त्रीरत्योश्चापि कीर्तितः Nm. -गूर्त a. Ved. ready for the destruction of enemies; praised by devoted men or worshippers. -घ्नः destroyer of enemies. -चिन्तनम्, -चिन्ता schemes directed against enemies; administration of foreign affairs. -त्र a. protecting from enemies. -धायस् a. possessed by lords only (i. e. very precious) -नन्दन a. "an enemy's joy", affording triumph to an enemy. -निपातः invasion made by enemies. -भद्रः the foremost or most powerful enemy; पप्रच्छ भद्रं विजितारिभद्रः R.14.31. -मर्दः 'curshing enemies, N. of a plant (काममर्द; Mar. कासविंदा). -मर्दन a. crushing or trampling foes, destroying enemies. -मेदः N. of a tree (विट्खदिर; Mar. शेण्या खरै); N. of a country; Bṛi. S. 14.2. -मेदकः N. of an insect bred in excrement. -स्थानकम् consternation, defeat. -सूदनः, -हन्, -हिंसकः destroyer of enemies; पूजार्हावरिसूदन Bg.2.4. हरिहयो$रिह- योगविचक्षणः R.9.18. |
| |
| arj | अर्ज् 1 P. [अर्जति, आनर्ज, अर्जिष्यति, आर्जीत्, अर्जितुम्, अर्जित] 1 To procure, secure, gain, earn, usually in the caus. in this sense; पितृद्रव्याविरोधेन यदन्यत्स्वयमर्जितम् Y.2. 118. -2 To take up; आनर्जुर्नृभुजो$स्त्राणि Bk.14.74.1 P. or caus. 1 To procure, acquire, obtain; स्वयमर्जित, स्वार्जित obtained by one's own exertions, self-acquired. -2 To work or manufacture, make, prepare (सतो गुणान्तराधानम्). -With -अति 1 to allow, permit, let go. -2 to remove, despatch, make away with. -अनु to let go, set free, deliver. -अपि to add to. -अन्वव 1 to cause to go after or in a particular direction. -2 To visit with anything, overcome. -अप्यति to add, append; say something in addition to what is already said. -अव to permit to leave, release, let go. -उद् to drive out, remove. -प्र caus. to furnish, supply, procure. |
| |
| ātman | आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare. |
| |
| ādiś | आदिश् 6 U. 1 To point out, indicate, show; मार्ग आदिश् (oft. in dramas) lead the way; Ś.5. -2 To order, direct, command; वेलोपलक्षणार्थमादिष्टो$स्मि Ś.4; पुनरप्यादिश तावदुत्थितः Ku.4.16; तेषामप्येतदादिशेत् Ms.11.192; आदिक्षदस्याभिगमं वनाय Bk.3.9,7.28; R.1.54,2.65; to appoint; वसुमित्रं गोप्तारमादिश्य M.5. -3 To aim at; assign; आदिक्षत्सिंहासनं तस्य Bk.3.3; हरिवीराणामादिशद्दक्षिणां दिशम् Rām. -4 To report, announce; teach, lay down, prescribe, instruct, advise; न चास्य व्रतमादिशेत् Ms.4.8; बुद्धिमादिश्य R.12.68. -5 To specify, determine; प्रतिषिद्धमनादिष्टम् Y.2.26. -6 To foretell, predict; सा सिद्धेनादिष्टा Ratn.4, Bṛi. S.5.96; आदिष्टः सुरासुरसंगरो भावी V.5. -7 To undertake, try; ब्रह्मास्त्रमादिश Mb. -8 To provoke, challenge. -9 To profess as one's own duty. -Caus. To indicate, show, point out, announce &c. (same as आदिश्). |
| |
| ādiṣṭa | आदिष्ट p. p. 1 Directed, commanded, advised, enjoined &c. इत्युभयमादिष्टं भवति Ch. Up.3.18.1. -2 Said, foretold. -3 Substituted. -ष्टम् 1 Command, order. -2 Advice. -3 Leavings of a meal (उच्छिष्ट). |
| |
| ādeśin | आदेशिन् a. 1 Ordering, commanding. -2 Causing, producing. -3 Exciting, instigating; कपोलपाटलादेशि बभूव रघुचेष्टितम् R.4.68. m. 1 A commander, director. -2 An astrologer, fortune-teller. |
| |
| ādeṣṭṛ | आदेष्टृ a. One who orders. m. 1 An adviser, commander, director. -2 An employer of priests (यजमान). |
| |
| ādhā | आधा 3 U. 1 To put, place, deposit, implant, lodge; ब्रह्मण्याधाय कर्माणि Bg.5.1;8.12. जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ R.9.4; Bg.5.1; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजः Ś.4.4; आहितो जयविपर्ययो$पि मे R.11.86 inflicted on me 19.26; संभृते शिखिनि गूढमादधुः 19.54 consigned to the flames, burnt; धैर्यं चा$$धिषताधिकम् Bk.7.12 plucked up greater courage. -2 To apply, propose, fix upon, direct towards; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1; मय्येव मन आधत्स्व Bg.12.8; गमने मतिमाधत्त Rām.; Ś.2.3; आधीयतां धैर्ये धर्मे च धीः K.63 direct; सर्वकार्येष्वाहितमतिः K.56. -3 To appropriate to oneself, hold, possess, take, carry, have, bear; भूयो बभौ दर्पणमादधानाम् Ku.7.26; आधत्ते कनकमयातपत्रलक्ष्मीम् Ki.5.39. takes or assumes; गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी R.2.75,5.57; आहितक्रोधा Amaru.21. -4 To bear up, uphold, support; शेषः सदैवाहितभूमिभारः Ś.5.4. -5 To cause, produce, create, rouse, excite (fear, wonder &c.); छायाश्चरन्ति बहुधा भयमादधानाः Ś.3.26; Ki.4.12,6.19,8.46,57; Ku.6.2; Bk.2.8; विस्मयमादधाति M.5.17; K.246; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती K. P.1; to put in, infuse; Śi.2.76. -6 To supply, give, impart (with dat., gen. or loc.); शुद्धिमादधाना R.1.85; इन्द्रं त्रैलोक्यमाधाय Mb. -8 To appoint; तमेव चाधाय विवाहसाक्ष्ये R.7.2. -8 To consecrate (as fire); तत्राग्निमाधाय समित्समिद्धम् Ku.1.57. -9 To perform, practise (as a vow &c.). |
| |
| ānulomya | आनुलोम्य a. 'In the direction of the hair', produced in natural or direct order. -म्यम् [अनुलोमस्य भावः कर्म वा ब्राह्म ˚ष्यञ् P.] 1 Natural or direct order, proper arrangement; आनुलोम्येन संभूता जात्या ज्ञेयास्त एव ते Ms.1. 5,13. -2 Regular series or succession. -3 Favourableness, fit disposition. -4 Bringing to one's right place. |
| |
| ābhimukhyam | आभिमुख्यम् [अभिमुखस्य भावः ष्यञ्] 1 Direction towards; ˚ख्यं याति goes to meet or encounter. -2 Being in front of or face to face; नीताभिमुख्यं पुनः Ratn.1.2. -3 Favourableness. |
| |
| āyuj | आयुज् 7 U. or Caus. 1 To join, fasten or tie, yoke (to anything). -2 To appoint. -3 To fix or direct (the mind) towards; आयोजितस्तपस्यात्मा K.173. -Caus. 1 To fix, or place; मालाः कदम्बनवकेसरकेतकीभिरायोजिताः शिरसि बिभ्रति योषितो$द्य Ṛs.2.21. -2 To make or form; कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24. |
| |
| ārāt | आरात् ind. [आ-रा-बा˚ आति Tv.; abl. of आर q. v.] 1 Near, in the vicinity of; (with abl. or by itself); तमर्च्यमारादभिवर्तमानम् R.2.1;5.3. -2 Far from; with acc. also in both these senses; Śi.3.31,8.29, कथंचिदारा- दपथेन निन्यिरे 12.28; to a distant place, distant. -3 Far, from a distance; मेघमालेव यश्यायमारादिव विभाव्यते U.2.24. -4 Directly, immediately. -Comp. -उपकारक (fem. उपकारिका), (An अङ्ग) that subserves the purpose of the principal act only indirectly; द्विविधान्यङ्गानि आरादु- पकारकाणि सामवायिकानि च । आरादुपकारकेभ्यः सामवायिकानि गरी- यांसि । ŚB. on MS.1.4.38; Also ŚB. on MS.1.1.23. -उपकारिणी See आरादुपकारक. आरादुपकारिणी तु सा । ŚB. on MS.8.1.32. |
| |
| āruh | आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8. |
| |
| āvāpa | आवाप a. [आवप्-घञ्] Throwing, scattering. (as in अक्षावाप q. v.). -पः 1 Sowing seed. -2 Scattering, throwing in general; casting, directing. -3 Mixing, inserting. -4 Especially, throwing additional ingredients into a compound in course of preparation. -5 A basin for water round the root of a tree (आलवाल). -6 A vessel, jar for corn. -7 Setting out or arranging vessels. -8 Hostile purpose, intention of fighting (with another); foreign affairs; 'तन्त्रः स्वराङ्कचिन्तायामा- वापः परचिन्तने इति वैजयन्ती; तन्त्रावापविद् Śi.2.88. -9 A principal sacrifice or oblation to fire. -1 A kind of drink. -11 A bracelet (आवापक). -12 Uneven ground. -13 Decentralisation, a matter which serves several persons or things only if repeated with each one of them (opp. तन्त्र q. v.) यस्तु आवृत्त्या उपकरोति स आवापः । यथा तेषामेव ब्राह्मणानामनुलेपनम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.1. |
| |
| āvartana | आवर्तन a. 1 Turning round or towards. -2 Revolving. -नम् 1 Turning round; returning, revolution. -2 Circular motion, gyration. -3 Churning or stirring up anything in fusion. -4 Melting together, fusion, alligation (said of metals). -5 Mid-day, the time when shadows are cast in an opposite direction. -6 Repeating, doing over and over again. -7 Study, practising. -8 A year; आवर्तनानि चत्वारि Mb.13.17.25. -नः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 N. of an उपद्वीप in the जन्बुद्वीप. -नी 1 a crucible. -2 a spoon, ladle. -3 magic art; विद्यामावर्तनीं पुण्यामावर्तयति स द्विजः Rām.7.88.2. (सांग्रहणी विद्या.) |
| |
| āvṛt | आवृत् f. 1 Causing to turn towards. -2 Turning towards or round; entering. -3 Order, succession, method, mode, manner; अनयैवावृता कार्यं पिण्डनिर्वपणं सुतैः Ms.3.248; Y.3.2. -4 Progress of an action; occurrence. -5 Turn of a path, course, direction. -6 A purificatory rite. अमन्त्रिका तु कार्येयं स्त्रीणामावृदशेषतः Ms.2.66. |
| |
| āvṛttiḥ | आवृत्तिः f. 1 Turning towards; return, coming back; तपोवनावृत्तिपथम् R.2.18; यत्र काले त्वनावृत्तिमावृत्तिं चैव योगिनः Bg.8.23. -2 Reversion, retreat, flight. -3 Revolving, whirling, going round; रटति कृतावृत्तिखट्वाङ्घण्टा Māl.5.4. -4 Recurrence to the same point or place (of the sun); उदगावृत्तिपथेन नारदः R.8.33. -5 Repetition of birth and death, worldly existence; अनावृत्तिभयम् Ku.6.77. -6 Repetition in general, an edition (modern use); सप्तमीयमङ्कनावृत्तिः seventh edition. -7 Repeated reading, study; आवृत्तिः सर्वशास्त्राणां बोधादपि गरीयसि Udb. cf. also तस्मादावृत्तिः स्तरणमन्त्रस्य । ŚB. on MS. 12.1.42. -8 Use, employment, application. -9 Turn of a way, course or direction. -1 Occurrence. -Comp. -दीपकम् a rhetorical figure; त्रिविधं दीपकावृत्तौ भवेदावृत्तिदीपकम् । (पदस्यार्थस्योभयोर्वा आवृत्तिः). क्रमेणोदाहरणम्:-- वर्षत्यम्बुदमालेयं वर्षत्येषा च शर्वरी ॥ उन्मीलन्ति कदम्बानि स्फुटन्ति कुटजोद्गमाः । माद्यन्ति चातकास्तृप्ता माद्यन्ति च शिखाबलाः ॥ Kuval. |
| |
| āśā | आशा [आसमन्तात् अश्नुते आ-अश्-अच्] 1 (a) Hope, expectation, prospect; तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् R.12.96; आशा हि परमं दुःखं नैराश्यं परमं सुखम् Subhāṣ.; त्वमाशे मोघाशे Bh.3.6; so ˚भग्न, ˚निराश &c. (b) Wish, desire (in Bh.3-45 आशा is compared to a river). -2 False hope or expectation. -3 Space, region, quarter of the compass, direction; अगस्त्याचरितामाशामनाशास्यजयो ययौ R.4.44; Ki.7.9; Mark also the pun on the word आशा (a direction, a desire) in आशापूरैककर्मप्रवणनिजकरप्राणिताशेषविश्वः (सूर्यः) Nāg.3.18. -Comp. -अन्वित, -जनन a. hopeful, inspiring hope; वचोभिराशाजननैः V.3.9. -कृत a. attended with the hope of success. -गजः a guardian elephant of a quarter or point of the compass; see अष्टदिग्गज. -तन्तुः a thread of hope, slender hope; चिरादाशातन्तुस्त्रुटतु Māl.4.3,9.26. -पालः 1 a guardian or regent of the regions or quarters; see अष्टदिक्पाल. -2 A chief ruling over 1 villages. Śukra.1.191. -पिशाचिका deceptive or illusive hope, phantom of hope. -पुरगुग्गुलुः or -संभवः a kind of Bdellium. -प्राप्त a. successful (= प्राप्ताश). -बन्धः 1 the tie or bond of hope, confidence, trust, expectation; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखमाशाबन्धः साहयति Ś.4.16; Ve.6.25; V.3; U.3; Me.1. -2 consolation. -3 a spider's web. -भङ्गः disappointment. -वह a. inspiring hope. (-हः) N. of a son of heaven. -वासस् a. Naked; Bh. -विभिन्न a. disappointed in expectation. -हीन a. despairing, despondent. |
| |
| āśu | आशु a. [अश्-व्याप्तौ उण्] Fast, quick -शुः Ved. 1 'The quick one', a horse. -2 Rice (ripening quickly in the rainy season). -शु ind. Fast, quickly, immediately, directly; Bg.2.65; वर्त्म भानोस्त्यजाशु Me.41,22. [cf. L. acu; Gr. okus.] -Comp. -आपस् a. obtaining quickly. -कारिन्, -कृत् a. 1 doing anything quickly, smart, active. -2 operating quickly (as a medicine). -कोपिन् a. irascible, irritable. -क्रिया quick operation of a medicine. -ग a. swift, quick. (-गः) 1 the wind. -2 the sun. -3 an arrow; पपावनास्वादितपूर्वमा- शुगः R.3.54,11.83,12.91 -गामिन् a. going quickly. m. the sun. -तोष a. easily appeased or pleased. (--षः) an epithet of Śiva. -पत्री a tree which yields frankincense (शल्लकीलता). -पत्वन् a. flying quickly. -फलः A kind of weapon. -बोध a. teaching quickly, N. of a treatise of grammar. -या a. going quickly. -ind. quickly. -व्रीहिः rice ripening in the rainy season. -षेण a. Ved. having swift arrows. नम आशुषेणाय चाशुरथाय च Rudra. -संधेय a. Easy to be joined together or reconciled. -हेमन् a. running on quickly, urging the horses. -हेषस् a. Ved. quickly neighing; having quick horses, quickly praised; (शीघ्रशब्दायमान) N. of the Aśvins. |
| |
| āsakta | आसक्त p. p. 1 Strongly attached to, intent on, devoted or addicted to, (usually with loc. or in comp.) द्यूत˚, मृगया˚. -2 Absorbed or engaged in, zealously following or pursuing. -3 Fixed on, directed towards, joined or attached to, placed or resting on; मन्मुखासक्त- दृष्टिः K.158; यदासक्तं सख्यं जने Mv.5.58 formed; शिखरा- सक्तमेघाः Ku.6.4 resting on; ˚बाहुलतया 8. -4 Surrounded, encircled. -5 Continuous, perpetual, eternal. -6 Trusting to, confiding in. -7 Obstructed, checked; कार्तवीर्यभुजासक्तं तज्जलं प्राप्य निर्मलम् Rām.7.32.5. -क्तम् ind. Eternally, perpetually. -Comp. -चित्त, -चेतस्, -मनस् a. having the mind fixed on any object. |
| |
| āsravaḥ | आस्रवः [आस्रू-अप्] 1 Pain, affliction, distress. -2 Flowing, running. -3 Discharge, emission. -4 Fault, transgressing. -5 The foam on boiling rice. -6 (With Jainas) The impulse called योग or attention which the soul participates in the movement of its various bodies; it is defined as the 'action of the senses which impels the soul towards external objects'; it is good or evil according as it is directed towards good or evil objects. |
| |
| itas | इतस् ind. [इतम्-तसिल् इशादेशः Tv.] 1 Hence, from here or hence. -2 From this person, from me; इतः स दैत्यः प्राप्तश्रीर्नेत एवार्हति क्षयम् Ku.2.55. -3 In this direction towards me, here; इतो निषीदेति विसृष्टभूमिः Ku.3.2; प्रयुक्तमप्य- स्त्रमितो वृथा स्यात् R.2.34; इतः स्वपिति केशवः &c. Bh.2.76; इतो गतमनुरागम् V.2; ˚गतवृत्तान्तं न स्मरति Ś.4 news of this place; इत इतो देवः this way, this way, my lord (in dramas). -4 Hence, for this reason, on this ground; इतश्च परमात्मैवेहात्ता भवितुमर्हति S. B.1.2.1. -5 From this world. -6 From this time. -इतः -इतः (a) on the one hand-on the other hand; इतस्तपस्विकार्यमितो गुरुजनाज्ञा Ś.2; (b) in one place-in another place, here-there; K.27; इतश्चेतश्च hither and thither; hence and thence, here and there, to and fro; इतश्चेतश्च धावताम्; now, therefore; इतस्ततः here and there, hither and thither, to and fro; लाङ्गूलविक्षेपविसर्पिशोभैरितस्ततश्चन्द्रमरीचिगौरैः Ku.1.13. |
| |
| iha | इह ind. [इदं-ह इशादेशः P.V.3.11 Sk.] 1 Here (referring to time, place or direction); in this place or case. नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति Bg.2.4. -2 In this world (opp. परत्र or अमुत्र); oft. with जगति; K.35. -3 In this case; in this book or system. -4 Now, at this time. [cf. Zend. idha]. -Comp. -अमुत्र ind. in this world and the next world, here and there; cf. इहामुत्रार्थभोगविरागः । शाङ्करभाष्य on ब्रह्मसूत्र 1.1.1. -आगत a. come here. -इह ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly. ˚मातृ a. 1 whose mother is here and there, that is, everywhere; समानो वां जनिता भ्रातरा युवं यमाविहेहमातरा Rv.6.59.2. -2 of whose mothers one is here and one there. -कालः this life. -क्रतु, -चित्त a. whose intentions or thoughts are centred in this world or place, इहैवैधि धनसनिरिहचित्त इहक्रतुः Av.18.4.38. -भव or -तन a. belonging to this world. -लोकः this world or life; ˚के in this world; cf. श्रेयो भोक्तुंभैक्ष्यमपीह लोके Bg.2.5. -समये ind. here, now, at such a time as this. -स्थ a. standing here. -स्थान a. one whose residence is on the earth. |
| |
| uccakṣus | उच्चक्षुस् a. 1 With the eyes directed upwards, looking upwards; सर्वा उच्चक्षुषः पश्यन्ति V.1. -2 With the eyes taken out, blind. |
| |
| uttara | उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone. |
| |
| udadhiḥ | उदधिः See under 2. उदन्. 1. उदन् 2 P. (उद्-अन्) To breathe upwards, send out the breath in an upward direction (opp. अपान्); य उदानेन उदानिति स आत्मा सर्वान्तरः Bṛi. Up.3.4.1. |
| |
| uddiś | उद्दिश् 6 U. 1 To point out, signify, declare, denote, mention, tell; प्रथमोद्दिष्टमास्पदम् Ku.6.35; Ms.8.52, 3.182; Me.3; यथोद्दिष्टव्यापारा Ś3; अनेडमूक उद्दिष्टः शठे Med. denotes or signifies. -2 To enunciate, prophesy; त्वं साधुभिरुद्दिष्टः Ś.5. -3 To refer or allude to, have reference to; स्मरमुद्दिश्य Ku.4.38; Ś.6, see उद्दिश्य below. -4 To mean, intend, aim at, direct towards, destine for, assign to, dedicate to; K.4; उद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl.5.25; फलमुद्दिश्य Bg.17.21. -5 To explain, teach, advise; सतां केनोद्दिष्टं विषममसिधाराव्रतमिदम् Bh.2.28. |
| |
| uddiśya | उद्दिश्य ind. 1 With reference to, aiming at, in the direction of, towards; वध्यशिलामुद्दिश्य प्रस्थितः Pt.1. -2 For, for the sake of, on account of, in the name of; त्वां˚ Ś.3 on thy account; किं for what purpose, on what account; निमित्तम्˚ Pt.1.283 for some cause; त्वामु- द्दिश्य सभाजनाक्षराणि M.5. in your name. -3 Demanding, stipulating for. |
| |
| uddeśaḥ | उद्देशः 1 Pointing to or at, directing; सूर्योद्देशेन तिला दातव्याः Pt.2 in the name of. -2 Mention, specification; सार्धप्रहरद्वयोद्देशे Pt.5; स्वरसंस्कारोद्देशः Nir. -3 Illustration, explanation, exemplification. -4 Ascertainment, determination, inquiry, investigation, search. -5 A brief statement or account; एष तूद्देशतः प्रोक्तो विभूतेर्विस्तरो मया Bg.1.4; Mb.8.69.54. -6 Assignment, allotment. -7 Stipulation, bargain. -8 Object, motive; कृतोद्देशः स बीभत्सुः Mb.3.158.3. -9 A spot, region, place; अहो प्रवातसुभगोयमुद्देशः Ś.3; M.3; वन˚ a part of the forest. -1 Upper region, high position. -11 (In phil.) The enunciation of a thing by its name (which is to be further discussed and explained), the other two processes being लक्षण and परीक्षा. -Comp. -पदम् The term (or terms) which form the subject; नात्रैषा वचनव्यक्तिः ये यजमाना इत्युद्देशपदम्, ऋत्विजः इति विधेयपदम् । ŚB. on MS.6.6.2. |
| |
| upa | उप ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns it expresses towards, near to, by the side of, with, under, down (opp. अप). According to G. M. the following are its senses :--उप सामीप्यसामर्थ्यव्याप्त्याचार्यकृतिमृतिदोषदानक्रियावीप्सा- रम्भाध्ययनबुजनेषु :--(1) nearness, contiguity उपविशति, उपगच्छति goes near; (2) power, ability उपकरोति; (3) pervasion उपकीर्ण; (4) advice, instructing as by a teachar उपदिशति, उपदेश; (5) death, extinction, उपरत; (6) defect, fault उपघात; (7) giving उपनयति, उपहरति; (8) action, effort उप त्वानेष्ये; (9) beginning, commencement उपक्रमते, उपक्रम; (1) study उपाध्यायः; (11) reverence, worship उपस्थानम्, उपचरति पितरं पुत्रः. It is also said to have the senses of disease, ornament, command, reproof, killing, wish, resemblance &c. -2 As unconnected with verbs and prefixed to nouns, it expresses direction towards, nearness, resemblance, relationship, contiguity in space, number, time, degree &c., but generally involving the idea of subordination or inferiority; उपकनिष्ठिका the finger next to the little finger; उपपुराणम् a secondary Purāṇa; उपगुरुः an assistant master; उपाध्यक्षः a vice-president. It usually, however, forms Avyayī. comp. in these senses; उपगङ्गम् = गङ्गायाः समीपे; उपकूलम्, ˚वनम् &c.; these are again compounded with other words; उपकूपजलाशयः; उपकण्ठ- निवासिनी. Prefixed to proper nouns it means a 'younger brother'; उपेन्द्रः. -3 With numerals it forms संख्याबहुव्रीहि and means 'nearly', 'almost'; उपत्रिंशाः nearly thirty; उपविंशाः about twenty &c. -4 As a separable preposition (a) with acc. when it means inferiority उपोधिकेच (P.I. 4.87) उपहरिं सुराः Sk. the gods are under i. e. are inferior to Hari; शक्रादय उपाच्युतम् Vop. (b) With loc. it expresses (1) over, above, superior to; उपनिष्के कार्षापणम्, उपपरार्धे हरेर्गुणाः; (2) addition; (3) near to, towards, in the direction of, under; (4) at, on, upon; (5) upto, in, above; e. g. उप सानुषु on or above the peaks; वयो न वसतीरुप; or sometimes (c) with the instr.; with, at the same time with, according to. -5 As a separable adverb it is rarely used in the senses of further, moreover. उपसन्ने$धिके हीने सादृश्यप्रतियत्नयोः ॥ तद्योगव्याप्तिपूजासु शक्तावारम्भदानयोः ॥ दक्षिणाचार्यकरणदोषाख्यानात्ययेषु च । [cf. Gr. hupo; L. sub; Goth. up; Germ. ob.]. |
| |
| upakṣip | उपक्षिप् 6 P. 1 To throw at, cast on, hurl against; वपुषि वधाय तत्र तव शस्त्रमुपक्षिपतः Māl.5.31; to direct; त्वयि उपक्षिप्त आत्मा M.2; to entrust, assign; M.3. -2 To insult, upbraid, accuse, charge with; परस्परं वाग्भिरुप- क्षिपन्ति Rām. -3 To throw out (a hint), hint, indicate, put forth, adduce; छन्नं कार्यमुपक्षिपन्ति Mk.9.3; इति उपक्षिप्तमनेन Mu.1; Māl.1. -4 To throw down. -5 To commence, introduce, set on foot, begin; उपक्षिप्तमनेन किमपि Mu.1; K.162; Dk.59; उपक्षिप्तो भित्तिबन्धः M.5. |
| |
| upagrahaḥ | उपग्रहः 1 Confinement, seizure. -2 Defeat, frustration; अपि च विहिते मत्कृत्यानां निकाममुपग्रहे Mu.4.2. -3 A prisoner. -4 Joining, addition. -5 (a) Favour, encouragement, assistance, conciliation; सोपग्रहम् K.156. परविषये कृत्याकृत्यपक्षोपग्रहः । Kau. A.1. अमित्रोपग्रहं चास्य ते कुर्युः क्षिप्रमापदि Mb.12.96.14. (b) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; सोपग्रहं K.264. -6 Use. -7 A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf. क्रियते प्राणरक्षार्थं सर्वदानादुपग्रहः H.4.121. -8 The voice or pada of a verb; सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां Mbh. III.1.85;1.4; and 2.127. -9 A pile or heap of kuśa grass. -1 The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion. -11 A minor planet राहु, केतु &c.), a secondary heavenly body, such as a comet, meteor. |
| |
| upasaṃdhā | उपसंधा 3 U. 1 To put together, add, increase. -2 To join, connect; त्रिवर्गेणोपसंधत्ते Kām.1.13. -3 To aim at, direct towards. |
| |
| upara | उपर a. Ved. 1 Being below, under. -2 Posterior, later. -3 Nearer. -रः 1 The lower stone on which the Soma plant is laid that it may be ground by means of other stones (ग्रावन्); त्वचं पृञ्चन्त्युपरस्य योनौ Rv.1.79.3. -2 The lower part of the sacrificial post. -3 A cloud. -4 A region, direction. |
| |
| upalabh | उपलभ् 1 Ā. 1 To know, understand, see, perceive (directly); सव्यदक्षिणयोर्यत्र विशेषो नोपलभ्यते Pt.1.76; अन्या प्रतिक्रिया नोपलभ्यते K.152. -2 To ascertain, find out, learn, know; ब्रूहि यदुपलब्धम् U.1; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Mv.7.3; R.12.6; Bk.3.27; K.159; M.41, 3.6,4.6. -3 To get, obtain, acquire, enjoy, experience (happiness &c.); उपलब्धसुखः Ku.4.42. experiencing; कथमुपलभे निद्राम् V.2.1 enjoy; इदानीं स्मृतिरुपलब्धा Mu.2 now I recollect; Ms.11.17; R.8.82,1.2,18.21. -4 To conceive, become pregnant. -Caus. 1 To cause to get; बुभुजे च श्रियं स्वृद्धां द्विजदेवोपलम्भिताम् Bhāg.8.15.37. -2 To produce, bring about. |
| |
| upalambhaḥ | उपलम्भः [लभ्-घञ्-मुम् च P.VII.4.64] 1 Acquisition; अस्मादङ्गुलीयोपलम्भात्स्मृतिरुपलब्धा Ś.7. -2 Direct perception or recognition, comprehension otherwise than from memory) same as अनुभव q. v.); प्राक्तनोपलम्भ Māl.5; ज्ञातौ सुतस्पर्शसुखोपलम्भात् R.14.2. -3 Ascertaining, knowing; अविघ्नक्रियोपलम्भाय Ś.1. -4 Seeing, looking at (दर्शन); लावण्यधाम्नो भवितोपलम्भनम् Bhāg.1.38.1. |
| |
| upaveśaḥ | उपवेशः शनम् 1 Sitting, sitting down; as in प्रायोप- वेशन. -2 Directing one's mind to, being attached to. -3 Voiding by stool. -4 Placing down. -5 Surrendering; सागरस्योपवेशनम् Rām.6.19.33. |
| |
| upāśrita | उपाश्रित a. 1 Relying or depending upon. -2 Supporting (fig. also), bearing, holding, protecting. चिन्तामपरिमेयां तां प्रलयान्तामुपाश्रिताः Bg.16.11. -3 An indirect dependent; (as against संश्रित direct. dependent); संश्रितोपाश्रितांस्तथा यथाशक्त्यनुकम्पेत Mb.12.87.24. -4 See उपाश्रय (4). |
| |
| ubhayataḥ | उभयतः ind. 1 From both sides, on both sides, to both sides (with acc.) एतदनृतमुभयतः सत्येन परिगृहीतम् Br. Up.5.5.1 उभयतः कृष्णं गोपाः Sk. तज्जाः पुनात्युभयतः पुरुषा- नेकविंशतिम् Y.1.58; Ms.8.315. -2 In both cases. -3 In both ways; पुष्पिणः फलिनश्चैव वृक्षास्तूभयतः स्मृताः Ms.1.47. -Comp. -क्षुत् a. two-edged (Ved.). -दत्, -दन्त a. having a double row of teeth; पशून् मृगान् मनुष्यांश्च व्यालाश्चो- भयतोदतः Ms.1.43. -पाश a. having trap on both sides. lit. and fig. सैषोभयतस्पाशा रज्जुर्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.68. -प्रज्ञ a. one whose cognizance is directed both inwards and outwards. नान्तःप्रज्ञं न बहिःप्रज्ञं नोभयतः प्रज्ञं Māndū. -भाष a. occurring both in parasmaibhāsā and Ātmanebhāṣā. -मुख a. 1 looking either way. -2 two-faced (as a house &c). -2 Two-edged (a sword) पट्टीशात्मसमोहस्तबुध्नश्चोभयतो मुखः Śukra.4.144. (-खी) a cow; ('यावद्वत्सस्य पादौ द्वौ मुखं यो$न्यां च दृश्यते' तत्काले उभयतो मुखी) Y.1,26-7. -ह्रस्व a. (an accented vowel) produced by two short vowels. |
| |
| ulluñcanam | उल्लुञ्चनम् 1 Plucking out, cutting; पादकेशाशुककरो- ल्लुञ्चनेषु पणान् दश (दमः); Y.2.217. -2 Plucking or pulling out the hair. उल्लुण्ठनम् ulluṇṭhanam उल्लुण्ठा ulluṇṭhā उल्लुण्ठनम् उल्लुण्ठा 1 Rolling, wallowing. -2 Irony; धीराधीरा तु सोल्लुण्ठभाषणैः खेदयेदमुम् S. D.15; सोल्लुण्ठम् ironically, often occurring as a stage-direction in plays. |
| |
| ūrdhva | ऊर्ध्व a. Erect, upright, above; ˚केश &c.; rising or tending upwards. -2 Raised, elevated, erected; हस्तः, ˚पादः &c. -3 High, superior, upper. -4 Not sitting (opp. आसीन). -5 Torn (as hair). -6 Thrown up. -र्ध्वम् Elevation, height. -र्ध्वम् -ind. 1 Upwards, aloft, above. अधश्चोर्ध्वं च प्रसृतम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.11; अधश्चोर्ध्वं प्रसृतास्तस्य शाखाः Bg.15.1. -2 In the sequel (= उपरिष्टात्). -3 In a high tone, aloud. -4 Afterwards, subsequent to (with abl.); शरीरभेदादूर्ध्वमुत्क्रम्य पुनः Ait. Up.4.6. ते त्र्यहादूर्ध्वमाख्याय Ku.6.93; ऊर्ध्वं संवत्सरात् Ms.9.77; Y.1.53; R.14.66; Bk.18.36; पितुरूर्ध्वम् Ms.9.14 after the father's death; अत ऊर्ध्वम् hence forward, hereafter. -Comp. -अङ्गुलि a. with uplifted finger. -अयन a. going upwards. (-नम्) motion above. -आवर्तः rearing of a horse. -आसितः the plant Momordica Charantia (कारवेल्ल; Mar. कारलें) -ईहः motion or tendency upwards. -कच, -केश a. 1 having the hair erect. -2 one whose hair is torn. -कचः 1 The descending node. -2 N. of Ketu. -केशी N. of a goddess; ऊर्ध्वकेशी विरूपाक्षी मांसशोणितभोजने Sandhyā. -कण्ठ a. with the neck upraised. (-ण्ठी) N. of a plant (महाशतावरी). -कर्ण a. with the ears pricked up or erect; निभृतोर्ध्वकर्णाः Ś.1.8. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 motion upwards. -2 action for attaining a high place. -m. N. of Viṣṇu. -कायः, -यम् the upper part of the body. -कृशन a. having the sharp qualities stirred up (Soma) effervescing (?); अयं बिभर्त्यूर्ध्वकृशनं मदम् Rv.1.144.2. -ग, -गामिन् a. 1 going upwards, ascended, rising; भुवा सहोष्माणममुञ्चदूर्ध्वगम् Ku.5.23. -2 being on high. -3 virtuous, pious. (-गः) 1 a kind of disease. -2 N. of of Viṣṇu; ˚पुरम् the city of Hariśchandra. -गत a. gone up, risen, ascended. -गति a. going upwards. (-तिः f.) -गमः, -गमनम् 1 ascent, elevation. -2 going to heaven. -3 going above (as life). -4 Fire. -चरण, -पाद a. having the feet upwards. (-णः) 1 A kind of ascetic or devotee. -2 a fabulous animal called Śarabha. (-पादम्) A kind of dance; Dk.2.8. -चित् a. Ved. collecting, piling or heaping up. -जानु, -ज्ञ, -ज्ञु a. [ऊर्ध्वमुच्चं जानु यस्य] 1 raising the knees, sitting on the hams; क्षणमयमनुभूय स्वप्नमूर्ध्वज्ञुरेव Śi.11.11. -2 long-shanked. -तालः A kind of time (ताल in music). -तिलकिन् a. having a sectarian mark on the forehead. -दंष्ट्र (ष्ट्रा) केश N. of Śiva (whose teeth and hair are erect). -दृश् m. A Crab. -दृष्टि, -नेत्र a. 1 looking upwards. -2 (fig.) aspiring, ambitious. (-ष्टिः f.) concentrating the sight on the spot between the eyebrows (in Yoga Phil.) -द्वारम् The gate opening into heaven. -देवः a superior deity, i. e. Viṣṇu. -देहः a funeral ceremony; ˚निमित्तार्थमहं दातुं जला- ञ्जलिम् Rām. -नभस् a. being above in the clouds. -पथः the upper region, the ether. -पातनम् causing to ascend, sublimation (as of mercury), -पात्रम् a sacrificial vessel; सौवर्णराजताब्जानामूर्ध्वपात्रग्रहाश्मनाम् Y.1.182. -पुण्ड्रः, -ण्ड्रकः a perpendicular sign of sandal on the forehead of a Brāhmaṇa. -पूरम् ind. full to the brim, full to overflowing; ˚रं पूर्यते Sk. -पृश्नि a. Ved. spotted above. (-श्निः) a sacrificial beast. -प्रमाणम् Height altitude. -बर्हिस् a. Ved. being above the sacrificial grass. -m. a kind of manes called सोमप. -बाहुः a devotee who constantly holds his arms above his head till they are fixed in that position. ऊर्ध्वबाहुर्विरौम्येष न च कश्चित् शृणोति माम् Mb. -बुध्न a. Ved. upsidedown, topsy-turvy; अर्वाग्विलश्चमस ऊर्ध्वबुध्नः Bṛi. Up. 2.2.3. -भागः 1 the upper part. -2 any part of a word coming after another part. -भाज् a. 1 being upwards. -2 enjoying the upper part. (-m.) the submarine fire. -मन्थिन् a. living in perpetual chastity, a Brahmachārin; वाताशना य ऋषयः श्रमणा ऊर्ध्व- मन्थिनः Bhāg.11.6.48. -मानम् an instrument for measuring altitudes; ऊर्ध्वमानं किलोन्मानं परिमाणं तु सर्वतः Mbh. on P.V.1.19. -मायु a. sending forth a loud noise. -मारुतम् pressure of the wind (of the body) upwards. -मुख a. having the mouth or opening upwards; cast or directed upwards; प्रबोधयत्यूर्ध्वमुखैर्मुयूखैः Ku.1.16; R.3.57. (-खम्) the upper part of the mouth. -मूल a. having the roots upwards. ऊर्ध्वमूलमधः शाखमश्वत्थं प्राहुरव्यम् । छन्दांसि यस्य पर्णानि यस्तं वेद स वेदवित् ॥ Bg.15.1.9. -मौहूर्तिक a. happening after a short time. -रेत, -रेतस् a. [ऊर्ध्वमूर्ध्वगं नाधः पतत् रेतो यस्य] one who lives in perpetual celibacy or abstains from sexual intercourse; यतीनामूर्ध्वरेतसाम् Mb.3.233.44. (-m.) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 Bhīṣma. -लिङ्गः, -लिङ्गिन् N. of Śiva. (Having the membrum virile above, i. e. chaste) -लोकः the upper world, heaven. -वक्त्रः (pl.) N. of a class of deities. -वर्त्मन् m. the atmosphere. -वातः, -वायुः the wind in the upper part of the body (उदान). -वालम् Yak-tail (चमरीपुच्छ); परिधायोर्ध्ववालं तु Mb.12.165.72. -वृत a. put on above, put over the head or shoulder (as the sacred thread of a Brāhmaṇa); कार्पासमुपवीतं स्याद्विप्रस्योर्ध्ववृतं त्रिवृत् Ms.2.44. -शायिन् a. sleeping with the face upwards (as a child). (-m.) N. of Śiva. -शोधनम् vomiting. -शोधनः Soap-nut tree and fruit, Sapindus Emarginatus (Mar. रिठा). -शोषम् ind. so as to dry (anything) above; यद्वोर्ध्वशोषं तृणवद् विशुल्कः Bk.3.14. -श्वासः expiration; a kind of asthma. -सानु a. rising higher and higher; surpassing; कनिक्रदत् पतयदूर्ध्वसानुः Rv.1.152.5. (-m., -n.) the top of a mountain. -स्थ a. being above, superior. -स्थितिः f. 1 the rearing of a horse. -2 a horse's back. -3 elevation, superiority. -स्रोतस् m. 1 an ascetic who abstains from sexual intercourse; cf. ऊर्ध्वरेतस्. -2 N. of a creation of beings whose stream of life or current of nutriment tends upwards. -3 a plant. ऊर्ध्व ūrdhva (र्द्ध rddha) कः kḥ ऊर्ध्व (र्द्ध) कः A kind of drum (Mar. तबला). |
| |
| ṛ | ऋ I. 1 P. [ऋच्छति, आर, आर्षीत्, अरिष्यति, ऋत; caus. अर्पयति; desid. अरिरिषति; अरार्यते reduplicative (अत्यर्थमृच्छति) cf. किमभीरुररार्यसे Bk.4.21.] 1 To go, move; अम्भच्छा- यामच्छामृच्छति Śi.4.44. यथाश्मानमृत्वा लोष्ठो विध्वंसेत Bṛi. Up.1.3.7. -2 To rise, tend towards. -II. 3 P. (इयर्ति, आरत्, ऋत Mostly used in the Veda.) 1 To go. -2 To move, shake. -3 To obtain, gain, acquire, reach, meet with. -4 To move, excite, raise (as voice, words &c.) वाचमियर्ति. -5 To display. -III. 5 P. (ऋणोति, ऋण) 1 To injure, hurt. -2 To attack. -Caus. (अर्पयति, आर्पिपत्, अर्पित) 1 To throw, cast, fling; fix or implant in; हृदि शल्यमर्पितम् R.8.87. -2 To put or place on, fix upon, direct or cast towards (as the eye &c.); वामत्रकोष्ठार्पितहेमवेत्रः Ku.3.41; Ś.6.5,17,3.26; R.17. 79; Ś.6.8; Bk.5.9; Ku.6.11; R.15.77; Bg.8.7, 12.14; करपल्लवार्पित Śi.9.54. -3 To place in, insert, give, set or place; अपथे पदमर्पयन्ति हि R.9.74,78; चित्रार्पिताम् Ś.6.15 drawn in a picture; R.2.31; द्वारदेशे Amaru. 62; V.4.35; Mu.7.6; Bh.3.18; लोकोत्तरं चरितमर्पयति प्रतिष्ठाम् R. G. -4 To hand or make over; give to, give in charge of, consign, deliver; इति सूतस्याभरणान्यर्पयति Ś.1,4. 19; Bk.8.118; Y.2.65. -5 To give up, sacrifice (as the inherent sense); अत्र कलिङ्गगङ्गाशब्दौ आत्मानमर्पयतः S. D.2. -6 To give back, restore; अर्पितप्रकृतिकान्तिभिर्मुखैः R.19.1; Bk.15.16; Amaru.94; Ms.8.191; Y.2. 169. -7 To pierce through, perforate, penetrate. |
| |
| ṛjutā | ऋजुता त्वम् Straight direction, straightness, honesty, sincerity; ऋजुताफलशुद्धियोगभाजाम् Śi.2.9; Ku.4.23. |
| |
| lṝ | लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. |
| |
| aindra | ऐन्द्र a. (-न्द्री f.) [इन्द्र-अण्] Belonging or sacred to Indra; ऋद्धं हि राज्यं पदमैन्द्रमाहुः R.2.5;6.27. -न्द्रः 1 N. of Arjuna and of Vāli (who are regarded as sons of इन्द्र). -2 N. of a Saṁvatsara. -3 The part of a sacrifice offered to Indra. -न्द्री 1 N. of a Ṛik addressed to Indra; इत्यादिका काचिदैन्द्री समाम्नाता J. N. V. -2 The east, eastern direction (prescribed over by Indra); अयमैन्द्रीमुखं पश्य रक्तश्चुम्बति चन्द्रमाः Chandr.5.58; Ki.9. 18. -3 The eighteenth lunar mansion. -4 The eighth day in the second half of the months of मार्गशीर्ष and पौष. -5 Indra's energy (personified as his wife Śachī). -6 Misfortune, misery. -7 A kind of cucumber. -8 An epithet of Durgā. -9 Small cardamom; यष्टयाह्वमैन्द्रीनलि- नानि दूर्वा Charak. -न्द्रम् 1 The eighteenth lunar mansion (ज्येष्ठा). -2 Wild ginger. |
| |
| aiśāna | ऐशान a. [ईशान-अण्] 1 Belonging to Śiva; -नी 1 The north-eastern direction. -2 N. of Durgā. |
| |
| ota | ओत a. [आ-वे-क्त] Woven, sewn with threads across. -Comp. -प्रोत a. 1 sewn crosswise and lengthwise. -2 extending in all directions Mb.5. (-तम्) ind. crosswise and lengthwise, vertically and horizontally. |
| |
| auttara | औत्तर a. (-री-रा) [उत्तर-अण्] Northern, living in the north. -Comp. -अह a. belonging to the following day. -पथिक a. going in the north direction. -पदिक a. comprehended in the last word or term. -भक्तिक a. Taken after meal; Charaka. |
| |
| autsargika | औत्सर्गिक a. (-की f.) [उत्सर्ग-ठञ्] 1 That which is liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, though generally valid (as a rule of grammar). -2 General (opp. to particular), not restricted -3 Terminating, concluding. -4 Leaving, quitting. -5 Natural, inherent. -6 Produced naturally or directly. -7 Derivative. |
| |
| kakubh | ककुभ् f. 1 A direction, quarter of the compass; वियुक्ताः कान्तेन स्त्रिय इव न राजन्ति ककुभः Mk.5.26; Śi.9.25, 3.33. -2 Splendour, beauty. -3 A wreath of Champaka flowers. -4 A sacred treatise or Śāstra. -5 A peak, summit. -6 A Rāgiṇī or personified mode of music. -7 The personified quarter of the sky. -8 Breath, animation. -9 Unornamented hair; or hair hanging down as a tail. |
| |
| karman | कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business. |
| |
| karmaṭha | कर्मठ a. [कर्मन्-अठच् P.V.2.35]. 1 Proficient in any work, clever. skilful. पटुसंगरकर्मकर्मठम् ...... Śiva. B.32.2. ज्ञाताशयस्तस्य ततो व्यतानीत्स कर्मठः कर्म सुतानुबन्धम् Bk.1.11. -2 Working diligently. -3 Exclusively devoted to the performance of religious rites. -ठः The director of a sacrifice. |
| |
| kārtikeyaḥ | कार्तिकेयः [कृत्तिकानामपत्यं ढक्] N. of Skanda (so called because he was reared by the six Kṛittikās). [Kārtikeya is the Mars or the god of war of the Indian mythology. He is the son of Śiva (but born without the direct intervention of a woman). Most of his epithets have reference to the circumstances of his birth. Śiva cast his seed into Agni (who had gone to the god in the form of a dove, while he was enjoying Pārvatī's company), who being unable to bear it cast it into the Ganges; (hence Skanda is called Agnibhū, Gaṅgāputra). It was then transferred to the six Kṛittikās (when they went to bathe in the Ganges), each of whom therefore conceived and brought forth a son. But these six sons were afterwards mysteriously combined into one of extraordinary form with six heads and twelve hands and eyes, (hence he is called Kārtikeya, Ṣadānana, Ṣaṇmukha &c.). According to another account the seed of Śiva was cast by the Ganges into a thickest of reeds (Śara); whence the boy was called Śaravaṇabhava, or Śarajanman. He is said to have pierced the mountain Krauñcha, whence his name Krauñchadāraṇa. He was the commander of the army of the gods in their war with Tāraka, a powerful demon (q. v.) whom he vanquished and slew; and hence his names Senānī and Tārakajit. He is represented as riding a peacock.] -Comp. -प्रसूः f. Pārvatī, mother of Kārtikeya. |
| |
| kāṣṭhā | काष्ठा 1 A quarter or region of the world, direction, region; काष्ठा (दिश) मुदीचीमिव तिग्मरश्मिः (दिदीपे) Ki.3.55; cf. also पर्वा तु काष्ठा तिमिरानुलिप्ता Avimārkam 2.12. -2 A limit, boundary; स्वां काष्ठामधुनोपेते Bhāg.1.1.23; स्वयं विशीर्णद्रुमपर्णवृत्तिता परा हि काष्ठा तपसः Ku.5.28. -3 The last limit, extremity, pitch, climax, excess; काष्ठा- गतस्नेहरसानुविद्धम् Ku.3.35. -4 Race ground, course. -5 A mark, goal. -6 The path of the wind and clouds in the atmosphere. -7 A measure of time = A Kalā; शुक्लस्त्वं बहुलस्त्वं च कला काष्ठा त्रुटिस्तथा Mb.1.25.14. -8 Water. -9 The sun. -1 A fixed place of a lunar mansion. -11 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa and daughter of Dakṣa. -12 The yellow colour or the कदम्ब tree; cf. काष्ठा दिक्कालहारिद्रस्थित्युत्कर्षेषु तु स्त्रियाम् Nm. -13 A form, form of appearance; काष्ठां भगवतो ध्यायेत्स्वनासाग्रावलोकनः Bhāg.3.28.12. |
| |
| kṛ | कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41. |
| |
| kauve | कौवे (बे) र a. (-री f.) [कुवेरस्येदं अण्] Belonging to or coming from Kubera; यानं सस्मार कौबेरम् R.15.45. -री The north (the direction presided over by Kubera); ततः प्रतस्थे कौवेरीं भास्वानिव रघुर्दिशम् R.4.66. -2 The Śakti or female energy of Kubera. |
| |
| kṣepaṇam | क्षेपणम् [क्षिप्-ल्युट्] 1 Throwing, casting, sending, directing &c. -2 Spending (as time). -3 Omitting. -4 Abusing. -5 A sling; दिग्भ्यो निपेतुर्ग्रावाणः क्षेपणैर्महिता इव Bhāg.3.19.18. -णिः, -णी f. 1 An oar. -2 A net for fishing. -3 A sling or any instrument with which missiles are thrown. |
| |
| gata | गत p. p. [गम्-क्त] 1 Gone, departed, gone for ever; Mu.1.25; किं गते सलिले सेतुबन्धेन, किं गते विवाहे नक्षत्रपरीक्षया Vb.4. 'what is the use of locking the stable-door when the steed is stolen ?' -2 Passed away, elapsed, past; गदायां रात्रौ. -3 Dead, deceased, departed to the next world; गत एव न ते निवर्तते Ku.4.3. -4 Gone to, arrived at, reaching to. -5 Being in, situated in, resting on, contained in; usually in comp.; प्रासादप्रान्तगतः Pt.1 seated on &c.; सदोगतः R.3.66 seated in the assembly; भर्तारं गता Ś.4.13 united to a husband; so आद्य˚; सर्वगत existing everywhere. -6 Fallen into, reduced to; e. g. आपद्गतः -7 Referring or relating to, with regard to, about, concerning, connected with (usually in comp.); राजा शकुन्तलागतमेव चिन्तयति Ś.5; भर्तृगतया चिन्तया Ś4; वयमपि भवत्यौ सखीगतं किमपि पृच्छामः Ś1; so पुत्रगतः स्नेहः &c. -8 Frequented, resorted to; सुहृद्˚ Ku.4.24. -9 Known, celebrated. -1 Directed towards, belonging to. -11 Known, understood. -तम् 1 Motion, going; गतमुपरि घनानां वारिगर्भोदराणाम् Ś.7.7; Śi.1.2, 7.4. -2 Gait, manner of going; Ku.1.34; हंस प्रयच्छ मे कान्ता गतिरस्यास्त्वया हृता V.4.16. -3 An event. -4 The place where one has gone. -5 Celebration, being known, diffusion; यावन्नाम्नो गतम् Ch. Up.7.1.5. -6 Manner. (As first member of comp. translated by 'free from', 'bereft of', 'deprived of', 'without'.) -Comp. -अक्ष a. sightless, blind. -अध्वन् a. 1 one who has accomplished or finished a journey; बलैरध्युषि- तास्तस्य विजिगीषोर्गताध्वनः R.4.46,11.33. -2 conversant, familiar (with anything); त्रिविधे मोक्षधर्मे$स्मिन्गताध्वा छिन्नसंशयः Mb.12.32.25. (-f.) the time immediately preceding new moon when a small streak of the moon is still visible; (चतुर्दशीयुक्ता$मावास्या). -अनुगतम् following custom or precedent. -अनुगतिक a. doing as others do, a blind follower; गतानुगतिको लोको न लोकः पार- मार्थिकः Pt.1.342 'people are blind followers or servile imitators'; Mu.6.5. -अन्त a. one whose end has arrived. -अर्थ a. 1 poor. -2 meaningless (the meaning being already expressed). -असु, -जीवित, -प्राण a. expired, dead; गतासूनगतासूंश्च नानुशोचन्ति पण़्डिताः Bg.2.11. -आगतम् 1 going and coming, frequent visits; आदित्यस्य गतागतैरहरहः संक्षीयते जीवितम् Bh.3.7; Bg.9.21; Mu.2.3; 4.1. -2 interchange of place; कष्टं स्मरामि तव तानि गता- गतानि Māl.9.47. -3 the flight of a bird backward and forward. -4 irregular course of the stars (in astronomy). -5 Narration of past and future; स सर्वमखिलं राज्ञो वंशस्याह गतागतम् Rām.7.51.23. -आधि a. free from anxiety, happy. -आयुस् a. decrepit, infirm, very old. -आर्तवा 1 a woman past her child-bearing. -2 a barren woman. -उत्साह a. disspirited, dejected. -ओजस् a. bereft of strength or energy. -कल्मष a. freed from crime or sin, purified. -क्लम a. refreshed; संविशेत्तु यथाकालमुत्तिष्ठेच्च गतक्लमः Ms.7.225. -चेतन a. deprived of sense or consciousness, insensible, senseless. -त्रप a. bold, without fear or shame; Bhāg.8.8.29. -दिनम्, -दिवसः the past day, yesterday. -दिनम् ind.. yesterday. -प्रत्यागत a. returned after having gone away; Ms.7.186. -प्रभ a. bereft of splendour, dim, obscured, faded. -प्राण a. lifeless, dead. -प्राय a. almost gone, nearly passed away; गतप्राया रजनी. -भर्तृका 1 a widow. -2 (rarely) a woman whose husband has gone abroad (= प्रोषितभर्तृका); किमु मुहुर्मुहुर्गतमर्तृकाः Śi. -मनस्क a. thinking of (loc.); सपदि गतमनस्कः (प्रियायाः केशपाशे) R. 9.67. -लक्ष्मीक a. 1 bereft of lustre or splendour, faded. -2 deprived of wealth, impoverished, suffering losses. -वयस्, -वयस्क a. advanced in years, aged, old; गतवयसामपि पुंसां येषामर्था भवन्ति ते तरुणाः Pt.1.1. -वर्षः, -र्षम् the past year. -वैर a. at peace (with), reconciled. -व्यथ a. free from pain; प्रत्तां दुहितरं सम्राट् सदृक्षाय गत- व्यथः Bhāg.3.22.24. -शैशव a. past child-hood. -श्रम a. unmindful of troubles; आदित्यपथमाश्रित्य जगाम स गतश्रमः Rām.6.74.5. -सङ्ग a. 1 free from attachment; गतसङ्गस्य युक्तस्य Bg.4.23. -2 adverse or indifferent to. -सत्त्व a. 1 dead, annihilated, lifeless. -2 base. -सन्नकः an elephant out of rut. -स्पृह a. indifferent to worldly attachments; गतस्पृहो धैर्यधरः कृपालुः Vaidyajīvanam. |
| |
| gārhapatyaḥ | गार्हपत्यः [गृहपतिना नित्यं संयुक्तः, संज्ञायां ञ्य] 1 One of the three sacred fires perpetually maintained by a householder, which he receives from his father and transmits to his descendants, and from which fires for sacrificial purposes are lighted; अथ हैनं गार्हपत्यो$नु- शशास Ch. Up.4.11.1; cf. Ms.2.231. -2 The place where this sacred fire is kept. -त्यम् The government of a family; position and dignity of a householder; गार्हपत्येन सन्त्य ऋतुना यज्ञनीरसि Rv.1.15.12. -Comp. -न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which a direct statement (श्रुति) is stronger than an indirect one (लिङ्ग). This rule is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.3 and 4. |
| |
| guṇaḥ | गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food). |
| |
| gauṇa | गौण a. (णी f.) [गुणमधिकृत्य प्रवृत्ता गौणी, तत आगतः अण्] 1 Subordinate, secondary, unessential; गुणवचनत्वाद् गौणः शब्दः ŚB. on MS.1.2.15. -2 (In gram.) Indirect or less immediate (opp. मुख्य or प्रधान); गौणे कर्मणि दुह्यादेः प्रधाने नीहृकृष्वहाम् Sk. -3 Figurative, metaphorical, used in a secondary sense (as a word or sense); तदा गौणमनन्तस्य नामानन्तेति विश्रुतम् Mb.12.182.33. -4 Founded on some resemblance between the primary and secondary sense of a word; as in गौणीलक्षणा. -5 Relating to enumeration or multiplication. -6 Attributive. -Comp. -पक्षः the minor or weaker side of an argument &c. -साध्य, -अवसान-अवसाना, -सारोपा a kind of ellipse; Sarva. S.15.289. |
| |
| catur | चतुर् num. a. [चत्-उरन् Uṇ.5.58] (always in pl.; m. चत्वारः; f. चतस्रः; n. चत्वारि) Four; चत्वारो वयमृत्विजः Ve.1.25; चतस्रो$वस्था बाल्यं कौमारं यौवनं वार्धकं चेति; चत्वारि शृङ्गा त्रयो अस्य पादाः &c.; शेषान् मासान् गमय चतुरो लोचने मील- यित्वा Me.11. -ind. Four times. [cf. Zend chathru; Gr. tessares; L. quatuor.] [In Comp. the र् of चतुर् is changed to a Visarga (which in some cases becomes श्, ष् or स्, or remains unchanged) before words beginning with hard consonants.] -Comp. -अंशः a fourth part. -अङ्ग a. having 4 members, quadripartite. (-ङ्म्) 1 a complete army consisting of elephants, chariots, cavalry and infantry; चतुरङ्गसमायुक्तं मया सह च तं नय Rām.1.2. 1; एको हि खञ्जनवरो नलिनीदलस्थो दृष्टः करोति चतुरङ्गबलाधिपत्यम् Ś. Til.4; चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चाङ्गबलवाना- काशं वशमानये ॥ Subhāṣ. -2 a sort of chess. -अङ्गिकः A kind of horse, having four curls on the forehead; यस्य ललाटे भ्रमरचतुष्टयं स चतुरङ्किको नाम । Śālihotra of Bhoj.25. -अङ्गिन् a. having four parts. (-नी) a complete army, see चतुरङ्ग. -अङ्गुलम् 1 the four fingers of the hand. -2 four fingers broad. -अन्त a. bordered on all sides; भूत्वा चिराय चतुरन्तमहीसपत्नी Ś.4.19. -अन्ता the earth. -अशीत a. eighty-fourth. -अशीति a. or f. eighty four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. (for अश्रि-स्रि) 1 four cornered, quardrangular; R.6.1. A quality of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -2 symmetrical, regular or handsome in all parts; बभूव तस्याश्चतुरस्रशोभि वपुः Ku.1.32. (-श्रः, स्रः) 1 a square. -2 a quardrangular figure. -3 (in astr.) N. of the fourth and eighth lunar mansions. -अहन् a period of four days. -आत्मन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -आननः, -मुखः an epithet of Brahmā; इतरतापशतानि यथेच्छया वितर तानि सहे चतुरानन Udb. -आश्रमम् the four orders or stages of the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa. -उत्तर a. increased by four. -उषणम् the four hot spices, i. e. black pepper, long pepper, dry ginger, and the root of long pepper. -कर्ण (चतुष्कर्ण) a. heard by two persons only; Pt.1.99. -ष्काष्ठम् ind. In four directions. चतुष्काष्ठं क्षिपन् वृक्षान् ... Bk.9.62. -कोण (चतुष्कोण) a. square, quadrangular. (-णः) a square, tetragon, any quadrilateral figure. -गतिः 1 the Supreme Soul. -2 a tortoise. -गवः a carriage drawn by four oxen. -गुण a. four times, four-fold, quadruple. -चत्वारिंशत् (चतुश्च- त्वारिंशत्) a. forty-four; ˚रिंश, ˚रिंशत्तम forty-fourth. -चित्यः A pedestal, a raised square; चतुश्चित्यश्च तस्यासी- दष्टादशकरात्मकः Mb.14.88.32. -णवत (चतुर्नवत) a. ninety-fourth, or with ninety-four added; चतुर्णवतं शतम् 'one hundred and ninety four'. -दन्तः an epithet of Airāvata, the elephant of Indra. -दश a. fourteenth. -दशन् a. fourteen. ˚रत्नानि (pl.) the fourteen 'jewels' churned out of the ocean; (their names are contained in the following popular Maṅgalāṣṭaka :-- लक्ष्मीः कौस्तुभपारिजातकसुरा धन्वन्तरिश्चन्द्रमा गावः कामदुघाः सुरेश्वरगजो रम्भादिदेवाङ्गनाः । अश्वः सप्तमुखो विषं हरिधनुः शङ्खो$मृतं चाम्बुधे रत्नानीह चतुर्दश प्रतिदिनं कुर्युः सदा मङ्गलम् ॥). ˚विद्या (pl.) the fourteen lores; (they are:-- षडङ्गमिश्रिता वेदा धर्मशास्त्रं पुराणकम् । मीमांसा तर्कमपि च एता विद्याश्चतुर्दश ॥). -दशी the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -दिशम् the four quarters taken collectively. -दिशम् ind. towards the four quarters, on all sides. -दोलः, -लम् a royal litter. -द्वारम् 1 a house with four entrances on four sides. -2 four doors taken collectively. -नवति a. or f. ninety-four. -पञ्च a. (चतुपञ्च or चतुष्पञ्च) four or five. -पञ्चाशत् f. (चतुःपञ्चाशत् or चतुष्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-four. -पथः (चतुःपथः or चतुष्पथः) (-थम् also) a place where four roads meet, a crossway; Ms.4.39,9,264. (-थः) a Brāhmaṇa. -पद or -पद् a. (चतुष्पद) 1 having four feet; यथा चतुष्पत्सु च केसरी वरः Rām.4.11.93. -2 consisting of four limbs. (-दः) a quadruped. (-दी) a stanza of four lines; पद्यं चतुष्पदी तच्च वृत्तं जातिरिति द्विधा Chand. M.1. -पाटी A river. L. D. B. -पाठी (चतुष्पाठी) a school for Brāhmaṇas in which the four Vedas are taught and repeated. -पाणिः (चतुष्पाणिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पाद्-द (चतुष्पद्-द) a. 1. quadruped. -2 consisting of four members or parts. (-m.) 1 a quadruped. -2 (in law) a judicial procedure (trial of suits) consisting of four processes; i. e. plea, defence, rejoinder, and judgment. -3 The science of archery consisting of ग्रहण, धारण, प्रयोग and प्रतिकारः; यो$स्त्रं चतुष्पात् पुनरेव चक्रे । द्रोणः प्रसन्नो$भिवाद्यस्त्वया$सौ Mb.5.3.12-13; प्रतिपेदे चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं नृपात्मजः ibid 192.61. -पार्श्वम् the four sides of a square. -बाहुः an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-हु n.) a square. -भद्रम् the aggregate of the four ends of human life (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -भागः the fourth part, a quarter. -भावः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. 1 quadrangular. -2 having four arms; Bg.11.46. (-जः) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu; R.16.3. -2 a quadrangular figure. -3 square. (-जम्) a square. -मासम् a period of four months; (reckoned from the 11th day in the bright half of आषाढ to the 11th day in the bright half of कार्तिक). -मुख having four faces. (-खः) an epithet of Brahmā; त्वत्तः सर्वं चतु- र्मुखात् R.1.22. (-खम्) 1. four faces; Ku.2.17. -2 a house with four entrances. -मण्डलम् a four-fold arrangement (of troops &c.) -मेधः One who has offered four sacrifices, namely अश्वमेध, पुरुषमेध, सर्वमेध, and पितृमेध. -युगम् the aggregate of the four Yugas or ages of the world. -युज् a. Consisting of four; चतुर्युजो रथाः सर्वे Mb.5.155.13. -रात्रम् (चतूरात्रम्) an aggregate of four nights. -वक्त्रः an epithet of Brahmā. -वर्गः the four ends of human life taken collectively (पुरुषार्थ); i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, काम and मोक्षः; चतुर्वर्गफलं ज्ञानं कालावस्थाश्चतुर्युगाः R.1.22. -वर्णः 1. the four classes or castes of the Hindus; i. e. ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र; चतुर्वर्णमयो लोकः R.1.22. -2 four principal colours. -वर्षिका a cow four years old. -विंश a. 1 twenty fourth. -2 having twenty-four added; as चतुर्विंशं शतम् (124). -विंशति a. or f. twenty-four. -विंशतिक a. consisting of twenty-four. -विद्य a. one who has studied the four Vedas. -विद्या the four Vedas. -विध a. of four sorts or kinds, four-fold. -वेद a. familiar with the four Vedas. (-दः) the Supreme Soul. -व्यूङः N. of Viṣṇu. (-हम्) medical science. a. having four kinds of appearance; hence ˚वादिन् 'asserting the four forms of पुरुषोत्तम viz. वासुदेव, संकर्षण, प्रद्युम्न and अनिरुद्ध.' -शालम् (चतुःशालम्, चतुश्शालम्, चतुःशाली, चतुश्शाली) a square of four buildings, a quadrangle enclosed by four buildings; अलं चतु शालमिमं प्रवेश्य Mk.3.7; देवीनां चतुःशालमिदम् Pratimā 6. -षष्टि a. or f. 1 sixty-four. -2 N. for the Ṛigveda consisting 64 Adhyāyas. ˚कलाः (pl.) the sixty-four arts. -सनः N. of Viṣṇu having four embodiments of सनक, सनन्दन, सनत्कुमार and सनातन; आदौ सनात् स्वतपसः स चतुःसनो$भूत् Bhāg.2.7.5. -सप्तति a. or f. seventy-four. -समम् an unguent of four things, sandal, agallochum, saffron and musk; L. D. B. -सीमा the boundaries on all four sides. -हायन, -ण a. four years old; (the f. of this word ends in आ if it refers to an inanimate object, and in ई if it refers to an animal). -होत्रकम् the four priests taken collectively. |
| |
| car | चर् 1 P. (चरति, चचार, अचारीत्, चरितुम्, चरित or sometimes चीर्ण) 1 To walk, move, go about, roam, wander; नष्टाशङ्का हरिणशिशवो मन्दमन्दं चरन्ति Ś.1.15 (चर् may mean here 'to graze' also); इन्द्रियाणां हि चरताम् Bg.2.67; कपय- श्चेरुरार्तस्य रामस्येव मनोरथाः R.12.59; Ms.2.23,6.68; 8.236;9.36;1.55. -2 (a) To perform, do, act; रचयति रेखाः सलिले यस्तु खले चरति सत्कारम् Bv.1.98. (b) To practise, perform, observe; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपः R.8.79; Y.1.6; Ms.3.3. -3 To act, behave towards, conduct oneself (oft. with loc. of the person); चरतीनां च कामतः Ms.5.9;9.287; आत्मवत्सर्वभूतेषु यश्चरेत् Mb; तस्यां त्वं साधु नाचरः R.1.76 (where the root may be also आचर्). -4 To graze; सुचिरं हि चरन् शस्यम् H.3.9. -5 To eat, consume. -6 To be engaged in, be busy with. -7 To live, continue to be, continue in any state. -8 To spread, be diffused. -9 To live, be, exist. -1 To move, travel through, pervade, go along, follow. -Caus. (चार- यति) 1 To cause to move or go. -2 To send, direct, move. -3 To drive away. -4 To cause to perform or practise. -5 To cause to copulate. -6 To cause to graze, pasture. -7 To obtain knowledge of, acquaint oneself with. -8 To doubt. [cf. L. curro.] |
| |
| cihnam | चिह्नम् 1 Mark, spot, stamp, symbol; emblem, badge, symptom; ग्रामेषु यूपचिह्नेषु R.1.44;3.55; संनिपातस्य चिह्नानि Pt.1.177. -2 A sign, indication; प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरःफलानि R.2.22; प्रहर्षचिह्न 2.68. -3 A sign of the zodiac. -4 Stamp, print, impression; पद˚. -5 Aim, direction. -Comp. -कारिन् a. 1 marking, spotting. -2 striking, wounding, killing. -3 frightful, hideous. |
| |
| cud | चुद् I. 1 U. (चोदयति-ते, चोदित) 1 To send, direct, throw forward, urge or drive on, push on; चोदयाश्वान Ś.1. -2 To prompt, inspire, impel, animate, excite; R.4.24. -3 To hasten, accelerate. -4 To question, ask. -5 To press with a request. -6 To put forward, adduce, as an argument or objection. -7 To enjoin, lay down; Ms.2.165. -8 To request, solicit. -9 To help on. -1 To bring or offer quickly. -11 To fix, settle, direct. -12 To be quick. -II. 1 U. Ved. (चोदति- ते) 1 To impel, incite. -2 To offer quickly (Soma). -3 To hasten, be quick. |
| |
| codaka | चोदक a. [चुद्-ण्वुल्] Driving, urging. -कः 1 Directing, invitation. -2 (in gram.) परिग्रह q. v. -3 The injunctive text or the general rule which lays down that a विकृति shall be performed like its प्रकृति. चोदको हि प्रयोग- वचनाद् बलवत्तरः । स हि उत्पादयति प्रापयति च । प्रापितानभिसमीक्ष्य प्रयोगवचन उपसंहरति । ŚB. on MS.5.1.18; विकृतिः प्राकृतान् धर्मांश्चोदकेन गृह्णाति । ŚB. on MS.5.4.22. |
| |
| codanā | चोदना 1 Sending, directing, throwing. -2 Urging or driving onward; ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg. -3 Prompting, inciting, encouraging, inspiration. -4 A precept, sacred commandment, scriptural injunction. -5 The category called अपूर्व (in पूर्वमीमांसा); चोदनेत्यपूर्वं बूमः ŚB. on MS.7.1.7. -Comp. -गुडः a ball for playing with. |
| |
| codita | चोदित p. p. 1 Sent, directed. -2 Urged on, driven. -3 Incited, prompted, inspired. -4 Put forward as an argument. -5 Thrown, cast. -6 Appointed. -7 Ordered, directed. |
| |
| codya | चोद्य a. [चुद्-ण्यत्] 1 To be driven or impelled. -2 To be sent, thrown, or directed. -3 To be mentioned; नीवारमूलेङ्गुदशाकवृत्तिः सुसंयता चाग्निकार्येषु चोद्यः Mb. -द्यम् 1 Objecting, asking a question. -2 An objection. -3 Wonder, surprise. |
| |
| janaḥ | जनः [जन्-अच्] 1 A creature, living being, man. -2 An individual or person (whether male or female); क्व वयं क्व परोक्षमन्मथो मृगशावैः सममेधितो जनः Ś.2.18; तत्तस्य किमपि द्रव्यं यो हि यस्य प्रियो जनः U.2.19; so सखीजनः a female friend; दासजनः a slave, अबलाजनः &c. (In this sense जनः or अयं जनः is often used by the speakerwhether male or female, in the sing. or pl. --instead of the first personal pronoun to speak of himself in the third person); अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4 (male); भगवन् परवानयं जनः प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81 (female); पश्यानङ्गशरातुरं जनमिमं त्रातापि नो रक्षसि Nag.1.1. (female and pl.). -3 Men collectively, the people, the world (in sing. or pl.); एवं जनो गृह्णाति M.1; सतीमपि ज्ञातिकुलैक- संश्रयां जनो$न्यथा भर्तृमतीं विशङ्कते Ś.5.17. -4 Race, nation, tribe. -5 The world beyond Maharloka, the heaven of deified mortals. -6 A low man, the mob; L. D. B. -ना Birth, production. -Comp. -अतिग a. extraordinary, uncommon, superhuman. -अधिपः, -अधिनाथः 1 a king -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अन्तः 1 a place removed from men, an uninhabited place. -2 a region. -3 an epithet of Yama. -4 personal proximity. -अन्तिकम् secret communication, whispering or speaking aside (to another). (-ind.) aside to another (in dramas); the S. D. thus defines this stage direction:-- त्रिपताककरेणान्यानप- वार्यान्तरा कथाम् । अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत् स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् ॥ 425. -अर्णवः a large concourse of people, caravan. -अर्थशब्दः a family appellation. -अर्दनः an epithet of Visnu or Krisna. -अशनः a. wolf. -आकीर्ण a. thronged or crowded with people; Ś.5.1. -आचारः 1 a popular usage or custom. -2 propriety, decorum. -आश्रमः an asylum for people, an inn, caravansary. -आश्रयः a pavilion. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः a king. -इष्ट a. desired or liked by the people. (-ष्टः) a kind of jasmine. (-ष्टा) turmeric. -उदाहरणम् glory, fame. -ओघः a concourse of people, crowd, mob. -कारिन् m. lac. -चक्षुस् n. 'the people's eye', the sun. -जन्मादिः the the Supreme Being. -जल्पः A rumour. -त्रा an umbrella, a parasol. -देवः a king. -पदः 1 a community, race, nation; Y.1.361 v. l. -2 A kingdom, an empire, an inhabited country; जनपदे न गदः पदभादधौ R.9.4; दाक्षि- णात्ये जनपदे Pt.1; Me.48. -3 the country (opp. the town पुर, नगर); जनपदवधूलोचनैः पीयमानः Me.16. -4 the people, subjects (opp. the sovereign); जनपदहितकर्ता त्यज्यते पार्थिवेन Pt.1.131. -5 mankind. -6 a. considering his subjects as authority; आपौरप्रकृतिजनपदो राजा Bhāg.5.4.5. -पदिन् m. the ruler of a country or community. -प्रवादः 1 rumour, report. -2 scandal, calumny. -प्रिय a. 1 philanthropic. -2 liked by the people, popular. (-यः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 coriander-seed. -मरकः an epidemic disease. -मर्यादा established custom or usage, popular custom. -मारः an epidemic; Av. Pariś.72.84. -योपन a. perplexing or vexing men; कमगञ्जनयोपनः Rv.1.86.22. -रञ्जनम् gratifying the people, courting popular favour. -रवः 1 rumour. -2 calumny, scandal. -लोकः one (i. e. the fifth) of the seven divisions of the universe situated above Maharloka; यो ब्रह्मवादः पूर्वेषां जनलोकनिवासिनाम् Bhāg.1.87.8. -वादः (also जनेवादः) 1 news, rumour. -2 a scandal; द्यूतं च जनवादं च Ms.2.179. -व्यवहारः popular usage. -श्चुत a. well-known among people, famous -श्रुतिः f. a rumour, report; अभिचारं चकारास्येत्य- विगाना जनश्रुतिः Rāj. T.7.133. (-नं) सह a. subduing men; सत्रासाहो जनभक्षो जनंसहः Rv.2.21.3. -संबाध a. densely crowded with people. -स्थानम् N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest; R.12.42;13.22; U.1.28;2.17. |
| |
| jāta | जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber. |
| |
| juḍ | जुड् I. 6. P. (जुडति) 1 To bind. -2 To go. -II. 1 P. 1 To send, throw or cast, direct. -2 To grind or pound. |
| |
| ṭip | टिप् 1 P. (टेपयति) To direct, throw, cast. |
| |
| ḍip | डिप् डिम्प् I. 1 Ā. To collect, heap together. -II. 4, 6, 1. P. (डिप्यति, डिपति, डेपयति) 1 To throw, cast, send. -2 To direct. |
| |
| tatra | तत्र ind. 1 In that place, there, yonder, thither. -2 On that occasion, under those circumstances, then, in that case; दातुं दुहितरं तस्मै रोचयामास तत्र वै Rām. 7.12.17. -3 For that, in that; निरीतयः । यन्मदीयाः प्रजास्तत्र हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63. -4 Often used for the loc. case of तद्; Ms.2.112;3.6;4.186; Y.1.263. तत्रापि 'even then', 'nevertheless' (corr. of यद्यपि). तत्र तत्र 'in various places or cases, 'here and there,' 'to every place'; अध्यक्षान्विविधान्कुर्यात् तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms. 7.81. -Comp. -चक्षुर्मनस् a. directing one's eyes and mind on him. -भवत् a. (-ती f.) his honour, his reverence, revered, respectable, worthy, a respectful title given in dramas to persons not near the speaker; (पूज्ये तत्रभवानत्रभवांश्च भगवानपि); आदिष्टो$स्मि तत्रभवता काश्यपेन Ś.4; तत्रभवान् काश्यपः Ś.1. &c. -स्थ a. standing or being there, belonging to that place. |
| |
| tad | तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun. |
| |
| tan | तन् I. 8 U. (तनोति, तनुते, ततान, तेने, अत-ता-नीत्, तनितुम्, ततः pass. तन्यते or तायते; desid. तितंसति, तितांसति तितनिषति) 1 To stretch, extend, lengthen, lengthen out; बाह्वोः सकरयोस्त- तयोः Ak. -2 To spread, shed, diffuse; कूलानि सा$$मर्षतयेव तेनुः सरोजलक्ष्मीं स्थलपद्महासैः Bk.2.3;1.32;15.91; Ku. 2.33. -3 To cover, fill; स तमीं तमोभिरभिगम्य तताम् Śi.9. 23; Ki.5.11. -4 To cause, produce, form, give, grant, bestow; त्वयि विमुखे मयि सपदि सुधानिधिरपि तनुते तनुदाहम् Gīt.4; पितुर्मुदं तेन ततान सो$र्भकः R.3.25;7.7; U.3. 39; Māl.9.43; यो दुर्जनं वशयितुं तनुते मनीषाम् Bv.1.95, 1. -5 To perform, do, accomplish (as a sacrifice); इति क्षितीशो नवतिं नवाधिकां महाक्रतूनां महनीयशासनः । समारुरुक्षुर्दिव- मायुषः क्षये ततान सोपानपरंपरामिव ॥ R.3.69; Ms.4.25. -6 To compose, write (as a work &c.); as in नाम्नां मालां तनोम्यहम् or तनुते टीकाम्. -7 To stretch or bend (as a bow). -8 To spin out, weave. -9 To propagate, or be propagated; धमार्थ उत्तमश्लोकं तन्तुं तन्वन्पितॄन्यजेत् Bhāg.2. 3.8. -1 To continue, last. -11 To protract, prolong, augment; मुदितस्तं चिरमुत्सवं ततान Ks.51.226; पितुर्मुदं तेन ततान सो$र्भकः R.3.25. -12 To emboss. -13 To prepare (a way for); यज्ञैरथर्वा प्रथमः पथस्तते Rv.1.83.5. -14 To direct one's way towards. -15 To compose (a literary work). [cf. L. tendo]. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (तनति, तानयति- ते) 1 To confide, trust, place confidence in. -2 To help, assist, aid. -3 To pain or afflict with disease. -4 To be harmless. -5 To sound. |
| |
| tiras | तिरस् ind. [तॄ-असुन् स्वरादि] 1 Crookedly, obliquely, awry; स तिर्यङ् यस्तिरो$ञ्चति Ak. -2 Without apart from. -3 Secretly, covertly, invisibly; Bṛi. Up.1.4. 4. -4 Across, beyond, over; यदि वासि तिरोजनम् Av.7. 38.5. -5 Indirectly, badly. [In classical literature तिरस् is rarely used by itself, but chiefly occurs in composition with (a) कृ, (b) धा, and (c) भू; see below.] -Comp. -कुड्य, -प्राकार a. looking through a wall. -गत a. vanished, disappeared. -वर्ष a. protected from rain. |
| |
| tiryak | तिर्यक् ind. Obliquely, crookedly, in a slanting or oblique direction; तिर्यगास्थाय संक्रुद्धः पक्षीशे भगवान्हरिः Rām. 7.7.41; विलोकयति तिर्यक् K. P.1; Me.51; Ku.5.74. |
| |
| tvāca | त्वाच a. (-ची f.) Relating to the skin, contagious. ˚प्रत्यक्ष a. that which is felt directly by the skin. |
| |
| dakṣiṇa | दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer. |
| |
| dakṣiṇā | दक्षिणा ind. 1 On the right or south of. -2 In the southern direction (with abl.) -णा 1 A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice). -2 Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीदध्वरस्येव दक्षिणा R.1.31. -3 A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; प्राणदक्षिणा, गुरुदक्षिणा &c.; cf. also दक्षिणाशब्दश्च परिक्रयार्थो भवति ŚB. on Ms.1.2.38; परिक्रयार्थे हि दक्षिणा- शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.2.48. Etymologically दक्षिणा is so called because it imparts power or strength to the receiver; दक्षकरणी हि दक्षिणा । दक्षश्च बलम् ŚB. on MS. 1.3.45; दक्षिणा नाम दक्षतेरुत्साहकर्मणः । दक्षिणा उत्साहिका इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.57. -4 A good milch-cow, prolific cow. -5 The south. -6 The southern country, the Deccan. -7 Fame. -8 A kind of heroine thus defined:-- या गौरवं भयं प्रेम सद्भावं पूर्वनायके । न मुञ्चत्यन्यसक्तापि सा ज्ञेया दक्षिणा बुधैः ॥. -9 Completion of any rite. -Comp. -अर्ह a. deserving or worthy of a gift. -आवर्त a. 1 curved to the right (a conch-shell &c.); Bhāg.5.23.5. -2 turned towards the south. (-र्तः) 1 the Deccan. -2 a conch-shell opening to the right; Divyāvadāna 56.71. -कालः the time of receiving Dakṣiṇā. -पथः 1 the southern part of India, the south or Deccan; अस्ति दक्षिणापथे विदर्भेषु पद्मपुरं नाम नगरम् Māl.1. -2 'the path of the दक्षिणा', i. e. the cow, constituting the sacrificial cow. -प्रत्यच् a. south-western. -प्रतीची south-west. -पथिक a. belonging to the Deccan. -प्रवण a. inclining to the south. -बन्धः (in Sāṅ. phil.) the bondage of ritual or cermonial observances. -मूर्तिः m. a Tāntric form of Śiva. -युग्यः the right yoke-horse. |
| |
| dā | दा I. 1 P. (यच्छति, दत्त] To give, grant. -With प्रति to exchange; तिलेभ्यः प्रतियच्छति माषान् Sk. -II. 2. P. (दाति) To cut; ददाति द्रविणं भूरि दाति दारिद्र्यमर्थिनाम् K. R. -III. 4 P. (दायति) To bind (?). -IV. 3 U. (ददाति, दत्ते; ददौ-ददे, अदात्-अदित, दास्यति-ते, दातुम्, दत्त; but with आ the p. p. is आत्त; with उप, उपात्त; with नि, निदत्त or नीत्त, and with प्र, प्रदत्त or प्रत्त) 1 To give, grant, bestow, offer, yield, impart, present (usually with acc. of the thing and dat., sometimes gen. or loc. also, of the person); अवकाशं किलोदन्वान् रामायाभ्यर्थितो ददौ R.4.58; सेचनघटैः बालपादपेभ्यः पयो दातुमित एवाभिवर्तते Ś.1; Ms.3.31;9.271; कथमस्य स्तनं दास्ये Hariv. -2 To pay (as debt, fine &c.). -3 To hand or deliver over. -4 To restore, return. -5 To give up, sacrifice, surrender; प्राणान् दा to sacrifice one's life; so आत्मानं दा to sacrifice oneself. -6 To put, place, apply, plant कर्णे करं ददाति &c. -7 To give in marriage; यस्मै दद्यात् पिता त्वेनाम् Ms.5. 151; Y.2.146;3.24. -8 To allow, permit (usually with inf.); बाष्पस्तु न ददात्येनां द्रष्टुं चित्रगतामपि Ś.6.22. (The meanings of this root may be variously modified or extended according to the noun with which it is connected; मनो दा to think, direct the mind to anything; नीतौ मनो दीयते Mu.2.5; अवकाशं दा to give place to, make room; (see अवकाश); कर्णं दा to give ear to or listen; दर्शनं दा to show oneself to, grant audience to; शब्दं दा to make a noise; तालं दा to clap the hands; आत्मानं खेदाय दा to expose oneself to trouble; आतपे दा to expose to the sun's heat; आज्ञाम्, निदेशं दा to issue orders, command; आशिषं दा to pronounce a blessing; चक्षुः, दृष्टिं दा to cast a glance, see; वाचं दा to address a speech to; प्रतिवचः, -वचनं or प्रत्युत्तरं दा to give reply; शोकं दा to cause grief; श्राद्धं दा to perform a Śrāddha; मार्गं दा to make way for, allow to pass, stand out of the way; वरं दा to grant a boon; संग्रामं दा to fight; अर्गलं दा to bolt, fasten or secure with a latch; निगडं दा to put in chains, fetter; संकेतं दा to make an appointment; शापं दा to curse; वृत्तिं दा to enclose, fence in; अग्निं, पावकं दा to set on fire, &c. &c. -Caus (दापयति-ते) To cause to give, grant, &c. -Desid. (दित्सति-ते) To wish to give, &c. |
| |
| dimp | दिम्प् 1 Ā (दिम्पयते) 1 To accumulate. -2 To order, direct. So दिम्भ्. |
| |
| diś | दिश् 6 U. (दिशति-ते, दिष्ट; desid. दिदिक्षति-ते) 1 To point out, show, exhibit, produce (as a witness); साक्षिणः सन्ति मेत्युक्त्वा दिशेत्युक्तो दिशेन्न यः Ms.8.57,52,53. -2 To assign, allot; इष्टां गतिं तस्य सुरा दिशन्ति Mb. -3 To give, grant, bestow upon, deliver or make over to; बाणमत्रभवते निजं दिशन् Ki.13.68; R.5.3;11.2;16.72. -4 To pay (as tribute). -5 To consent to; भृत्यभावि दुहितुः परिग्रहाद्दिश्यतां कुलमिदं निमेरिति R.11.49. -6 To direct, order, command. -7 To allow, permit; स्मर्तुं दिशन्ति न दिवः सुरसुन्दरीभ्यः Ki.5.28. -Caus. (देशयति-ते) 1 To show, point out, allot, assign. -2 To teach, communicate, tell, inform. -3 To direct, order. -4 To confer, bestow. |
| |
| diś | दिश् f. [दिशति ददात्यवकाशं दिश्-क्विप्] (Nom. sing. दिक्- ग्) 1 A direction, cardinal point, point of the compass, quarter of the sky; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो वबुः सुखाः R.3.14; दिशि दिशि किरति सजलकणजालम् Gīt.4. -2 (a) The mere direction of a thing, hint, indication (of the general lines); इति दिक् (often used by commentators &c.); इत्थं लौकिक- शब्दानां दिङ्मात्रमिह दर्शितम् Sk. (b) (Hence) Mode, manner, method; मुनेः पाठोक्तदिशा S. D.; दिगियं सूत्रकृता प्रदर्शिता; दासीसभं नृपसभं रक्षःसभमिमा दिशः Ak. -3 Region, space, place in general. -4 A foreign or distant region. -5 A point of view, manner of considering a subject. -6 A precept, order. -7 The number 'ten'. -8 A side or party. -9 The mark of a bite. 'दिग्दष्टे वर्तुलाकारे करिका नखरेखिका' इति वैजयन्ती; परिणतदिक्करिकास्तटीर्बिभर्ति Śi.4.29. [N. B. In comp. दिश् becomes दिग् before words beginning with vowels and soft consonants, and दिक् before words beginning with hard consonants; e. g. दिगम्बर, दिग्गज, दिक्पथ, दिक्करिन्, &c.] -Comp. -अन्तः end of the direction or horizon, remote distance, remote place; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते मदमलिनगण्डाः करटिनः Bv.1.2; Māl.2.9; R.3.4;5.67; 16.87. नानादिगन्तागता राजानः &c. -अन्तरम् 1 another direction. -2 the intermediate space, atmosphere, space. -3 a distant quarter, another or foreign country; संचारपूतानि दिगन्तराणि कृत्वा दिनान्ते निलयाय गन्तुम् R.2.15. -अम्बर, -वासस् a. having only the directions for his clothing, stark naked, unclothed; दिगम्बरत्वेन निवेदितं वसु Ku.5.72; एकाकी गृहसंत्यक्तः पाणिपात्रो दिगम्बरः Pt.5.15; Ms.11.21. (-रः) 1 a naked mendicant (of the Jaina or Buddha sect.) -2 a mendicant, an ascetic. -3 an epithet of (1) Śiva; (2) Skanda. -4 darkness. (-री) an epithet of Durgā. -अम्बरकः a naked mendicant (of the Jaina sect). -अवस्थानम् the air -आगत a. Come from a distance; Y.2.254. -इभः See दिक्करिन् &c. दिगिभाः पूर्णकलशैः Bhāg.8.8.14;5.14.4. -ईशः -ईश्वरः regent of a quarter; चतुर्दिगीशानवमत्य मानिनी Ku.5.53; see अष्टदिक्पाल. -कन्या, -कान्ता, -कामिनी, -वधू a region of the sky (considered as a virgin). -करः 1 a youth, youthful man. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -करिका, -करी a young girl or woman. -करिन्, -गज, -दन्तिन्, -वारणः m. one of the eight elephants said to guard and preside over the eight cardinal points; (see अष्टदिग्गज); दिग्दन्तिशेषाः ककुभश्चकार Vikr.7.1. -ग्रहणम्, -बन्धः observation of the quarters of the compass; Bṛi. S.24.9. संपूज्य शारिकांदेवीं दिग्बन्धादिपुरःसरम् Ks.73.116. -चक्रम् 1 the horizon; Ratn.3.5. -2 the whole world. -जयः, -विजयः 'conquest of the directions, the conquest of various countries in all directions, conquest of the world; सुनिश्चितपुरं चक्रे दिग्जये कृतनिश्चयः Rāj. T. 4.183; स दिग्विजयमव्याजवीरः स्मरः इवाकरोत् Vikr.4.1. -तटम् the horizon. -दर्शनम् 1 showing merely the direction, pointing out only the general mode or manner. -2 a general outline or survey. -3 a compass. -दर्शिन् a. looking on all sides, having a general view. -दाहः preternatural redness of the horizon; दैग्दाहः 'a conflagration of the regions of the sky' (regarded as an evil omen) N.12.92; cf. Ms.4.115. -देशः 1 a distant region or country; दृश्यन्ते कुलनिम्नगा अपि परं दिग्देशकालाविमौ Rāj. T.4.38,417. -2 region, country; H.1. -नागः 1 an elephant of the quarter of the compass; see दिग्गज. -2 N. of a poet said to be a contemporary of Kālidāsa. (This interpretation is based on Mallinātha's gloss on दिङ्नागानां पथि परिहरन् स्थूल- हस्तावलेपान् Me.14; which is, however, very doubtful.) -पतिः, -पालः the regent or guardian of a quarter; Rāj. T.4.225 (for the names of the several regents, see अष्टदिक्पालः cf. Ms.5.96;7.33 also); सूर्यः शुक्रः क्षमापुत्रः सैंहिकेयः शनिः शशी । सौम्यस्त्रिदशमन्त्री च प्राच्यादिदिगधीश्वराः ॥ -Jyotistattvam. -पथः the surrounding region; सैन्यैर्नाना- पथायातैर्नदद्भिर्व्याप्तदिक्पथः Rāj. T.5.342. -भागः a point of the compass, direction. -भ्रमः perplexity about points of the compass, mistaking the way or direction; Vikr.5.66. -मण्डलम् = दिक्चक्रम् q.v. -मात्रम् the mere direction or indication. -मुखम् any quarter or part of the sky; हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6; Amaru.5. -मोहः mistaking the way or direction. -यात्रा a procession in different directions. -वसन, -वस्त्र a. stark naked, unclothed. (-स्त्रः) 1 a Jaina or Buddhist mendicant of the दिगम्बर class. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -विभा- वित a. renowned or celebrated in all quarters. -शूलम् a bad yoga in Astronomy; cf. शुक्रादित्यदिने न वारुणदिशं न ज्ञे कुजे चोत्तरां मन्देन्दोश्च दिने न शक्रककुभं याम्यां गुरौ न व्रजेत् । शूलानीति विलङ्घ्य यान्ति मनुजा ये वित्तलाभाशया भ्रष्टाशाः पुनरापतन्ति यदि ते शुक्रेण तुल्या अपि ॥ Jyotissārasaṅgraha. -साधनम् a means to make the journey in various quarters successful. |
| |
| diśā | दिशा Direction, quarter of the compass, region, &c. -Comp. -गजः, -पालः; see दिग्गज, दिक्पाल. |
| |
| diśobhāj | दिशोभाज् m. One who runs in all directions, a fugitive. |
| |
| diṣṭa | दिष्ट p. p. [दिश्-कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Shown, indicated, assigned, pointed out. -2 Described, referred to. -3 Fixed, settled. -4 Directed, ordered &c. -5 Destined (दैवविहित); न दिष्टमर्थमत्येतुमीशो मर्त्यः कथंचन Mb.3.135.55. -ष्टः Time. -ष्टम् 1 Assignment, allotment -2 Fate, destiny, good or ill-luck; भो दिष्टम् Ś.2. यश्च दिष्टपरो लोके यश्चापि हठवादिकः । उभावपि शठावेतौ कर्मबुद्धिः प्रशस्यते ॥ Mb.3.32.13. -3 Order, direction, command; सैनिका भयनाम्नो ये बर्हिष्मन् दिष्टकारिणः Bhāg.4.28.1. -4 Aim, object. -5 An appointed place; तं प्रेतं दिष्टमितो$ग्नय एव हरन्ति Ch. Up.5.9.2. -Comp. -अन्तः 'the end of one's appointed time', death; दिष्टान्तमाप्स्यति भवानपि पुत्रशोकात् R.9.79; Rām.2.65.28. -गतिः f. death; याजमानासम्भवादशक्यं हि दिष्टगतौ उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् ŚB. on Ms.1.2.57. Hence दिष्टां गतिं गम् = To die. तस्मिंश्च दिष्टां गतिं गते फलं दर्शयति यो दीक्षितानां प्रमीयेत अपि तस्य फलमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.3.24. -दृश् m. the god; यस्य तुष्यति दिष्टदृक् Bhāg.4.21.23. -भाज् God. N.11.129. Chaṇḍū Paṇḍita com. -भावः death; दिष्टभावं गतस्यापि विषये मोदते प्रजा Mb.5.133.37. -भुक् a. reaping the fruit as destined or ordained by god; वसे$न्यदपि संप्राप्तं दिष्टभुक् तुष्टधीरहम् Bhāg.7.13.39. |
| |
| diṣṭiḥ | दिष्टिः f. [दिश भावे क्तिन् , संज्ञायां कर्तरि क्तिच् वा] 1 Assignment, allotment. -2 Direction, command, instruction, rule, precept. -3 Fate, fortune, destiny. -4 Good fortune, happiness, any auspicious event (such as the birth of a son); दिष्टिवृद्धिमिव शुश्राव K.55; दिष्टिवृद्धिसंभ्रमो महानभूत् K.7. -5 A sort of measure of length. -Comp. -वृद्धिः f. congratulation; see दृष्टिः (4). |
| |
| deśanā | देशना f. Direction, injunction, laying down; सर्वास्वेव वैकृतीषु देशनासु प्राकृतं धर्मजातमपेक्ष्यते वाक्यशेषत्वेन । ŚB. on MS.1.1.1. |
| |
| darśayitṛ | दर्शयितृ a. [दृश्-णिच्-तृच्] 1 Showing, exhibiting. -2 Directing, guiding; पथः श्रुतेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वराः R.3.46. -m. 1 A warder, door-keeper. -2 A guide (in general). |
| |
| dṛṣṭin | दृष्टिन् a. 1 Having an insight into, or familiar with anything. -2 Having the looks or thoughts directed upon anything, absorbed in the contemplation of. |
| |
| deśanā | देशना [दिश्-णिच् युच्] Direction, instruction. |
| |
| deśita | देशित a. 1 Told, directed, ordered. -2 Advised, instructed. -3 Pointed out, shown, indicated. |
| |
| daiśika | दैशिक a. (-की f.) [देशेन निर्वृत्तं तस्येदं वा-ठञ्] 1 Local, provincial. -2 National, belonging to the whole country. -3 Belonging or having reference to space; Bhāṣā. P.12. -4 Acquainted with any place. -5 Teaching, pointing, directing, showing. -कः 1 A teacher, preceptor; शुको गतः परित्यज्य पितरं मोक्षदैशिकम् Mb.12.321.94. -2 A guide. -3 One instructed by the prcceptor; Bhāg.11.27.22. -4 Local people; हस्तिनो$श्वा रथाः पत्तिर्नावो विष्टिस्तथैव च । दैशिकाश्चाविकाश्चैव तदष्टाङ्गं बलं स्मृतम् Mb.12.121.44. -कम् a kind of dance; cf. Me.37. Malli. Com. |
| |
| dhā | धा 3 U. (दधाति, धत्ते, दधौ-दधे, अधात्-अधित धास्यति-ते, धातुम्, हित; -pass. धीयते; -caus. धापयति-ते; -desid. धित्सति-ते) 1 To put, place, set, lay, put in, lay on or upon; विज्ञातदोषेषु दधाति दण्डम् Mb.; निःशङ्कं धीयते (v. l. for दीयते) लोकैः पश्य भस्मचये पदम् H.2.132. -2 To fix upon, direct (the mind or thoughts &c.) towards (with dat. or loc.); धत्ते चक्षुर्मुकुलिनि रणत्कोकिले बालचूते Māl.3.12; दधुः कुमारानुगमे मनांसि Bk.3.11;2.7; Ms.12.23. -3 To bestow anything upon one, grant, give, confer, present (with dat., gen., or loc.); धुर्यां लक्ष्मीमथ मयि भृशं धेहि देव प्रसीद Māl.1.3; यद्यस्य सो$दधात्सर्गे तत्तस्य स्वयमाविशत् Ms.1.29. -4 To hold, contain; तानपि दधासि मातः Bv.1.68; Ś.4.4. -5 To seize, take hold of (as in the hand); धनुररिभिरसह्यं मृष्टिपीडं दधाने Bk.1.26;4.26; -6 To wear, put on, bear; गुरूणि वासांसि विहाय तूर्णं तनूनि...... धत्ते जनः काममदालसाङ्गः Rs.6.13,16; धत्ते भरं कुसुमपत्रफलावलीनाम् Bv.1.94; दधतो मङ्गलक्षौमे R.12.8;9.4; Bk.17.54. -7 To assume, take, have, show, exhibit, possess; (usually Ātm.); काचः काञ्चनसंसर्गाद्धत्ते मारकतीं द्युतिम् H. Pr.35; शिरसि मसीपटलं दधाति दीपः Bv.1.74; R.2.7; Amaru. 27.7; Me.38; Bh.3.46; R.3.1; Bk.2.1;4.16,18; Śi.9.3;1.86; Ki.5.5. -8 To hold up, sustain, bear up; गामधास्यत्कथं नागो मृणालमृदुभिः फणैः Ku.6.68. -9 To support, maintain संपद्विनिमयेनोभौ दधतुर्भुवनद्वयम् R.1.26. -1 To cause, create, produce, generate, make; मुग्धा कुड्मलिताननेन दधती वायुं स्थिता तत्र सा Amaru.72. -11 To suffer, undergo, incur; दधती रतेन भृशमुत्सुकताम् Śi.9.2, 32,66. -12 To perform, do. -13 Ved. To bring, convey. -14 To appoint, fix. [The meanings of this root, like those of दा, are variously modified according to the word with which it is connected; e. g. मनः, मतिम्, धियम्, &c. धा to fix the mind or thoughts upon, resolve upon; पदं धा to set foot on, to enter; कर्णे करं धा to place the hand on the ear &c.] -With अपि (the अ being sometimes dropped). 1 (a) to close, shut; ध्वनति मधुपसमूहे श्रवणमपिदधाति Gīt.5; so कर्णौ-नयने-पिदधाति (b) to cover, hide, conceal; प्रायो मूर्खः परिभवविधौ नाभिमानं पिधत्ते Ś. Til.17. (v.l.); प्रभावपिहिता V.4.2; Śi.9.76; Bk.7. 69. -2 to hinder, obstruct, bar; भुजंगपिहितद्वारं पातालमधि- तिष्ठति R.1.8. (The following verse illustrates the use of धा with some prepositions:-- अधित कापि मुखे सलिलं सखी प्यधित कापि सरोजदलैः स्तनौ । व्यधित कापि हृदि व्यजनानिलं न्यधित कापि हिमं सुतनोस्तनौ N.4.111; or, better still, the following verse of Jagannātha:-- निधानं धर्माणां किमपि च विधानं नवमुदां प्रधानं तीर्थानाममलपरिधानं त्रिजगतः । समाधानं बुद्धेरथ खलु तिरोधानमधियां श्रियामाधानं नः परिहरतु तापं तव वपुः ॥ G. L.18). |
| |
| dhṛ | धृ I. 6 Ā. (Supposed by some to be a passive form of धृ); (ध्रियते, धृत) 1 To be or exist, live, continue to live, survive; आर्यपुत्र ध्रिये एषा ध्रिये U.3; ध्रियते यावदेको$पि रिपु- स्तावत्कुतः सुखम् Śi.2.35;15.89; नष्टा शरीरैः क्रतुभिर्धरन्ते Pt.1. -2 To be maintained or preserved, remain, continue; सुरतश्रमसंभृतो मुखे ध्रियते स्वेदलवोद्गमो$पि ते R.8.51; Ku.4.18. -3 To resolve upon. -II. 1. P., 1 U. (धरति, usually धारयति-ते, धृत, धारित) 1 To hold, bear, carry; भुजङ्गमपि कोपितं शिरसि पुष्पवद्धारयेत् Bh.2.4; वैणवीं धारयेद्यष्टिं सोदकं च कमण्डलुम् Ms.4.36; Bk.17.54; V.4.36. -2 To hold or bear up, maintain, support, sustain; अभिनवजलधरसुन्दर धृतमन्दर...... Gīt.1.2.7; यथा सर्वाणि भूतानि धरा धारयते समम् Ms.9.311; Pt.1.126; प्रातःकुन्दप्रसवशिथिलं जीवितं धारयेथाः Me.115; चिरमात्मना धृताम् R.3.35; U.3.29. -3 To hold in one's possession, possess, have, keep; या संस्कृता धार्यते Bh.2.19. -4 To assume, take (as a form, disguise &c.); केशव धृतसूकररूप Gīt.1.1.4; धारयति कोकनदरूपम् 1.4. -5 To wear, put on, use (clothes, ornaments &c.); श्रितकमलाकुचमण्डल धृत- कुण्डल ए Gīt.1.2.1. -6 To hold in check, curb, restrain, stop, detain; त्वया हि धर्मो विधृतः कृत्स्नं धारयते जगत् Mb.1. 63.5; दधार द्रोणमायान्तं वेलेव सरितां पतिम् Mb.7.16.21. -7 To fix upon, direct towards; (with dat. or loc.) ब्राह्मण्ये धृतमानसः, मनो दध्रे राजसूयाय &c. -8 To suffer, undergo. -9 To assign anything to any person, allot, assign. -1 To owe anything to a person (with dat.; rarely gen. of person, 1 only in this sense); वृक्षसेचने द्वे धारयसि मे Ś.1; तस्मै तस्य वा धनं धारयति &c. -11 To hold, contain. -12 To observe, practise. -13 To cite, quote. -14 To keep, retain (in one's service). -15 To preserve, maintain. -16 To seize, lay hold of. -17 To hold out or on, endure. -18 To fix, place, deposit. -19 To intend in mind; स यद्यदेवासृजत तत्तदत्तुमध्रियत Bṛi. Up.1.2.5. (The senses of this root may be variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. मनसा धृ to bear in mind, remember; शिरसा, मूर्ध्नि धृ to bear on the head, respect highly; अन्तरे धृ to pledge, deposit anything as surety; समये धृ to bring to terms or agreement; दण्डं धृ to punish, chastise, use force; जीवितम्, प्राणान्, गात्रम्, शरीरम्, देहम् &c. धृ to continue to live, maintain the soul &c.; preserve the vital spirits; व्रतं धृ to observe a vow; इत्थं व्रतं धारयतः प्रजार्थम् R.2.25; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, weigh &c.; मनः, मतिम्, चित्तम्, बुद्धिम् धृ to bend the mind to a thing, fix the mind upon, think of, resolve upon; गर्भं धृ to become pregnant, conceive; धारणां धृ to practise concentration or selfcontrol &c.) |
| |
| naṭaḥ | नटः [नट्-अच्] 1 A dancer; न नटा न विटा न गायकाः Bh.3.27. -2 An actor; कुर्वन्नयं प्रहसनस्य नटः कृतो$सि Bh. 3.126,112; नटवद् व्यवतिष्ठते लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.42. -3 The son of a degraded Kṣatriya; Ms.1.22. -4 The Aśoka tree. -5 A kind of reed. -Comp. -अन्तिका shame, modesty. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या the performance of an actor. -भूषणः, -मण़्डनः (yellow) orpiment. -रङ्गः 1 a theatrical stage. -2 anything illusory. -वरः 'the chief actor', the Sūtradhāra of a drama. -संज्ञकम् yellow orpiment. (-कः) an actor, dancer. -सूत्रम् directions or rules for actors. पाराशर्य- शिलालिभ्यां भिक्षुनटसूत्रयोः P.IV.3.11. |
| |
| nāyaḥ | नायः [नी-कर्तरि ण] 1 A leader, guide. -2 Guiding, directing. -3 Policy, prudence; यात यूयं यमश्रायं दिशं नायेन दक्षिणाम् Bk.7.36. -4 Means, expedient; नायः को$त्र स येन स्यां बताहं विगतज्वरः Bk.6.82. |
| |
| nigadita | निगदित a. 1 Told, said, spoken. -2 Incited, urged, directed; धर्मे निगदितश्चैव पितुर्निर्देशकारकः Rām.4.5.3. -तम् A discourse, speech. |
| |
| nidiṣṭa | निदिष्ट p. p. 1 Pointed out. -2 Ordered, directed. -3 Advised, enjoined. |
| |
| nideśaḥ | निदेशः 1 Order, command, direction, instruction; वाक्येनेयं स्थापिता स्वे निदेशे M.3.14; स्थितं निदेशे पृथगादिदेश R.14.58. Ku.3.4. -2 Speech, narration, conversation. -3 Vicinity, neighbourhood; निदेशे चैव तिष्ठतः Ms.2.197. -4 A vessel, vase. |
| |
| nidhā | निधा 3 U. 1 To place, put, put or set down; शिरसि निदधानो$ञ्जलिपुटम् Bh.3.123; R.3.5,62;12.52; Si. 1.13. -2 To confide, or entrust, commit to the care of; निदधे विजयाशंसां चापे सीतां च लक्ष्मणे R.12.44;15.36. -3 To give, impart to, deposit with; दिनान्ते निहितं तेजः सवित्रेव हुताशनः R.4.1. -4 To put down, lay, allay, restrain; सलिलैर्निहितं रजः क्षितौ Gha&ttod.1. -5 To bury, conceal or hide (as under ground); ऊनद्विवार्षिकं प्रेतं निदध्युर्बान्धवा बहिः Ms.5.68. -6 To fix or direct the thoughts upon; cf. निध्यै. -7 To determine, resolve. -8 To direct one's labours, endeavour. -9 To appoint. -1 To remove, relinquish. -11 To lay up, treasure up. -12 To remember, keep or bear in mind. -13 To end, close. |
| |
| nipat | निपत् 1 P. 1 To fall or come down, descend, alight, sink down; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38; Bk.15.27. -2 To be cast at, be directed towards; निपेतुरन्तःकरणै- र्नरेन्द्राः R.6.11. -3 To throw oneself down (as at the feet), fall prostrate; देवास्तदन्ते हरमूढभार्यं किरीटबद्धाञ्जलयो निपत्य Ku.7.92; R.4.5; Bh.2.31. -4 To fall or descend into, meet in; त्वय्येव निपतन्त्योघा जाह्नवीया इवार्णवे R.1.26. -5 To fall upon, attack, rush at or upon; सिंहो शिशुरपि निपतति मदमलिनकपोलभित्तिषु गजेषु Bh.2.38. -6 To happen, occur, take place, fall to one's lot; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47. -7 To be placed, occupy a place; अभ्यर्हितं पूर्वं निपतति. -8 To flow in, discharge into. -9 To fall into ruin. -1 To fall into (any state). -11 To be miscarried (as the foetus). -Caus. 1 To cause to fall down, throw or hurl down. -2 To kill, destroy; तातं निपात्य सह बन्धुजनाक्षितोयैः Mu.5.7; Pt.3.63. -3 To inlay, emboss. -4 To direct (the eyes) upon. -5 To spit out. -6 To raise or levy (as a tribute). -7 (In gram.) To put down as a special or irregular form, to mention as an irregular formation; एते पञ्चविंशतिरजन्ता निपात्यन्ते Sk. |
| |
| niyam | नियम् 1 P. 1 To restain, curb, check, control, govern; प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg.7.2; (सुतां) शशाक मेना न नियन्तुमुद्यमात् Ku.5.5; 'could not dissuade her', &c. -2 To suppress, suspend, hold in (as breath, &c.); Ms. 2.192; न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59 'does not suppress or conceal', &c. -3 To offer, give; को नः कुले निवपनानि नियच्छतीति Ś.6.25. -4 To punish, chastise; नियन्तव्यश्च राजभिः Ms.9.213. -5 To regulate or direct in general; लोको नियम्यत इवात्मदशान्तरेषु Ś.4.2. -6 To attain, obtain; तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति Y.3.115; Ms.2.93. -7 To put on, assume. -8 To place upon. -Caus. (नियमयति) 1 To restrain, control, regulate, check, punish; नियमयसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -2 To bind, fasten; Śi.7.56; R.5.73. -2 To moderate, lessen, mitigate, relieve; छायाद्रुमैर्नियमितार्कमयूखतापः Ś.4.11; Ku.1.6. |
| |
| niyukta | नियुक्त p. p. 1 Directed, ordered, instructed, commanded. -2 Authorised, appointed; नियुक्तः क्षत्रियो द्रव्ये खड्गं दर्शयते ध्रुवम् H.2.95. -3 Permitted to raise issue; see नियोग (7) below. -4 Attached to. -5 Fastened to. -6 Ascertained. -7 Prompted, incited. -8 Used, employed; नियुक्तौ हव्यकव्ययोः Ms.5.16. -क्तः A functionary, an officer, any one charged with some business. -क्तम् ind. By all means, necessarily. |
| |
| niyogaḥ | नियोगः 1 Employment, use, application. -2 An injunction, order, command, direction, commission, charge, appointed task or duty, any business committed to one's care; यः सावज्ञो माधवश्रीनियोगे M.5.8; मनो नियोगक्रिययोत्सुकं मे R.5.11; अथवा नियोगः खल्वीदृशो मन्दभाग्यस्य U.1; आज्ञा- पयतु को नियोगो$नुष्ठीयतामिति Ś.1; त्वमपि स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु 'go about your own business', 'do your appointed duty', (frequently occurring in plays, and used as a courteous way of asking servants to withdraw). -3 Fastening or attaching to. -4 Necessity, obligation; तत् सिषेवे नियोगेन स विकल्पपराङ्मुखः R.17.49. -5 Effort, exertion. -6 Certainty, ascertainment. -7 An invariable rule; न चैष नियोगो वृत्तिपक्षे नित्यः समास इति ŚB. on MS.1.6.5. -8 Commission, act; न कर्ता कस्यचित् कश्चिन्नियोगेनापि चेश्वरः Rām. 4.25.5. -9 Right (अधिकार); अलघुनि बहु मेनिरे च ताः स्वं कुलिशभृता विहितं पदे नियोगम् Ki.1.16. -1 A practice prevalent in ancient times which permitted a childless widow to have intercourse with the brother or any near kinsman of her deceased husband to raise up issue to him, the son so born being called क्षेत्रज; cf. Ms.9.59.:-- देवराद्वा सपिण्डाद्वा स्त्रिया सम्यङ् नियुक्तया । प्रजे- प्सिताधिगन्तव्या सन्तानस्य परिक्षये ॥; see 6, 65 also. (Vyāsa begot पाण्डु and धृतराष्ट्र on the widows of विचित्रवीर्य in this way). |
| |
| niyojita | नियोजित a. Directed, ordered. -2 Appointed. -3 Joined to. -4 Instigated, incited. -5 Used, employed. |
| |
| nir | निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring. |
| |
| nirdiś | निर्दिश् 6. P. 1 To point out, indicate, show; एकैकं निर्दिशन् Ś.7; अङ्गुल्या निर्दिशति &c. -2 To assign, give; निर्दिष्टां कुलपतिना स पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95. -3 To allude to, mention, make a reference to. -4 To foretell, predict. -5 To advise, recommend. -6 To tell, communicate. -7 To enjoin, direct. -8 To enumerate, specify, name. -9 To define, determine. -1 To describe. -11 To denounce, accuse. |
| |
| nirdeśaḥ | निर्देशः 1 Pointing out, showing, indicating. -2 Order, command, direction; तमशक्यमपाक्रष्टुं निर्देशात् स्वर्गिणः पितुः R.12.17 (v. l. निदेशात्). -3 Advice, instruction. -4 Telling, saying, declaring. -5 Specifying, particularization, specification, specific mention; अयुक्तो$यं निर्देशः Mbh.; ऊँ तत्सदिति निर्देशो ब्रह्मणस्त्रिविधः स्मृतः Bg.17.23. -6 Ascertainment. -7 Vicinity, proximity. -8 Description, designation. -9 Agreement, promise; कृताशं कृत- निर्देशं कृतभक्तं कृतश्रमम् । भेदैर्ये व्यपकर्षन्ति ते वै निरयगामिनः ॥ Mb.13.23.7. |
| |
| nivid | निविद् f. Ved. 1 Speech, a short Vedic text; स हेतयैव निविदा प्रतिपेदे यावन्तो वैश्वदेवस्य निविद्युच्यन्ते Bri. Up.3.9.1. -2 Instruction, precept, direction. -3 Invocation. |
| |
| niviś | निविश् 6 Ā. 1 To sit down, take a seat; नवाम्बुद- श्यामवपुर्न्यविक्षत (आसने) Śi.1.19. -2 To halt, encamp; R.12.68. -3 To enter; रामशालां न्यविक्षत Bk.4.28;6. 143;8.7; R.9.82;12.38. -4 To be fixed on, be directed towards; सूर्यनिविष्टदृष्टिः R.14.66. -5 To be devoted or attached to, be intent on, to practise; श्रुतिप्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -6 To marry (for निर्विश् q. v.). -7 To alight, descend. -Caus. 1 To fix or direct upon, apply to (as thought, mind &c.); मयि बुद्धिं निवेशय Bg.12.8. -2 To put, place, keep; मनोगतं वाचि निवेशयन्ति Ki.14.4; R.4.39;7.63;6.16. -3 To seat, install; स निवेश्य कुशावत्यां रिपुनागाङ्कुशं कुशम् R.15.97. -4 To cause to settle in life, get married; दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2; R.11.57. -5 To encamp (as an army); निवेशयामास विलङ्घिताध्वा क्लान्तं रजोधूसरकेतु सैन्यम् R.5.42;16.37. -6 To draw, paint, portray; चित्रे निवेश्य परिकल्पितसत्त्वयोगा Ś.2.1; M.3.11. -7 To commit to writing, inscribe on; पत्रे निवेशितमुदाहरणं प्रियायाः V.2.14. -8 To intrust or commit to; मित्रं ममाय- मिति निर्वृतचित्तवृत्तिं विश्रम्भतस्त्वयि निवेशितसर्वकार्यम् Mu.5.7; R.19.4. -9 To introduce. -1 To found (a city). -11 To throw, hurl upon, shoot at. -12 To impress (on mind). |
| |
| nis | निस् ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it implies separation (away from, outside of), certainty, completeness or fulness, enjoyment, crossing over, transgressing &c.; (for examples see under (निर्). -2 As a prefix to nouns, not directly derived from verbs, it forms nouns or adjectives, and has the sense of (a) 'out of', 'away from'; as in निर्वन, निष्कौशाम्बि; or (b) more usually, 'not', 'without', 'devoid of' (having a privative force); निःशेष 'without a remainder'; निष्फल, निर्जल, &c. N. B. In compound the स् of निस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants (see निर्), to a visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्; cf. दुस्. -Comp. -कण्टक (निष्कण्टक) a. 1 thornless. -2 free from thorns or enemies, free from danger or nuisance. (-कः) N. of Śiva. -कन्द (निष्कन्द) a. without edible roots. -कपट (निष्कपट) a. guileless, sincere. -कम्प (निष्कम्प) a. motionless, steady, immovable; निष्कम्पचामरशिखाः Ś.1.8; Ku.3.48. -करुण (निष्करुण) a. merciless, pitiless, cruel. -करूष (निष्क रूष) a. free from dirt. -कर्मन् (निष्कर्मन्) a. inactive. -कल (निष्कल) a. 1 without parts, undivided, whole. -2 waned, decayed, diminished. -3 impotent, barren. -4 maimed. -5 inarticulate (a musical term); N.21.16. -6 Without attributes, or qualities; निष्कलं निष्क्रियं शान्तं निरवद्यं निरञ्जनम् Śvet. Up; Bhāg.1.9.44; तद् ब्रह्म निष्कलमहं (स्मरामि). -(लः) 1 a receptacle. -2 the pudendum muliebre. -3 N. of Brahmā. (-ला, -ली) an elderly woman, one who is past child-bearing, or one in whom menstruation has ceased. -कलङ्क, (निष्कलङ्क) -कल्मष a. stainless, spotless. -कषाय (निष्कषाय) a. free from dirt or impure passions. -कान्त (निष्कान्त) a. not lovely, ugly. -काम (निष्काम) a. 1 free from wish or desire, desireless, disinterested, unselfish. -2 free from all worldly desires; विशिष्टफलदाः पुंसां निष्कामाणां विमुक्तिदाः Viṣṇu. P. (-मम् ind.) 1 without wish or desire. -2 unwillingly. -कारण (निष्कारण) a. 1 causeless, unnecessary. -2 disinterested, free from any motive; निष्कारणो बन्धुः. -3 groundless, not proceeding from any cause. (-णम् ind.) without any cause or reason, causelessly, needlessly. -कालकः (निष्कालकः) a penitent shaven and smeared with clarified butter. -कालिक (निष्कालिक) a. 1 one whose term of life is over or elapsed, whose days are numbered. -2 one who has no conqueror, invincible (अजय्य). -किञ्चन (निष्किञ्चन) a. penniless, poor, indigent; प्रज्ञानं शौचमेवात्र शरीरस्य विशेषतः । तथा निष्कि- ञ्चनत्वं च मनसश्च प्रसन्नता ॥ Mb. -किल्विष (निष्किल्विष) a. sinless, faultless. -कुल (निष्कुल) a. having no kindred, left alone in the world. (निष्कुलं कृ 'to cut off completely, exterminate'; निष्कुला कृ 1 to exterminate one's family -2 to shell, strip off the husk; निष्कुलाकरोति दाडिमम् Sk.; N.22.15.) -कुलीन (निष्कुलीन) a. of low family. -कूज (निष्कूज) a. still, silent; U.2.16. -कूट (निष्कूट) a. pitiless, merciless, cruel. -कैवल्य (निष्कैवल्य) a. 1 mere, pure, absolute. -2 deprived of final beatitude (मोक्षहीन). -कोश (निष्कोश) a. unsheathed. -कौशाम्बि (निष्कौशाम्बि) a. who has gone out of Kauśāmbī. -क्रिय (निष्क्रिय) a. 1 inactive. -2 not performing ceremonial rites; Ms.1.58. -3 knowing higher knowledge as a sage, Saṁnyāsin; न्यासे कुटीचकः पूर्वं बह्वोदो हंस- निष्क्रियौ Bhāg.3.12.43. -यम् the Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्म). -क्षत्र (निःक्षत्र), -क्षत्रिय (निःक्षत्रिय) a. destitute of the military tribe. -क्षेपः (निःक्षेपः) = निक्षेप q. v. -चक्रम् (निश्चक्रम्) ind. completely; निश्चक्रं हतराक्षसः पुनरगाद्ब्रह्मत्व- माद्यं स्थिराम् A. Rām.1.1.1. -चक्रिक (निश्चक्रिक) a. without tricks, honest. -चक्षुस् (निश्चक्षुस्) a. blind, eyeless. -चत्वारिंशः (निश्चत्वारिंश) a. past forty. -चिन्त (निश्चिन्त) a. 1 free from anxiety, unconcerned, secure. -2 thoughtless, unthinking. -चेतन (निश्चेतन) a. unconscious. -चेतस् (निश्चेतस्) a. not in one's right senses, mad. -चेष्ट (निश्चेष्ट) a. motionless, powerless. -चेष्टाकरण (निश्चेष्टाकरण) a. depriving (one) of motion, causing motionlessness (said of one the arrows of Cuhid). -छन्दस् (निश्छन्दस्) a. not studying the Vedas (छन्दस्) Ms.3,7. -छिद्र (निश्छिद्र) a. 1 without holes. -2 without defects or weak points. -3 uninterrupted, unhurt. -तन्तु a. 1 having no offspring, childless. -2 a Brahmachārin; मुण्डा निस्तन्तवश्चापि वस- त्यर्थार्थिनः पृथक् Mb.12.167.16. -तन्द्र, -तन्द्रि a. not lazy, fresh, healthy. -तमस्क -तिमिर a. 1 free from darkness, bright; तस्य द्वितीयहरिविक्रमनिस्तमस्कं वायोरिमं परि- वहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -2 freed from sin or moral impurities. -तर्क्य a. unimaginable, inconceivable. -तल a. 1 round, globular; मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1.42. Kau. A.2.9. -2 moving, trembling, shaking. -3 bottomless. -4 down, below. (-ला) a pill, round ball. -तुल a. matchless, incomparable. -तुष a. 1 freed from chaff. -2 purified, cleansed. -3 simplified. ˚क्षीरः wheat. ˚रत्नम् a crystal. -4 faultless, pure; शशंस गुणैररीणैरुदयास्तनिस्तुषम् N.15.8. -तुषत्वम् faultlessness; कवेः पुष्यति निस्तुषत्वम् Maṅkhaka.2.7. -तुषित a. 1 husked. -2 made thin. -3 abandoned. -तेजस् a. destitute of fire, heat or energy, powerless, impotent; न भेतव्यं भृशं चैते मात्रा निस्ते- जसः कृताः Mārk. P. -2 spiritless, dull. -3 obscure. -त्रप a. impudent, shameless. -त्रिंश a. 1 more than thirty; निस्त्रिंशानि वर्षाणि चैत्रस्य P.V.4.73; Sk. -2 pitiless, merciless, cruel; हे निस्त्रिंश विमुक्तकण्ठकरुणं तावत् सखी रोदितु Amaru.6. (-शः) a sword; निजध्नुः शरनिस्त्रिंशकुन्ततोमरशक्तिभिः Śiva B.3.19; शूरौर्निस्त्रिंशपाणिभिः Parnāl 1.5. ˚भृत् m. a sword-bearer. -त्रैगुण्य a. destitute of the three qualities (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); निस्त्रैगुण्यो भवार्जुन Bg.2.45. -पक्व (निष्पक्व) well cooked, boiled. -पङ्क (निष्पङ्क) a. free from mud, clear, pure. -पताक (निष्पताक) a. having no flag or banner. -पतिसुता (निष्पतिसुता) a woman having no husband and no sons. -पत्र (निष्पत्र) a. 1 leafless. -2 unfeathered, featherless. [निष्पत्राकृ 'to pierce with an arrow so that the feathers come through on the other side'; to cause excessive bodily pain (fig.); निष्पत्राकरोति मृगं व्याधः (सपुङ्खस्य शरस्य अपर- पार्श्वे निर्गमनान्निष्पत्रं करोति Sk.); एकश्च मृगः सपत्राकृतो$न्यश्च निष्पत्राकृतो$पतत् Dk.165; so यान्ती गुरुजनैः साकं स्मयमानानना- म्बुजा । तिर्यग्ग्रीवं यदद्राक्षीत्तन्निष्पत्राकरोज्जगत् Bv.2.132.] -पथ्य (निष्पथ्य) a. unwell, ill -पद (निष्पद) a. having no foot. (-दम्) a vehicle moving without feet (as a ship). -पराक्रम (निष्पराक्रम) a. weak, powerless. -परामर्श (निष्परामर्श) a. without advice, helpless; M.4.2/3 -परिकर (निष्परिकर) a. without preparations. -परिग्रह (निष्परिग्रह) a. having no property or possessions; Mu.2. (-हः) an ascetic without family, dependents, or other belongings. -परिच्छद (निष्परिच्छद) a. having no retinue or train. -परिदाह (निष्परिदाह) a. incombustible. -परिहार्य (निष्परिहार्य) a. To be applied by all means. -परीक्ष (निष्परीक्ष) a. not examining or testing accurately. -परीहार (निष्परीहार) a. 1 not avoiding. -2 not observing caution. -परुष (निष्परुष) a. (in music) soft. -पर्यन्त (निष्पर्यन्त), -पार (निष्पार) a. boundless, unbounded. -पर्याय (निष्पर्याय) a. out of order. -पाप (निष्पाप) sinless, guiltless, pure. -पुत्र (निष्पुत्र) a. sonless, childless. -पुराण (निष्पुराण) a. not existing before, unheard of, new. -पुरुष (निष्पुरुष) 1 unpeopled, tenantless, desolate. -2 without male issue; Ms.3.7. -2 not male, feminine, neuter. -षः 1 a eunuch. -2 a coward. -पुलाक (निष्पुलाक) a. freed from chaff. -पौरुष (निष्पौरुष) a. unmanly. -प्रकम्प (निष्प्रकम्प) a. steady, immovable, motionless. -प्रकारक (निष्प्रकारक) 1 a. without ditinction of species, without specification, absolute. -2 without the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, see निर्विकल्प (7); निष्प्रकारकं ज्ञानं निर्विकल्पकम् T. S. -प्रकाश (निष्प्रकाश) a. not transparent, not clear, dark. -प्रचार (निष्प्रचार) a. 1 not moving away, remaining in one place. -2 concentrated, intently fixed; निष्प्रचारेण मनसा परं तदधिगच्छति Mb.12.215.17. -प्रज्ञ (निष्प्रज्ञ) a. ignorant, stupid. -प्रणय (निष्प्रणय) a. cold. -प्रताप (निष्प्रताप) a. destitute of glory, mean, base; शङ्क- नीया हि सर्वत्र निष्प्रतापा दरिद्रता Pt.2.94. -प्रति(ती)कार (निष्प्रति(ती)कार), -प्रतिक्रिय (निष्प्रतिक्रिय) a. 1 incurable, irremediable; सर्वथा निष्प्रतीकारेयमापदुपस्थिता K. 151. -2 unobstructed, uninterrupted. (-रम्) ind. uninterruptedly. -प्रतिग्रह (निष्प्रतिग्रह) a. not accepting gifts. -प्रतिघ (निष्प्रतिघ) a. unhindered, unobstructed, unimpeded; स हि निष्प्रतिघेन चक्षुषा त्रितयं ज्ञानमयेन पश्यति R.8.78. -प्रतिद्वन्द्व (निष्प्रतिद्वन्द्व) a. without enemies, unopposed. -2 matchless, unrivalled, unequal- led. -प्रतिभ (निष्प्रतिभ) a. 1 devoid of splendour. -2 having no intelligence, not ready-witted, dull, stupid. -3 apathetic. -प्रतिभान (निष्प्रतिभान) a. cowardly, timid. -प्रतीप (निष्प्रतीप) a. 1 looking straightforward, not turned backwards. -2 unconcerned (as a look). -प्रत्याश (निष्प्रत्याश) a. hopeless, despondent. -प्रत्यूह (निष्प्रत्यूह) a. unobstructed, unimpeded; निष्प्रत्यूहाः प्रियसखि यदा दुःसहाः संबभूवुः Māl.9.45; निष्प्र- त्यूहमुपास्महे भगवतः कौमोदकीलक्ष्मणः Murārināṭakam. -प्रपञ्च (निष्प्रपञ्च) a. 1 without extension. -2 without deceit, honest. -प्रभ (निःप्रभ or -निष्प्रभ) a. 1 lustreless, pale-looking; निष्प्रभश्च रिपुरास भूभृताम् R.11.81. -2 powerless. 3 gloomy, obscure, dim, dark. -प्रमाणक (निष्प्रमाणक) a. without authority. -प्रयत्न (निष्प्र- यत्न) a. inactive, dull. -प्रयोजन (निष्प्रयोजन) a. 1 without motive, not influenced by any motive. -2 causeless, groundless, -3 useless. -4 needless, unnecessary. (-नम्) ind. causelessly, without reason, without any object; Mu.3. -प्रवणि, प्रवाण, प्रवाणि (निष्प्रवणि, -ष्प्रवाण, -ष्प्रवाणि) a. fresh from loom, quite new (cloth, &c.) -प्राण (निष्पाण) a. 1 lifeless, dead. -2 Weak (निर्बल); निष्प्राणो नामिहन्तव्यः Mb.12.95.12. -फल (निष्फल) a. 1 bearing no fruit, fruitless (fig. also), unsuccessful, futile; निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56. -2 useless, profitless, vain; Ku.4.13. -3 barren (as a tree). -4 meaningless (as a word). -5 seedless, impotent. (-ला, -ली) a woman past child-bearing. -फेन (निष्फेन) a. foamless. n. opium. -शङ्क (निःशङ्क) a. free from fear or risk, secure, fearless. (-निःशङ्कः) (in music) a kind of dance. -f. (निःशङ्का) absence of fear. -ind. fearlessly, securely, easily. -शब्द (निःशब्द) a. not expressed in words, inaudible; निःशब्दं रोदितुमारेभे K.135. (-ब्दः, ब्दम्) silence, a calm. -शमः (निःशमः) uneasiness, anxiety. -शरण a. (-निःशरण) helpless, forlorn. -शर्कर (-निःशर्कर) a. free from pebbles (as a bathing place). -शलाक (निःशलाक) a. lonely, solitary, retired. (-कम्) a retired place, solitude; अरण्ये निःशलाके वा मन्त्रयेदविभावितः Ms.7.147. -शल्य a. 1 free from arrows. -2 free from thorns or darts. -शूक (निःशूक) a. merciless, cruel. (-कः) beardless rice. -शेष (निःशेष) a. without remainder (either finished or passed away). -शोध्य (निःशोध्य) a. washed, pure, clean. -श्रीकः a. 1 deprived of lustre, beauty. -2 unhappy. -श्रेयस a. the best, most excellent. (-सः) an epithet of Śiva. (-सम्) final beatitude, absolution; यः करोति वधोदर्का निःश्रेयसकरीः क्रियाः Ki.11.19; see निःश्रेयस also. -2 devotion, faith, belief. -3 apprehension, conception. -4 happiness (in general), welfare; इदं निःश्रेयसं परम् Ms. 1.16. -संशय (निःसंशय) a. 1 undoubted, certain. -2 not doubtful, not suspecting or doubting; कुरु निः- संशयं वत्से स्ववृत्ते लोकमित्यशात् R.15.79. (-यम्) ind. doubtlessly, undoubtedly, surely, certainly. -संस्कार (निःसंस्कार) a. uneducated, ill-mannered. -संख्य (निःसंख्य) a. innumerable. -संग (निःसंग) a. 1 not attached or devoted to, regardless of, indifferent to; यन्निःसंगस्त्वं फलस्यानतेभ्यः Ki.18.24. -2 one who has renounced all worldly attachments; भर्तुर्ये प्रलये$पि पूर्वसुकृता- सङ्गेन निःसङ्गया भक्त्या कार्यधुरं वहन्ति कृतिनस्ते दुर्लभास्त्वादृशाः Mu.1.14. -3 unconnected, separated, detatched. -4 unobstructed; निःसङ्गं प्रतिभिरुपाददे विवृत्तिः Ki.7.12. (-गम्) ind. unselfishly. -संचारः (निःसंचारः) not taking a walk; Māl. -संज्ञ (निःसंज्ञ) a. unconscious. -सत्त्व (निःसत्त्व) a. 1 unenergetic, weak, impotent. -2 mean, insignificant, low. -3 non-existent, unsubstantial. -4 deprived of living beings. (-त्त्वम्) 1 absence of power or energy. -2 non-existence. -3 insignificance. -संतति (निःसंतति), -संतान (निःसंतान) a. childless. -संदिग्ध (निःसंदिग्ध), -संदेह (निःसंदेह) a. see निःसंशय. -संधि (निस्संधि), निःसंधि) a. having no joints perceptible, compact, firm, close, -सपत्न (निःसपत्न) a. 1 having no rival or enemy; घनरुचिरकलापो निःसपत्नो$द्य जातः V.4.1. -2 not claimed by another, belonging exclusively to one possessor. -3 having no foes. -समम् (निःसमम्) ind. 1 unseasonably, at a wrong time. -2 wickedly. -संपात (निःसंपात) a. affording no passage, blocked up. (-तः) the darkness of midnight, thick darkness. -संबाध (निःसंबाध) a. not contracted, spacious, large. -संभ्रम (निःसंभ्रम) a. not perplexed, unembarrassed. -सरणि (निःसरणि) a. pathless. -सह (निःसह) a. 1 Exhausted, powerless; कुसुमावचयपरिश्रमनिःसहं मे शरीरम् Nāg.2. -2 intolerable, irresistible. -सार (निःसार) a. 1 sapless, pithless. -2 worthless, vain, unsubstantial. ˚ता 1 sapless, pithlessness; निःसारत्वाल्लघीयसः (तृणस्य च समा गतिः) Pt.1.16. -2 worthlessness. -3 vanity, unsubstantial or transitory nature. -सीम (निःसीम), -सीमन् (निःसीमन्) a. immeasurable, boundless; अहह महतां निःसीमानश्चरित्रविभूतयः Bh.2.35; निःसीमशर्मप्रदम् 3.97. -स्तम्भ (निःस्तम्भ) a. having no pillars. -2 having no support. -3 not proud; निःस्तम्भो भ्रष्टसंकल्पः स्वान् मेघान् स न्यवारयत् Bhāg.1.25.24. -सूत्र a. helpless; निःसूत्रमास्ते घनपङ्कमृत्सु N.7.69. -स्नेह (निःस्नेह) a. 1 not unctuous or greasy, without unction or oil, dry. -2 not showing affection, unfeeling, unkind, indifferent. -3 not loved, not cared for; केशा अपि विरज्यन्तो निःस्नेहाः किं न सेवकाः Pt.1. 82. -4 not longing for, indifferent to. (-हा) lin-seed. -स्पन्द (निःस्पन्द or निस्स्पन्द) a. motionless, steady; ज्याबन्धनिस्स्पन्दभुजेन यस्य R.6.4. -स्पर्श (निःस्पर्श) a. hard, rough. -स्पृह (निःस्पृह) a. free from desire; निःस्पृहस्य तृणं जगत्. -2 regardless of, indifferent to; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहाः Ki.2.5; R.8.1; भोगेभ्यः स्पृहयालवो न हि वयं का निःस्पृहाणामसि Bh. -3 content, unenvious. -4 free from any worldly ties. -स्व (निःस्व) a. poor, indigent; निस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; त्यक्त्वा जनयितारं स्वं निःस्वं गच्छति दूरतः Pt.1.9. -स्वन (निःस्वन) a. soundless. -स्वभावः (निःस्वभावः) poverty. -a. void of peculiarities. -स्वादु (निःस्वादु) a. tasteless, insipid. |
| |
| nī | नी 1 U. (नयति-ते, निनाय-निन्ये, अनैषीत्-अनेष्ट, नेष्यति-ते, नेतुम्, नीत) One of the roots that govern two accusatives, see examples below) 1 To carry, lead, bring, convey, take, conduct; अजां ग्रामं नयति Sk; नय मां नवेन वसतिं पयोमुचा V.4.43. -2 To guide, direct, govern; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2. -3 To lead away to, carry or bring away; सीता लङ्कां नीता सुरारिणा Bk.6.49; R.12.13; Ms.6.88. -4 To carry off; Śānti.3.5. -5 To carry off for oneself (Ātm.). -6 To spend, or pass (as time); येनामन्दमरन्दे दलदरविन्दे दिनान्यनायिषत Bv.1.1; नीत्वा मासान् कतिचित् Me.2; संविष्टः कुशशयने निशां निनाय R.1.95. -7 To bring or reduce any person to any state or condition; तमपि तरलतामनयदनङ्गः K.143; नीतस्त्वया पञ्चताम् Ratn.3. 3; R.8.19. (In this sense the root is used with substantives much in the same way as कृ q. v.; e. g. दुःखं नी to reduce to misery; वशं नी to reduce to subjection, win over; अस्तं नी to cause to set; विनाशं नी to destroy; परितोषं नी to gratify, please; शूद्रतां-दासत्वं &c. नी to reduce to the state of a Śūdra, slave &c.; साक्ष्यं नी to admit as a witness; दण्डं नी to inflict punishment upon, to punish; पुनरुक्ततां नी to render superfluous; विक्रयं नी to sell; भस्मतां-भस्मसात् नी to reduce to ashes &c. -8 To ascertain, investigate, inquire into, settle, decide; छलं निरस्य भूतेन व्यवहारान्नयेन्नृपः Y.2.19; एवं शास्त्रेषु भिन्नेषु बहुधा नीयते क्रिया Mb. -9 To trace, track, find out; एतैर्लिङ्गैर्नयेत् सीमाम् Ms.8.252,256; यथा नयत्यसृक्पातैर्मृगस्य मृगयुः पदम् 8.44; Y.2.151. -1 To marry. -11 To exclude from. -12 (Ātm.) To instruct, give instruction in; शास्त्रे नयते Sk. -Caus. (नाययति-ते) To cause to lead, carry &c. (with instr. of agent); तेन मां सरस्तीरम- नाययत् K.38. -Desid. (निनीषति-ते) To wish to carry &c. |
| |
| nītiḥ | नीतिः f. 1 Guidance, direction, management. -2 Conduct, manner of conducting oneself, behaviour, course of action. -3 propriety, decorum. -4 Policy, prudence, wisdom, right course; आर्जवं हि कुटिलेषु न नीतिः N.5.13; R.13.69; Ku.1.22. -5 A plan, contrivance, scheme; भूयः स्नेहविचेष्टितैर्मृगदृशो नीतस्य कोटिं पराम् Māl.6.3. -6 Politics, political scicence, statesmanship, political wisdom; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3; दण्डो दमयतामस्मि नीतिरस्मि जिगीषताम् Bg.1.38. -7 Righteousness, moral conduct, morality. -8 The science of morality, morals, ethics, moral philosophy; निन्दन्तु नीति- निपुणा यदि वा स्तुवन्तु Bh.2.83. -9 Acquirement, acquisition. -1 Giving, offering, presenting. -11 Relation, support. -Comp. -कुशल, -ज्ञ, -निपुण, -निष्ण, -विद् a. 1 one versed in policits, a statesman, politician. -2 prudent, wise; किं चित्रं यदि राजनीतिकुशलो राजा भवेद्धार्मिकः Udb. -घोषः N. of the car of Bṛihaspati. -दोषः error of conduct, mistake in policy. -बीजम् a germ or source of intrigue; ˚निवार्पणं कृतम् Pt.1. -विद्या 1 political science, political economy. -2 moral science, ethics. -विषयः the sphere of morality or prudent conduct. -व्यतिक्रमः 1 transgression of the rules of moral or political science. -2 error of conduct, mistake in policy. -शतकम् the 1 verses on morality by Bhartṛihari. -शास्त्रम् the science of ethics or of politics; morality. -सन्धिः method of policy; सुकृत्यं विष्णुगुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च । बृहस्पतेर- विश्वासो नीतिसन्धिस्त्रिधा स्थितः ॥ Pt.2.41. |
| |
| netṛ | नेतृ m. [नी-तृच्] 1 One who leads or guides, a leader, conductor, manager, guide (of elephants, animals &c.); न विना नायकं सेना मुहूर्तमपि तिष्ठति । आहवेष्वाहवश्रेष्ठ नेतृहीनेव नौर्जले ॥ Mb.7.5.8; आसन्नोषधयो नेतुर्नक्तमस्नेहदीपिकाः R.4. 75;14.22;16.3; Me.71; नेताश्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा Sk. Mu.7.14. -2 A director, preceptor; नेता यस्य बृहस्पतिः Bh.2.88. -3 A chief, master, head. -4 An inflictor (as of punishment); प्रजास्तत्र न मुह्यन्ति नेता चेत् साधु पश्यति Ms.7.25. -5 An owner. -6 The hero of a drama. -7 The numeral 'two'. -8 N. of Viṣṇu. |
| |
| netram | नेत्रम् [नयति नीयते वा अनेन नी-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Leading, conducting, directing; कर्मणा दैवनेत्रेण जन्तुदेहोपपत्तये Bhāg.3.31.1. -2 The eye; प्रायेण गृहिणीनेत्राः कन्यार्थेषु कृटुम्बिनः Ku.6.85; 2.29,3;7.13. -3 The string of a churning-stick; मन्थानं मन्दरं कृत्वा तथा नेत्रं च वासुकिम् Mb.1.18.13; Bhāg. 8.6.22. -4 Woven silk, a fine silken garment; नेत्र- क्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. (where some commentators take नेत्रम् in its ordinary sense of the 'eye'). -5 The root of a tree. -6 An enema pipe. -7 A carriage, conveyance in general. -8 The number 'two'. -9 A leader; सूर्योदये सञ्जय के नु पूर्वं युयुत्सवो हृष्यमाणा इवासन् । मामका वा भीष्मनेत्राः समीपे पाण्डवा वा भीमनेत्रास्तदानीम् ॥ Mb.6.2.1. -1 A constellation, star. (said to be m. only in these two senses). -11 A river; Nm. -12 A kind of vein; Nm. -13 A bug; Nm. -14 A bark of a tree; Nm. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a collyrium for the eyes; Ś. Til.7. -अतिथि a. One who has become visible. -अन्तः the outer corner of the eye. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. tears. -अभिष्यन्दः running of the eyes, a kind of eye-disease -अरिः Euphorbia Antiquorum (Mar. निवडुंग, शेर). -आमयः ophthalmia. -उत्सवः any pleasing or beautiful object. -उपमम् the almond fruit. -औषधम् 1 collyrium -2 green sulphate of iron (Mar. हिराकस). -कार्मणम् a spell for the eyes; Vikr. -कनीनिका the pupil of the eye. -कूटः, -टम् a front apartment, a side-hall, a corner tower; प्रधानावासनेत्रस्थनेत्रकूटद्वयं न्यसेत् Kāmikāgama 35.75. -कोषः 1 the eye-ball. -2 the bud of a flower. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, perceptible, visible. -चपल a. restless with the eyes, winking; न नेत्रचपलो$नृजुः Ms.4.177. -छदः the eyelid. -जम्, -जलम्, -वारि n. tears. -र्निसिन् a. kissing or touching the eye (sleep). -पत्रम् the eye-brows. -पर्यन्त a. as far as the eye, up to the eye. (-तः) the outer corner of the eye. -पाकः inflammation of the eye; Suśr. -पिण़्डः 1 the eye-ball. -2 a cat. -बन्धः hood-winking, playing at hide-and-seek; Bhāg. -भवः, -मलम् the mucus of the eyes. -मुष् a. stealing or captivating the eye. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Indra (who had on his body a thousand marks resembling the female organ inflicted by the curse of Gautama). -2 the moon. -रञ्जनम् a collyrium. -रोमन् n. the eyelash. -वस्तिः m., f. a clyster-pipe with a bag. -वस्त्रम् a veil over the eye, the eyelid. -विष् f. excretion of the eyes. -विष a. having poison in the eyes (the Brāhmaṇa); Mb.2. -स्तम्भः rigidity of the eyes. |
| |
| nairṛtaḥ | नैर्ऋतः 1 A demon; भयमप्रलयोद्वेगादाचरव्युर्नैर्ऋतोदधेः R. 1.34;11.21;12.43;14.4;15.2. -2 The regent of the south-western direction; निर्घृणं नैर्ऋतादुच्चैर्बलिनं मारुतादपि Śiva B.29.22. -तम् The lunar mansion called Mūla. |
| |
| nairṛtī | नैर्ऋती 1 An epithet of Durgā. -2 The south-western direction. |
| |
| nyer | न्येर् (नि + आ + ईर्) 1 Direct or address (a wish or desire) to. -2 To appoint. |
| |
| paṭiḥ | पटिः टी f. 1 The curtain of a stage. -2 A cloth. -3 Coarse cloth, canvas. -4 A screen of cloth surrounding a tent. -5 A coloured garment. -Comp. -क्षेपः tossing aside the curtain (of the stage); used as a stage-direction to denote the hurried entrance of a character on the stage; cf. अपटीक्षेप. |
| |
| pat | पत् I. 1 P. (पतति, पतित) 1 To fall, fall down, come down, descend, drop down, alight; अवाङ्मुखस्योपरि पुष्पवृष्टिः पपात विद्याधरहस्तमुक्ता R.2.6; वृष्टिर्भवने चास्य पेतुषी 1.77; (रेणुः) पतति परिणतारुणप्रकाशः शलभसमूह इवाश्रमद्रुमेषु Ś.1.31; Me.17; Bk.7.9;21.6. -2 To fly, move through the air, soar; हन्तुं कलहकारो$सौ शब्दकारः पपात खम् Bk.5.1; see पतत् below. -3 To set, sink (below the horizon); सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनादल्पशेषमैर्यूखैः Ś.4.2 v. l.; पतत्पतङ्गप्रतिमस्तपो- निधिः Śi.1.12. -4 To cast oneself at, throw oneself down, मयि ते पादपतिते किंकरत्वमुपागते Pt.4.7; so चरणपतितम् Me.15; -5 To fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit one's rank or position, fall off; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97;3.16;5.19;9.2; Y.1. 38. -6 To come down (as from heaven); पतन्ति पितरो ह्येषां लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रियाः Bg.1.42. -7 To fall, be reduced to wretchedness or misery; प्रायः कन्दुकपातेनोत्पतत्यार्यः पतन्नपि Bh.2.123. -8 To go down into hell, go to perdition; Ms.11.37; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु पतन्ति नरके$शुचौ Bg.16.16. -9 To fall, occur, come to pass, take place; लक्ष्मीर्यत्र पतन्ति तत्र विवृतद्वारा इव व्यापदः Subhāṣ. -1 To be directed to, light or fall upon (with loc.); प्रसादसौम्यानि सतां सुहृज्जने पतन्ति चक्षूंषि न दारुणाः शराः Ś.6.29. -11 To fall to one's lot or share. -12 To be in, fall in or into. -Caus. (पातयति-ते, पतयति rarely) 1 To cause to fall down, descend or sink &c.; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38;9.61;11.76. -2 To let fall, throw or drop down, fell down (as trees &c.). -3 To ruin, overthrow; व्यपदेशमाविलयितुं किमीहसे जनमिमं च पातयितुम् Ś.5. 21. -4 To shed (as tears). -5 To cast, direct (as the sight). -6 To dash or strike out. -7 To throw or put in, cause to enter. -8 To bring to ruin or misfortune. -9 To depreciate, lower the value of anything; अर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -1 (In arith.) To subtract, deduct. -11 To set in motion, set on foot. -Desid. (पिपतिषति or पित्सति) To wish to fall. -II. 4.Ā. (पत्यते) Ved. 1 To be master of. -2 To rule, control. -3 To possess. -4 To be fit for, serve for (with dat.) -III. 1. U. (पतयति-ते) 1 To go, move. -2 To be master of (intransitive). |
| |
| paraṃpara | परंपर a. One following the other; परंपराणां भक्षिष्ये वानराणां मृतं मृतम् Rām.4.56.5. -2 Successive, repeated. -रः 1 A great-grandson. -2 A kind of deer. -रा 1 An uninterrupted series, regular series, succession; महतीयं खल्वनर्थपरंपरा K.13; कर्णपरंपरया 'from ear to ear, by hear-say'; परंपरया आगम् 'to be handed down in regular succession'. -2 A row, line, collection, assemblage (of regular things); तोयान्तर्भास्करालीव रेजे मुनिपरंपरा Ku.6.49; R.6.5,35,4;12.1. -3 Method, order, due arrangement; एवं परंपराप्राप्तमिमं राजर्षयो विदुः Bg.1.2. -4 Race, family, lineage. -5 Injury, hurting, killing. -Comp. -यात a. received by tradition. -वाहनम् an indirect means of conveyance (such as horse which draws the carriage). -सम्बन्धः an indirect conjunction; cf. P.VIII.1.24 com. -रम् ind. Successively, one after the other. |
| |
| parā | परा ind. A prefix to verbs and nouns in the sense of 'away, back, in an inverted order, aside, towards'. According to G. M. the senses of परा are:-1 killing, injuring & (पराहत). -2 going (परागत). -3 seeing, encountering (परादृष्ट). -4 prowess (पराक्रान्त). -5 direction towards (परावृत्त). -6 excess (पराजित). -7 dependence (पराधीन). -8 liberation (पराकृत). -9 inverted order, backwards (पराङ्मुख). -1 setting aside, disregarding. |
| |
| parāc | पराच् पराञ्च् a. (-ची f.) 1 Situated beyond or on the other side; ये चामुष्मात् पराञ्चो लोकाः Ch. Up; दिग्देश- कालवचनो हि पराक्शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.5.47. -2 Having the face turned away; आत्मीयास्ते ये पराञ्चः पुरस्तात् (पराङ्मुख); Śi.18.18. -3 Unfavourable, adverse; दैवे पराचि Bv.1.15; or दैवे पराग्वदनशालिनि हन्त जाते 3.1. -4 Distant. -5 Directed outwards; पराङ् पश्यति नान्तरात्मन् Kaṭh.2.1.1; Bhāg.8.19.9. -6 Turned away, averted. -7 Departing or returning from. -8 Inverted, reversed. -9 Not repeated; अनभ्यासे पराक्शब्दस्य तादर्थ्यात् MS.1.5.45; अनभ्यासे पराक्शब्दो वर्तते ŚB. On MS. 1.5.45. -n. The body; यदात्मानं पराग्गृह्य पशुवद्भूतवैशसम् Bhāg.4.11.1. -ind. 1 Away, off. -2 Outwards. -Comp. -दृश् a. having the eyes turned towards the outer world. -पुष्पः The कदम्ब tree. -पुष्पी The अपामार्ग. tree (Mar. आघाडा). -मुख a. (पराङ्मुख) 1 having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon; विग्रहाच्च शयने पराङ्मुखीर्नानुनेतुमबलाः स तत्वरे R.19.38; Amaru.9; Ms.2.195;1.119. -2 (a) averse from; मातुर्न केवलं स्वस्याः श्रियो$प्यासीत् पराङ्मुखः R.12.13. (b) not disposed towards, shunning, avoiding; प्रवृत्तिपराङ्मुखो भावः V.4.2; Ś.5.28. -3 adverse, unfavourable; तनुरपि न ते दोषो$स्माकं विधिस्तु पराङ्मुखः Amaru.3. -4 not caring about, regardless of; मर्त्येष्वास्थापराङ्मुखः R.1.43. (-खः) a magical formula pronounced over weapons. -खम्, -मुखता, -मुखत्वम् Turning away, aversion. |
| |
| parācīna | पराचीन a. [पराच्-ख] 1 Turned in an opposite direction, averted; पराचीनो$भवत्तेभ्यः Śiva B.27.42. -2 Averse from, disinclined to. -3 Not minding, not caring about. -4 Happening subsequently or afterwards (उत्तरकालभव). -5 Situated on the other side, being beyond; न कदाचित् पराचीना भवितुमुत्सहन्ते Bhāg. 5.2.37. -6 Unfit, improper. -7 Outward (बहिर्मुख); ज्ञानमेकं पराचीनैरिन्द्रियैर्ब्रह्म निर्गुणम् Bhāg.3.32.28. -नम् ind. 1 Away from, beyond. -2 More than. -Comp. -रात्रम् the second half of the night. |
| |
| pari | परि ind. (Sometimes changed to परी, as परिवाह or परीवाह, परिहास or परीहास) 1 As a prefix to verbs and nouns derived from them, it means (a) round, round about, about; (b) in addition to, further; (c) opposite to, against; (d) much, excessively. -2 As a separable preposition it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to, opposite to (with an acc.); वृक्षं परि विद्योतते विद्युत्; (b) successively, severally (with an acc.); वृक्षं वृक्षं परि सिञ्चति 'he waters tree after tree'; (c) to the share or lot of (showing भाग or participation) (with acc.); यदत्र मां परि स्यात् 'what may fall to my lot'; or लक्ष्मीर्हरिं परि Sk.; (d) from, out of; (e) expect, outside of, with the exception of (with abl.); परि त्रिगर्तेभ्यो वृष्टो देवः or पर्यनन्तात् त्रयस्तापाः Vop.; (f) after the lapse of; परि संवत्सरात् (g) in consequence of; (h) beyond, more than; भृत्याः परि चतुर्दश Mb.3.1.11 (com. अधिकचतुर्दशाः पञ्चदशेत्यर्थः; (i) according to, in accordance with; (j) above, over. -3 As an adverbial prefix to nouns not directly connected with verbs, it means 'very', 'very much, 'excessively'; as in पर्यश्रु 'bursting into tears'; so परिचतुर्दशन्, परिदौर्बल्य. -4 At the beginning of adverbial compounds परि means (a) without, except, outside, with the exception of; as in परित्रिगर्तं वृष्टो दिवः P.II.1.12; VI.2.33. (According to P.II. 1.1. परि may be used at the end of adverbial comp. after अक्ष, शलाका, and a numeral to denote loss or defeat in a game by an unlucky or adverse cast of dice' (द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः) e. g. अक्षपरि, शलाका- परि, एकपरि; cf. अक्षपरि; (b) round about, all round, surrounded by; as in पर्यग्नि 'in the midst of flames'. -5 At the end of an adjectival comp. परि has the sense of 'exhausted by', or 'feeling repugnance for'; as in पर्यध्ययनः = परिग्लानो$ध्ययनाय. |
| |
| parikaraḥ | परिकरः 1 Retinue, train, attendants, followers. -2 A multitude, collection, crowd; संध्याकृष्टावशिष्टस्वकर- परिकरस्पृष्टहेमारपङ्क्तिः Ratn.3.5. -3 A beginning, commencement; गतानामारम्भः किसलयितलीलापरिकरः Bh.1.6. -4 A girth, waist-band, cloth worn round the loins; अहिपरिकरभाजः Śi.4.65; परिकरं बन्ध् or कृ 'to gird up one's loins, to make oneself ready, prepare oneself for any action'; बध्नन् सवेगं परिकरम् K.17; कृतपरिकरः कर्मसु जनः Śivamahimna 2; कृतपरिकरस्य भवादृशस्य त्रैलोक्यमपि न क्षमं परिपन्थीभवितुम् Ve.3; G. L.47; बद्धो मानपरिग्रहे परिकरः सिद्धिस्तु दैवे स्थिता Amaru.97; U.5.12. -5 A sofa. -6 (in Rhet.) N. of a figure of speech which consists in the use of significant epithets; विशेषणैर्यत् साकूतैरुक्तिः परिकरस्तु सः K. P.1; e. g. सुधांशुकलितोत्तंसस्तापं हरतु वः शिवः Chandr.5.59. -7 (In dramaturgy) Covet or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot or a drama, the germ or the बीज q. v; see S. D.34. -8 Judgment. -9 A helper, colleague, co-worker. |
| |
| parigam | परिगम् 1 P. 1 To go or walk round; तं हयं तत्र परिगम्य Rām.; यथा हि मेरुः सूर्येण नित्यशः परिगम्यते Mb. -2 To surround; विशदप्रभापरिगतम् Śi.9.26; Bk.1.1; सेनापरिगत &c. -3 To spread everywhere, pervade all directions. -4 To attain to, obtain; वृषलताम् &c. -5 To know, understand, learn; प्रथमपरिगतार्थस्तं रघुः संनिवृत्तम् R.7.71. -6 To die, go forth (from this world); वयं येभ्यो जाताश्चिरपरिगता एव खलु ते Bh.3.38. -7 To overpower, affect; as in क्षुधया परिगतः. -Caus. To pass or spend (time). |
| |
| paritas | परितस् ind. (Usually with a noun in the acc., sometimes by itself) 1 All around, on all sides, round about, in all directions, everywhere, on every side; रक्षांसि वेदीं परितो निरास्थत् Bk.1.12; Śi.5.26;9.36; Ś.4.8;3.26. Ki.1.14; गाहितमखिलं गहनं परितो दृष्टाश्च विटपिनः सर्वे Bv.1.21,29. -2 Towards, in the direction of, आपेदिरे$म्बरपथं परितः पतङ्गाः Bv.1.17; R.9.66. |
| |
| paridhā | परिधा 3 U. 1 To put or wear (as a garment); त्वचं स मेध्यां परिधाय रौरवीम् R.3.31. -2 To surround, enclose. -3 To direct towards. -4 To put or place round. -5 To cast round the eyes, turn the glance upon. -6 To conclude, close (as the recitation of a hymn). -Caus. To cause to put on, clothe with. |
| |
| paripat | परिपत् 1 P. 1 To fly round or about, wheel or whirl round, hover about; बिन्दूत्क्षेपान् पिपासुः परिपतति शिखी भ्रान्तिमद्वारियन्त्रम् M.2.13; Amaru. after 56 (प्रक्षिप्त). -2 To spring down upon, attack, fall upon (as in battle). -3 To run in all directions; (हयाः) परिपेतुर्दिशो दश Mb. -4 To go to or fall into; Śi.11.41. -Caus. To shoot off or down. |
| |
| paryak | पर्यक् ind. Round about, in every direction; उत्पेतुरुत् पाततमाः सहस्रशो भयावहा दिवि भूमौ च पर्यक् Bhāg.4.5.12. |
| |
| pil | पिल् 1 U. (पेलयति-ते) 1 To throw, cast. -2 To send, direct. -3 To incite, prompt. |
| |
| puṇḍarīkam | पुण्डरीकम् 1 A lotus-flower, especially a white lotus; Nelumbium Speciosum; हृत्पुण्डरीकान्तरसंनिविष्टं स्वतेजसा व्याप्तनभो$वकाशम् Śivakavacha; U.6.12,29; Māl.9.14. -2 A white parasol. -3 A medicine, drug. -कः 1 The white colour. -2 N. of the elephant presiding over the south-east direction; तेन द्विपानामिव पुण्डरीको राज्ञामजय्यो$जनि पुण्डरीकः R.18.8. -3 A tiger. -4 A kind of serpent. -5 A species of rice. -6 A kind of leprosy. -7 A fever in an elephant. -8 A kind of mango tree. -9 A pitcher, water-pot. -1 Fire. -11 A (sectarial) mark on the fore-head. -12 A kind of sacrifice; पुण्डरीकसहस्रेण वाजपेयशतैस्तथा Mb.7.63.2. -13 N. of an ancient and renowned devotee of the god Viṭhobā. -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Viṣṇu; यं पुण्डरीकाक्षमिव श्रिता श्रीः R.18.8. -प्लवः a kind of bird. -मुखी a kind of leech. |
| |
| punar | पुनर् ind. 1 Again, once more, anew; न पुनरेवं प्रवर्ति- तव्यम् Ś.6; किमप्ययं बटुः पुनर्विवक्षुः स्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83; so पुर्नभू 'to become a wife again.' -2 Back, in an opposite direction (mostly with verbs); पुनर्दा 'to give back, restore'; पुनर्या -इ-गम् &c. 'to go back, return' &c. -3 On the other hand, on the contrary, but, however, nevertheless, still (with an adversative force); प्रसाद इव मूर्तस्ते स्पर्शः स्नेहार्द्रशीतलः । अद्याप्यानन्दयति मां त्वं पुनः क्वासि नन्दिनि U.3.14; मम पुनः सर्वमेव तन्नास्ति U.3. -4 Further, furthermore, besides; पुनः पुनः 'again and again,' 'repeatedly', 'frequently'; पुनः पुनः सुतनिषिद्धचापलम् R.3.42; किं पुनः 'how much more', or 'how much less'; see under किम्. पुनरपि again, once more, and also; on the other hand. -Comp. -अन्वयः returning; किंवा गतो$स्य पुनरन्वयमन्यलोकम् Bhāg.6.14.57. -अपगमः going away again. -अर्थिता a repeated request. -आगत a. come back, returned; गोव्रजात् पुनरागतम् Ms.11.195. -आगमः, -मनम् coming back, return; भस्मीभूतस्य देहस्य पुनरागमनं कुतः Sarva. S.; इष्टकामप्रसिद्ध्यर्थं पुनरागमनाय च Pūja Mantram. -आधानम्, -आधेयम् renewing the consecrated fire; पुनर्दारक्रियां कुर्यात् पुनराधानमेव च Ms.5.168. -आवर्तः 1 return. -2 repeated birth. -आवर्तिन् a. returning to mundane existence; आ ब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -आवृत् f. -आवृत्तिः f. 1 repetition. -2 return to worldly existence repetition of birth; करोति पुनरावृत्तिस्तेषामिह न विद्यते Y.3.194. -3 revision, another edition (of a book &c.). -उक्त a. 1 said again, repeated, reiterated. -2 superfluous, unnecessary; शशंस वाचा पुनरुक्तयेव R.2.68; Śi.7.64. (-क्तम्), पुनरुक्तता 1 repetition. -2 superfluity, redundancy, uselessness, tautology; V.5.15; व्यापारैः पुनरुक्त- भुक्तविषयैरेवंविधेनामुना संसारेण कदर्थिताः Bh.3.78. ˚जन्मन् m. a Brāhmaṇa (द्विजन्मन्). पुनरुक्तवदाभासः seeming tautology, appearance of repetition, regarded as a figure of speech; e. g. भुजंगकुण्डलीव्यक्तशशिशुभ्रांशुशीतगुः । जगन्त्यपि सदापायादव्याच्चेतोहरः शिवः S. D.632; (here the first impression of the tautology is removed when the passage is rightly understood; cf. also K. P.9 under पुनरुक्तवदाभास). -उक्तिः f. 1 repetition. -2 superfluity, uselessness, tautology. -उत्थानम् rising again, resurrection. -उत्पत्ति f. 1 reproduction. -2 return of birth, metempsychosis. -उत्पादनम् reproduction. -उपगमः return; क्वायोध्यायाः पुनरुपगमो दण्डकायां वने वः U.2.13. -उपोढा, -ऊढा a woman married again. -क्रीया f. repetition, doing again; न च कृतस्य क्रमानुग्रहार्थं पुनःक्रिया न्याय्या । ŚB. on MS.12.1.16. -गमनम् return, going again. -जन्मन् n. repeated birth, metempsychosis; मामुपेत्य तु कौन्तेय पुनर्जन्म न विद्यते Bg.8.16. -जात a. born again. -डीनम् a particular manner of flying; Mb.8.41.28. -णवः, -नवः 'growing again and again', a finger-nail. -दारक्रिया marrying again, taking a second wife; Ms.5.168. -नवा hog-weed, Boerhavia Procumbens (Mar. घेटुळी). -पुना (पुनःपुना) N. of a river in Behār; कीकटेषु गया रम्या नदी पुण्या पुनःपुना Vāyu. P. -प्रत्युपकारः returning one's obligations, requital. -प्रसवः (See प्रतिप्रसवः) प्रतिषिद्धस्य पत्न्या अध्ययनस्य पुनःप्रसवे न किंचिदस्ति प्रमाणम् ŚB. on Ms.6.1.24. -भव a. born again. (-वः) 1 transmigration, repeated or recurring birth; metempsychosis; अदृष्टाश्रुतवस्तुत्वात् स जीवो यत् पुनर्भवः Bhāg. 1.3.32; ममापि च क्षपयतु नीललोहितः पुनर्भवं परिगतशक्तिरात्मभूः Ś.7.35; Ku.3.5. -2 a finger nail, hair; Mb.13.111.98; -भविन् m. the sentient soul. -भावः new birth, repeated birth; न गच्छन्ति पुनर्भावं मुनयः संशितव्रताः Mb.12.279.5; मेने पुनर्भावमिवात्मनश्च Bu. Ch.3.25. -भूः f. 1 a (virgin) widow remarried. -2 re-existence. -भोगः 1 repeated enjoyment. -2 return of fruition. -3 repeated possession. -वचनम् 1 repetition. -2 repeated scriptural injunction. -वत्सः a weaned calf that begins to suck again. -वसुः (usually dual) 1 the seventh lunar mansion (consisting of two or four stars); गां गताविव दिवः पुनर्वसू R.11.36. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva. -विवाहः remarriage. -संस्कारः (पुनःसंस्कारः) repetition of any Saṁskāra or purificatory ceremony. -संगमः, -संधानम् (पुनःसंधानम् &c.) 1 reunion. -2 rekindling the sacred fire when it has been extinguished. -संभवः (पुनःसंभवः) being born again (into the world), metempsychosis. |
| |
| purūravas | पुरूरवस् m. [cf. Uṇ.4.231] The son of Budha and Ilā and founder of the lunar race of kings. [He saw the nymph Urvaśī, while descending upon earth owing to the curse of Mitra and Varuṇa, and fell in love with her. Urvaśī, too, was enamoured of the king who was as renowned for personal beauty as for truthfulness, devotion, and generosity, and became his wife. They lived happily together for many days, and after she had borne him a son, she returned to the heaven. The king heavily mourned her loss, and she was pleased to repeat her visits five successive times and bore him five sons. But the king, who wanted her life-long company, was not evidently satisfied with this; and he obtained his desired object after he had offered oblations as directed by the Gandharvas. The story told in Vikramorvaśīya differs in many respects; so does the account given in the Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, based on a passage in the Ṛigveda, where it is said that Urvaśī agreed to live with Purūravas on two conditions:-namely that her two rams which she loved as children must be kept near her bed-side and never suffered to be carried away, and that he must take care never to be seen by her undressed. The Gandharvas, however, carried away the rams, and so Urvaśī disappeared.] |
| |
| pṛ | पृ I. 6 Ā. (प्रियते-पृत) To be busy or active (mostly with व्या); कार्ये व्याप्रियते; see व्यापृत. -Caus (पारयति-ते) 1 To cause to work, engage upon, entrust, with, appoint to; (usually with loc.); व्यापारितः शूलमृता विधाय सिंहत्वमङ्कागतसत्त्ववृत्ति R.2.38. -2 To place, set, fix, direct, cast; व्यापारयामास करं किरीटे R.6.19; उमामुखे...व्यापार- यामास विलोचनानि Ku.3.67; व्यापारितं शिरसि शस्त्रमशस्त्रपाणेः Ve.3.19; R.13.25. -II. 3 P. (पिपर्ति, पूर्ण) 1 To bring or carry over. -2 To deliver from, bring out of. -3 To fill. -4 To protect, maintain, sustain. -5 To promote, advance. -III. 9 P. (पृणाति) To protect. -IV. 1 U. (पारयति-ते; sometimes पार् is regarded as a separate root.) 1 To carry over or across, ferry over. -2 To reach the other side of anything, accomplish, perform, achieve, bring to a conclusion (a vow &c.). -3 To be able or capable; न खलु मातापितरौ भर्तृ- वियोगदुःखितां दुहितरं द्रष्टुं पारयतः Ś.6; न पारयामि तातकाश्यपस्य ... आपन्नसत्त्वां शकुन्तलां निवेदयितुम् Ś.4; अधिकं न हि पारयामि वक्तुम् Bv.2.59. -4 To deliver, save, extricate, rescue. -5 To withstand, oppose. -6 To live; V.5 P. (पृणोति) 1 To please or delight, gratify. -2 To be pleased or delighted. |
| |
| pṛth | पृथ् 1 U. (पर्थयति-ते) 1 To extend. -2 To throw, cast. -3 To send, direct. |
| |
| prakāśa | प्रकाश a. 1 Bright, shining, brilliant; प्रकाशश्चाप्रकाशश्च लोकलोक इवाचलः R.1.68; 5.2. -2 Clear, visible, manifest; Śi.12.56; नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 Vivid, perspicuous; नयन्ति तेष्वप्युपपन्ननैपुणा गभीरमर्थं कतिचित् प्रकाशताम् Ki.14.4. -4 Famous, renowned, celebrated, noted; जगत्प्रकाशं यशः R.3.48; पितुः प्रकाशस्य तव द्वितीयः Pratimā4.9. -5 Open, public. -6 Cleared of trees, open; विपिनानि प्रकाशानि शक्तिमत्त्वाच्चकार सः R.4.31. -7 Blown, expanded. -8 (At the end of comp.) Looking like, like, resembling; महावनं चैत्ररथप्रकाशम् Mb. 3.177.17. -शः 1 Light, lustre, splendour, brightness; यथा प्रकाशतमसोः सम्बन्धो नोपपद्यते Smṛiti. -2 (Fig.) Light, elucidation, explanation (mostly at the end of titles of works); काव्यप्रकाश, भावप्रकाश, तर्कप्रकाश &c. -3 Sunshine; मेघान्तरे सूर्य इव प्रकाशः Mb.8.7.16. -4 Display, manifestation; Śi.9.5. -5 Fame, renown, celebrity, glory. -6 Expansion, diffusion. -7 Open spot of air; प्रकाशं निर्गतो$वलोकयामि Ś.4. -8 A golden mirror. -9 A chapter or section (of a book). -1 The gloss on the upper part of a horse's body. -11 Knowledge (ज्ञान); सर्वद्वारेषु देहे$स्मिन् प्रकाश उपजायते Bg.14.11. -12 Laughter. -शम् Bell-metal, brass. -शम् ind. 1 Openly, publicly; प्रतिभू- र्दापितो यत् तु प्रकाशं धनिनो धनम् Y.2.56; Ms.8.193;9.228. -2 Aloud, audibly (used as a stage-direction in drama; opp. आत्मगतम्). -शे ind. Openly, publicly. -2 Visibly. -3 In the presence of. -Comp. -आत्मक a. shining, brilliant. -आत्मन् a. bright, shining. (-m.) an epithet of (1) Viṣṇu; (2) of Śiva; (3) the sun. -इतर a. invisible. -कर a. causing manifestation; करणं त्रयोदशविधं तदाहरणधारणप्रकाशकरम् Sāṅ. K.32. -कर्तृ, -कर्मन् N. of the sun. -क्रयः an open purchase. -नारी a public woman, prostitute, harlot; अलं चतुःशालमिमं प्रवेश्य प्रकाशनारीधृत एष यस्मात् Mk.3.7. -वञ्चकः an open cheat. |
| |
| pracud | प्रचुद् 1 U. 1 To impel, prompt, urge, incite; धियो यो नः प्रचोदयात् Gāyatrī.; चापलाय प्रचोदितः R.1.9. -2 To drive or urge on, push on. -3 To excite, inspire, encourage, incite, stimulate. -4 To enjoin, direct, prescribe. -5 To request, ask. -6 To fix, settle, determine. -7 To proclaim, announce; परिवेषयेत प्रयतो गुणान् सर्वान् प्रचोदयन् Ms.3.228. |
| |
| pracodita | प्रचोदित p. p. 1 Urged, incited. -2 Instigated. -3 Directed, ordered, prescribed; चोदितो गुरुणा नित्यमप्रचोदित एव वा । कुर्यादध्ययने यत्नमाचार्यस्य हितेषु च॥ Ms.2.191. -4 Sent, despatched. -5 Decreed, determined. -6 Announced. |
| |
| praḍīnam | प्रडीनम् 1 Flying in every direction; प्रडीनं सर्वतोयानम् Mb.8.41.26 (com.). -2 Flying forward; see under डीन. -3 Taking flight. |
| |
| praṇidhā | प्रणिधा 2 U. 1 To place, put or lay down; prostrate; प्रणिहितशिरसं वा कान्तमार्द्रापराधम् M.3.12; तस्मात् प्रणम्य प्रणिधाय कायम् Bg.11.44. -2 To set, put in, inlay or incase; यदि मणिस्त्रपुणि प्रणिधीयते Pt.1.75 (v. l.). -3 To apply, fix upon, direct towards; भर्तृप्रणिहितेक्षणाम् R.15.84; Bk.6. 142. -4 To stretch out, extend; मामाकाशप्रणिहितभुजं निर्दया- श्लेषहेतोः Me.18; नीवीं प्रति प्रणिहिते तु करे प्रियेण सख्यः शपामि यदि किंचिदपि स्मरामि K. P.4. -5 To send out (as spies). -6 To place or lay in the front. -7 To include, enclose. -8 To employ, use; प्रणिहितमपि चक्षुर्ग्रस्तमुक्तं हिनस्ति U.5.13. -9 To resolve. -1 To think. |
| |
| praṇihita | प्रणिहित p. p. 1 Laid on, applied. -2 Deposited. -3 Outstretched, stretched forth; मामाकाशप्रणिहितभुजं निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 Consigned, delivered, entrusted. -5 Having the attention fixed upon one object, with the mind concentrated, intent; ऋजुः प्रणिहितो गच्छंस्त्रसस्थावर- वर्जकः Mb.12.9.19. -6 Determined, decided. -7 Cautious, wary. -8 Obtained, attained. -9 Spied out. -1 Acknowledged, admitted, stated; सम्यक् प्रणिहितं चार्थं पृष्टः सन्नाभिनन्दति Ms.8.54. -11 Applied, directed; प्रियायास्मै धाम्ने प्रणिहितनमस्यो$स्मि भवते Mahimna.28 (v. l.). |
| |
| praṇī | प्रणी 1 P. 1 To lead or forth (as an army), conduct; वानरेन्द्रेण प्रणीतेन (बलेन) Rām. -2 To offer, give, present; अर्घ्यं प्रणीय जनकात्मजा Bk.5.76. -3 To bring to, set (as fire); दग्धां गुहां पश्य उलूकपूर्णां काकप्रणीतेन हुताशनेन Pt.3.1. -4 To consecrate by reciting sacred Mantras, hallow, consecrate in general; त्रिधा प्रणीतो ज्वलनः Hariv. -5 To inflict (as punishment); यदि न प्रणयेद् राजा दण्डं दण्ड्येष्वतन्द्रितः Ms.7.2;8.238; Mb.1.64.15. -6 To lay down, teach, promulgate, institute, prescribe; स एव धर्मो मनुना प्रणीतः R.14.67; भवत्प्रणीतमाचारमामनन्ति हि साधवः Ku.6.31. -7 To write, compose (as a work); प्रणीतः न तु प्रकाशितः U.4; उत्तरं रामचरितं तत्प्रणीतं प्रयुज्यते U.1.3. -8 To accomplish, effect, perform, bring about; प्रणीय दारिद्र्यदरिद्रतां नृपः N.1.15.19; कण्ठाश्लेषोपगूढं तदपि च न चिरं यत् प्रियाभिः प्रणीतम् Bh.3.82. -9 To lead or reduce to any condition. -1 To show, display; यद्यद्धिया त उरुगाय विभावयन्ति तत्तद्वपुः प्रणयसे सदनुग्रहाय Bhāg.3.9.11. -11 To direct, fix or turn towards (as the eyes). -12 To show affection or love, love. -13 To throw, cast, discharge; अस्त्रं पुनः पाशमृतः प्रणिन्ये Ki.16.54. -14 To remove, destroy; द्रौपद्याश्च परिक्लेशं प्रणेष्यामि हते त्वयि Mb.6.79.4. -15 To draw in the breath (Ātm.). |
| |
| praṇodaḥ | प्रणोदः 1 Driving. -2 Directing. |
| |
| praṇodita | प्रणोदित a. 1 Set in motion. -2 Directed, ordered. -3 Driven. |
| |
| prati | प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2. |
| |
| pratibandh | प्रतिबन्ध् 9 P. 1 1 To tie, fasten, bind (to); पीतप्रति- बद्धवत्साम् (धैनुम्) R.2.1. -2 To fix upon, direct towards; रसान्तरेषु प्रतिबद्धरागम् Ku.7.91. -3 To inlay, set, incase; यदि मणिस्त्रुपुणि प्रतिबध्यते Pt.1.75; बहलानुराग- कुरुविन्ददलप्रतिबद्धमध्यमिवं दिग्वलयम् Śi.9.8. -4 To obstruct, hinder, keep off or back, exclude, shut out; प्रतिबध्नाति हि श्रेयः मूज्यपूजाव्यतिक्रमः R.1.79. -5 To stop, interrupt; मैनमन्तरा प्रतिबध्नीतम् Ś.6. |
| |
| pratibaddha | प्रतिबद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, fastened to; वनाय पीत- प्रतिबद्धवत्सां यशोधनो धेनुमृषेर्मुमोच R.2.1. -2 Connected with, harmonizing with; रसान्तरेषु प्रतिबद्धरागम् Ku.7.91. -3 Hindered, obstructed, impeded. -4 Set, inlaid; यस्याः पुरा परिचयप्रतिबद्धबीजम् Māl.1.21. -5 Furnished with, possessing. -6 Entangled, involved. -7 Kept at a distance. -8 Disappointed. -9 Fixed, directed. -1 Attached or hanging to. -11 Excluded, out off. -12 (In phil.) Invariably and inseparably connected and implied (as fire in smoke). -13 Wreathed (as a garland); सखि एकपार्श्वविषमप्रतिबद्धा खल्वेषा रचना Māl.2. |
| |
| pratisaṃdhā | प्रतिसंधा 3 U. 1 To re-adjust. -2 To aim at, direct. -3 To conceive, comprehend. -4 To be, fasten. -5 To put on, wear. -6 To restore, return. -7 To compose oneself. -8 To fit (as an arrow to the bowstring.) |
| |
| pratisaṃhita | प्रतिसंहित p. p. Aimed at, directed against. |
| |
| pratīka | प्रतीक a. 1 Directed or turned towards. -2 Inverted, reverse. -3 Contrary, unfavourable, adverse. -कः 1 A limb, member; अप्राणद्भिः प्राणभाजां प्रतीकैः Śi.18.79. -2 A part, portion. -कम् 1 An image. -2 Mouth, face. -3 The front (of anything). -4 The first word (of a verse, sentence &c.). -5 A lamp; L. D. B. -6 A symbol. -7 A copy. -Comp. -दर्शनम् a symbolic conception. |
| |
| pratīcīna | प्रतीचीन a. 1 Western, westerly. -2 Future, subsequent, following. -3 Ved. Turned or directed towards. -4 Turning back, turned away from. -5 Coming from behind. -6 Turned inwards (अभिमुख); सध्रीचीनं प्रतीचीनं परस्यानुपथं गताः Bhāg.6.5.33. |
| |
| pratyak | प्रत्यक् ind. 1 In an opposite direction, backwards. -2 Against. -3 Westward, to the west of (with abl.). -4 In the interior, inwardly. -5 Formerly, in former times. |
| |
| pratyakṣa | प्रत्यक्ष a. [अक्ष्णःप्रति] 1 Perceptible (to the eye), visible; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिरवतु वस्ताभिरष्टाभिरीशः Ś1.1. -2 Present, in sight, before the eye. -3 Cognizable by any organ of sense. -4 Distinct, evident, clear. -5 Direct, immediate. -6 Explicit, express. -7 Corporeal. -क्षम् 1 Perception, ocular evidence, apprehension by the senses, considered as a प्रमाण or mode of proof; इन्द्रियार्थसंनिकर्षजन्यं ज्ञानं प्रत्यक्षम् T. S. -2 Explicitness, distinctness. -3 Superintendence, care for; प्रत्यहं लोकयात्रायाः प्रत्यक्षं स्त्रीनिबन्धनम् Ms.9.27. -4 (In Rhet.) A kind of style descriptive of impressions derived from the senses. (The forms प्रत्यक्षम्, प्रत्यक्षेण, प्रत्यक्षतः, प्रत्यक्षात् are used adverbially in the sense of 1 Before, in the presence of, in the sight of. -2 Openly, publicly. -3 Directly, immediately. Hence; प्रत्यक्षतोदृष्टसम्बन्धम् is a variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is directly perceived; प्रत्यक्षतो दृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा धूमाकृतिदर्शनादग्न्याकृतिविज्ञानम् ŚB. on MS.1. 1.5. -4 Personally. -5 At sight. -6 Explicitly. -7 Distinctly, clearly. -8 Literally. So प्रत्यक्षे in the sight of, before the eyes of.) -Comp. -करणम् one's own perception. -कृता (i. e. ऋक्) a hymn in which s deity is directly addressed. -ज्ञान्म् ocular evidence, knowledge obtained by direct perception. -दर्शनम् ocular evidence, direct proof. -दर्शनः, -दर्शिन् m. an eyewitness. -दृष्ट a. personally seen. -पर a. setting the highest value on the visible. -परीक्षणम् personal examination, real observation. -प्रमा correct or certain knowledge, such as is obtained by direct perception through the senses. -प्रमाणम् 1 ocular proof, evidence of the senses. -2 an organ of perception. -फल a. having evident or visible consequences. -भूत a. manifested, appeared personally. -भोगः enjoyment of anything with the knowledge of the owner. -वादिन् m. a Buddhist who admits no other evidence than ocular proof or perception. -विधानम् an express injunction. -विषयीभू to move only within the range of sight. -विहित a. directly or explicitly enjoined. -वृत्तिः composed clearly or intelligibly (as a word). -सिद्ध a. determined by ocular proof. प्रत्यक्षता pratyakṣatā त्वम् tvam प्रत्यक्षता त्वम् 1 Perceptibility, ocular proof. -2 Standing face to face. -3 Explicitness. -4 (In phil.) ...... तत्तदिन्द्रिययोग्यवर्तमानविषयावच्छिन्नचैतन्याभिन्नत्वं तत्तदाकार- वृत्त्यवच्छिन्नज्ञानस्य तत्तदंशे प्रत्यक्षत्वम् Vedānta P. |
| |
| pratyagra | प्रत्यग्र a. 1 Fresh, young, new, recent; प्रत्यग्रहतानां मांसम् Ve.3; कुसुमशयनं न प्रत्यग्रम् V.3.1; Me.4; R.1. 54; Ratn.1.21. -2 Repeated. -3 Pure. -Comp. -वयस् a. young in age, in the prime of life, youthful. प्रत्यञ्च् pratyañc प्रत्यच् pratyac प्रत्यञ्च् प्रत्यच् a. (-प्रतीची f. or according to Vopadeva प्रत्यञ्ची also) 1 Turned or directed towards; turned inward; मनः प्रत्यक् चित्ते सविधमवधायात्तमरुतः Śivamahimna 25. -2 Being behind. -3 Following, subsequent; समेत्य तरसा प्रत्यग्द्वाभ्यां तद्भ्यां बलं बली । निहत्य Bhāg. 1.15.3. -4 Averted, turned away, turning back; Pt.3.181. -5 Western, westerly. -6 Inner, interior. -7 Equal to, a match for. -m. 1 The individual soul. -2 Future time. -Comp. -अक्षम् (प्रत्यगक्षम्) an inner organ. -आत्मन् m. (प्रत्यगात्मन्) the individual soul; कश्चिद्धीरः प्रत्यगात्मानमैक्षदावृत्तचक्षुरमृतत्वमिच्छन् Kaṭh.2.1.1. -आनन्द a. inwardly joyful. -आशापतिः (प्रत्यगाशापतिः) 'The lord of the western direction', an epithet of Varuṇa. -उदच् f. (प्रत्यगुदच्) the north-west. -चेतन a. 1 whose thoughts are turned upon himself. -2 intelligent. (-नः) 1 the supreme soul; the Puruṣa in the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -2 the soul. -दक्षिणतः (प्रत्यग्दक्षिणतः) ind. towards the south-west. -दृश् f. (प्रत्यग्दृश्) an inward glance, a glance directed inwards; स्वांशेन सर्वतनुभृन्मनसि प्रतीतप्रत्यग्दृशे भगवते बृहते नमस्ते Bhāg.8.3.17. -धामन् a. internally illuminated. -पुष्पा Achyranthes aspera (Mar. आघाडा); Mātaṅga L.11.26. -प्रवण a. devoted to the individual soul. -मुख a. (प्रत्यङ्मुख) 1 facing the west; श्रियं प्रत्यङ्मुखो भुङ्क्ते Ms.2.52. -2 having the face averted. -रथाः (Pl.) (प्रत्यग्रथाः) N. of the Ahichchhatra country; L. D. B. -स्रोतस् (प्रत्यक्स्रोतस्) flowing towards the west; Malli. on Śi.4.66. (-f.) an epithet of the river Narmadā. |
| |
| pratyādiś | प्रत्यादिश् 6 P. 1 (a) To reject, discard, shun; प्रत्या- दिष्टविशेषमण्डनविधिः Ś.6.6. (b) To repulse; प्रत्यादिदेशैनम- भाषमाणा R.6.25. -2 To cast off, repudiate (as a person); कामं प्रत्यादिष्टां स्मरामि न परिग्रहं मुनेस्तनयाम् Ś.5.31. -3 To obscure, eclipse, defeat, throw into the shade or background; प्रत्यादिश्यन्त इव मे दृष्टलक्षभिदः शराः R.1.61; रक्षागृहगता दीपाः प्रत्यादिष्टा इव 1.68. -4 To order back, countermand. -5 To direct, prescribe, enjoin. -6 To warn, caution. -7 To report to. -8 To summon. -9 To conquer, overcome. -1 To remove, set aside. |
| |
| pradakṣiṇa | प्रदक्षिण a. 1 Being placed or standing on the right, moving to the right; प्रदक्षिणार्चिर्हविरग्निराददे R.3.14. -2 Respectful, reverential. -3 Auspicious, of good omen; सिध्यन्त्यर्था महाबाहो दैवं चात्र प्रदक्षिणम् Mb.3.36.7; तदा वयं विजेष्यामो यदा कालः प्रदक्षिणः Bhāg.1.54.16. -4 Clever, sharp; तानुवाच विनीतात्मा सूतपुत्रः प्रदक्षिणः Rām.2.16.5. -5 Amenable, favourable; अभिवाद्यभ्यनुज्ञाता प्रदक्षिणमवर्तत Mb.1.122.44. -णः, -णा, -णम् Circumambulation from left to right, so that the right side is always turned towards the person or object circumambulated, a reverential salutation made by walking in this manner; प्रदक्षिणप्रक्रमणात् कृशानोरुदर्चिषस्तन्मिथुनं चकासे Ku.7.79; Y.1.232; अष्टोत्तरशतं यस्तु देव्याः कुर्यात् प्रदक्षिणम् । सर्वान् कामान् समासाद्य पश्चान्मोक्षमवाप्नुयात् ॥ Kālikā P. -णम् ind. 1 From left to right; एवं सम्यग्घविर्हुत्वा सर्वदिक्षु प्रदक्षिणम् Ms.3.87. -2 Towards the right side, so that the right side is always turned towards the person or object circumambulated. -3 In a southern direction, towards the south. -4 All right, O. k.; श्रमो नाशमुपागच्छत् सर्वं चासीत् प्रदक्षिणम् Mb.3.151.2. (प्रदक्षिणीकृ or प्रदक्षिणयति Den. P. means 'to go round from left to right' as a mark of respect; प्रदक्षिणीकुरुष्व सद्योहुताग्नीन् Ś.4; प्रदक्षिणीकृत्य हुतं हुताशनम् R.2.71). -Comp. -अर्चिस् a. flaming towards the right, having the flames turned towards the right; प्रदक्षिणार्चिर्हविरग्निराददे R.3.14. (-f.) flames turned towards the right; प्रदक्षिणार्चिर्व्याजेन हस्तेनेव जयं ददौ R.4.25. -आवर्त, -आवृत्क a. turned towards the right. -क्रिया going round from left to right, keeping the right side towards one as a mark of respect; प्रदक्षिणक्रियार्हायां तस्यां त्वं साधु नाचरः R.1.76. -नम् same as ˚क्रिया; किं प्रदक्षिणनकृद्- भ्रमिपाशं जाम्बवानदित ते बलिबन्धे N.21.97. -पट्टिका a yard, court-yard. |
| |
| pradiś | प्रदिश् 6 P. 1 To point out, indicate, show, assign; तस्याधिकारपुरुषैः प्रणतैः प्रदिष्टाम् R.5.63;2.39. -2 To tell, mention, communicate; दानेषु यत् पुण्यफलं प्रदिष्टम् Bg.8.28; Bk.4.5. -3 To give, grant, offer, bestow or confer upon; विद्ययोः पथि मुनिप्रदिष्टयोः R.11.9;7.35; निःशब्दो$पि प्रदिशसि जलं याचितश्चातकेभ्यः Me.116; Ms.8.265; प्रदिशन् सर्व- सत्त्वेष्वभीतिम् Nāg.5.24. -4 To direct, prescribe, ordain. -5 To signify, declare, make known. -6 To urge on, incite. -7 To advise; सायंप्रातश्च विप्राणां प्रदिष्टमभिवादनम् Mb.12.193.19. |
| |
| pradiś | प्रदिश् f. 1 Pointing out. -2 An order, direction, command. -3 A direction, quarter. -4 An intermediate point of the compass; such as नैर्ऋती, आग्नेयी, ऐशानी and वायवी. |
| |
| pradiṣṭa | प्रदिष्ट p. p. 1 Shown, pointed out. -2 Directed, ordered. -3 Fixed upon, ordained, appointed. |
| |
| pradarśaḥ | प्रदर्शः 1 Look, appearance. -2 Direction, order. |
| |
| pradhṛ | प्रधृ 1 U. or -Caus. 1 To place or fix upon. -2 To direct the mind towards, determine, resolve. -3 To bear or keep in mind. -4 To think, consider, reflect. -5 To chastise, punish. |
| |
| prayuj | प्रयुज् 7 Ā. 1 To use, employ; अयमपि च गिरं नस्त्वत् प्रबोधयुक्ताम् R.5.74; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत्प्रयुज्यते Bg. 17.26. -2 To appoint, employ, direct, order; मा मां प्रयुक्थाः कुलकीर्तिलोपे Bk.3.54; प्रायुङ्क्त राज्ये बत दुष्करे त्वाम् 3.51; Ku.7.85. -6 To give, bestow, confer; आशिषं प्रयुयुजे न वाहिनीम् R.11.6;2.7;5.35;15.8. -4 To move, set in motion; मरुत्प्रयुक्ताः (बाललताः) R.2.1. -5 To excite, urge, prompt, drive on; अथावमानेन पितुः प्रयुक्ता Ku. 1.21; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः Bg.3.36. -6 To perform, do; प्रयुक्तपाणिग्रहणोपचारौ Ku.7.86;17.12. -7 To represent on the stage, act, perform; उत्तरं रामचरितं तत्प्रणीतं प्रयोक्ष्यते U.1.2; Ku.5.35; परिषदि प्रयुञ्जानस्य मम Mu.1. -8 To lend for use, put to interest (as money &c.); धेनुरुष्ट्रो वहन्नश्वो यश्च दम्यः प्रयुज्यते Ms.8.146. -9 To harness, yoke. -1 To appoint, invest, instal (in an office). -11 To cast, hurl, throw (as a missile); direct; प्रयुक्तमप्यस्त्रमितो वृथा स्यात् R.2.34. -12 To be fit, become. -13 To impose, inflict (with loc. or gen. of person). -Caus. 1 To use, employ; भोजयेत् सह भृत्यैस्ता- वानृशंस्यं प्रयोजयन् Ms.3.112. -2 To exact (as interest). -3 To perform, practise. |
| |
| prayukta | प्रयुक्त p. p. 1 Yoked, harnessed. -2 Used, employed (as a word &c.); सप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22. -3 Applied. -4 Appointed, nominated, -5 Acted, represented. -6 Arising or resulting from, produced by, consequent on; मेधाविनो नीतिगुणप्रयुक्तां पुरः स्फुरन्तीमिव दर्शयन्ति Pt.1.61. -7 Endowed with. -8 Lost in meditation, abstracted. -9 Lent or put to interest (as money). -1 Prompted, instigated, urged; गुणप्रयुक्ताः परमर्मभेदिनःUdb.; अथावमानेन प्रयुक्ता Ku.1.21. -11 Directed, hurled at. -12 Shaken, set in motion. -13 Inflicted upon. -14 Connected with. -15 Thick, compact, closely united. -16 Drawn (as a sword). -17 Contrived. -18 Suitable. -क्तम् A cause. -Comp. -संस्कार a. polished (as a gem). |
| |
| prayoktṛ | प्रयोक्तृ a. 1 One who uses or employs (as a means, word &c.). -2 One who performs or directs, an executor. -3 One who prompts or instigates, an instigator. -4 An author, an agent; स च कुलपतिराद्यश्छन्दसां यः प्रयोक्ता U.3.48. -5 One who acts or represents (a drama). -6 One who lends money at interest, a money-lender. -7 One who shoots (an arrow). -8 The agent of an action. -9 A reciter. -1 A procurer. |
| |
| pravāhaḥ | प्रवाहः 1 Flowing or streaming forth. -2 A stream, course, current; प्रवाहस्ते वारां श्रियमयमपारां दिशतु नः G. L.2; R.5.46;13.1,48; Ku.1.54; Me.48. -3 Flow, running water. -4 Continuous flow, unbroken succession, continuity. -5 Course of events (rolling onward like a stream). -6 Activity, active occupation. -7 A pond, lake. -8 Course or direction towards. -9 An excellent horse. (प्रवाहेमूत्रितम् means (lit.) making water in a stream; (fig.) doing a useless action). |
| |
| pravartanam | प्रवर्तनम् 1 Going on, moving forward. -2 Beginning, commencement. -3 Setting on foot, founding, establishing, instituting. -4 Prompting, urging, simulating, inciting. -5 Engaging in, applying oneself to. -6 Happening, coming to pass. -7 Activity, action. -8 Behaviour, conduct, procedure. -9 Directing, superintending. -1 Employment. -11 Exhortation. -ना Inciting or prompting to action; अस्ति प्रवर्तनारूपमनुरूपं चतुर्ष्वपि Bh. |
| |
| pravṛttiḥ | प्रवृत्तिः f. 1 Continued advance. -2 Rise, origin, source, flow (of words &c.); प्रवृत्तिरासीच्छब्दानां चरितार्था चतुष्टयी Ku.2.17. -3 Appearance, manifestation; कुसुमप्रवृत्तिसमये Ś.4.9. (v. l.); R.11.43;14.39;15.4. -4 Advent, setting in, commencement; आकालिकीं वीक्ष्य मधुप्रवृत्तिम् Ku.3.34. -5 Application or addiction to, tendency, inclination, predilection, propensity; न हि प्रजानामि तव प्रवृत्तिम् Bg.11.31; सतां हि संदेहपदेषु वस्तुषु प्रमाणमन्तःकरणप्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22. -6 Conduct, behaviour; त्वां प्रत्यकस्मात् कलुषप्रवृत्तौ R.14.73. -7 Employment, occupation, activity; विदितं वो यथा स्वार्था न मे काश्चित् प्रवृत्तयः Ku.6.26. -8 Use, employment, currency (as of a word). -9 Continued effort, perseverance. -1 Signification, sense, acceptation (of a word). -11 Continuance, permanence, prevalence. -12 Active life, taking an active part in worldly affairs (opp. निवृत्ति); प्रवृत्तिः कुत्र कर्तव्या जीवितव्यं कथं नु वा H. -13 News, tidings, intelligence; ततः प्रवृत्तिः सीतायाः Mb.3.148.5; प्रवृत्तिसाराः खलु मादृशां गिरः Ki.1.25; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयी हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4; V.4.2. -14 Applicability or validity of a rule. -15 Fate, destiny, luck. -16 Cognition, direct perception or apprehension. -17 Rutting juice, or ichor exuding from the temples of an elephant in rut. -18 N. of the city of उज्जयिनी q. v. -19 (In Arith.) The multiplier. -Comp. -ज्ञः a spy, secret emissary or agent. -निमित्तम् a reason for the use of any term in a particular signification. -पराङ्मुख a. averse to giving news; मयि च विधुरे भावः कान्ताप्रवृत्तिपराङ्मुखः V.4.2. -पुरुषः a news agent; प्रवृत्तिपुरुषाः कथयन्ति Pañch. -प्रत्ययः conception of the things relating to the external world. -मार्गः active or worldly life, attachment to the business and pleasure of the world. -लेखः a writ of guidance; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -विज्ञानम् cognition of the things belonging to the external world. |
| |
| praśāsakaḥ | प्रशासकः 1 A director, ruler. -2 A spiritual preceptor. |
| |
| praśāsanam | प्रशासनम् 1 Governing, ruling; एतस्य वा अक्षरस्य प्रशासने गार्गि सूर्याचन्द्रमसौ विधृतौ तिष्ठत Bṛi. Up.3.8.9. -2 Enjoining, exacting. -3 Government. प्रशासितृ praśāsitṛ प्रशास्तृ praśāstṛ प्रशासितृ प्रशास्तृ m. 1 A king, ruler, governor; ततः सेनापतिः पश्चात् प्रशास्ता च न्यषीदत Rām.2.91.4. -2 A director, adviser; बालो यत्र प्रशासिता Pt.5.63. |
| |
| prasarpaṇam | प्रसर्पणम् 1 Going or moving forward, advancing. -2 Pervading, spreading in all directions. -3 Entering the सदस्. |
| |
| prahita | प्रहित p. p. 1 Placed, put forth. -2 Extended, stretched out. -3 Sent, despatched, directed; विचारमार्ग- प्रहितेन चेतसा Ku.5.42. -4 Discharged, shot (as an arrow). -5 Appointed. -6 Appropriate, suitable. -7 Imbedded (as nails). -8 Turned towards, cast upon (as eyes, mind). -9 Sent away, expelled; इयमद्य निशा पूर्वा सौमित्रे प्रहिता वनम् Rām.2.46.2. (com. gives प्रहिता = प्राप्ता). -तम् A sauce, condiment. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. resolute. |
| |
| prāguṇyam | प्रागुण्यम् Right position or direction. |
| |
| prātyakṣika | प्रात्यक्षिक a. Perceptible to the eyes, capable of direct perception. |
| |
| prer | प्रेर् Caus. 1 To set in motion, move. -2 To push or urge on, propel, impel, send forth; यात्रायै प्रेरयामास तं शक्तेः प्रथमं शरत् R.4..24 (v. l.). -3 To incite, instigate, set on. -4 To cast, direct (as eyes); नयने यत् प्रेरयन्त्या तया Ś.2.2. -5 To throw, hurl. -6 To send forth, despatch, -7 To utter. -8 To ask. |
| |
| preraka | प्रेरक a. (-रिका f.) 1 Impelling, urging, stimulating. -2 Sending, directing. |
| |
| preraṇam | प्रेरणम् णा 1 Driving or urging on, impelling, inciting, instigation. -2 Impulse, passion. -3 Throwing, casting; ह्रीमूढानां भवति विफलप्रेरणा चूर्णमुष्टिः Me.7. -4 Sending, despatching. -5 Order, direction. -6 (In gram.) The sense of the causal form. -7 Activity, exertion. प्रेरयितृ prērayitṛ प्रेरितृ prēritṛ प्रेरयितृ प्रेरितृ a. 1 One who urges or sends. -2 A ruler. |
| |
| prerita | प्रेरित p. p. 1 Impelled, urged, instigated. -2 Excited, stimulated, prompted; अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः Pt.2.144. -3 Sent, despatched. -4 Ordered. -5 Directed, cast; ततस्ततः प्रेरितलोललोचना Ś.1.23. -6 Touched. -तः An envoy, a messenger. |
| |
| preṣ | प्रेष् I. 4. P. 1 To drive forward, drive on. -2 To send forth, utter. -3 To fling, cast. -Caus. 1 To send forth, cast, hurl; प्रैषिषद् राक्षसः प्रासम् Bk.15.77. -2 To send, despatch; किमर्थमृषयः प्रेषिताः स्युः Ś.5. -3 To send away, dismiss. -4 To banish. -5 To turn or direct (the eyes). -6 To invite, summon. -II. 1 U. (प्रेषति-ते) To go, move. |
| |
| preṣaṇam | प्रेषणम् णा 1 Sending, despatching. -2 Sending on a mission, directing, commissioning. -3 Executing a commission. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः a superintendent of the commands, chief of the administration. -कृत् a. one who executes a commission; पुष्पाहारः प्रेषणकृत् कचस्तात न दृश्यते Mb.1.76.44. |
| |
| preṣita | प्रेषित p. p. 1 Despatched (on an errand). -2 Ordered, directed. -3 Turned, fixed upon, directed towards, cast (as eyes). -4 Banished. -5 Sent away, dismissed. |
| |
| praiṣaḥ | प्रैषः 1 Sending, directing. -2 An order, command, invitation. -3 Affliction, distress. -4 Madness, frenzy. -5 Crushing, pressing, squeezing (मर्दन). |
| |
| bandh | बन्ध् 9 P. (बध्नाति, बबन्ध, अभांत्सीत्, भंत्स्यति, बन्द्धुम्, बद्धः; pass. बध्यते) 1 To bind, tie, fasten; बन्द्धुं न संभावित एव तावत् करेण रुद्धो$पि च केशपाशः Ku.7.57,25; R.7.9; Bk.9.75. -2 To catch, capture, imprison, ensnare, make captive; कर्मभिर्न स बध्यते Bg 4.14; बलिर्बबन्धे Bk.2.39;14.56. -3 To chain, fetter. -4 To check, stop, suppress; as in बद्धकोप, बद्धकोष्ठ &c. -5 To put on, wear; न हि चूडामणिः पादे प्रभवामीति बध्यते Pt.1.72; बबन्धुरङ्गुलित्राणि Bk.14.7. -6 To attract, arrest (as eyes &c.); बबन्ध चक्षूंषि यवप्ररोहः Ku.7.17; or बध्नाति मे चक्षुः (चित्रकूटः) R.13.47. -7 To fix or set upon, direct towards (as the eyes or mind), cast upon (with loc.); दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; R.3.4;6.86; Bk.2.22. -8 To bind or fasten together (as hair); पूर्णप्रतिज्ञेन मया केवल बध्यते शिखा Mu.7.17. -9 To build, construct, form, arrange; बद्धोर्मिनाकवनितापरिभुक्तमुक्तम् Ki.8.57; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलम् Ś.2.6; तस्याञ्जलिं बन्धुमतो बबन्ध R.16.5;4.38;11.35,78; Ku.2.47;5.3; Bk.7.77. -1 To put together, compose, construct (a poem, verse &c.); तुष्टैर्बद्धं तदलघु रघुस्वामिनः सच्चरित्रम् Vikr.18. 17; श्लोक एवास्त्वयं बद्धः Rām.1.2.31. -11 To form, produce, bear (as fruit &c.); काले खलु समारब्धाः फलं बध्नन्ति नीतयः R.12.69; Ku.5.6. (v. l.) Ś.6.3. -12 To have, possess, entertain, cherish, feel. -13 To punish, chastise. -14 To offer, sacrifice (as an animal). -15 To shut, close, stop. -16 To oppress, overpower. -17 To join, unite. -18 To produce, cause, effect. -19 To strike (as root). -2 To display, exhibit, show. (The senses of बन्ध् are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. भ्रुकुटिं बन्ध् to knit or bend the eyebrows, to frown; मुष्टिं बन्ध् to clench the fist; अञ्जलिं बन्ध् to fold the hands together in supplication; चित्तं, धियं, मनः, हृदयं बन्ध् to set the heart on; प्रीतिं, भावं, रागं बन्ध् to fall in love with, be enamoured of; सेतुं बन्ध् to construct or build a bridge; वैरं बन्ध् to conceive hatred, contract enmity; सख्यं, सौहृदं बन्ध् to form friendship; गोलं बन्ध् to form a globe; मण्डलं बन्ध् to form a circle, sit or stand in a circle; मौनं बन्ध् to maintain silence; परिकरं, कक्षां बन्ध् to gird up one's loins, prepare oneself for any thing; see the compounds under बद्ध also). -Caus. To cause to bind, form, construct, build &c.; स सेतुं बन्धयामास प्लवगैर्लवणाम्भसि R.12.7. |
| |
| bahis | बहिस् ind. 1 Out of, outside (with abl.); निवस- न्नावसथे पुराद्बहिः R.8.14;11.29. -2 On the outside, out of doors (opp. अन्तः); बहिर्गच्छ -3 Externally, outwardly; अन्तर्बहिः पुरत एव विवर्तमानाम् Māl.1.4,14; H. 1.94 -4 Apart, separately. -5 Beside, except. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. outer, external. (-गम्) 1 an external part. -2 an outer limb. -3 property. -4 a stranger. -5 the preliminary part of a religious ceremony. -6 What is remotely related or connected; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्गयोरन्तरङ्गं बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अर्थः an external object. -इन्द्रियम् an external organ or sense, an organ of action. -उपाधिः an external condition or circumstance; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन् प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते Māl.1.24. -कुटीचरः a crab. -गीतम् a song accompanied by a stringed instrument. -गेहम् ind. out of doors, abroad. -चर a. outer, external, outward; बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. (-रः) a crab. -तपस् n. outward penance. -दृश् a. superficial (in judgment). -देशः 1 a foreign country. -2 the outskirts of a village. -3 a place without a town or village. -द्वारम् an outer door. ˚प्रकोष्ठकम् a portico. -निःसारणम् expulsion. -पवमानम् a Sāma in the Somayāga; ते ह यथैवेदं बहिष्पवमानेन स्तोष्यमाणाः संरब्धाः Ch. Up.1.12.4. -प्रज्ञ a. One whose knowledge is directed towards external objects; बहिष्प्रज्ञो विभुर्विश्वो ह्यन्तः प्रज्ञस्तु तैजसः Āgama.1. -प्राणः 1 the external or outer breath or life; (hence) anything as dear as life. -2 money; Bhāg.5.14.5. -भव a. external. -भवनम् emanation. -भूत a. 1 expelled. -2 expired (time &c.). -3 inattentive, careless. -मनस् a. being outside the mind; external. -मनस्क a. out of mind. -मुख a. 1 turning one's face away from. -2 averse from, indifferent to. -3 greatly devoted to external things. -4 coming out of the mouth. (-खः) a god or deity. -यात्रा, -यानम् excursion, expedition abroad. -यूति a. placed or fastened outside. -योगः 1 external meditation. -लम्ब a. obtuse-angled. (-म्बः) an obtuseangled triangle. -लापिका a kind of enigma. -वर्तिन् a. being on the outside. -वासस् n. an outer or upper garment. -विकारः syphilis. -a. ind. free from change; बहिर्विकारं प्रकृतेः पृथग् विदुः Śi.1.33. -वृत्तिः f. an external aspect or appearance; अन्तर्विषमया ह्येता बहिर्वृत्त्या मनोरमाः । गुञ्जाफलसमाकाराः स्वभावादेव योषितः ॥ Pt.4.87. -व्यसनम् licentiousness, immorality, evil or lewd practices -व्यसनिन् a. dissolute, lewd. -संस्थ a. lying or situated outside (the town). -स्थ, -स्थित a. external, outer. |
| |
| bahudhā | बहुधा ind. 1 In many ways, variously, diversely, multifariously; बहुधाप्यागमैर्भिन्नाः R.1.26; ऋषिभिर्बहुधा गीतं छन्दोमिर्विविधैः पृथक् Bg.13.4. -2 In different forms or ways. -3 Frequently, repeatedly. -4 In various places or directions. (बहुधाकृ 1 to multiply. -2 to make public, divulge.) -comp. -आत्मक a. manifold in forms. -गत a. scattered. |
| |
| bhaṅgiḥ | भङ्गिः ङ्गी f. 1 Breaking, fracture, breach, division. -2 Undulation. -3 Bending, contracting; दृग्भङ्गीभिः प्रथममथुरासंगमे चुम्बितो$स्मि Ud. S.13. -4 A wave. -5 A flood, current. -6 A crooked path, tortuous or winding course. -7 A circumlocutory or round-about way of speaking or acting, periphrasis; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण कथनात् K. P.1; इति भङ्ग्या व्यज्यते-कथ्यते &c.; बहुभङ्गिविशारदः Dk. -8 A pretext, disguise, semblance; यः पाञ्चजन्यप्रतिबिम्बभङ्ग्या धाराम्भसः फेनमिव व्यनक्ति Vikr.1.1. -9 Trick, fraud, deceit. -1 Irony. -11 Repartee, wit. -12 A step; यानादवातरददूरमहीतलेन मार्गेण भङ्गिरचितस्फटिकेन रामः R.13.69. -13 An interval. -14 Modesty. -15 A fashion or mode; नानाश्रमलतापुष्पभङ्गीरचितकुन्तलाम् Bm.1.233; भङ्ग्यन्तरेण ind. in an indirect manner; in another manner. -Comp. -भक्तिः f. division into a series of waves or wave-like steps, a wavy staircase; cf. Me.62. -भाषणम् crooked speeches (with hidden meaning); पांसुलजनभङ्गिभाषणरतः Dk.2.8. -भूत a. resembling. -विकारः distortion of the features; a wry face, grimace. |
| |
| bhāvana | भावन a. (-नी f.) [भू-णिच्-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Effecting &c.; भूतभव्यभविष्याणां भावानां भुवि भावनाः Mb.14.37.15; यत् पृच्छसे भागवतान् धर्मांस्त्वं विश्वभावनान् Bhāg.11.2.11;8.1.16; see भावक above. -नः 1 An efficient cause. -2 A creator; जय देव भुवनभावन Māl.9.4. -3 An epithet of Śiva. -4 Of Viṣṇu. -नम्, -ना 1 Creating, manifesting; भावनं ब्रह्मणः स्थानम् Bhāg.3.26.46. -2 Promoting any one's interests. -3 Conception, imagination, fancy, thought, idea; मधुरिपुरहमिति भावनशीला Gīt.6; or भावनया त्वयि लीना 4; Pt.3.162. -4 Feeling of devotion, faith; नास्ति बुद्धिरयुक्तस्य न चायुक्तस्य भावना Bg.2.66; यादृशी भावना यस्य सिद्धिर्भवति तादृशी Pt.5.15. -5 Meditation, contemplation, abstract meditation. -6 A supposition, hypothesis. -7 Observing, investigating. -8 Settling, determining; विभागभावना ज्ञेया Y.2.149. -9 Remembering, recollection. -1 Direct knowledge, perception or cognition. -11 The cause of memory which arises from direct perception (in logic); see भावना and स्मृति in T. S; भावनाख्यस्तु संस्कारो जीववृत्तिरतीन्द्रियः Bhāṣā. P. -12 Proof, demonstration, argument. -13 Steeping, infusion, saturating a dry powder with fluid; द्रवेण यावन्मानेन चूर्णं सर्वं प्लुतं भवेत् । भावनायाः प्रमाणस्तु चूर्णे प्रोक्तं भिषग्वरैः Bhāva. P. -14 Scenting; decorating with flowers and perfumes. -15 (In arith.) Finding by combination or composition. -16 Nature, essence (at the end of comp.). -17 Reason, cause; परावरेशं प्रकृतिमस्योत्पत्त्यन्तभावनम् Bhāg.3.32.7. -18 Growth, prosperity (वर्धन); तस्यैषा निष्कृतिः कृत्स्ना भूतानां भावनं पुनः Mb.12.97.7. -ना 1 A crow. -2 Water. -नम् Apprehension; perception. -Comp. -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -मय a. imaginary. -युक्त a. 1 thoughtful -2 anxious. |
| |
| bhāvita | भावित p. p. [भू-णिच् कर्मणि-क्त] 1 Created, produced; obtained, got. -2 Manifested, displayed, exhibited; भावितविषवेगविक्रियः Dk.; (भजे) भक्तेष्वलं भावितभूतभावनम् Bhāg. 5.17.18. -3 Cherished, fostered; तेषां दृष्ट्वा भावितानीङ्गितानि प्रोवाच राजा जनमेजयो$थ Mb.1.55.17. -4 (a) Conceived, imagined, supposed, presented to the imagination; तं तमेवैति कौन्तेय सदा तद्भावभावितः Bg.8.6. (b) Known, recognized, acknowledged. -5 Thought of, meditated upon. -6 Made to become, transformed into. -7 Sanctified by meditation; अनन्यभावे निजधर्मभाविते मनस्यवस्थाप्य भजस्व पूरुषम् Bhāg.4.8.22; see भावितात्मन्. -8 Proved, established. -9 Pervaded by, filled or saturated with, inspired by. -1 Soaked, steeped, infused in; किञ्चित् स्निग्धं यथा च स्याच्छुष्कचूर्णमभावितम् Mb.12.195.18. -11 Perfumed, scented. -12 Mixed with. -13 (In math.). Involving the products of unknown quantities. -14 Directed towards, fixed upon; यदीश्वरे भगवति कर्म ब्रह्मणि भावितम् Bhāg.1.5.32. -15 Possessed, captured (वशीकृत); ततो$न्ये यथाकामं दुदुहुः पृथुभाविताम् Bhāg.4.18.13. -16 Engrossed, filled; रथाङ्गपाणेरनुभावभावितम् Bhāg.12.1. 42. -17 Pleased, gladdened; इष्टान् भोगान् हि वो देवा दास्यन्ते यज्ञभाविताः Bg.3.12. -तम् Product obtained by multiplication, a factum. -Comp. -आत्मन्, -बुद्धि a. 1 one whose soul is purified by meditating on the Supreme Spirit, one who has perceived the Supreme Soul; तस्य देवप्रभावस्य तपसा भावितात्मनः Rām.3.5.4. -2 pure, devout, holy; एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भावितात्मनाम् Pt.3.65. -3 thoughtful, meditative; भावितात्मा भुवो भर्तुरथैनं प्रत्यबोधयत् R.1. 74. -4 engaged in, occupied with; स्वगोत्रसंकीर्तनभावितात्मनः Śi.12.38. (-m.) a sage, saint. -भावन a. being one's self furthered and furthering others. |
| |
| bhramarikā | भ्रमरिका Roving in all directions. ˚दृष्टिः a wandering glance; यथा भ्रमरिकादृष्ट्य भ्राम्यतीव महीयते Bhāg.1.46.41. |
| |
| mantuḥ | मन्तुः 1 A fault, an offence; मुधैव मन्तुं परिकल्प्य Bv.2. 13; अनेन हेतुना ह्यस्य मन्तवः शतशो मया (क्षान्ताः) Śiva B.15.12; भवता शिवभूपस्य बहवो मन्तवः कृताः Śiva B.31.6; N. 6.11. -2 Man, mankind. -3 Lord of men (प्रजापति). -4 Ved. An adviser. -5 A manager, director. -6 Advice, counsel. -न्तुः f. Understanding, intellect. |
| |
| manas | मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P. |
| |
| mārgaḥ | मार्गः [मृज्-शुद्धौ, मार्ग्-अन्वेषणे घञ् वा] 1 A way, road, path (fig. also); मार्गो दशकरः प्रोक्तो ग्रामेषु नगरेषु च Śukra. 1.261; अग्निशरणमार्गमादेशय Ś.5; so विचारमार्गप्रहितेन चेतसा Ku.5.42; R.2.72; U.3.37. -2 A course, passage, the tract passed over; वायोरिमं परिवहस्य वदन्ति मार्गम् Ś.7.6. -3 Reach, range; मार्गातीतायेन्द्रियाणां नमस्ते Ki.18. 4. -4 A scar, mark (left by a wound &c.); भोगिवेष्टन- मार्गेषु R.4.48; ते पुत्रयोर्नैर्ऋतशस्त्रमार्गानार्द्रानिवाङ्गे सदयं स्पृशन्त्यौ 14.4. -5 The path or course of a planet. -6 Search, inquiry, investigation. -7 A canal, channel, passage. -8 A means, way. -9 The right way or course, proper course; सुमार्ग, अमार्ग -1 Mode, manner, method, course; शान्ति˚ R.7.71. -11 Style, direction; इति वैदर्भ- मार्गस्य प्राणा दश गुणाः स्मृताः Kāv.1.42; वाचां विचित्रमार्गाणाम् 1.9. -12 Custom, usage, practice; कुल˚, शास्त्र˚, धर्म˚ &c. -13 Hunting or tracing out game. -14 A title or head in law, ground for litigation; अष्टादशसु मार्गेषु निबद्धानि पृथक् पृथक् Ms.8.3. -15 A high style of acting, dancing and singing; अगायतां मार्गविधानसंपदा Rām.1.4.36. (com. गानं द्विविधम् । मार्गो देशी चेति । तत्र प्राकृतावलम्बि गानं देशी । संस्कृतावलम्बि तु गानं मार्गः). -16 (In dramaturgy) Hinting or indicating how anything is to happen. -17 (In geom.) A section. -18 The anus. -19 Musk. -2 The constellation called मृगशिरस्. -21 The month called मार्गशीर्ष. -22 N. of Viṣṇu (as the way to final emancipation). -र्गम् A herd of deer; मार्गमदन्या वीथ्या नागवनं प्रयातो भर्ता Pratijña Y.1. -Comp. -आगतः a traveller. -आख्यायिन् m. a guide. -आयातः a traveller. -आरब्ध begun on right lines; मार्गारब्धाः सर्वयत्नाः फलन्ति Pratijña Y.1.18. -आली a track, streak. -उपदेशकः a guide, leader. -तालः (in music) a particular kind of measure. -तोरणम् a triumphal arch erected on a road; पौरदृष्टिकृतमार्गतोरणौ R.11.5. -दर्शकः a guide. -द्रङ्गः a city or town on the road. -द्रुमः a tree growing by the wayside. -धेनुः, -धेनुकम् a measure of distance equal to 4 krośas. -पतिः the superintendent of roads; Rāj. T. -परिणायकः a guide. -पाली N. of a goddess. -बन्धनम् a barricade. -रक्षकः a road-keeper, guard. -वटी an epithet of the tutelary deity of travellers. -विनोदनम् entertainment on a journey. -शोधकः a pioneer. -संस्करणम् cleansing the road; ततः संशोधनं नित्यं मार्गसंस्करणार्थकम् Śukra.4.81. -स्थ a. travelling; wayfaring; अनुगन्तुं सतां वर्त्म कृत्स्नं यदि न शक्यते । स्वल्पमप्यव- गन्तव्यं मार्गस्थो नावसीदति ॥ Subhāṣ. -हर्म्यम् a palace on a high road. |
| |
| mukham | मुखम् [खन् अच् डित् धातोः पूर्वं मुट् च cf. Uṇ.5.2] 1 The mouth (fig. also); प्रजासृजा यतः खातं तस्मादाहुर्मुखं बुधाः; ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत् Ṛv.1.9.12; सभ्रूभङ्गं मुखमिव Me.24; त्वं मम मुखं भव V.1 'be my mouth or spokesman'. -2 The face, countenance; परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; नियमक्षाममुखी धृतैकवेणिः Ś.7.21; so चन्द्रमुखी, मुखचन्द्रः &c; ओष्ठौ च दन्तमूलानि दन्ता जिह्वा च तालु च । गलो गलादि सकलं सप्ताङ्गं मुखमुच्यते ॥ -3 The snout or muzzle (of any animal). -4 The front, van, forepart; head, top; (लोचने) हरति मे हरिवाहनदिङ्मुखम् V.3.6. -5 The tip, point, barb (of an arrow), head; पुरारि- मप्राप्तमुखः शिलीमुखः Ku.5.54; R.3.57. -6 The edge or sharp point (of any instrument). -7 A teat, nipple; मध्ये यथा श्याममुखस्य तस्य मृणालसूत्रान्तरमप्य- लभ्यम् Ku.1.4; R.3.8. -8 The beak or bill of a bird. -9 A direction, quarter; as in अन्तर्मुख. -1 Opening, entrance, mouth; नीवाराः शुकगर्भकोटरमुखभ्रष्टास्तरूणामधः Ś.1.14; नदीमुखेनेव समुद्रमाविशत् R.3.28; Ku.1.8. -11 An entrance to a house, a door, passage. -12 Beginning, commencement; सखीजनोद्वीक्षणकौमुदीमुखम् R.3.1; दिनमुखानि रविर्हिमनिग्रहैर्विमलयन् मलयं नगमत्यजत् 9.25;5.76; Ghaṭ.2. -13 Introduction. -14 The chief, the principal or prominent (at the end of comp. in this sense); बन्धोन्मुक्त्यै खलु मखमुखान् कुर्वते कर्मपाशान् Bv.4.21; so इन्द्रमुखा देवाः &c. -15 The surface or upper side. -16 A means. -17 A source, cause, occasion. -18 Utterance; as in मुखसुख; speaking, speech, tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -19 The Vedas, scripture. -2 (In Rhet.) The original cause or source of the action in a drama. -21 The first term in a progression (in alg.). -22 The side opposite to the base of a figure (in geom.). -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a forest conflagration. -2 a sort of goblin with a face of fire. -3 the consecrated or sacrificial fire. -4 fire put into the mouth of a corpse at the time of lighting the funeral pile. -5 a Brāhmaṇa. -अनिलः, -उच्छ्वासः breath. -अस्त्रः a crab. -आकारः look, mien, appearance. -आक्षेपः 1 an invective. -2 the act of throwing up soil with the ploughshare. -आसवः nectar of the lips. -आस्रवः, -स्रावः spittle, saliva. -आस्वादः kissing the mouth; Y. -इन्दुः a moon-like face, i. e. a round lovely face. -उच्छ्वासः breath. -उल्का a forest-conflagration. -कमलम् a lotuslike face. -खुरः a tooth. -गन्धकः an onion. -गोपनम् concealment of the face; अवधीरितमुखमण्डलमुखगोपनं किमिति Udb. -ग्रहणम् kissing the mouth. -घण्टा f. hurraying of women in festivities. -चन्द्रः a moon-like face. -चपल a. talkative, garrulous. -चपेटिका a slap on the face. -चालिः an introductory dance; -चीरिः f. the tongue. -चूर्णम् scented powder to smear the face with; छविकरं मुखचूर्णमृतुश्रियः R.9.45. -जः 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 a tooth. -जाहम् the root of the mouth. -दूषणः an onion. -दूषिका an eruption disfiguring the face. -दोषः fault of the tongue; आत्मनो मुखदोषेण बध्यन्ते शुकसारिकाः Pt.4.44. -निरीक्षकः a lazy fellow, an idler. -निवासिनी an epithet of Sarasvatī. -पटः a veil; कुर्वन् कामं क्षणमुखपट- प्रीतिमैरावतस्य Me.64. -पाकः inflammation of the mouth; द्राक्षाविपाकसमये मुखपाको भवति काकानाम् Udb. -पिण्डः a mouthful of food; cf. को न याति वशं लोके मुखपिण्डेन पूरितः Bh.2.118. -पुष्पकम् a kind of ornament. -पूरणम् 1 filling the mouth. -2 a mouthful of water, a mouthful in general. -प्रसादः a pleased countenance, graciousness of aspect. -प्रसाधनम् dacorating the face. -प्रियः an orange. (-यम्) cloves. -प्रेक्ष a. observing or watching the face. -फुल्लकम् a kind of ornament. -बन्धः a preface, an introduction. -बन्धनम् 1 a preface. -2 a lid, cover. -भगा (a woman) who suffers her mouth to be used as a vulva. -भङ्गः 1 a blow on the face. -2 wry face, grimace. -भूषणम् a preparation of betel; see ताम्बूल. -भेदः 1 distortion of the face. -2 gaping. -मण़्डनकः a kind of tree (तिलक). -मण्डलम् the (round) face. -मधु a. honey-mouthed, sweet-lipped. -माधुर्यम् a particular disease of the phlegm. -मारुतः breath. -मार्जनम् washing the face. -मुद्रा silence; यापदृष्टिरपि या मुखमुद्रा N.5.12. -मोदः Hyperanthera Moringa (Mar. शेवगा). -यन्त्रणम् the bit of a bridle. -रज्जुः f. the bridle of a horse. -रसः speech, talk; मधुरमुखरसामृतकलया चान्तस्तापमनघार्हसि क्षमयितुम् Bhag.6.9.41. -रागः the colour or complexion of the face; ददृशुर्विस्मितास्तस्य मुखरागं समं जनाः R.12.8;17.31; तव खलु मुखरागो यत्र भेदं प्रयातः Śi.11.31. -रेखा feature, mien, air. -रोगः a disease of the mouth or face. -लाङ्गलः a hog. -लेपः 1 anointing the face or upper side (of a drum); मृदङ्गो मुखलेपेन करोति मुखरध्वनिम् Bh. 2.118. -2 a disease of the phlegmatic humour. -वल्लभः the pomegranate tree. -वस्त्रिका a piece of fine cloth (net) held before the face (Mar. बुरखा). -वाद्यम् 1 an instrument of music sounded with the mouth, any wind-instrument. -2 a sound made with the mouth; (Mar. बोंब). -वासः, -वासनम् a perfume used to scent breath. -विलुण्ठिका a she-goat. -विषमः one of the ways of embezzlement namely misrepresentation of the source of income; Kau. A.2.8. -विष्ठा a species of cockroach. -वैरस्यम् bad taste in the mouth. -व्यादानम् gaping, yawning. -शफ a. abusive, foul-mouthed, scurrilous. -शाला entrance-hall, vestibule. -शुद्धिः f. washing or purifying the mouth. -शृङ्गः a rhinoceros. -शेषः an epithet of Rāhu. -शोधन a. 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 pungent, sharp. (-नः) the sharp flavour, pungency. (-नम्) 1 cleansing the mouth. -2 cinnamon. -शोधिन् m. the citron tree. -शोषः dryness of the mouth. -श्रीः f. 'beauty of countenance', a lovely face. -संदंशः forceps. -संधिः m. A kind of fugue; S. D. 6th Parichcheda. -संभवः a Brāhmaṇa. -सुखम् facility of pronunciation, phonetic ease. -सुरम् the nectar of the lips (अधरामृत). -स्रावः saliva. -हासः cheerfulness or liveliness of countenance; सकमलमुखहासं वीक्षितः पद्मिनीभिः Śi.11.47. |
| |
| yatas | यतस् ind. [तद्-तसिल्] (often used merely for the abl. of the relative pronoun यद्) 1 From whence (referring to persons or things), from what, from which place or quarter; यतस्त्वया ज्ञानमशेषमाप्तम् R.5.4. (यतः = यस्मात् from whom); यतश्च भयमाशङ्केत् प्राचीं तां कल्पयेद् दिशम् Ms.7.189. -2 For which reason, wherefore, in consequence of which. -3 As, since, for, because; उवाच चैनं परमार्थतो हरं न वेत्सि नूनं यत एवमात्थ माम् Ku.5.75; R.8.76;13.61; oft. with ततः as correlative. -4 From which time forward, ever since. -5 That, so that, (यतस्ततः means 1 from which place soever, from any quarter whatever. -2 from any person whatever. -3 anywhere soever, on all sides, in any direction; न विद्यमानेष्वर्थेषु नार्त्यामपि यतस्ततः Ms.4.15. यतो यतः 1 from whatever place. -2 from whomsoever, from any person whatever. -3 wherever, in whatever direction; यतो यतः षट्चरणो$- भिवर्तते Ś.1.23; यतो यतो निश्चरति मनश्चञ्चलमस्थिरम् Bg.6.26. यतःप्रमृति from which time forward.) -Comp. -भव a. arising from which. -मूल a. originating in, or sprung from which. |
| |
| yathā | यथा ind. [यद् प्रकारे थाल्] 1 Used by itself यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, in the manner mentioned; यथाज्ञापयति महाराजः 'as Your Majesty orders;' (b) namely, as follows; तद् यथानुश्रूयते Pt.1; U.2.4; (c) as, like (showing comparison, and used to express the point of similarity); आसीदियं दशरथस्य गृहे यथा श्रीः U.4.6; Ku.4.34; प्रभावप्रभवं कान्तं स्वाधीनपतिका यथा (न मुञ्चति) K. P.1; (d) as, as for example, for instance; यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निर्यथा महानसे T. S. कुर्युः कृत्यमकृत्यं वा उष्ट्रे काकादयो यथा Pt.1.288; (e) that (used to introduce direct assertions with or without इति at the end); अकथितो$पि ज्ञायत एव यथायमाभोगस्तपोवनस्येति Ś.1; विदितं खलु ते यथा स्मरः क्षणमप्युत्सहते न मां विना Ku.4.36; (f) so that, in order that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं यथा व्यापादयामि Pt.1. -2 Used correlatively with तथा, यथा has the following senses :-- (a) as, so (in which case एवम् and तद्वत् often take the place of तथा); यथा वृक्षस्तथा फलम् or यथा बीजं तथाङ्कुरः; Bg.11.29; in this case एव is frequently added to either यथा or तथा or to both to make the equality of relation more marked or striking; वधूचतुष्के$पि यथैव शान्ता प्रिया तनूजास्य तथैव सीता U.4.16; न तथा बाधते स्कन्धो (or शीतम्) यथा बाधति बाधते; (as much-as, as-as); Ku.6.7; U.2.4; V.4.33. In this sense तथा is often omitted, in which case यथा has sense (c) in 1 above. (b) so-that, तथा standing for 'so', and यथा for 'that'; यथा बन्धुजनशोच्या न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3; तथा प्रयतेथा यथा पहस्यसे जनैः K.19; तस्मान्मुच्ये यथा तात संविधातुं तथार्हसि R.1.72;3.66;14.66;15.68. (c) since-therefore, as (because) -so; यथा इतोमुखागतैरपि कलकलः श्रुतस्तथा तर्कयामि &c. Māl.8; sometimes तथा is omitted; मन्दं मन्दं नुदति पवनश्चानुकूलो यथा त्वां ... सेविष्यन्ते भवन्तं बलाकाः Me.9. (d) if-then, as surely as-so surely (a strong form of assertion or adjuration); वाङ्मनःकर्मभिः पत्यौ व्यभिचारो यथा न मे । तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; यथा यथा- तथा तथा the more-the more, the less-the less; यथा यथा भाषसि धर्मसंमितं तथा तथा मे त्वयि भक्तिरुत्तमा Mb.; Śi.17.43; यथा यथा यौवनमतिचक्राम तथा तथावर्धतास्य संतापः K.59; Ms. 8.286;12.73; यथा तथा in any manner, in whatever way; यथा तथा यापयंस्तु सा ह्यस्य कृतकृत्यता Ms.4.17; यथैव just as; यथा तथा as much as; यथा तथा भवतु whatever may be the case; यथा कथंचित् anyhow, somehow or other. N. B. As the first member of Avyayībhāva comp. यथा is usually translated by 'according to, according as, in accordance with, in conformity to, in proportion to, not exceeding'; see compounds below. -Comp. -अंशम्, -अंशतस् ind. in due proportions, proportionately. -अधिकारम् ind. according to authority. -अधीत a. as read or studied, conformable to the text. (-तम्) ind. according to the text. -अनुपूर्वम्, -अनुपूर्व्यम्, -अनुपूर्व्या ind. in regular order or succession, successively. -अनुभूतम् ind. 1 according to experience. -2 by previous experience. -अनुरूपम् ind. in exact conformity, properly. -अनूक्तम् ind. as said or told; मया यथानूक्तमवादि ते हरेः कृतावतारस्य सुमित्र चेष्टितम् Bhāg.3.19.32. -अभिप्रेत, -अभिमत, -अभिलषित, -अभीष्ट a. as wished, intended or desired, agreeably to desire. (-तम् &c.) ind. according to one's wish, at pleasure, agreeably to one's desire. -अभिरुचित a. pleasant, agreeable. -अर्थ a. 1 conformable to truth, true, real, correct; सौम्येति चाभाष्य यथार्थभाषी R.14.44; so यथार्थानुभवः 'correct or right perception'; यथार्थवक्ता &c. -2 conformable to the true meaning; true to the sense, right, appropriate, significant; करिष्यन्निव नामास्य (i. e. शत्रुघ्न) यथार्थमरिनिग्रहात् R.15.6; (करिष्यते) युधि सद्यः शिशुपालतां यथार्थाम् Śi.16.85; Ki.8.48; Ku.2.16. -3 fit suitable. (-र्थम्, -अर्थतः ind. truly, rightly; fitly, suitably, properly.) ˚अक्षर a. signficant or true to the syllable; यस्मिन्नीश्वर इत्यनन्यविषयः शब्दो यथार्थाक्षरः V.1.1. ˚नामन् a. one whose name is true to its meaning or fully significant (whose deeds are according to his name); ध्रुवसिद्धेरपि यथार्थनाम्नः सिद्धिं न मन्यते M.4; परंतपो नाम यथार्थनामा R.6.21. ˚वर्णः a spy (see यथार्हवर्ण). (यथार्थता 1 suitableness, fitness. -2 propriety. -3 accuracy, genuineness, correctness.) -अर्ह a. 1 according to merit, as deserving. -2 appropriate, suitable, just. -3 as agreeable; यथार्हजलेन हृद्यगन्धेन स्नातः Dk.2.7. ˚वर्णः a spy, an emissary. -अर्हम्, -अर्हतः ind. according to merit or worth; यथार्हमन्यैरनुजीविलोकं संभावयामास यथाप्रधानम् R.16.4. -अर्हणम् ind. 1 according to propriety. -2 according to worth or merit. -अवकाशम् ind. 1 according to room or space. -2 as occasion may occur, according to occasion, leisure or propriety. -3 in the proper place; प्रालम्बमुत्कृष्य यथावकाशं निनाय R.6.14. -अवस्थम् ind. according to the condition or circumstances. -आख्यात a. as mentioned before, before mentioned. -आख्यानम् ind. as before stated. -आगत a. foolish, stupid. (-तम्) ind. as one came, by the same way as one came; यथागतं मातलिसारथिर्ययौ R.3.67. -आगमम् ind. according to tradition, as handed down from generation to generation. -आचारम् ind. as customary or usual. -आम्नातम्, आम्नायम् ind. as laid down in the Vedas. -आरम्भम् ind. according to the beginning, in regular order or succession. -आवासम् ind. according to one's dwelling, each to his own dwelling. -आशयम् ind. 1 according to wish or intention. -2 according to the agreement. -आश्रमम् ind. according to the Āśrama or period in one's religious life. -आश्रयम् ind. according to substratum; चित्रं यथाश्रयमृते Sāṅkhya K.41. -इच्छ, -इष्ट, -ईप्सित a. according to wish or desire, agreeably to one's desire, as much as desired, as desired or wished for. (-च्छम्, -ष्टम्, -तम्) ind. 1 according to wish or desire, at will or pleasure; यथेष्टं चेष्टन्ते स्फुटकुचतटाः पश्य कुलटाः Udb. -2 as much as may be wanted, to the heart's content; यथेष्टं बुभुजे मांसम् Ch. P.3. -ईक्षितम् ind. as personally seen, as actually perceived. -उक्त, -उदित a. as said or told above, aforesaid, above-mentioned; यथोक्ताः संवृत्ताः Pt.1; यथोक्त- व्यापारा Ś.1; R.2.7; ततः स्वगृहमेत्य यथोक्तमर्थत्यागं कृत्वा Dk.2.2. -उचित a. suitable, proper, due, fit. (-तम्) ind. duly, suitably, properly; आगतं तु भयं वीक्ष्य नरः कुर्याद् यथोचितम् H. -उत्तरम् ind. in regular order or succession, one after another; संबन्धो$त्र यथोत्तरम् S. D. 729; श्रैष्ठ्यमेषां यथोत्तरम् Ms.12.38; यथोत्तरेच्छा हि गुणेषु कामिनः Ki.8.4. -उत्साहम् ind. 1 according to one's power or might. -2 with all one's might. -उद्गत a. without sense, stupid. -उद्गमनम् in ascending proportion. -उद्दिष्ट a. as indicated or described. (-ष्टम्) or -उद्देशम् ind. in the manner indicated. -उपचारम् ind. as politeness or courtesy requires. -उपजोषम् ind. according to pleasure or desire; यथोपजोषं वासांसि परिधाया- हतानि ते Bhāg.8.9.15. -उपदिष्ट a. as indicated. -उपदेशम् ind. as advised or instructed. -उपपत्ति ind. 1 as may be fit. -2 as may happen. -उपपन्न a. just as happened to be at hand, natural; यथोपपन्नरज्जुबद्धः Dk.2.4. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a comparison expressed by यथा. -उप- -योगम् ind. according to use or requirements, according to circumstances. -उपाधि ind. according to the condition or supposition. -औचित्यम् propriety, suitableness, fitness. -ऋतु ind. according to the right season; यथर्तुवर्षी भगवान् न तथा पाकशासनः Mb.3.188.5. -कथित a. as already mentioned. -कर्तव्यम् what is right to be done. -कर्म ind. according to one's duties or circumstances. -कल्पम् ind. according to rule or ritual. -काम a. conformable to desire. (-मम्) ind. agreeably to desire, at will or pleasure, to the heart's content; यथाकामार्चितार्थिनाम् R.1.6;4.51. -कामिन् a. free, unrestrained. -कारम् ind. in whatever way; P.III.4.28. -कालः the right or due time, proper time; यथाकालप्रबोधिनाम् R.1.6. (-लम्) ind. at the right time, opportunely, seasonably; सोपसर्पैर्जजागार यथाकालं स्वपन्नपि R.17.51. -कृत a. as agreed upon, done according to rule or custom, customary; स यदि प्रतिपद्येत यथान्यस्तं यथाकृतम् Ms.8.183. (-तम्) ind. according to the usual practice. -क्लृप्ति ind. in a suitable way. -क्रमम्, -क्रमेण ind. in due order or succession, regularly, in due form, properly; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रियाः R.3.1;9.26. -क्षमम् ind. according to one's power, as much as possible. -क्षिप्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -क्षेमेण ind. safely, comfortably. -खेलम् ind. playfully; V. -गुणम् ind. according to qualities or endowments; Ch. Up. -चित्तम् ind. according to will; Māl. -जात a. 1 foolish, senseless, stupid. -2 barbarous, outcast. -ज्ञानम् ind. to the best of one's knowledge or judgment. -ज्येष्ठम् ind. according to rank, by seniority. -तत्त्वम् ind. 1 according to actual facts, actually, as the case really may be. -तथ a. 1 true, right. -2 accurate, exact. (-थम्) a narrative of the particulars or details of anything, a detailed or minute account. (-थम्) ind. 1 exactly, precisely; विभाव्यन्ते यथातथम् Bhāg. -2 fitly, properly, as the case really may be; Mb.3. -तथ्यम्, -तथ्येन ind. truly, really. -तृप्ति ind. to the heart's content. -दर्शनम् ind. according to observation. -दिक्, -दिशम् ind. in all directions. -निकायम् ind. according to body; Śvet. Up. -निर्दिष्ट a. 1 as mentioned before, as specified above; यथानिर्दिष्टव्यापारा सखी. -2 as prescribed or laid down; यथानिर्दिष्टं संपादितं व्रतम् V.3. -न्यायम् ind. justly, rightly, properly; प्रतिपूज्य यथान्यायम् Ms.1.1. -न्यासम् ind. according to the text of a Śūtra, as written down. -न्युप्त a. as placed on the ground or offered; अवजिघ्रेच्च तान् पिण्डान् यथान्युप्तान् समाहितः Ms.3.218. -पण्यम् ind. according to the (value or kind of) commodities; शुल्क- स्थानेषु कुशलाः यथापण्यविचक्षणाः Ms.8.398 (v. l.). -पुरम् ind. as before, as on previous occasions; यथापुरमविज्ञाय स्वार्थलिप्सुमपण्डिताम् Rām.2.1.2. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. being as before, former; R.12.41. (-र्वम्) -पूर्वकम् ind. 1 as before; सर्वाणि ज्ञातिकार्याणि यथापूर्वं समाचरेत् Ms.11.187. -2 in due order or succession, one after another; एते मान्या यथापूर्वम् Y.1.35. -प्रत्यर्हम् ind. according to merit. -प्रदिष्टम् ind. as suitable or proper. -प्रदेशम् ind. 1 in the proper or suitable place; यथाप्रदेशं विनिवेशितेन Ku. 1.49; आसञ्जयामास यथाप्रदेशं कण्ठे गुणम् R.6.83; Ku.7.34. -2 according to direction or precept. -3 on all sides. -प्रधानम्, -प्रधानतः ind. according to rank or position, according to precedence; आलोकमात्रेण सुरानशेषान् संभावया- मास यथाप्रधानम् Ku.7.46. -प्रयोगम् ind. 1 according to usage or practice. -2 as found by experiment. -प्रस्तावम् ind. on the first suitable occasion. -प्रस्तुतम् ind. 1 at last, at length. -2 conformably to the circumstances. -प्राणम् ind. according to strength with all one's might. -प्राप्त a. 1 suitable to circumstances. -2 following from a previous grammatical rule; Kāśi. on P.III.2.135. (-प्तम्) ind. regularly, properly. -प्रार्थितम् ind. as requested. -बलम् ind. 1 to the best of one's power, with all one's might; यथाबलं च विभज्य गृह्णीत Dk.2.8. -2 according to the (condition of) army or number of forces; Ms. -बुद्धि, -मति ind. to the best of one's knowledge. -भक्त्या with entire devotion. -भागम्, -भागशः ind. 1 according to the share of each, proportionately; यथाभागशो$मी वो गन्धाः -2 each in his respective place; यथाभागमवस्थिताः Bg.1.11. -3 in the proper place; यथाभागमवस्थिते$पि R.6.19. -भावः 1 destiny. -2 proper relation. -भूतम् ind. according to what has taken place, according to truth, truly, exactly. -भूयस् ind. according to seniority. -मुखीन a. looking straight at (with gen.); (मृगः) यथामुखीनः सीतायाः पुप्लुवे बहु लोभयन् Bk.5.48. -मूल्य a. worth the price, accordant with the price. -यथम् ind. 1 as in fit, fitly, properly; यथायथं ताः सहिता नभश्चरैः Ki.8.2. -2 in regular order, severally, each in its proper place, respectively; असक्तमाराधयतो यथायथम् Ki.1.11; बीजवन्तो मुखाद्यर्था विप्रकीर्णा यथायथम् S. D.337. -3 by degrees, gradually; सर्वे मायामानवा यथायथमन्तर्भावं गताः Dk.1.5. -युक्तम्, -योगम् ind. according to circumstances, fitly, suitably. -योग्य a. suitable, fit, proper, right. -रसम् ind. according to the sentiments. -रुचम्, -रुचि ind. according to one's liking or taste; वदन्ति चैतत् कवयो यथारुचम् Bhāg.2.5.21. -रूपम् ind. 1 according to form or appearance. -2 duly, properly, fitly. -लब्ध a. as actually in hand. -वस्तु ind. as the fact stands, exactly, accurately, truly. -विध a. of such kind or sort. -विधि ind. according to rule or precept, duly, properly; यथाविधि हुताग्नीनाम् R.1.6; संचस्कारोभयप्रीत्या मैथिलेयौ यथाविधि 15.31;3.7; Ms.11.191. -विनियोगम् ind. in the succession or order stated. -विभवम् ind. in proportion to one's income, according to means. -वीर्य a. of whatever strength. (-र्यम्) ind. in respect of manliness or courage. -वृत्त a. as happened, done or acted. (-त्तम्) 1 the actual facts, the circumstances or details of an event.-2 a former event. -वृद्धम् ind. according to age or seniority; गगनादवतीर्णा सा यथावृद्धपुरःसरा Ku.6. 49. -व्युत्पत्ति ind. 1 according to the degree of education or culture. -2 according to the derivation. -शक्ति, -शक्त्या ind. to the best of one's power, as far as possible. -शब्दार्थम् ind. in keeping with or according to the sense conveyed by the (sacred) text; इह शब्द- लक्षणे कर्मणि यथाशब्दार्थं प्रवृत्तिः ŚB. on MS.11.1.26. -शास्त्रम् ind. according to the scriptures, as the law ordains; सर्वे$पि क्रमशस्त्वेते यथाशास्त्रं निषेविताः Ms.6.88. -शीघ्रम् ind. as quickly as possible. -शीलम् ind. in accordance with one's temper. -श्रुत a. according to the report. -श्रुतम् -ति ind. 1 as heard or reported. -2 (यथाश्रुति) according to Vedic precepts; अस्मात् परं बत यथाश्रुति संभृतानि को नः कुले निवपनानि करिष्यतीति Ś.6.25. -श्रेष्ठम् ind. in order of precedence or merit. -श्लक्ष्ण a. behaving in such a way that the weaker is placed first. -संस्थम् ind. according to circumstances. -संख्यम् a figure of speech in Rhetoric; यथासंख्यं क्रमेणैव क्रमिकाणां समन्वयः K. P.1; e. g. शत्रुं मित्रं विपत्तिं च जय रञ्जय भञ्जय Chandr.5.17. (-ख्यम्), -संख्येन ind. according to number, respectively, number for number; हृत्कण्ठतालुगाभिस्तु यथासंख्यं द्विजातयः (शुध्येरन्) Y.1.21. -समयम् ind. 1 at the proper time. -2 according to agreement or established usage. -संभव a. possible. -संभावित a. suitable, appropriate. -सर्वम् ind. in all particulars. -सवनम् ind. according to the time or season. -सारम् ind. according to quality or goodness. -सुखम् ind. 1 at will or pleasure. -2 at ease, comfortably, pleasantly, so as to give pleasure; अङ्के निधाय करभोरु यथासुखं ते संवाहयामि चरणावुत पद्मताम्रौ Ś.3.2; R.9.48; Ms.4.43. -स्थानम् the right or proper place. (-नम्) ind. 1 in the proper place; duly, properly. -2 instantly. -3 according to rank. -स्थित a. 1 according to circumstances or actual facts, as it stands; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8. -2 right, proper, fit. (-तम्) ind. 1 truly, properly. -2 according to circumstances. -स्थिति ind. as usual, according to state or circumstances. -स्थूलम् ind. without details. -स्व a. each according to (his or her) own; यथास्वान् जग्मुरालयान् Mb.12.44.14. -स्वम् ind. 1 each his own, respectively; अध्यासते चीरभृतो यथास्वम् R.13.22; Ki.14.43. -2 individually; यथास्वमाश्रमैश्चके वर्णैरपि षडंशभाक् R.17.65. -3 duly, properly, rightly; यथास्वं ग्राहकान्येषां शब्दादीनामिमानि तु Mb.3.211.13. |
| |
| yad | यद् pron. a. (Nom. sing. m. यः, f. या, n. यत्-द्) The relative pronoun corresponding 'who', 'which' or 'what' in English. (a) Its proper correlative is तद्; यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य; but sometimes इदम्, अदस्, एतद्, takethe place of तद्; sometimes the relative is used alone, its antecedent being supplied from the context. Not unfrequently two relatives are used in the same sentence; या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याःपाठिताः Māl.1; यदेव रोचते यस्मै भवेत् तत् तस्य सुन्दरम्. (b) When repeated, the relative pronoun has the sense of 'totality, and may be translated by 'whoever', 'whatever', in which case the correlative pronoun is generally repeated; यो यः शस्त्रं बिभर्ति स्वभुजगुरुबलः पाण्डवीनां चमूनां ... क्रोधान्धस्तस्य तस्य स्वयमिह जगतामन्तकस्यान्तको$हम् Ve.3.3; क्रियते यद् यदेषा कथयति U.1; यं यं पश्यसि तस्य तस्य पुरतो मा ब्रूहि दीनं वचः Bh.2.51. When joined with the interrogative pronoun or its derivatives with or without the particles चिद्, चन, वा, or अपि, it expresses the sense of 'whatever', 'any whatsoever,', 'any'; सूतो वा सूतपुत्रो वा यो वा को वा भवाम्यहम् Ve.3.33; येन केन प्रकारेण anyhow, somehow or other; यत्र कुत्रापि, यो वा को वा, यः कश्चन &c.; यत् किंचिदेतद् 'this is a mere trifle'; यानि कानि च मित्राणि &c. -ind. As an indeclinable यद् is frequently used 1 to introduce a direct or subordinate assertion with or without इति at the end; सत्यो$यं जनप्रवादो यत् संपत् संपदमनुबध्नातीति K.73; तस्य कदाचिच्चिन्ता समुत्पन्ना यदर्थोत्पत्त्युपायाश्चिन्तनीयाः कर्तव्याश्च Pt.1. or -2 in the sense of 'because', 'since'; प्रियमा- चरितं लते त्वया मे ... यदियं पुनरप्यपाङ्गनेत्रा परिवृत्तार्धमुखी मयाद्य दृष्टा V.1.17; or किं शेषस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18; R.1.27,87; in this sense यद् is often followed by तद् or ततः as its correlative; see यत् प्रीति- मद्भिर्वदनैः स्वसाम्यात् ...... ततस्तदीयाधरयावयोगात् ... N.22.46. -Comp. -अपि ind. although, though; वक्रः पन्था यदपि भवतः Me.27. -अर्थम्, -अर्थे ind. 1 for which, wherefore, why, on which account; श्रूयतां यदर्थमस्मि हरिणा भवत्सकाशं प्रेषितः Ś.6; Ku.5.52. -2 since, because; नूनं दैवं न शक्यं हि पुरुषेणातिवर्तितुम् । यदर्थं यत्नवानेव न लभे विप्रतां विभो ॥ Mb. -अवधि ind. since which time. -आत्मक a. having which essence or existence. -कारणम्, -कारणात् ind. 1 wherefore, on which account. -2 since, because. -कृते ind. wherefore, why, for which person or thing. -भविष्यः a fatalist (one who says 'what will be will be'); यद्भविष्यो विनष्यति Pt.1.318. -वद a. talking anything. -वा ind. or else, whether; नैतद्विद्मः कतरन्नो गरीयो यद्वा जयेम यदि वा नो जयेयुः Bg.2.6; (often used by commentators in suggesting an alternative meaning). -वृत्तम् an adventure. -सत्यम् ind. to be sure, to speak the truth, truly, forsooth; अमङ्गलाशंसया वो वचनस्य यत् सत्यं कम्पितमिव मे हृदयम् Ve.1; Mu.1; Mk.4. |
| |
| yantṛ | यन्तृ a. [यम्-तृच्] 1 Restraining, curbing, controlling. -2 Guiding, directing. -m. 1 A director, governor, ruler. -2 A driver (as of an elephant, carriage &c.), coachman, charioteer; यन्ता गजस्याभ्यपतद् गजस्थम् R.7.37; अथ यन्तारमादिश्य धुर्यान् विश्रामयेति सः 1.54; Bhāg.8.11. 17; Ki.7.32; सव्यो$पि सानुनयमाकलनाय यन्त्रा Śi. -3 An elephant-driver or rider. |
| |
| yaśas | यशस् a. [अश् स्तुतौ असुन् धातोः ल्युट् च Uṇ.4.19] 1 Lovely, agreeable, worthy. -2 Honoured. -n. Fame. reputation, glory, renown; विस्तीर्यते यशो लोके तैलबिन्दु- रिवाम्भसि Ms.7.34; यशस्तु रक्ष्यं परतो यशोधनैः R.3.48; 2.4. -2 An object of glory or respect, a person of distinction. -3 Ved. Beauty, splendour. -4 Favour, partiality. -5 Wealth. -6 Food. -7 Water. -8 An assemblage of rare merits; यावद् हि प्रथते लोके पुरुषस्य यशो भुवि । तावत् तस्याक्षया कीर्तिर्भवतीति विनिश्चिता ॥ Mb.12.54.32 (com. यशः परचित्तचमत्कृतिजनको गुणौघः). -9 An indirect fame (परोक्षकीर्ति); तपति च कीर्त्या यशसा ब्रह्मवर्चसेन Ch. Up.3. 18.3. -Comp. -कर a. (यशस्कर) conferring glory, glorious; साम्राज्यकृत् सजात्येषु लोके चैव यशस्करः Ms.8.387. -काम a. (यशस्काम) 1 desirous of getting fame. -2 aspiring; ambitious. -कायम्, -शरीरम् body in the form of fame; यशःशरीरे भव मे दयालुः R.2.24; नास्ति येषां यशःकाये जरामरणजं भयम् Bh. -द a. (-यशोद) conferring fame. (-दः) (येन वायुना शीद्यते शद् अच्) quicksilver; यशदं रङ्गसदृशं रीतिहेतुश्च तन्मतम् Bhāva P. (-दा) N. of the wife of Nanda and foster-mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -धन a. or s. one whose wealth or valued treasure is fame, rich in fame, very renowned; अपि स्वदेहात् किमुतेन्द्रियार्थाद् यशो- धनानां हि यशो गरीयः R.14.35;2.1. -धर a. (यशोधर) keeping up or preserving glory. -धा a. conferring fame; कच्चिद् यशोधा रथयूथपानां गाण्डीवधन्वोपरतारिरास्ते Bhāg. 3.1.38. -पटहः (यशःपटहः) a double drum. -प्रख्यापनम् (यशःप्रख्यापनम्) spreading or proclaiming the glory. -भृत् a. (यशोभृत्) famous, renowned. -शेष a. remaining only in fame; having nothing left behind except glory i. e. dead; cf. कीर्तिशेष. (-षः) death. -हर a. (यशोहर) taking away fame, dishonouring, ignominious. |
| |
| yāgaḥ | यागः [यज् घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 An offering, a sacrifice, an oblation; इष्टिर्यागः ŚB. on MS.6.8.7. -2 Any ceremony in which oblations are presented, with a direct reference to a deity; प्रत्यक्षदेवतासम्बद्धो हि त्यागो यागः ŚB. on MS.9.4.47; ऋषिदेवगणस्वधाभुजां श्रुतयागप्रसवैः स पार्थिवः (अनृणत्वमुपेयिवान्) R.8.3. -3 Presentation, grant. -Comp. -ईश्वरः a certain crystal phallus of Śiva; यस्यासौ जलदेवतास्फटिकभूर्जागर्ति यागेश्वरः N.12.38. कण्टकः a bad sacrificer -करणम् a sacrificial ceremony. -संतानः N. of Jayanta. -संप्रदानम् the recipient of a sacrifice. Kāśi. on P.IV.2.24. -सूत्रम् the sacrificial sacred thread. |
| |
| yuj | युज् I. 7 U. (युनक्ति, युङ्क्ते, युयोज, युयुजे, अयुजत्, अयौक्षीत्, अयुक्त, योक्ष्यति-ते, योक्तुम्, युक्त) 1 To join, unite, attach, connect, add; तमर्थमिव भारत्या सुतया योक्तुमर्हसि Ku.6.79; see pass. below. -2 To yoke, harness, put to; भानुः सकृद्युक्ततुरङ्ग एव Ś.5.4; ततः श्वेतैर्हयैर्युक्ते महति स्यन्दने स्थितौ Bg.1.14. -3 To furnish or endow with; as in गुणयुक्त. -4 To use, employ, apply; प्रशस्ते कर्मणि तथा सच्छब्दः पार्थ युज्यते Bg.17.26; Ms.7.24. -5 To appoint, set (with loc.); प्रजासु वृत्तिं यमयुङ्क्त वेदितुम् Ki.1.1. -6 To direct, turn or fix upon (as the mind &c.). -7 To concentrate one's attention upon; मनः संयम्य मच्चित्तो युक्त आसीत मत्परः Bg.6.14; युञ्जन्नेवं सदात्मानम् 15. -8 To put, place or fix on (with loc.). -9 To prepare, arrange, make ready, fit. -1 To give, bestow, confer; दध्यक्षताद्भिर्युयुजुः सदाशिषः Bhāg.1.25.29; आशिषं युयुजे. -11 To adhere or cleave to. -12 To enjoin, charge; उवाच चैनं मेधावी युङ्क्ष्वात्मानमिति प्रभो Mb.15.37.3. -13 To put in, insert. -14 To think or meditate upon. -Pass. (युज्यते) 1 To be joined or united with; रविपीत- जला तपात्यये पुनरोघेन हि युज्यते नदी Ku.4.44; R.8.17. -2 To get, be possessed of; इष्टैर्युज्येथाम् Mv.7; इष्टेन युज्यस्व Ś.5; R.3.65. -3 To be fit or right, be proper, to suit (with loc. or gen.); या यस्य युज्यते भूमिका तां खलु भावेन तथैव सर्वे वर्ग्याः पाठिताः Māl.1; त्रैलोक्यस्यापि प्रभुत्वं त्वयि युज्यते H.1. -4 To be ready for; ततो युद्धाय युज्यस्व Bg.2. 38,5. -5 To be intent on, be absorbed in, be directed towards; दैवकर्मणि युक्तो हि बिभर्तीदं चराचरम् Ms.3.75;14. 35; Ki.7.13. -6 To be fastened or harnessed. -7 To adhere, to be in close contact. -8 To attain to, possess, obtain. -9 To be made ready. -Caus. (योजयति-ते) 1 To join, unite, bring together; परस्परेण स्पृहणीयशोभं न वेदिदं द्वन्द्वमयोजयिष्यत् R.7.14. -2 To present, give, bestow; चरोरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 To appoint, employ, use; शत्रुभिर्योजयेच्छत्रुम् Pt.4.17. -4 To turn or direct towards; पापान्निवारयति योजयते हिताय Bh. 2.72. -5 To excite, urge, instigate. -6 To perform, achieve. -7 To prepare, arrange, equip. -8 To yoke, harness. -9 To apply, fix, set, place. -1 To furnish or endow with. -11 To surround. -12 To despise, think lightly of. -13 To appoint to. -Desid. (युयुक्षति-ते) To wish to join, yoke, give &c. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (योजति, योजयति-ते) To unite, join, yoke &c.; see युज् above. -III. 4 Ā. (युज्यते) To concentrate the mind (identical with the pass. of युज् I). -IV. 1 Ā. (योजयते) To censure. |
| |
| yogya | योग्य a. [योगमर्हति यत्, युज् ण्यत् वा] 1 Fit, proper, suitable, appropriate, qualified; योग्यो$यं दृश्यते नरः -2 Fit or suitable for, qualified for, capable of, able to (with loc., dat. or even gen. or in comp.). -3 Useful, serviceable. -4 Fit for Yoga or abstract meditation. -5 (In Nyāya phil.) Amenable to the senses, capable of being directly cognized. -ग्यः 1 A calculator of expedients. -2 The asterism Puṣya. -3 A draught animal. -ग्या 1 Excercise or practice in general; तद् यथा भूमिरथिको भूमौ रथमालिख्य योग्यां करोति । सा तस्य योग्या प्रयोगकाले सौकर्यमुत्पादयति । ŚB. on MS.7.2.15; योग्या- मुपास्ते नु युवां युयुक्षुः N.3.117; अपरः प्रणिधानयोग्यया मरुतः पञ्च शरीरगोचरान् R.8.19; so मानयोग्या Kāv.2.243; धनु- र्योग्या, अस्त्रयोग्या Rām.2.1.12. &c. -2 Martial excercise, drill. -3 The earth. -4 N. of a wife of Sūrya. -ग्यम् 1 A conveyance, carriage, vehicle. -2 Sandal-wood. -3 A cake. -4 Milk. |
| |
| raghu | रघु a. Ved. 1 Quick, rapid. -2 Light, nimble. -3 Fickle -4 Eager. -घुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the solar race, son of Dilīpa and father of Aja. [He appears to have been called Raghu from ragh or raṅgh 'to go', because his father foresaw that the boy would 'go' to the end of the holy learning as well as of his enemies in battle; cf. R.3.21. True to his name, he commenced the conquest of the directions, went over the whole of the then known world, overcame kings in battle, and returned covered with glory and laden with spoils. He then performed the Viśvajit sacrifice in which he gave away everything to Brāh- maṇas and made his son Aja successor to the throne.] -2 (pl.) The Raghus or descendants of Raghu; रघूणा- मन्वयं वक्ष्ये तनुवाग्विभवो$पि सन् R.1.9. -Comp. -उद्वहः the best of the Raghus i. e. Rāma. -कारः the author of Raghuvaṁśa i. e. Kālidāsa; पूर्वैर्विभिन्नवृत्तां गुणाढ्भव- भूतिबाणरघुकारैः Govardhanasaptaśatī; क इह रघुकारे न रमते Subhāṣ. -नन्दनः, -नाथः, -पतिः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सिंहः &c. epithets of Rāma; रघुनाथो$प्यगस्त्येन मार्गसंदर्शितात्मना R.; Rāma-rakṣā S. -प्रतिनिधिः the image or representative of Raghu, i. e. Aja; R.5.63. -वंशः the family of the Raghus; रघुवंशप्रदीपेन तेनाप्रमिततेजसा R.1.68. (-शम्) N. of a celebrated classical poem by Kālidāsa decribing the family of the Raghus in nineteen cantos. ˚तिलकः N. of Rāma; यजति रघुवंशतिलकः कौसल्यानन्दवर्धनो रामः Rām. |
| |
| rac | रच् 1 U. (रच्यति-ते, रचित) 1 To arrange, prepare, make ready, contrive, plan; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru 45; रचयति शयनं सचकितनयनम् Gīt. 5. -2 To make, form, effect, create, produce; माया- विकल्परचितैः स्यन्दनैः R.13.75; माधुर्यं मधुबिन्दुना रचयितुं क्षाराम्बु- धेरीहते Bh.2.6; मौलौ वा रचयाञ्जलिम् Ve.3.4. -3 To write, compose, put together (as a work); अश्वधाटीं जग- न्नाथो विश्वहृद्यामरीरचत् Aśvad 26; Ś.3.14. -4 To place in or upon, fix on; रचयति चिकुरे कुरबककुसुमम् Gīt.7; Ku.4.18,34; Ś.6.17. -5 To adorn, decorate; Me.68. -6 To direct (the mind &c.) towards. |
| |
| racita | रचित p. p. 1 Arranged. -2 Prepared. -3 Made, formed. -4 Strung together. -5 Composed, written. -6 Adorned. -7 Furnished with. -8 Directed towards (as the mind). -9 Invented. -Comp. -अर्थ a. one who has obtained his object. -धी a. one whose mind is intent upon. -पूर्व a. what has been performed before. |
| |
| rāj | राज् 1 U. (राजति-ते, राजित) 1 (a) To shine, glitter, appear splendid or beautiful, be eminent; रेजे ग्रहमयीव सा Bh.1.17; तस्याः प्रविष्टा नतनाभिरन्ध्रं रराज तन्वी नवलोमराजिः Ku.1.38; राजन् राजति वीरवैरिवनितावैधव्यदस्ते भुजः K.P.1; R.3.7; Ki.4.24;11.6. (b) To appear or look (like), shine (like); तोयान्तर्भास्करालीव रेजे मुनिपरंपरा Ku. 6.49. -2 To rule, govern. -3 To direct, regulate. -4 To be the first or chief, be at the head. -Caus. (राजयति-ते) To cause to shine, illuminate, brighten. |
| |
| rātriḥ | रात्रिः त्री f. [राति सुखं भयं वा रा-त्रिप् वा ङीप् Uṇ.4.69] 1 Night; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शशथ्याम् R.5.66; दिवा काकरवाद् भीता रात्रौ तरति नर्मदाम्. -2 The darkness of night. -3 Turmeric; Mb.13.136.25. -4 One of the four forms or bodies of Brahmā. -5 Day and night; अहःशब्दो$पि अहोरात्रवचनः । रात्रिशब्दो$पि ŚB. on MS.8.1.16; यां रात्रिं जायते जीवो यां रात्रिं च विनश्यति Mb.13.9.4. -Comp. -अटः 1 a goblin, demon, ghost. -2 a thief. -अन्धः a. night-blind. -आगमः, -उपायः the approach of night. -करः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -चरः (also -रात्रिंचर) (-री f.) 1 'a night rover', robber, thief. -2 a watchman, patrol, guard. -3 a demon, ghost, evil spirit; (तं) यान्तं वने रात्रिचरी डुढौके Bk.2.23. -चर्या 1 night-roving. -2 a nightly act or ceremony. -जम् a star, constellation. -जलम् dew. -जागरः 1 night-watching, wakefulness or sitting up at night; आरुरोह कुमुदा- करोपमां रात्रिजागरपरो दिवाशयः R.19.34. -2 a dog. ˚दः a gnat. -तरा the dead of night. -तिथिः f. a lunar night. -द्विष् the sun. -नाथः the moon. -नाशनः the sun. -पर्युषित a. stale. -पुष्पम् a lotus-flower opening at night. -बलः a demon. -भुजङ्गः the moon. -मणिः 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -योगः night-fall. -रक्षः, -रक्षकः a watchman, guard. -रागः darkness, obscurity. -वासस् n. 1 night-dress. -2 darkness. -विगमः 'end of night', break of day, dawn, daylight. -विश्लेषगामिन् m. the ruddy goose. -वेदः, -वेदिन् m. a cock. -सत्रन्यायः the rule according to which an act, for which no fruit is stated directly in the injunctive text, should be held as yielding the result spoken of in the अर्थवाद text connected with it. This rule is discussed and established by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.17-19. -हासः the white lotus. -हिण्डकः 1 a guard of the women's apartments. -2 a night-stalker. |
| |
| ruh | रुह् 1 P. (रोहति, रुरोह, अरुक्षत्, रोक्ष्यति, रोढुम्, रूढ) 1 To grow, spring up, shoot forth, germinate; रूढरागप्रवालः M.4.1; केसरैरर्धरूढैः Me.21; छिन्नो$पि रोहति तरुः Bh.2. 87. -2 To grow up, be developed, increase; रूढं क्षुधार्दिताः वत्साः .... चरन्तु .... तृणम् Bhāg.1.13.6. -3 To rise, mount upwards, ascend. -4 To grow over, heal up (as a wound); रोहते सायकैर्विद्धं न संरोहति वाक्क्षतम् Pt.3.111. -5 To reach to, attain. -Caus. (रोपयति-ते, रोहयति-ते) 1 To cause to grow, plant, put in the ground; तारयेद् वृक्षरोपी च तस्माद् वृक्षांश्च रोपयेत् Mb.13.58.26. -2 To raise up, elevate. -3 To entrust, devolve upon, commit to the care of; गुणवत्सुतरोपितश्रियः R.8.11. -4 To fix upon, direct towards, cast at; R.9.22. -5 To fix, fasten. -Desid. (रुरुक्षति) To wish to grow &c. |
| |
| lakṣaka | लक्षक a. [लक्ष्-ण्वुल्] Indicating indirectly, expressing secondarily. -कम् One hundred thousand. |
| |
| lakṣaṇam | लक्षणम् [लक्ष्यते$नेन लक्ष्-करणे ल्युट् Uṇ.3.8.] 1 A mark, token, sign, indication, characteristic, distinctive mark; वधूदुकूलं कलहंसलक्षणम् Ku.5.67; अनारम्भो हि कार्याणां प्रथमं बुद्धिलक्षणम् Subhāṣ; उपकारापकारौ हि लक्ष्यं लक्षण- मेतयोः H.4.15; अव्याक्षेपो भविष्यन्त्याः कार्यसिद्धेर्हि लक्षणम् R.1.6;19.47; गर्भलक्षण Ś.5; पुरुषलक्षणम् 'the sign or organ of virility'. -2 A symptom (of a disease). -3 An attribute, a quality. -4 A definition, accurate description; असाधारणधर्मो लक्षणम्; नामधेयेन पदार्थमात्रस्याभि- धानमुद्देशः, तत्रोद्दिष्टस्यातत्त्वव्यवच्छेदको धर्मो लक्षणम् Vātsyāyana Bhāṣya 1.1.2. -5 A lucky or auspicious mark on the body (these are considered to be 32); द्वात्रिंशल्लक्षणोपेतः; लक्षणसंपन्नान्नां गवामधः सस्नौ K.64. -6 Any mark or features of the body (indicative of good or bad luck); क्व तद्विधस्त्वं क्व च पुण्यलक्षणा Ku.5.73; क्लेशावहा भर्तुरलक्षणाहम् R.14.5. -7 A name, designation, appellation (oft. at the end of comp.); विदिशालक्षणां राजधानीम् Me.24. -8 Excellence, merit, good quality; as in आहितलक्षण R. 6.71 (where Malli. renders it by प्रख्यातगुण and quotes Ak.:-- गुणैः प्रतीते तु कृतलक्षणाहितलक्षणौ). -9 An aim, a scope, an object. -1 A fixed rate (as of duties); नदीतीरेषु तद्विद्यात् समुद्रे नास्ति लक्षणम् Ms.8.46. -11 Form, kind, nature. -12 Effect, operation. -13 Cause, occasion. -14 Head, topic, subject. -15 Pretence, disguise (= लक्ष); प्रसुप्तलक्षणः Māl.7. -16 A line, spot. -17 Observation, seeing. -18 Indicatory characteristic; लक्ष्यते येन तल्लक्षणम्, धूमो लक्षणमग्नेरिति हि वदन्ति ŚB. on MS.1.1.2. -19 A chapter; धर्मो द्वादशलक्षण्या व्युत्पाद्यः. -2 A sexual organ; लक्षणं लक्षणेनैव वदनं वदनेन च Mb.13.4.58. -णः 1 N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -2 The crane. -णा 1 An aim, object. -2 (In Rhet.) An indirect application or secondary signification of a word, one of the three powers of a word; it is thus defined:-- मुख्यार्थबाधे तद्योगे रूढितो$थ प्रयोजनात् । अन्यो$र्थो लक्ष्यते यत् सा लक्षणारोपिता क्रिया K. P.2. लक्षणा शक्यसंबन्धस्तात्पर्यानुपपत्तितः Bhāṣā P.; see S. D.13. also श्रुतिलक्षणाविषये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2; A. Rām.7.5.26-27. -3 A goose. -4 N. of Duryodhana's daughter. -Comp. -अन्वित a. possessed of auspicious marks; उद्वहेत द्विजो भार्यां सवर्णां लक्षणा- न्विताम् Ms.3.4. -कर्मन् n. definition. -ज्ञ a. able to interpret or explain marks (as on the body). -भ्रष्ट a. deprived of good quatities, ill-fated, unlucky; जायन्ते लक्षणभ्रष्टा दरिद्राः पुरुषाधमाः Y.3.217. -लक्षणा = जहल्लक्षणा q. v. -संनिपातः branding, stigmatizing. -संपद् f. a multitude of marks. |
| |
| lakṣita | लक्षित p. p. [लक्ष्-क्त] 1 Seen, observed, marked, beheld; यैः सादिता लक्षितपूर्वकेतून् R. -2 Denoted, indicated. -3 Characterized, marked, distinguished. -4 Defined. -5 Aimed at. -6 Indirectly expressed, indicated, hinted at. -7 Inquired into, examined. -8 Considered, regarded. -Comp. -लक्षणा indication based on indication, indicative indication, a secondary indication; इतरथा रथन्तरसामनि अध्यवसीयमाने ऋचा पदं लक्ष्यते पदेन साम सैषा लक्षितलक्षणा स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58. It should be observed that लक्षितलक्षणा is a दोष and hence inadmissible. |
| |
| lakṣīkṛ | लक्षीकृ 8 U. 1 To aim at, direct. -2 To point to, refer or allude to; इयं कथा मामेव लक्षीकरोति Ś.7. |
| |
| lakṣya | लक्ष्य pot. p. [लक्ष्-यत्] 1 To be looked at or observed, visible, observable, perceptible; बभ्रमुस्तदविज्ञाय लक्ष्यं पतनकारणम् Bhāg.1.11.2; दुलक्ष्यचिह्ना महतां हि वृत्तिः Ki. 17.23. -2 Indicated or recognizable by (with instr. or in comp.); दूराल्लक्ष्यं सुरपतिधनुश्चारुणा तोरणेन Me.77; प्रवेपमानाधरलक्ष्यकोपया Ku.5.74; R.4.5;7.6. -3 To be known or found out, traceable; यमामनन्त्यात्मभुवो$पि कारणं कथं स लक्ष्यप्रभवो भविष्यति Ku.5.81; cf. अलक्ष्य also. -4 To be marked or characterized. -5 To be defined. -6 To be aimed at. -7 To be expressed or denoted indirectly. -8 To be regarded or considered as. -क्ष्यः N. of a magical formula recited over weapons; Rām. -क्ष्यम् 1 An aim, a butt, mark, target, mark aimed at (fig. also); उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś. 2.5; दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; दर्पेण कौतुकवता मयि बद्धलक्ष्यः U.5.11; R.1.61;6.11;9.67; Ku.3.47,64;5.49; लक्ष्यं चतुर्विधं ज्ञेयं स्थिरं चैव चलं तथा । चलाचलं द्वयचलं वेधनीयं क्रमेण तु ॥ Dhanur.94. -2 A sign, token. -3 The thing defined (opp. लक्षण); लक्ष्यैकदेशे लक्षणस्यावर्तनमव्याप्तिः Tarka K. -4 An indirect or secondary meaning, that derived from लक्षणा q. v; वाच्यलक्ष्यव्यङ्ग्या अर्थाः K. P.2. -5 A pretence, sham, disguise; इदानीं परीक्षे किं लक्ष्यसुप्तमुत परमार्थ- सुप्तमिदं द्वयम् Mk.3;3.18; कन्दर्पप्रवणमनाः सखीसिसिक्षालक्ष्येण प्रतियुवमञ्जलिं चकार Śi.8.35; R.6.81. -6 A lac, one hundred thousand. -Comp. -अक्षिहरणम् the carrying off of a prize. -अलक्ष्य a. scarcely visible. -क्रमः a. the method or order of which is (indirectly) preceptible, as a dhvani. -ग्रहः taking aim. -भेदः, -वेधः hitting the mark; अपतित्वा नु चकार लक्ष्यभेदम् Ki.13.27. -वीथिः f. the visible road (ब्रह्मलोकमार्ग). -सिद्धिः the attainment of an object. -सुप्त a. feigning sleep. -हन् a. hitting the mark. (-m.) an arrow. |
| |
| lagna | लग्न p. p. 1 Adhered or clung to, stuck, held fast; लता- विटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 Touching, coming in contact with. -3 Attached to, connected with. -4 Clinging or sticking to, remaining on; उवाच रामं संप्रेक्ष्य पङ्कलग्न इव द्विपः Rām. 4.18.49. -5 Cutting, meeting (as lines) -6 Following closely, impending. -7 Busy with, closely occupied about; परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Skanda P. -8 Fastened on, directed towards. -9 Ashamed. -1 -Consumed, spent; Ms.7.127 (com.) -11 Auspicious; (see लग्). -ग्नः 1 A bard, minstrel. -2 An elephant in rut. -ग्नम् 1 The point of contact or intersection, the point where the horizon and the ecliptic or the path of planets meet. -2 The point of the ecliptic which at any given time is at the horizon or on the meridian. -3 The rising of the sun or of the planets. -4 The moment of the sun's entrance into a zodiacal sign. -5 A figure of the twelve zodiacal signs. -6 An auspicious or lucky moment. -7 (Hence) A decisive moment, time for action. -Comp. -अहः, -दिनम्, -दिवसः, -वासरः an auspicious day, a day chosen as lucky for the performance of any work. -कालः, -मुहूर्तः, -वेला, -समयः auspicious time, the time fixed upon (by astrologers &c.) as auspicious for the performance of any work (marriage &c.). -ग्रह a. tenacious, insisting firmly on anything. -नक्षत्रम् an auspicious asterism. -भुजः (in astr.) ascensional difference. -मण्डलम् the zodiac. -मासः an auspicious month. -शुद्धिः f. auspiciousness of the zodiacal signs &c. for the performance of any work. |
| |
| lākṣaṇika | लाक्षणिक a. (-की f.) [लक्षणया बोधयति ठक्] 1 One who is acquainted with marks or signs. -2 Characteristic, indicatory. -3 Having a secondary sense, used in a secondary sense (as a word, as distinguished from वाच्य and व्यञ्जक q. q. v. v.); स्याद्वाचको लाक्षणिकः शब्दो$त्र व्यञ्जक- स्त्रिधा K. P.2. -4 Expressing indirectly or figuratively. -5 Secondary, inferior; साक्षात् सुधांशुर्मुखमेव भैम्या दिवः स्फुटं लाक्षणिकः शशाङ्कः N.1.115. -6 Technical. -कः A technical term. |
| |
| vakra | वक्र a. 1 Crooked (fig. also), bent, curved, winding, tortuous; वक्रः पन्था यदपि भवतः प्रस्थितस्योत्तराशाम् Me. 27; Ku.3.29. -2 Roundabout, indirect, evasive, circuitous, equivocal, ambiguous (as a speech); किमेतैर्वक्रभणितैः Ratn.2; वक्रवाक्यरचनारमणीयः ...... सुभ्रुवां प्रववृते परिहासः Śi.1.12; see वक्रोक्ति also. -3 Curled, curling, crisped (as hair). -4 Retrograde (as motion). -5 Dishonest, fraudulent, crooked in disposition. -6 Cruel, malignant (as a planet); वक्राः स्युः पञ्चषष्ठे$र्के अतिवक्रा नगाष्टगे । नवमे दशमे चैव जायते सहजा गतिः ॥ Jyotistattvam. -7 Prosodially long. -क्रः 1 The planet Mars. -2 The planet Saturn. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of the demon Tripura. -5 A nose. -क्रम् 1 The bend or arm of a river. -2 Retrograde motion (of a planet). -3 A form of fracture. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a crooked limb. (-ङ्गः) 1 a goose. -2 the ruddy goose. -3 a snake. -आख्यम् tin. -इतर a. straight. -उक्तिः f. a figure of speech consisting in the use of evasive speech or reply, either by means of a pun, or by an affected change of tone; Mammaṭa thus defines it :-- यदुक्तमन्यथा वाक्यमन्यथा- न्येन योज्यते । श्लेषेण काक्वा वा ज्ञेया सा वक्रोक्तिस्तथा द्विधा K. P.9; for example see the opening stanza in Mu. (धन्या केयं स्थिता ते &c.). -2 equivocation, insinuation, inuendo; सुबन्धुर्बाणभट्टश्च कविराज इति त्रयः । वक्रोक्तिमार्गनिपुणाश्चतुर्थो विद्यते न वा ॥. -3 sarcasm. -कण्टः the jujube tree. -कण्टकः the Khadira tree. -कीलः a curved iron for striking an elephant. -खड्गः, -खड्गकः a sabre, scimitar. -ग, -गत a. having a retrograde motion (as a planet). -गति, -गामिन् a. 1 winding, meandering. -2 fraudulent, dishonest. (-तिः f.) a crooked or tortuous motion, winding gait. -गुल्फः, -ग्रीवः a camel. -चञ्चुः a parrot. -तालम्, -ताली a particular wind-instrument. -तुण्डः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -2 a parrot. -दंष्ट्रः a boar. -दृश् a. looking obliquely, squinting. -दृष्टि a. 1 squint-eyed, squinting. -2 having a malignant or evil look. -3 envious. (-f.) squint, an oblique look. -घी a. dishonest, deceitful. -नक्रः 1 a parrot. -2 a low man. -नासिकः an owl. -पदम् a cloth marked with various patterns. -पुच्छः, -पुच्छिकः a dog. -पुष्पः the Palāśa tree. -प्लुत a. leaping in curves. -बालधिः, -लाङ्गूलः a dog. -भणितम् prevarication, evasion. -भावः 1 crookedness. -2 deceit. -रेखा a curved line. -वक्त्रः a hog. -संस्थ a. placed transversely. |
| |
| vakriman | वक्रिमन् m. [वक्र-इमनिच्] 1 Crookedness, curvature. -2 Equivocation, evasion, ambiguity; tortuous, roundabout or indirect nature (as of a speech); तद्वक्त्राम्बुज- सौरभं स च सुधास्यन्दी गिरां वक्रिमा Gīt.3. -3 Cunningness, duplicity, craftiness. |
| |
| vacanam | वचनम् [वच्-ल्युट्] 1 The act of speaking, uttering. saying. -2 Speech, an utterance, words (spoken), sentence; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्रितः Ki.2. 5; प्रीतः प्रीतिप्रमुखवचनं स्वागतं व्याजहार Me.4. -3 Repeating, recitation. -4 A text, dictum, rule, precept, a passage of a sacred book; शास्त्रवचनम्, श्रुतिवचनम्, स्मृति- वचनम् &c. -5 An order, a command, direction; शुश्रूषां गौरवं चैव प्रमाणं वचनक्रियाम् (कुर्यात्) Rām.2.12.26; मद्वच- नात् 'in my name', 'by my order'. -6 Advice, counsel, instruction. -7 Declaration, affirmation. -8 Pronunciation (of a letter) (in gram.). -9 The signification or meaning of a word; अत्र पयोधरशब्दः मेघवचनः. -1 Number (in gram.); (there are three numbers, singular, dual and plural). -11 Dry ginger. -Comp. -अवक्षेपः abusive speech. -उपक्रमः introduction, exordium. -उपन्यासः suggestive speech, insinuation. -कर a. obedient, doing what is ordered. (-रः) the author or enunciator of a rule or precept. -कारिन् a. obeying orders, obedient. -क्रमः discourse. -क्रिया obedience; यथा पितरि शुश्रूषा तस्य वा वचनक्रिया Rām.2.19.22;2.12.26. -गोचर a. forming a subject of conversation. -गौरवम् deference to a command. -ग्राहिन् a. obedient, compliant, submissive. -पटु a. eloquent. -मात्रम् mere words, unsupported assertion. -विरोधः inconsistency of precepts, contradiction or incongruity of texts. -व्यक्तिः f. 1 The exact implication of a statement (i. e. the exact specification of its उद्देशपद and विधेयपद); अन्या हि वचनव्यक्तिर्विधीयमानस्य, अन्या गुणेन संबध्यमानस्य ŚB. on MS.3.1.12. ˚भेदः divergence in the implication of the statement; न च विधेर्विधिनैकवाक्यभावो भवति । वचनव्यक्ति- भेदात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.5. -2 interpretation; यदा अनुवादपक्षस्तदा आहिताग्नेः । यदा विधिपक्षः तदा अनाहिताग्नेः । उभयथा वचनव्यक्तिः प्रतीयते ŚB. on MS.6.8.8. -शतम् a hundred speeches, i. e. repeated declaration, reiterated assertion. -सहायः a companion in conversation. -स्थित a. (वचने- स्थित also) obedient, compliant. |
| |
| vah | वह् 1 U. (वहति-ते, उवाह, ऊहे, अवाक्षीत्, अवोढ, वक्ष्यति-ते, वोढुम्, ऊढ; pass. उह्यते) 1 To carry, lead, bear, convey, transport (oft. with two acc.); अजां ग्रामं वहति; वहति विधिहुतं या हविः Ś1.1; न च हव्यं वहत्यग्निः Ms.4.249. -2 To bear along, cause to move onward, waft, propel; जलानि या तीरनिखातयुपा वहत्ययोध्यामनु राजधानीम् R.13.61; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गननप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.11.1. -3 To fetch, bring; वहति जलमियम् Mu.1.4. -4 To bear, support, hold up, sustain; न गर्दभा वाजिधुरं वहन्ति Mk.4.17; ताते चापद्वितीये वहति रणधुरां को भयस्यावकाशः Ve.3.5 'when my father is leading the van &c.'; वहति भुवनश्रेणीं शेषः फणाफलकस्थिताम् Bh.2.35; Ś.7.17; Me.17. -5 To carry off; take away; अद्रेः शृङ्गं वहति (v. l. for हरति) पवनः किंस्विद् Me.14. -6 To marry; यद्ढया वारणराजहार्यया Ku.5.7; Ms.3.38. -7 To have, possess, bear; वहसि हि धनहार्यं पण्यभूतं शरीरम् Mk.1.31; वहति विषधरान् पटीरजन्मा Bv.1.74. -8 To assume, exhibit, show; लक्ष्मीमुवाह सकलस्य शशाङ्कमूर्तेः Ki.2.59;9.2. -9 To look to, attend to, take care of; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg.9.22. -1 To suffer, feel, experience; धर्मव्यथां वहति शीतभवां रुजं च Bv.1.94; so दुःखं, हर्षं, शोकं, तोषं &c. -11 (Intransitive in this and the following senses) To be borne or carried on, move or walk on; वहतं बलीवर्दौ वहतम् Mk.6; उत्थाय पुनरवहत् K.; Pt.1.43,291. -12 To flow (as rivers); प्रत्यगूहुर्महानद्यः Mb.; परोपकाराय वहन्ति नद्यः Subhāṣ. -13 To blow (as wind); मन्दं वहति मारुतः Rām.; वहति मलयसमीरे मदनमुपनिधाय Gīt.5. -15 To breathe. -Caus. (वाहयति-ते) 1 To cause to bear or carry, cause to be brought or led. -2 To drive, impel, direct. -3 To traverse, pass or go over; स वाह्यते राजपथः शिवाभिः R.16.12; भवान् वाहयेदध्वशेषम् Me.4. -4 To use, carry; असींश्च वाहयांचक्रुः Bk.14.23. -5 To place in a boat. -6 To proceed, go. -7 To carry out, complete, finish. -8 To go to, visit. -Desid. (विवक्षति-ते) To wish to carry &c. |
| |
| vācaka | वाचक a. [वच्-ण्वुल्] 1 Speaking, declaring, explanatory; उन्नीय मे दर्शय वल्गुवाचकं यद्व्रीडया नाभिमुखं शुचिस्तिते Bhāg.4.25.31. -2 Expressing, signifying, denoting directly (as a word, distinguished from लाक्षणिक and व्यञ्जक); साक्षात् संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2. -3 Verbal. -कः 1 A speaker. -2 A reader. -3 A significant word. -4 A messenger. -Comp. -पदम् a significant word. |
| |
| vācayitṛ | वाचयितृ a. The director of a recitation. |
| |
| vikāśaḥ | विकाशः 1 Manifestation, display, exhibition. -2 Blowing, expanding (usually written विकास in this sense); बालेन्दुवक्राण्यविकाशभावाद्बभुः पलाशान्यतिलोहितानि Ku. 3.29; विकाशः केषांचिन्नयनसुभगौर्विद्युदुदयैः Rāj. T. -3 An open or direct course; विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः Ki.15.52. -4 An oblique course; Ki.15.52. -5 Joy, pleasure, Ki. 15.52. -6 Sky, heaven (आकाश); Ki.15.52. -7 Eagerness, ardent desire; युगपद्विकासमुदयाद्गमिते शशिनः शिली- मुखगणो$लभत Si.9.41 (where it means 'blowing' also). -8 Retreat, solitude, privacy. -9 Brightness, radiance. |
| |
| viddha | विद्ध p. p. [व्यध्-क्त] 1 Pierced, penetrated; wounded, stabbed. -2 Beaten, whipped, lashed. -3 Thrown, directed, sent. -4 Opposed. -5 Resembling. -6 Wise, learned; L. D. B. -7 Mutually clung; मेघवृन्दमिवाकाशे विद्धं विद्युत्समावृतम् Mb.1.27.37. -द्धः Clypera Hernandifolia (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -द्धम् A wound. -Comp. -कर्ण a. having bored ears. |
| |
| vidhā | विधा 3 U. 1 To do, make, bring about, effect, accomplish, perform, cause, produce, occasion; यथाक्रमं पुंसवनादिकाः क्रिया धृतेश्च धीरः सदृशीर्व्यधत्त सः R.3.1; तन्नो देवा विधेयासुः Bk.19.2; विधेयासुर्देवाः परमरमणीयां परिणतिम् Māl.6.7; प्रायः शुभं च विदधात्यशुभं च जन्तोः सर्वंकषा भगवती भवितव्यतैव 1.23; ये द्वे कालं विधत्तः Ś.1.1 'cause, produce, or regulate time'; तस्य तस्याचलां श्रद्धां तामेव विदधाम्यहम् Bg.7.21; R.2.38;3.66; Ve.1.1; Ki.1.3;16.62;18. 28; (these senses may be further modified according to the noun with which विधा is used; cf. कृ). -2 To lay down, ordain, prescribe, fix, settle, command, enjoin; प्राङ्नाभिवर्धनात् पुंसो जातकर्म विधीयते Ms.2.29;3.19; Y.1. 72; शूद्रस्य तु सवर्णैव नान्या भार्या विधीयते Ms.9.157;3.118; पाणिनिश्च क्रियाफलस्य कर्तृगामित्वे सत्यात्मनेपदं विदधाति J. N. V. -3 To make, form, shape, create, manufacture; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29; अङ्गानि चम्पकदलैः स विधाय नूनं कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś. Til.3. -4 To appoint, depute (as a minister). -5 To put on, wear; Pt.1. -6 To fix upon, direct towards (as mind &c); योगे धैर्य- समाधिसिद्धिसुलभे बुद्धिं विधद्ध्वं बुधाः Bh.3.54; व्यवसायात्मिका बुद्धिः समाधौ न विधीयते Bg.2.44. -7 To arrange, put in order. -8 To make ready, prepare. -9 To settle, fix, establish; चरणारविन्दयुगलं मनसा विदधत् Bhāg.5.9.3. -1 To give, grant; अतीतसंख्या विहिता ममाग्निना शिलीमुखाः खाण्डव- मत्तुमिच्छता Ki.14.1. -11 To procure, furnish. -12 To place, put, lay. -13 To engross, consume; धने सुखकला या तु सा$पि दुःखैर्विधीयते Mb.12.177.35. |
| |
| vidhṛ | विधृ 1 U. 1 To seize, catch, catch or take hold of; अंशुकपल्लवेन विधृतः Amaru.85. -2 To put on, wear, use; पर्णशालामथ क्षिप्रं विधृतासिः प्रविश्य सः R.12.4 (v. l.). -3 To maintain, bear, support, hold up; शिरसा विधृता नित्यम् Pt.1.82 (where sense 2 is also intended); विधृतमपरैर्दत्तं चान्यैर्विजित्य तृणं यथा Bh.3.23. -4 To fix upon, direct towards. -5 To separate, divide. -6 To arrange, manage. -7 To withhold, abstruct, restrain. |
| |
| vinī | विनी 1 P. 1 To remove, take away, destroy (said to be Ā. only except where it has 'a part of the body' for its object); पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71; विनीतखेदः 13.35,46;15.48; Śi.1.62; Ki.7.3; Ku. 1.9;5.32. -2 To teach, instruct, educate, train; विनिन्युरेनं गुरवो गुरुप्रियम् R.3.29;5.11;15.69;18.51; Y.1.311; Ku.1.34. -3 To tame, subdue, govern, control (fig. also); वन्यान् विनेष्यन्निव दुष्टसत्त्वान् R.2.8; 6.27;14.75; Ki.2.41; वनगज इव तस्मात् सो$भ्युपायैर्विनेयः Mu.3.25. -4 To appease, pacify (anger) (Ātm.); शक्यो$स्य मन्युर्भवता विनेतुम् R.2.49. -5 To pass away, spend (as time); कथमपि यामिनीं विनीय Gīt.8. -6 To carry through, perform, complete, finish. -7 To spend, apply to use (Ātm.); शतं विनयते Sk. -8 To give, present, pay, pay off (as tribute) (Atm.); करं विनयते Sk. -9 To lead or conduct towards; नार्यश्चतुष्काभिमुखं व्यनैषुः Ku.7.9. -1 To bid, direct, order; मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41. -11 To bend down, incline. -12 To spread, stretch out. -13 To throw off, dispel; स त्वमुत्तिष्ठ युध्यस्व विनीय भयमात्मनः Mb.9.31.29. |
| |
| vinyas | विन्यस् 4 P. 1 To put down, deposit, place; विन्यस्यन्ती भुवि गणनया देहलीदत्तपुष्पैः Me.89; Bk.3.3. -2 To fix in or on, direct towards; रामे विन्यस्तमानसाः Rām. -3 To deliver or make over, commit to the care of, entrust; सुतविन्यस्तपत्नीकः Y.3.45. -4 To arrange, dispose, adjust. |
| |
| viparī | विपरी [विपरि+इ] 2 P. 1 To turn in an opposite direction. -2 To be otherwise, fail, prove fruitless; कल्याणं विदधातु वा भगवतीनीतिर्विपर्येतु वा Māl.6.3. -3 To change for the worse. -4 To go round, return. |
| |
| vipalāyanam | विपलायनम् Running away, fleeing in different directions. |
| |
| viplava | विप्लव a. Perflexed, confused; मुमूर्षूणां हि मन्दात्मन्ननु स्युर्विप्लवा गिरः Bhāg.7.8.12. -वः 1 Floating or drifting about, floating in different directions. -2 Opposition, contrariety. -3 Confusion, perplexity. -4 Tumult, scuffle, affray; M.1. -5 Devastation, predatory warfare, danger from an enemy. -6 Extortion. -7 Loss, destruction; सत्त्वविप्लवात् R.8.41; तद्वाग्विसर्गो जनताघविप्लवः Bhāg.1.5. 11. -8 Adverseness, evil turn; अथवा मम भाग्यविल्पवात् R. 8.47. -9 The rust on a mirror (dust accumulating on its surface); अपवर्जितविप्लवे शुचौ ... मतिरादर्श इवाभिदृश्यते Ki.2.26 (where विप्लव also means प्रमाणबाधः 'absence of reasoning'). -1 Transgression, violation; गुरूपदिष्टेन रिपौ सुते$पि वा निहन्ति दण्डेन स धर्मविप्लवम् Ki.1.13. -11 An evil, a calamity. -12 Sin, wickedness, sinfulness. -13 Terrifying an enemy by shouts and gestures. -14 Divulging, making public. -15 Profanation of the Veda by unseasonable study. -16 Shipwreck. |
| |
| vimārgaḥ | विमार्गः 1 A bad road. -2 A wrong road, evil conduct or course, immorality. -3 A broom. -Comp. -गा an unchaste woman; विमार्गगायाश्च रुचिः स्वकान्ते Bv.1. 125. -गामिन्, -प्रस्थित a. following evil courses; नियम- यसि विमार्गप्रस्थितानात्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -दृष्टि a. looking in a wrong direction; Suśr. |
| |
| vilagna | विलग्न a. 1 Clinging or sticking to, resting on, fastened on; आकुटिलपक्ष्मविलग्नम् Ś.7.25; Śi.9.2. -2 Cast, fixed, directed; पुरोविलग्नैर्हरदृष्टिपातैः सुवर्णसूत्रैरिव कृष्यमाणः Ku. 7.5. -3 Gone by, elapsed (as time). -4 Thin, slender, delicate; मध्येन सा वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; V.4.37. -5 Pendulous, flaccid (as breasts). -6 Caged (as a bird). -ग्नम् 1 The waist. -2 The hips. -3 The rising of constellations. |
| |
| viśva | विश्व pron. a. [विश्-व Uṇ.1.151] 1 All, whole, entire, universal; स सर्वनामा स च विश्वरूपः Bhāg.6.4.28. -2 Every, every one. -3 All-pervading, omnipresent. -m. pl. N. of a particular group of deities, ten in number and supposed to be sons of विश्वा; their names are:- वसुः सत्यः क्रतुर्दक्षः कालः कामो धृतिः कुरुः । पुरूरवा माद्रवश्च विश्वेदेवाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ देवाः साध्यास्तथा विश्वे तथैव च महर्षयः Mb. 3.261.6; Bg.11.22. -श्वम् 1 The universe, the (whole) world; इदं विश्वं पाल्यम् U.3.3; विश्वस्मिन्नधुनान्यः कुलव्रतं पाल- यिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -2 Dry ginger. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -श्वः 1 The soul; Bhāg.7.15.54; A. Rām.7.5.49. 5; the intellectual faculty. -2 A citizen (नागर). -श्वा 1 The earth. -2 Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -3 Dry ginger. -4 The plant अतिविषा. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the Supreme Being (soul of the universe). -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1. -4 of Viṣṇu. -5 of the sun. -आत्मना ind. thoroughly; विश्वात्मना यत्र निवर्तते भीः Bhāg.11.2.33. -आधारः support of the universe; विश्वाधारं गगनसदृशं मेघवर्णं शुभाङ्गम् Viṣṇustotra. -इन्वः (विश्वमिन्वः) All-moving (an epithet of Śiva). -ईशः, -ईश्वरः (also विश्वमीश्वरः as one word used in the Mbh. and Kūrmapurāṇa ch.26.) 1 the Supreme Being, lord of the universe. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -औषधम् dry ginger. -कद्रु a. wicked, low, vile. (-द्रुः) 1 a hound, dog trained for the chase. -2 sound. -कर्मन् m. 1 N. of the architect of gods; cf. त्वष्टृ. -2 an epithet of the sun. -3 one of the seven principal rays of the sun. -4 a great saint. -5 the Supreme Being. ˚जा, ˚सुता an epithet of संज्ञा, one of the wives of the sun. -कारुः the architect of the universe (विश्वकर्मा). -कार्यः one of the rays of the sun. -कृत् m. 1 the creator of all beings; निवेदितो$थाङ्गिरसा सोमं निर्भर्त्स्य विश्व- कृत् Bhāg.9.14.8. -2 an epithet of Viśvakarman. -केतुः an epithet of Aniruddha. -गः N. of Brahman. -गत a. Omnipresent. -गन्धः an onion. (-न्धम्) myrrh. -गन्धा the earth. -गोचर a. accessible to all men. -गोप्तृ m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 Indra. -ग्रन्थिः the plant called हंसपदी. -चक्रम् a kind of valuable gift (महादान) of pure gold. -चर्षणि a. Ved. all-pervading, worldwide, extending everywhere. -जनम् mankind. -जनीन, -जन्य, -जनीय a. good for all men, suitable to all mankind, beneficial to all men; विश्वजन्यमिमं पुण्यमुपन्यासं निबोधत Ms.9.31; Śi.1.41; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटि- ष्यत Bk.21.17. -जित् m. 1 N. of a particular sacrifice; Ms.11.74; तमध्वरे विश्वजिति क्षितीशं निःशेषविश्राणितकोश- जातम् R.5.1. -2 the noose of Varuṇa. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which an action for which no fruit is enjoined directly should be considered as having स्वर्ग as its फल. This is established in connection with the विश्वजित् sacrifice by Jaimini and Śabara in MS.4.3.15-16. -जीवः the universal soul. -देव see under विश्व m. above. -दैवम्, -दैवतम् the asterism उत्तराषाढा. -धारिणी the earth. -धारिन् m. a deity. -धेना Ved. the earth. -नाथः lord of the universe, an epithet of Śiva. -पा m. 1 the protector of all. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 fire. -पावनी, -पूजिता holy basil. -प्सन् m. 1 a god. -2 the sun. -3 the moon. -4 an epithet of Agni. -5 N. of Viśvakarman. बीजम् the seed of everything. -बोधः a Buddha. -भावनः N. of Viṣṇu. -भुज a. all-enjoying, all-eating; (-m.) an epithet of Indra. -भेषजम् dry ginger. (-जः) a universal remedy. -भोजस् a. all-pervading; Ṛv. -मूर्ति a. existing in all forms, all-pervading, omnipresent; कल्याणानां त्वमसि महसां भाजनं विश्वमूर्ते Māl.1.3; (-र्तिः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 N. of Śiva. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -राज् m., -राजः a universal sovereign. -रुची one of the seven tongues of fire. -रूप a. omnipresent, existing everywhere; तस्मिन् यशो निहितं विश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.2. (-पः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. (-पम्) agallochum. -रेतस् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -वासः the receptacle of all things. -वाह् a. (-विश्वौही f.) all-sustaining. -विभावनम् creation of the universe. -वेदस् a. 1 allknowing, omniscient; स्वस्ति नः पूषा विश्ववेदाः Āśīrvādamantra. -2 a saint, sage. -व्यचस् f. N. of Aditi. -व्यापक, -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -संवननम् means of bewitching all. -संहारः general destruction. -सत्तम a. the best of all. -सहा 1 the earth. -2 one of the tongues of fire. -सारकम् the prickly pear. -सृज् m. 1 an epithet of Brahman, the creator; उपहूता विश्वसृग्भि- र्हरिगाथोपगायने Bhāg.7.15.71-72; प्रायेण सामग्र्यविधौ गुणानां पराङ्मुखी विश्वसृजः प्रवृत्तिः Ku.3.28;1.49. -2 an epithet of मयासुर; नाना विभान्ति किल विश्वसृजोपक्लृप्ताः Bhāg.1.75.32. |
| |
| viṣūcīna | विषूचीन a. Going in different directions, spreading everywhere; स यर्ह्यन्तःपुरगतो विषूचीनसमन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.55. |
| |
| viṣkand | विष्कन्द् 1 P. To go in different directions, roam, wander about. -2 To go away, disperse. |
| |
| vihṛ | विहृ 1 P. 1 To take away, seize away. -2 To remove, destroy. -3 To let fall, shed (as tears); as in बाष्पं विहरति. -4 To pass (as time). -5 To amuse, or divert oneself, sport, play; विहरति हरिरिह सरसवसन्ते Gīt.1; गन्धमादनवनं विहर्तुं गता V.4; U.3.6. -6 To go in various directions. -7 To live. -8 To change, alternate. |
| |
| vedaḥ | वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas. |
| |
| vyaṅgya | व्यङ्ग्य a. 1 Indicated by implication, indicated by covert or indirect allusion. -2 Suggested (as sense). -ङ्ग्यम् Suggested sense, insinuation, the meaning hinted at (opp. वाच्य 'the primary or expressed meaning', and लक्ष्य 'the secondary or indicated meaning'); इदमुत्तममतिशयिनि व्यङ्ग्ये वाच्याद् ध्वनिर्बुधैः कथितः K. P.1. -Comp. -उक्तिः f. covert expression, insinuation, inuendo. |
| |
| vyavasthā | व्यवस्था 1 Ā. 1 To be placed asunder. -2 To be arranged in due order. -3 To be settled or fixed, become permanent; वचनीयमिदं व्यवस्थितम् Ku.4.21; नटवद् व्यवतिष्ठते लिङ्गम् Sāṅkhya K.42. -4 To rest or depend upon. -Caus. 1 To place or rest upon, direct towards; तयोः समापत्तिषु कातराणि किंचिद्व्यवस्थापितसंहृतानि Ku.7.75. -2 To arrange, manage, adjust. -3 To settle, resolve, decree. -4 To separate, place apart. -5 To do, perform. -6 To lay down a rule or law, enact a law. |
| |
| vyāpṛ | व्यापृ 6 Ā. 1 To be engaged in or occupied with, be busy about (with loc.). -2 To be employed or placed (in any office). -Caus. 1 To cause to work, engage upon, entrust with, appoint to (usually with loc.); व्यापारितः शूलभृता विधाय सिंहत्वमङ्कागतसत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.38; आत्मजनानुष्ठेये कर्मणि त्वां व्यापारयितुमिच्छामि Mu.1. -2 To place, set, fix, direct, cast; व्यापारयामास करं किरीटे R.6. 19; उमामुखे ...... व्यापारयामास विलोचनानि Ku.3.67; व्यापा- रितं शिरसि शस्त्रमशस्त्रपाणेः Ve.3.19; R.13.25; M.3.4. -3 To use, employ; शस्त्रं मित्रशरीररक्षणकृते व्यापारणीयं मया Mu.7.16. |
| |
| śaṃva | शंव a. Happy, fortunate. -वः 1 Ploughing in the regular direction. -2 The thunderbolt of Indra. -3 The iron head of a pestle. |
| |
| śakya | शक्य pot. p. 1 Possible, practicable, capable of being done or effected (usually with an inf.); शक्यो वारयितुं जलेन हुतभुक् Bh.2.11; R.2.49,54. -2 Fit to be effected. -3 Easy to be effected. -4 Directly conveyed or expressed (as the meaning of a word); शक्यो$र्थो$भि- धया ज्ञेयः S. D.1. -5 Potential. -6 Of agreeable or sweet address; 'शक्यः प्रियंवदः प्रोक्तः' इति हलायुधः; शक्यः संविभागशीलः Dk.2.5. (The form शक्यम् is sometimes used as a predicative word with an inf. in a passive sense, the real object of the infinitive being in the nom. case; एवं हि प्रणयवती सा शक्यमुपेक्षितुं कुपिता M.3. 22; शक्यं... अविरलमालिङ्गितुं पवनः Ś.3.6; विभूतयः शक्यमवाप्तु- मूर्जिताः Subhāś.; न हि देहभृता शक्यं त्यक्तुं कर्माण्यशेषतः Bg. 18.11.). -Comp. -अर्थः the meaning directly expressed. -प्रतीकार a. remediable. -सामन्तता the state of being able to conquer the neighbouring kings. शक्यता śakyatā शक्यत्वम् śakyatvam शक्यता शक्यत्वम् 1 Possibility, practicability. -2 Capacity, capability. |
| |
| śamba | शम्ब (म्भ) a. [शम्ब्-अच्] 1 Happy, fortunate. -2 Poor, unfortunate. -म्बः, (-म्भः) 1 The thunderbolt of Indra. -2 The iron head of a pestle. -3 An iron chain worn round the loins. -4 Ploughing 'with the grain' or in the regular direction. -5 The second ploughing of a field. -6 A particular measure of length. (शम्बाककृ means 'to plough twice'; त्वया शम्बाकृतं क्षतम् N.2.83, doubly pierced). -Comp. -पाणिः N. of Indra (having a thunderbolt in his hand); कण्ठेकालेन कैलासः स मेरुः शम्ब- पाणिना Śiva B.1.6. |
| |
| śāmanaḥ | शामनः N. of Yama. -नम् 1 Killing, slaughter. -2 Tranquillity, peace. -3 End. -4 Sedative. -नी The southern direction. |
| |
| śās | शास् 2 P. (शास्ति, शशास, अशिषत्, शासिष्यति, शासितुम्, शिष्ट) 1 To teach, instruct, train (governing two accusatives in this sense); माणवकं धर्म शास्ति Sk.; Bk.6.1; शिष्य- स्ते$हं शाधि मां त्वां प्रपन्नम् Bg.2.7. -2 To rule, govern; अनन्यशासनामुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3;1.1;14.85;19.57; Ś.1.25; Bk.3.53. -3 To order, command, direct, enjoin; इति रामो वृषस्यन्ती वृषस्कन्धः शशास ताम् R.12.34; त्वामागतः शासितुम् Mv.6.2; Ku.6.24; Bk.9.68. -4 To tell, communicate, inform (with dat.); तस्मिन्नायोधनं वृत्तं लक्ष्मणायाशिषन्महत् Bk.6.27; Ms.11.83. -5 To advise; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5. -6 To decree, enact. -7 To punish, chastise, correct; तान् शिष्याच्चौरदण्डेन धार्मिकः पृथिवीपतिः Ms.8.29;4.175; V.5. -8 To tame, subdue; सौमित्रेश्चरणौ न चेत्तदिषुभिः शासिष्यसे दुर्मदः Mv.6.2. -9 To wish, desire. |
| |
| śāsana | शासन a. 1 Teaching, instructing; इति मे न तु बोधाय कल्पते शासनं वचः Bhāg.1.8.5. -2 Punishing, chastising. -नम् [शास्-ल्युट्] 1 Instruction, teaching, discipline. -2 Rule, sway, government; अनन्यशासनामुर्वीम् R.1.3; so अप्रतिशासन. -3 An order, a command, direction; तरुभिरपि देवस्य शासनं प्रमाणीकृतम् Ś.6; R.3.69;14.83. 18.28. -4 An edict, enactment, a decree. -5 A precept, rule. -6 A royal grant (of land &c.), charter; अहं त्वां शासनशतेन योजयिष्यमि Pt.1; Y.2.24.295. -7 A deed, writing, written agreement शासनप्रधाना हि राजानः स्युः Kau. A.2.9. -8 Control of passions. -9 A written book of authority. -1 A (religious) doctrine. -11 A message. (At the end of comp. शासन often means 'punisher, destroyer, killer'; as in स्मरशासनः, पाक- शासनः). -Comp. -अतिवृत्तिः f. violation of commands, disobedience. -द्रूषक a. disobeying a command. -धरः a messenger, envoy. -पत्रम् 1 a plate (usually of copper) on which a grant of land &c. is inscribed. -2 a sheet of paper on which an order is written. -पराङ्मुख a. disobedient to an order. -लङ्घनम् transgression of order. -हरः a royal messenger. -हारिन् m. 1 an envoy, a messenger; तमभ्यनन्दन प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -2 a conveyer of royal writs. |
| |
| śāsanīya | शासनीय a. To be ruled, governed or directed. -2 Punishable; V. 5. |
| |
| śṛṅgam | शृङ्गम् [शॄ-गन् पृषो˚ मुम् ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.123] 1 A horn; वन्यैरिदानीं महिषैस्तदम्भः शृङ्गाहतं क्रोशति दीर्घिकाणाम् R.16.13; गाहन्तां महिषां निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहुस्ताडितम् Ś.2.6. -2 The top or summit of a mountain; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14,54.; Ki.5.42; R.13.26. -3 The top of a building, turret. -4 Elevation, height; रक्षो- लोकस्य सर्वस्य कः शृङ्गं छेत्तुमिच्छति Rām.3.31.43. -5 Lordship, sovereignty, supremacy, eminence; शृङ्गं स दृप्तविनयाधिकृतः परेषामत्युच्छ्रितं न ममृषे न तु दीर्धमायुः R.9.62 (where the word means a 'horn' also). -6 A cusp or horn of the moon. -7 Any peak, point or projection in general. -8 A horn (of a buffalo &c.) used for blowing. -9 A syringe; वर्णोदकैः काञ्चनशृङ्गमुक्तैः R.16.7. -1 Excess of love, rising of desire. -11 A mark, sign. -12 A lotus. -13 A fountain of water. -14 Pride, selfrespect; अवाप्य पृथिवीं कृत्स्नां न ते शृङ्गमवर्धत Mb.3.3.1 (com. शृङ्गं प्रभुत्वाभिमानः). -15 The stick (काण्ड) of an arrow with a horn-like knob; शृङ्गमग्निर्बभूवास्य भल्लः सोमो विशांपते Mb.8.34.18. -16 A particular military array; Mb.6. -17 The female breast. -Comp. -अन्तरम् space or interval between the horns (of a cow &c.). -उच्चयः a lofty summit. -कन्दः, -कन्दकः Trapa Bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -ग्राहिका 1 direct manner. -2 (in logic) taking singly. -जः an arrow. (-जम्) aloe-wood. -प्रहारिन् a. butting. -प्रियः an epithet of Śiva. -मोहिन् m. the Champaka tree. -वेरम् 1 N. of a town on the Ganges near the modern Mirzāpura; आससाद महाबाहुः शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.2.5.26; U.1.21 (v. l.) -2 ginger. -वेरकम् ginger. |
| |
| śrutiḥ | श्रुतिः f. [श्रु-क्तिन्] 1 Hearing; चन्द्रस्य ग्रहणमिति श्रुतेः Mu.1.7; R.1.27. -2 The ear; श्रुतिसुखभ्रमरस्वनगीतयः R.9.35; Śi.1.1; Ve.3.23. -3 Report, rumour, news, oral intelligence. -4 A sound in general; सा तु वेदश्रुतिं श्रुत्वा दृष्ट्वा वै तमसो निधिम् Rām.7.2.17; स वेत्ति गन्धांश्च रसान् श्रुतीश्च Mb.12.187.19. -5 The Veda (known by revelation, opp. स्मृति; see under वेद); श्रुतिस्तु वेदो विज्ञेयो धर्मशास्रं तु वै स्मृतिः Ms.2.1,14. -6 A Vedic or sacred text; इति श्रुतेः or इति श्रुतिः 'so says a sacred text'. -7 Vedic or sacred knowledge, holy learning; यत्रैषा सात्वती श्रुतिः Bhāg.1.4.7;11.3.46. -8 (In music) A division of the octavo, a quarter tone or interval; रणद्भिरा- घट्टनया नभस्वतः पृथग्विभिन्नश्रुतिमण्डलैः स्वरैः Śi.1.1;11.1; (see Malli. ad loc.). -9 The constellation Śravaṇa. -1 The diagonal of a tetragon, the hypotenuse of a triangle; cf. कर्ण. -11 Direct or expressed signification (opp. लक्षणा); श्रुतिलक्षणाविशये च श्रुतिर्न्याय्या न लक्षणा ŚB. on MS.6.2.2. -12 Speech (वाक्); विविक्तवर्णाभरणा सुखश्रुतिः Ki.14.3. -13 Name, fame (कीर्ति); हैरण्यौ भवतो बाहू श्रुतिर्भवति पार्थिवी Mb.3.35.9. -14 A word, saw, saying; Rām.2.72.25. -15 An explanation of ब्रह्म from the उपनिषद्s; विविधाश्चौपनिषदीरात्मसंसिद्धये श्रुतीः Ms.6.29 (com. श्रुतीरुपनिषत्पठितब्रह्मप्रतिपादकवाक्यानि). -16 Advantage, gain (फलश्रुति); उपोष्य संशितो भूत्वा हित्वा वेदकृताः श्रुतीः Mb.12. 265.7. -17 Name, title; बिभ्रत्यनन्यविषयां लोकपाल इति श्रुतिम् Kāv.2.331. -18 Learning. -19 Scholarship. -Comp. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration; see K. P.9. -अर्थः the sense of a sentence derived on the strength of the श्रुतिप्रमाण as distinguished from लङ्ग, वाक्य and other प्रमाणs; यत्र श्रुत्यर्थो न सम्भवति तत्र वाक्यार्थो गृह्यते ŚB. on MS.6.2.14. -उक्त, -उदित a. enjoined by the Vedas; आचारः परमो धर्मः श्रुत्युक्तः स्मार्त एव च Ms.1.18. -कटः 1 a snake. -2 penance, expiation. -कटु a. harsh to hear. (-टुः) a harsh or unmelodious sound, regarded as a fault of composition. -कथित a. enjoined or prescribed by the Vedas. -चोदनम्, -नः a scriptural injunction, Vedic precept. -जातिविशारद a. familiar with different kinds of quarter tones; वीणावादनतत्त्वज्ञः श्रुतिजातिविशारदः । तालज्ञश्चाप्रयासेन मोक्षमार्गं नियच्छति ॥ Y.3.115. -जीविका a law-book or code of laws. -दूषक a. offending the ear. -द्वैधम् disagreement or contradiction of Vedas or Vedic precepts; श्रुतिद्वैधं तु यत्र स्यात्तत्र धर्माबुभौ स्मृतौ Ms.2.14. -धर a. 1 hearing. -2 having a retentive memory; L. D. B. -निदर्शनम् evidence of the Vedas; कामकार- कृते$प्याहुरेके श्रुतिनिदर्शनात् Ms.11.45. -पथः 1 the range of the ear; तामाश्रित्य श्रुतिपथगतामास्थया लब्धमूलः M.4.1. -2 (pl.) tradition. -प्रसादन a. grateful to the ear. -प्रामाण्यम् authority or sanction of the Vedas. -प्रामाण्यतः ind. on the authority of the Veda; श्रुति- प्रामाण्यतो विद्वान् स्वधर्मे निविशेत वै Ms.2.8. -मण्डलम् 1 the outer ear. -2 the whole circle of the quarter-tones; Śi.1.1. -महत् a. rich in scriptural lore; सरस्वती श्रुतिमहतां महीयताम् Ś.7.35 (v. l. श्रुतमहताम्). -मूलम् 1 the root of the ear; लपितुं किमपि श्रुतिमूले Gīt.1. -2 a Vedic text. -मूलक a. founded on the Veda. -वचनम् a Vedic precept. -वर्जित a. 1 deaf. -2 not knowing the Vedas. -विप्रतिपन्न a. 1 not recognizing the authority of the scriptures, disregarding the Vedas. -2 contrary to the Vedas. -विवरम् the auditory passage. -विशेष- णार्थम् ind. for specialization in the Vedas; Svapna.1. -विषयः 1 the object of the sense of hearing i. e. sound; श्रुतिविषयगुणा या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वम् Ś.1.1. -2 the reach or range of the ear; एतत् प्रायेण श्रुतिविषयमापतितमेव K. -3 the subject matter of the Veda. -4 any sacred ordinance. -वेधः boring the ear. -शिखरम्, -शिरस् 1 Upaniṣad or Vedānta; नमः सर्वेष्टाय श्रुतिशिखरदृष्टाय च नमः Viṣṇu-mahimna 3. -2 a leading text of the Veda. -सुख, -मनोहर a. agreeable to the ear, melodious; श्रुतिसुखमुपवीणितं सहायैः Ki.1.38. -स्फोटा Gynandropsis Pentaphylla (Mar. तिळवण). -स्मृति f. (dual) revelation and legal institutes, Veda and law; श्रुतिस्मृति- पुराणोक्तफलप्राप्त्यर्थम् Pūjā-mantra. -हारिन् a. captivating the ear. |
| |
| saṃyā | संया 2 P. 1 To go or proceed together; यथा प्रयान्ति संयान्ति स्रोतोवेगेन वालुकाः Bhāg.6.15.3. -2 To go away, depart, walk away; गृहीत्वैतानि संयाति वायुर्गन्धानिवाशयात् Bg.15.8. -3 To go to, go or enter into; तथा शरीराणि विहाय जीर्णान्यन्यानि संयाति नवानि देही Bg.2.22. -4 To reach or attain to. -5 To assemble, meet. -6 To fight. -7 To be directed towards, aim at. |
| |
| saṃyogaḥ | संयोगः 1 (a) Conjunction, union, combination, junction, association, intimate union; संयोगो हि वियोगस्य संसूचयति संभवम् Subhāṣ. (b) Endowment with, possesssion of. -2 Conjunction (as one of the 24 guṇas of the Vaiśeṣikas). -3 Addition, annexation. -4 A set; आभरणसंयोगाः Māl.6. -5 Alliance between two kings for a common object. -6 (In gram.) A conjunct consonant; हलो$नन्तराः संयोगः P.I.1.7. -7 (In astr.) The conjunction of two heavenly bodies. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 (In phil.) Contact (direct material). -1 Carnal contact. -11 Matrimonial relation. -12 Agreement of opinion. -13 Sum, total amount. -Comp. -पृथक्त्वम् severalty of conjunction. This circumstance accounts for one and the same thing being नित्य as well as नैमित्तिक. In one case it would be नित्य, in the other it would be नैमित्तिक; (एकस्य तूभयत्वे संयोगपृथक्त्वम् MS. 4.3.5; न संयोगपृथक्त्वात् MS.12.1.24.); e. g. दधि is नित्य in दध्ना जुहोत्ति, but नैमित्तिक in दध्ना इन्द्रियकामस्य जुहुयात्. This न्याय is discussed and established in MS.4.3.5.7. -विधिः the Vedānta, propounding the union of जीव and ब्रह्म; Mb.12.2.11 (com.). -विभागाः (m. pl.) conjunctions and disjunctions; यदि शब्दं संयोगविभागा एवाभिव्यञ्जन्ति न कुर्वन्ति etc.; ŚB. on MS.1.1.13. -विरुद्धम् any eatables causing disease by being mixed. |
| |
| saṃvidhā | संविधा 3 U. 1 To do, act, perform, manage, make. -2 To dispose, arrange. -3 To set, place, put, lay. -4 To appoint. -5 To direct, order. -6 To attend to, mind. -7 To use, employ. |
| |
| saṃvīkṣaṇam | संवीक्षणम् 1 Looking about in all directions, search, looking for anything lost. -2 Looking or gazing attentively. |
| |
| saṃjñā | संज्ञा 9 Ā. 1 To know, understand, be aware of. -2 To recognize. -3 To live in harmony, agree together (with acc. or instr.); पित्रा पितरं वा संजानीते Sk. -4 To watch, be on the alert; संजानानान् परिहरन् रावणानुचरान् बहून् Bk.8.27. -5 To accede or agree to. -6 To remember, think of (Paras); मातुः मातरं वा संजानाति Sk. -7 To direct, appoint. Caus. 1 To inform. -2 To appease, gratify, console. -3 (a) To quiet, pacify (a sacrificial animal). (b) To kill. -4 To command, enjoin. -5 To animate. -6 To make intelligible, cause to be understood, inform. -7 To make a sign to (any one), communicate by signs. |
| |
| saṃjñā | संज्ञा 1 Consciousness, अकरुण पुनः संज्ञाव्याधिं विधाय किमीहसे Māl.9.42; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. संज्ञा लभ्, आपद् or प्रतिपद् 'to regain or recover one's consciousness, come to one's senses'. -2 Knowledge, understanding; नायका मम सैन्यस्य संज्ञार्थं तान् व्रवीमि ते Bg.1.7; Mb.12.153.63. -3 Intellect, mind; लोकतन्त्रं हि संज्ञाश्च सर्वमन्ने प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.13.63.5. -4 A hint, sign, token, gesture; मुखापिंतैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव मा चापलायेति गणान् व्यनैषीत् Ku.3.41; उपलभ्य ततश्च धर्मसंज्ञाम् Bu. Ch.5.21; Bhāg. 6.7.17. -5 A name, designation, an appellation; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; द्वन्द्वैर्विमुक्ताः सुखदुःखसंज्ञैः Bg.15.5. -6 (In gram.) Any name or noun having a special meaning, a proper name. -7 The technical name for an affix. -8 The Gāyatrī Mantra; see गायत्री. -9 A track, footstep. -1 Direction. -11 A technical term. -12 N. of the daughter of Viśvakarman and wife of the sun, and mother of Yama, Yamī, and the two Aśvins. [A legend relates that संज्ञा on one occasion wished to go to her father's house and asked her husband's permission, which was not granted. Resolved to carry out her purpose, she created, by means of her superhuman power, a woman exactly like herself --who was, as it were, her own shadow (and was therefore called Chhāyā), --and putting her in her own place, went away without the knowledge of the sun. Chhāya bore to the sun three children (see छाया), and lived quite happily with him, so that when Saṁjñā returned, he would not admit her. Thus repudiated and disappointed, she assumed the form of a mare and roamed over the earth. The sun, however, in course of time, came to know the real state of things, and discovered that his wife had assumed the form of a mare. He accordingly assumed the form of a horse, and was united with his wife, who bore to him, two sons--the Aśvinīkumāras or Aśvins q. v.] -Comp. -अधिकारः a leading rule which gives a particular name to the rules falling under it, and which exercises influence over them. -विपर्ययः loss of consciousness; रतिखेदसमुत्पन्ना निद्रा संज्ञाविपर्ययः Ku.6.44. -विषयः an epithet, an attribute. -सुतः an epithet of Saturn. -सूत्रम् any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term. |
| |
| saṃdiś | संदिश् 6 P. -1 To give, grant, assign, make over; राज्यं संदिश्य भोगांश्च ममार व्रणपीडिः Bk.6.141; Y.2.232. -2 To order, direct, instruct, advise send as a message; किं नु खलु दुष्यन्तस्य युक्तरूपमस्माभिः संदेष्टव्यम् Ś.4; Śi.9.56,61. -3 To send as a messenger, entrust with a message; अथ विश्वात्मने गौरी संदिदेश मिथः सखीम् Ku.6.1. -4 To appoint. -5 To commission or depute in general. |
| |
| saṃdhā | संधा 3 U. 1 To join, bring togethr, unite, combine, put together, compound, mix; यानि उदकेन संधीयन्ते तानि भक्षणीयानि Kull. -2 (a) To treat with, form friendship or alliance with, make peace with; शंत्रुणा न हि संदध्यात् सुश्लिष्टेनापि संधिना H.1.88; Chāṇ.19; Kām.9.41. (b) To unite in friendship, reconcile, make a friend of; सकृद्दुष्टमपीष्टं यः पुनः संघातुमिच्छति Pt.2. 33. -3 To fix upon, direct towards; संदधे दृशमुदग्रतारकाम् R.11.69. -4 To fit to or place upon the bow (as a missile, arrow &c.); धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; R.3.53;12.97. -5 To produce, cause; पर्याप्तं मयि रमणीय- डामरत्वं संधत्ते गगनतलप्रयाणवेगः Māl.5.3; संधत्ते भृशमरतिं हि सद्वियोगः Ki.5.51. -6 To hold out against, be a match for; शतमेको$पि संधत्ते प्राकारस्थो धनुर्धरः Pt.1.229. -7 To mend, repair, heal. -8 To inflict upon. -9 To grasp, support, take hold of. -1 To grant, yield. -11 To make good, atone for. -12 To contract, close up. -13 To approach, come near. -14 To prepare, make, compose. -15 To assist, aid. -16 To comprehend, conceive. -17 To possess, have. -18 To perform, do; स्वलीलया संदधते$व्ययात्मने Bhāg.7.8.41; वाङ्मात्रेणापि साहाय्यं मित्रादन्यो न संदधे Pt.2.12. -19 To employ, make use of, apply to use. |
| |
| saṃdhānam | संधानम् 1 Joining, uniting; वायुः संधानम् T. Up.1.3.2. -2 Union, junction, combination; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नं भवति कृत- संधानमिव तत् Ś.1.9; Ku.5.27; R.12.11. -3 Mixing, compounding (of medicines &c.). -4 Restoration, repairing. -5 Fitting, taking an aim, fixing (as an arrow to the bow-string); तत् साधुकृतसंधानं प्रतिसंहर सायकम् Ś.1.11; अथाग्नियन्त्रसंधानविशेषोदग्रविक्रमान् Śiva. B.3.1; Śi.2.8. -6 Alliance, league, friendship; peace; मृद्घट- वत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसंधानश्च दुर्जनो भवति H.1.88 (where it has sense 1 also). -7 A joint; पादजङ्घयोः संधाने गुल्फः Suśr. -8 Attention. -9 Direction. -1 Supporting. -11 Distillation (of liquors). -12 Spirituous liquor or a kind of it. -13 A kind of relish eaten to excite thirst. -14 Preparation of pickles. -15 Contraction of the skin by means of astringents. -16 Sour rice-gruel. -17 Bellmetal (सौराष्ट्र). |
| |
| saṃnidhā | संनिधा 3 U. 1 To place, put, or keep together; दूरादाहृत्य समिधः संनिदध्याद्विहायसि Ms.2.186. -2 To place near; इदमनन्यपरायणमन्यथा हृदयसंनिहिते हृदयं मम Ś.3.19. -3 To fix upon, direct towards; (दृष्टिं) पुनः सहस्रार्चिषि संनिधत्ते R.13.44. -4 To draw near, approach; ध्यातैर्ध्यातैः संनिधेयं भवद्भिः Mv.1.5. -5 To collect, pile up. -6 To observe, inspect. -Pass. To be near, be present. -Caus. To collect, bring together, assemble; U.7. |
| |
| saṃnipatya | संनिपत्य ind. Immediately, directly. संनिपत्योपकारिन् sannipatyōpakārin संनिपत्योपकारिन् a. 1 That अङ्ग which serves the purpose of its प्रधान directly. See सामवायिक a.; संनिपत्योप- कारिण एते मन्त्रा उपस्थितं कर्माभिदधति ŚB. on MS.12.1.19. -2 Acting immediately. |
| |
| saṃnipātin | संनिपातिन् a. A subsidiary that serves the purpose of the प्रधानकर्म by being closely connected with it or directly related (see सामवायिक a.); मन्त्राश्च संनिपातित्वात् MS.12.1.19. |
| |
| samayaḥ | समयः 1 Time in general. -2 Occassion, opportunity; न तैः समयमन्विच्छेत् पुरुषो धर्ममाचरन् Ms.1.53. -3 Fit time, proper time or season, right moment; गन्तुं प्रवृत्ते समयं विलङ्घ्य Ku.3.35. -4 An agreement, a compact, contract, an engagement; मिथःसमयात् Ś.5. -5 A convention, conventional usage. -6 An established rule of conduct, a ceremonial custom, usual practice, observance; निह्नवन्ति च ये तेषां समयं सुकृतं च यत् Mb.12. 229.8; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28; U.1. -7 The convention of poets; (e. g. that persons separated from their beloveds are affected at the sight of clouds.). -8 An appointment, assignation. -9 A condition, stipulation; V.5. -1 A law, rule, regulation; वीराणां समयो हि दारुणरसः स्नेहक्रमं बाधते U.5.19. -11 Direction, order, instruction; precept. -12 Emergency, exigency. -13 An oath; कामं तथा तिष्ठ नरेन्द्र तस्मिन् यथा कृतस्ते समयः सभायाम् Mb.3.183.35. -14 A sign, hint, indication; शौरिसमयनिगृहीतधियः Śi.15.41. -15 Limit, boundary. -16 A demonstrated conclusion, doctrine, tenet; बौद्ध˚, वैशेषिक˚ &c. -17 End, conclusion, termination. -18 Success, prosperity. -19 End of trouble. (समयेन 'on condition, conditionally'.) -Comp. -अध्युषितम् a time at which neither the stars nor the sun is visible; उदिते$नुदिते चैव समयाध्युषिते तथा Ms.2.15. -अनुवर्तिन् a. following established customs. -अनुसारेण, -उचितम् ind. suitably to the occasion, as the occasion demands. -आचारः conventional practice, established usage; अतश्च प्रवज्यासुलभसमयाचारविमुखः Māl.4.6. -क्रिया 1 making an agreement; नारदस्याज्ञया चैव द्रौपद्याः समयक्रिया Mb.1.2.119 'the time-arrangement of Draupadi's conjugal life'. -2 enjoining certain duties; स्थापयेत्तत्र तद्वंश्यं कुर्याच्च समयक्रियाम् Ms.7.22. -3 preparation of an ordeal. -च्युतिः neglect of the right time. -ज्ञ a. knowing the right time. -धर्मः covenant, stipulation. -परि- रक्षणम् observance of a compact, treaty, or agreement; न समयपरिरक्षणं क्षमं ते Ki.1.45. -बन्धन a. bound by an agreement. -भेदः breaking an agreement or engagement, breach of contract. -विद्या astrology; Dk -व्यभि- चारः breaking an agreement, violation or breach of contract. -व्यभिचारिन् a. breaking an agreement; निगृह्य दापयेच्चैनं समयव्यभिचारिणम् Ms.8.22-221. |
| |
| samādiś | समादिश् 6 P. 1 To point out, indicate. -2 To inform, tell, communicate. -3 To proclaim, announce. -4 To foretell. -5 To order, command, direct. -6 To appoint, depute, entrust with. -7 To assign, allot. -8 To determine. |
| |
| samādeśaḥ | समादेशः Command, order, direction, instruction. |
| |
| saṃpīḍaḥ | संपीडः 1 Squeezing together, compression. -2 Pain, torture. -3 Agitating, disturbing. -4 Sending, directing, driving onward, propelling; संपीडक्षुभितजलेषु तोयदेषु Ki.7.12. -डा Torment; विविधाश्चैव संपीडाः Ms.12.76. |
| |
| saṃpradhṛ | संप्रधृ 1 U. 1 To know, determine, ascertain; इति संप्रधार्य रमणाय वधूः Śi.9.6. -2 To reflect, think, consider, ponder over; संप्रधार्याब्रवीद्धाता न समौ नासमाविति Ms.1. 73; एवं संप्रधार्य Pt.1. -3 To fix upon, direct towards. -4 To deliver over; द्रौपदीमार्ष्टिषेणाय संप्रधार्य महारथाः (शैल- मारुरुहुः) Mb.3.161.3. |
| |
| saṃpraiṣaḥ | संप्रैषः 1 Sending away, dismissing. -2 Direction, command, order. |
| |
| saṃmukha | संमुख a. (-खा or -खी f.), -संमुखीन a. 1 Facing, fronting, face to face, opposite, confronting; कामं न तिष्ठति मदाननसंमुखी सा Ś.1.31; R.15.17; Śi.1.86. -2 Encountering, meeting. -3 Disposed to. -4 Looking or directed towards. -5 Propitious, favourable; त्रयो$प्य- न्यायतः सिद्धाः संमुखे कर्मणि स्थिते Pt.5.91. -6 Fit, suitable. -खम्, -खे ind. In front of, opposite to, before, in the presense of; न बभूव तदा कश्चिद्युयुत्सोरस्य संमुखे Rām. 7.28.5. |
| |
| samyac | सम्यच् सम़ञ्च् a. (समीची f.) 1 Going with, accompanying; यजन्ते याजकाः सम्यक्परिवारं शुभार्थिनः Mb.3.13. 16. -2 Right, fit, proper due; अपि चेत् सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् । साधुरेव स मन्तव्यः सम्यग्व्यवसितो हि सः ॥ Bg.9.3. -3 Correct, true, accurate. -4 Pleasant, agreeable; किं च कुलानि कवीनां निसर्गसम्यञ्चि रञ्जयतु R. G. -5 Same, uniform. -6 All, whole, entire. -ind. (सम्यक्) 1 With, together with. -2 Well, properly, rightly, correctly, truly; सम्य- गियमाह Ś.1; तेषु सम्यग्वर्तमानो गच्छत्यमरलोकताम् Ms.2.5,14. -3 Duly, suitably, correctly, truly. -4 Honourably. -5 Completely, thoroughly. -6 Distinctly. -Comp. -ज्ञानम् right knowledge. -दर्शनम्, -दृष्टिः insight. -पाठः a correct reading or recitation. -लप्रयोगः proper use, due application. -प्रवृत्तिः f. the right direction (of the organ). -प्रहाणम् right effort or exertion; Buddh. -वृत्तिः f. steady practice, regular discharge of duties. -स्थितिः remaining together. |
| |
| sarva | सर्व Pron. a. [सृतमनेन विश्वमिति सर्वम् Uṇ.1.151] (nom. pl. सर्वे m.) 1 All, every; उपर्युपरि पश्यन्तः सर्व एव दरिद्रति H.2.2; रिक्तः सर्वो भवति हि लघुः पूर्णता गौरवाय Me. 2. -2 Whole, entire, complete. -र्वः 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Śiva. -र्वम् Water. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the whole body. -2 all the Vedāṅgas. (-ङ्गः or ˚रूपः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गीण a. pervading or thrilling through the whole body; सर्वाङ्गीणः स्पर्शः सुतस्य किल V.5.11. -अधिकारिन् -m., -अध्यक्षः a general superintendent. -अनुक्रमणिका, -क्रमणी a general index. -अनुदात्त a. entirely accentless. -अन्नीन a. eating every kind of fodd; so सर्वान्न- भोजिन् &c. -अपरत्वम् final emancipation. -अभावः nonexistence or failure of all; इतरेषां तु वर्णानां सर्वाभावे हरेन्नृपः Ms.9.189. -अभिसन्धिक a. deceiving every one; Ms.4.195. -अभिसन्धिन् m. 1 a traducer, calumniator. -2 a religious hypocrite. -अभिसारः a complete army (of elephants, chariots, cavalry, and infantry). -अर्थचिन्तकः a general overseer, chief officer. -अर्थ- साधिका N. of Durgā. -अर्थसिद्धः the great Buddha or Śākyamuni. -अवसरः midnight. -अशिन् a. eating all sorts of food; Ms.2.118. -अस्तिवादः the doctrine that all things are real. -आकार (in comp.) entirely, thoroughly, completely; सर्वाकारहृदयंगमायास्तस्याः Māl.1.7; 1.14. -आत्मन् m. 1 the whole soul; (सर्वात्मना entirely, completely, thoroughly.). -2 N. of Śiva. -आधारः a receptacle of everything. -आशयः, -आश्रयः N. of Śiva. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a paramount lord. -उत्तम a. best of all, excellent, supremely good. -ऋतुपरिवर्तः a year; L. D. B. -ओघः = सर्वाभिसार above. -करः, -कर्मन् m. N. of Śiva. -कर्तृ m. 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. -कर्मीण a. performing everything. -कामः, कामदः, कामवरः N. of Śiva. -कामिक a. 1 fulfilling all wishes. -2 obtaining all one's desires. -काम्य a. 1 loved by all. -2 having everything one can desire. -कालीन a. for all time, perpetual. -केशिन् m. an actor. -क्षारः impure carbonate of soda or potash. -क्षित् a. abiding in all things. -ग a. all-pervading, omnipresent. (-गः) 1 Śiva. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 Brahman. -4 the spirit, soul. (-गम्) water. -गा the plant called प्रियङ्गु. -गामिन्, -गति a. all-pervading, omnipresent. -गतिः the refuge of all. -ग्रन्थिः, -ग्रन्थिकम् the root of long pepper. -चारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -जनीन a. 1 world-wide, famous. -2 relating to every one. -3 salutary to every one. -जित् a. 1 excellent, incomparable. -2 all-conquering, invincible. -m. 1 death. -2 the 21st संवत्सर. -जीवः the soul of all. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. all-knowing, omniscient. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Buddha. -3 the Supreme Being. -ज्ञा N. of Durgā. -ज्ञातृ a. omniscient. -तन्त्रः one who has studied all the Tantras. ˚सिद्धान्तः a doctrine admitted by all the schools. -तापनः the god of love. -दः N. of Śiva. -दम, -दमन a. all-subduing, irresistible. (-m.) N. of Bharata, son of Duṣyanta; इहायं सत्त्वानां प्रसभदमनात् सर्व- दमनः Ś.7.33. -दर्शनसंग्रहः a compendium of all the schools or systems of philosophy by Mādhavāchārya. -दर्शिन् a. all-seeing. -m. 1 a Buddha. -2 the Supreme Being. -दुःखक्षयः final emancipation from all existence. -दृश् a. all-seeing. f. (pl.) all organs of senses. -देवमय a. comprising all the gods. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -देवमुखः an epithet of Agni. -द्रष्टृ a. all-seeing. -धनम् (in arith.) the total of a sum in progression. -धन्विन् m. the god of love. -धारिन् m. N. of Śiva. -धुरीणः A beast carrying all burdens; a draught ox. -नामन् n. a class of pronominal words. ˚स्थानम् N. for the nom. (all numbers) and acc. sing. and dual of masculine and feminine nouns and nom. and add. pl. of neuter nouns; cf. सुट् also. -निक्षेपा a particular method of counting. -निराकृति a. causing to forget everything. -पारशव a. made entirely of iron. -पार्षदम् a text book received by all grammatical schools. -पूर्णत्वम् complete preparation. -प्रथमम् ind. first of all. -प्रद a. all-bestowing. -प्रिय a. popular, liked by all. -बलम् a particular high number. -भक्षः fire. -भक्षा a female goat. -भवारणिः the cause of all welfare. -भावः allbeing or nature; (सर्वभावेन 'with all one's heart, sincerely, heart and soul'). -भावकरः, -भावनः N. of Śiva. -भृत् a. all-supporting. -मङ्गला an epithet of Pārvatī. -मांसाद a. eating every kind of flesh; मत्स्यादः सर्वमांसादस्तस्मान्मत्स्यान् विवर्जयेत् Ms.5.15. -मुख a. facing in every direction. -मूल्यम् A cowrie. -मूषकः 'all-stealing', time. -मेधः a universal sacrifice; राजसूयाश्वमेधौ च सर्वमेधं च भारत Mb.14.3.8. -योगिन् m. N. of Śiva. -योनिः the source of all. -रसः 1 the resinous exudation of the Sāla tree, resin. -2 salt, saltness. -3 a kind of musical instrument. -4 a learned man. ˚उत्तमः salt. -लालसः N. of Śiva. -लिङ्गिन् m. 1 an impostor. -2 a heretic. -लोकः the universe. -लोहः an iron arrow. -वर्णिन् a. of various kinds; खादिरान् बिल्वसमितांस्तावतः सर्ववर्णिनः Mb.14.88. 27 (com. वर्णिनः पलाशकाष्ठमयाः). -वल्लभा an unchaste woman. -वासः, -वासिन् m., -विख्यातः, -विग्रहः N. of Śiva. -विक्रयिन् a. selling all kinds of things; Ms.2. 118. -वेदः a man who has studied the four Vedas. -वेदस् m. one who performs a sacrifice by giving away all his wealth; Ms.11.1. (-सम्) all one's property; उशन् ह वै वाजश्रवसः सर्ववेदसं ददौ Kath.1.1; चतुर्थे चायुषः शेषे वानप्रस्थाश्रमं त्यजेत् । सद्यस्कारां निरूप्येष्टिं सर्ववेदसदक्षिणाम् ॥ Mb.12.244.23. -वेशिन् m. an actor. -व्यापिन् a. all-pervading. -शक् a. omnipotent, allpowerful. -शान्तिकृत् m. N. of Śakuntalā's son, Bharata. -संस्थ a. 1 Omnipresent. -2 all destroying. -सखः a sage; शान्तो यथैक उत सर्वसखैश्चरामि Bhāg.1. 85.45. -संगतः a kind of quick-growing rice. -a. 1 appropriate in every respect. -2 met with universally. -संग्रहः a general or universal collection. -संनहनम्, -संनाहः assembling of a complete army, a complete armament; see -अभिसारः. -समता equality towards everything; स सर्वसमतामेत्य ब्रह्माभ्येति परं पदम् Ms. 12.125. -समाहर a. all-destroying. -संपन्न a. provided with everything. -संपातः all that remains. -सरः a kind of ulcer in the mouth. -सह a. all-forbearing, very patient; स त्वं जगत्त्राणखलप्रहाणये निरूपितः सर्वसहो गदाभृता Bhāg.9.5.9. (-हः) bdellium. (-हा, also सर्वसहा) the earth. -साक्षिन् a. all-witnessing. (-m.) 1 N. of the Supreme Being. -2 N. of wind. -3 of Agni. -साधनः Śiva. -साधारण, -सामान्य a. common to all. -सिद्धिः f. universal success. (-m.) the Bilva tree. -स्वम् 1 everything, the whole of one's possessions; as in सर्वस्वदण्डः, सर्वस्वहरणम् 'confiscation of the whole property'. -2 the very essence, the all-in-all of anything; सर्वस्वं तदहो महाकविगिरां कामस्य चाम्भोरुह Subhāṣ.; see Ś.1.24;6.1; Māl.8.6; Bv.1.63. -स्वारः Vedic sacrifice (एकाह) in which the sacrificer commits suicide (usually a man suffering from some incurable desease with little hope of life); अननन्द निरीक्ष्यायं पुरे तत्रात्मघातिनम् । सर्वस्वारस्य यज्वानमेनं दृष्ट्वाथ विव्यथे । N.17.22. -हर a. 1 appropriating everything. -2 inheriting a person's whole property. -3 all-destroying (as death); मृत्युः सर्वहरश्चाहम् Bg.1.34. -हरणम्, -हारः confiscating of one's entire property; सर्वहारं हरेन्नृपः Ms.8.399. -हितम् black pepper. |
| |
| sarvatas | सर्वतस् ind. 1 From every side or quarter. -2 On all sides, everywhere, all round; सर्वतः पाणिपादं तत् सर्वतो- $क्षिशिरोमुखम् । सर्वतः श्रुतिमल्लोके सर्वमावृत्य तिष्ठति ॥ Bg.13.13. -3 Completely, entirely. -Comp. -गामिन् a. 1 having access everywhere; वज्रं तपोवीर्यमहत्सु कुण्ठं त्वं सर्वतोगामि च साधकं च Ku.3.12. -2 all-pervading. -दिशम् ind. from all sides; in all directions. -भद्रः 1 the car of Viṣṇu. -2 a bamboo. -3 a kind of verse artificially arranged; e. g. see देवाकानिनि कावादे वाहिकास्वस्वकाहि वा । काकारेभभरे काका निस्वभव्यव्यभस्वनि ॥ Ki.15.25. -4 a temple or palace having openings on four sides; (n. also in this sense). -5 the Nimba tree. -6 a kind of military array. -7 a square mystical diagram (as a sort of altar); व्याघ्रचर्मोत्तरे शुक्ले सर्वतोभद्र आसने Mb.12.4.13. (-द्रा) a dancing girl, an actress. -मुख a. of every kind, complete, unlimited; उपपन्ना हि दारेषु प्रभुता सर्वतोमुखी Ś.5. 26. (-खः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Brahman; अथ सर्वस्य धातारं ते सर्वे सर्वतोमुखम् (उपतस्थिरे) Ku.2.3 (having faces on all sides). -3 the Supreme Being. -4 the soul. -5 a Brāhmaṇa -6 fire. -7 heaven or Svarga (of Indra). (-खम्) 1 water; पिपासतः काश्चन सर्वतोमुखं तवार्पयन्तामपि काममोदनम् N.16.49. -2 sky. -वृत्त a. omnipresent. -शुभा the Priyaṅgu plant. |
| |
| sāṃsṛṣṭika | सांसृष्टिक a. Immediately connected, direct. |
| |
| sākṣāt | साक्षात् ind. 1 In the presence of, before the very eyes, visibly, openly, evidently. -2 In person, actually in bodily form; साक्षात् प्रियामुपगतामपहाय पूर्वम् Ś.6.15; 1.6. -3 Directly. In comp. it is often translated by 'incarnate'; साक्षाद्यमः; or by 'open, direct'; तत्साक्षात् प्रति- षेधः कोपाय Māl.1.11. (साक्षात्कृ 1 to see with one's own eyes, realize personally. -2 to have an intuitive perception or manifestation of; साक्षात्कृतधर्माण ऋषयः U.7. -3 To experience a result of or reward for; साक्ष्यात्कृतं मे परिबर्हणं हि Bhāg.5.5.27;1.22.2.) -Comp. -करणम् 1 causing to be visibly present. -2 making evident to the senses. -3 intuitive perception. -कारः perception, apprehension, knowledge. -क्रिया 1 intuitive perception. -2 realization. |
| |
| sāmavāyika | सामवायिक a. (-की f.) [समवाये प्रसृतः ठञ्] 1 Belonging to an assembly or collection; P.IV.4.43. -2 Belonging to inseparable connection. -3 (An अङ्ग), that subserves the purpose of the principal act directly; आरादुपकारकेभ्यः सामवायिकानि गरीयांसि Ś.B. on MS.1.4.38; (see संनिपत्योपकारक), also 1.1.23. -कः 1 A minister, counsellor. -2 The chief of a company or corporation. |
| |
| sāmānyataḥ | सामान्यतः ind. Commonly, generally, usually. -Comp. -दृष्टम् (in logic) a kind of inference (neither deduced from the relation of cause to effect, nor from that of effect to cause); सामान्यतोदृष्टं च यदव्यभचारि तत् प्रमाणम् ŚB. on MS.7.4.12. ˚सम्बन्धम् variety of अनुमान where the connection between the लिङ्ग and the लिङ्गिन् or साध्य is not directly perceptible; सामान्यतोदृष्टसम्बन्धं यथा देवदत्तस्य गतिपूर्विकां देशान्तरप्राप्तिमुपलभ्य आदित्यगतिस्मरणम् ŚB. on MS.1.1.5. |
| |
| su | सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con |
| |
| sthāpaka | स्थापक a. [स्थापयति स्था-णिच्-ण्वुल्] Causing to stand, fixing, founding, establishing, regulating. -कः 1 The director of the stage-business, a stage-manager. -2 The founder of a temple, or erector of an image. -3 A depositor. |
| |
| sthāpanama | स्थापनम [स्था-णिच्-ल्युट्] 1 (a) The act of causing to stand, fixing; founding, establishing, instituting; Mb. 12.255.3. (b) Regulating, directing. -2 Fixing the thoughts, concentration of the mind, steady application, abstraction. -3 A dwelling, habitation. -4 A ceremony performed on a woman's perceiving the first signs of living conception; cf. पुंसवन. -5 Fastening, rendering immovable; उत्थापनैरुन्नयनैश्चालनैः स्थापनैरपि । परस्परं जिगीषन्तावुपचक्रतुरात्मनः ॥ Bhāg.1.44.5. -6 Founding, erecting (a temple, image &c.). -7 Preservation, prolongation (of life). -8 A means of stopping (the flow of blood), styptic. -9 Storage (of grain). -1 Establishment of a proposition. -Comp. -वृत्त a. one who is past all restoration to strength. |
| |
| sthāpita | स्थापित p. p. [स्था-णिच्-क्त] 1 Placed, fixed, located, deposited. -2 Founded, instituted. -3 Set up, raised, erected. -4 Directed, regulated, ordered, enacted. -5 Determined, settled, ascertained. -6 Appointed to, entrusted with any duty, post &c. -7 Wedded, married; Māl.1.5. -8 Firm, steady. |
3 results
146 results
| |
| aguruprayukta | pp. not directed by one's teacher. |
| |
| anulepa | m. anointing; ointment: -na, n. id.; -lepin, a. anointed with (--°ree;); -loma, a. following the hair, with the grain: °ree;--, in. in the natural direction, downwards; in. in a friendly way: f. â,spell (sc. vidyâ); girl of lower caste than the man she marries: -ga, a. born of such a union; -lomana, a. put ting in due order; n. purging. |
| |
| abhilakṣya | fp. having a view to, directed towards; recognisable by (--°ree;). |
| |
| avācya | fp. not to be addressed; not to be uttered; not directly expressed: -tâ, f. abuse, invective. |
| |
| aviṣaya | m. no sphere; no object or concern; impracticable matter; no suita ble object for (g.): lc. in the absence of (g.); a. having no object; -manas, a. whose mind is not directed to the objects of sense; un worldly; -î-karana, n. not making something (g.) an object of (g.). |
| |
| ātmaśaṃsā | f. self-praise; -sakti, f. one's own power: in. according to one's power; -sonita, n. one's own blood; -slâgha, -slâghin, a. boastful; -samyoga, m. personal interest in anything; -samstha, a. attached to one's person; directed to oneself. |
| |
| ānukūlika | a. courteous: -tâ, f. courteousness towards (g.), -ya, n. favour; agreeableness; friendly terms; -gunya, n. homogeneousness; -pûrv-a, n., -î, f., -ya, n. regular succession: in., ab.successively; -yâ trika, m. servant; -lomya, n. direct or natural order; -vesya, m. neighbour next but one; -shák, ad. in order; -sha&ndot;gika, a. (î) adherent, connected with, following; enduring; neces sarily following from (g.); adventitious; -shtu bha, a. consisting of or like anushtubh. |
| |
| ābhijana | a. patronymic; -gâtî, f., -gâtya, n. nobility; -gñânika, a. relating to cognition; -dhânika, m. lexicographer; -plavika, a. belonging to the abhiplava; -mukhya, n. direction towards (ac., g., --°ree;); -râmika, a. amiable; -sheka, -shekanika, a. (î) referring to the inauguration of a king. |
| |
| āvṛtti | f. turning in; return; repetition; solstice; re-birth; course, direction. |
| |
| fg āvṛt | f. turning towards or in; direction; series of rites; ceremony; manner. |
| |
| itogata | pp. turned hither; relat ing to this; -mukha, a. directed hither: -m, ad. hither. |
| |
| iti | ad. so, thus (quoting words or thoughts, generally at the end, sts. at beg. or near the end, serving the purpose of inverted commas, and supplying the place of oratio obliqua; it is also used to conclude an enumeration, with or without ka): iti tathâ karoti, so saying, he acts accordingly (stage direction); iti kritvâ, so saying, therefore, considering that --; kimiti=kim, why? (sts. =iti kim). iti½iti, iti½iva, iti½uta, iti½e vam, iti sma, iti ha, iti ha sma=iti (sts. iti is followed pleonastically by a dem. prn.). |
| |
| utsāraṇa | n., â, f. clearing the streets; -anîya, fp. to be driven away; -in, a. extending to, directed towards. |
| |
| unnayana | n. raising; parting; in ference: -pa&ndot;kti, a. the rows of whose eyes are directed upwards. |
| |
| upadeśa | m. reference; direction, instruction; precept, rule, lesson; advice; grammatical designation: -tâ, f. instructive ness for (g.); -anâ, f. direction, instruction, lesson, rule; -in, a. (-î) instructing;m. teacher; prescribed form of a word, suffix &c. as stated in grammatical works. |
| |
| ūrdhvāṅguli | a. having the fingers directed upwards: -½âroha, m. rising upwards. |
| |
| ekatatpara | a. solely intent on; -tamá (or é-), spv. one among many; -tara, a. cpv. one of two (sts.=eka-tama); -tas, ad. =ab. of eka; from or on one side; ekatas-ekatas or anyatas, on the one side--on the other; here--there; (á)-tâ, f. unity, union, identity: -m api-yâ, be united with (in.); -tâna, a. intent on one object only (often --°ree;): -tâ, f. abst. n.; -tâla, a. having but one fan-palm; -tîrthin, a. inhabiting the same hermitage; -to-dant, a. having teeth in one jaw only; -tra=lc. of eka, one; in one place, together; -trimsá, a. thirty-first; -trimsat, f. (é-) thirty-one; -tva, n. unity; union; identity; singular (gr.); -m gam, be united with (in.); -d&asharp;, ad. simultaneously; some times; once upon a time, one day; -duhkha, a. having the same pains; -drisya, fp. alone worthy to be seen; -drishti, f. gaze directed to a single object, unaverted gaze; -devatyã, a. sacred to a single deity; -desa, m. some place; part; identical spot; -dhana, 1. n. one part of the property; 2. m. pitcher with which water is drawn for a certain rite; â, f. pl. (sc. âpas) the water drawn with it;3. a. having as the single, i. e. highest treasure, quite filled with (--°ree;); -dharma, a. homogeneous; -dharmin, a. id.; -dh&asharp;, ad. singly, simply; at once, together; continuously; -naksha trá, n. lunar mansion consisting of a single star, whose name occurs simply (without pûrva or uttara); -narâdhipa, m. emperor. |
| |
| ekacakra | a. one-wheeled: -vart-in, a. moving on one wheel; m. sole monarch: -i-tâ, f. abst. n.; -kakshus, a. one-eyed (also of a needle); -kará, a. living alone; solitary; m. N. of Siva; -kârinî, f.faithful wife or mistress (devoted to a single man); -kitta, n. one and the same thought, unanimity; thought directed to one and the same object; a. of one mind; thinking of one object only, absorbed; thinking only of (--°ree;): -tâ, f. unanimity; intentness on one object only, -î-bhû, become unanimous; -kkhattra, a. having only one royal umbrella, ruled by a single king; -gâta, pp. begotten by the same father or parents; of equal birth;-gâti, a. having but one birth; m. Sûdra. |
| |
| ekāgni | a. maintaining only one fire; -½agra, a. directed to a single object, at tentive, concentrated; absorbed in (--°ree;): -m, -tas, ad.; -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n. |
| |
| ṛkṣa | a. dire; m. bear; kind of monkey; N.: pl. the Great Bear; m. n. star; lunar mansion: î, f. she-bear; -râga, m. king of the bears or monkeys; king of the stars, moon; -vat, m. N. of a mountain. |
| |
| evaṃvādin | a. speaking thus; -víd, a., -vidvás, pt. knowing thus, having such knowledge; well instructed, knowing what is right; -vidha, a. of such sort, such-like; -vishaya, a. directed to orrelating to this; -vritta, pp. behaving thus; of such a kind; in this condition; -vritti, a. id. |
| |
| audarciṣa | a. directed to Agni. |
| |
| karman | n. action, work, deed; func tion, business; rite; effect; direct object of an action (gr.); fate (result of an act done in a former birth). |
| |
| kākākṣinyāya | m.: in., ab. after the manner of the crow's eye, i. e. in op posite directions, with reference both to what precedes and what follows; -½akshi-gola nyâya, m. id. |
| |
| kāṃdiśīka | n. fleeing in all directions, fugitive. |
| |
| kimadhikaraṇa | a. directed to what? -abhidhâna, a. how named? -ar tha, a. having what purpose? -m, ad. for what purpose? wherefore? -âkhya, a. how named? -âdhâra, a. relating to what? |
| |
| kutas | ad.=ab. of ka, from which? from whom? whence? sts. whither? why? often in drama before a couplet confirming a previous remark=for; how? how much less, to say nothing of; kuto&zip;pi,(late) from some; kutas kid, id.; from somewhere: na --, from no where; na kutas-kana, id.; in no direction. |
| |
| kutra | ad.=lc. of ka, in what? where? whither? what for? --½api, (late) somewhere;--kid,=lc. in some--; somewhere: with neg. nowhere (also of direction); kutra- kid -kutra-kid, in one case -in the other, sometimes -sometimes. |
| |
| kṛcchra | a. distressing, grievous, dire; severe, dangerous; wretched, miserable: -m, ad. miserably; m. n. difficulty, distress, trouble, misery; danger; penance; kind of minor penance; °ree;--, -tas, in., ab. with difficulty, with much ado. |
| |
| kṛdanta | a. ending in a krit suffix; m. primary noun (formed directly from a vbl. root). |
| |
| kṣipra | a. elastic (bow); quick, rapid: -m or ab. quickly, directly, at once: á½ishu, a. having swift arrows. |
| |
| gata | pp. (√ gam) gone (evam gate, such being the case); gone or come to, fallen into, being at, on or in, contained or resting in (ac., lc., --°ree;); directed or referring to (prati or --°ree;); departed, gone away (to, d. or inf.); deceased; passed, elapsed; disappeared, lost: very often °ree;--=deprived or devoid of, free from, without, -less; produced from (ab., --°ree;); spread abroad in (lc.); known; trodden, frequented; reached, obtained (°ree;--); n. gait; disappearance; manner. |
| |
| gāmin | a. going anywhere (ad., prati, or *ac.); gnly. --°ree;, going, moving, walking (in, to, like); having sexual intercourse with; reaching or extending to; devolving on; be fitting, behoving; obtaining; directed to; re lating to. |
| |
| gṛhīta | pp. √ grah: -dikka, a. having taken to all the quarters, dispersed in all direc tions: -nâman, a. bearing the name, called. |
| |
| coda | m. goad, whip; -á, a. inspiring, stimulating; furthering; -aka, a. impelling; m. injunction, direction; invitation. |
| |
| tatracakṣurmanas | a. directing eyes and thoughts thither. |
| |
| tathāyatam | ad. in the same direction. |
| |
| tadgata | pp. directed to him, her, or that; directed to (--°ree;); -guna, m. his or her quality or virtue; a. having those qualities. |
| |
| tapas | n. heat; fire (of which there are five, the four directed towards the cardinal points and the sun); torment; penance, self castigation, mortification, religious austerity, devotion; N. of a month(Jan.--Feb.); N. of one of the seven worlds (situated above Ganas). |
| |
| dattakarṇa | a. giving ear or listening to (--°ree;); -drishti, a. directing one's gaze to, looking at (abs. or with lc.); -pûrva½uk ta-sâpa-bhî, a. threatening with the curse already mentioned; -sulkâ, a. f. for whom the nuptial fee has been paid. |
| |
| diṣṭa | pp. √ dis; n. direction, order; destiny, fate; place designated: -para, a. trusting to fate; m. fatalist; -bhâva, m. des tined state, death; -½anta, m. destined end, death. |
| |
| dikkanyā | f. quarter of the sky as a maiden; -karin, m. elephant of the quarters (supporting the earth at one of the four or eight points of the compass); -kântâ, -kâminî, f. quarter of the sky as amaiden; -kakra, n. horizon: -vâla, n. surrounding horizon; -khabda, m. word expressive of direction; -ta- ta, m. brink of the compass, horizon, extreme distance; -pati, m. regent of a quarter; -pa tha, m. horizon, extreme distance; -pâla, m. guardian of a quarter; -prekshana, n. looking about in all directions (in fear); -sundarî, f.=dik-kanyâ. |
| |
| digbhāga | m. point of the compass; -vadhû, f.=dik-kanyâ; -vasana, n. naked ness; -vârana, m. elephant of the quarters; -vâsas, a. clad in the quarters, stark naked; -vigaya, m. conquest in all directions, world conquest; -vibhâga, m. point of the compass, quarter of the sky; -vilokana, n. looking about in all directions (in fear); -vyâghâr ana, n. sprinkling of the quarters; -vyâpin, a. pervading the quarters, extending in all directions. |
| |
| diṣṭi | f. direction, order; luck: only in. dishtyâ, by good luck=ij. thank heaven! |
| |
| dṛṣṭi | f. seeing, looking at (g.), be holding; vision, eyesight; intelligence; eye; pupil of the eye; glance, look; regard; opinion: -m dâ, direct the gaze towards (lc.). |
| |
| deśanā | f. direction, instruction, teaching, doctrine. |
| |
| dhārya | fp. to be worn or borne; -kept, -retained; -tolerated; -observed; inflicted (punishment); -directed (mind) to (lc.); -kept in view; -checked. |
| |
| dhṛti | f. holding fast; standing still; firmness, steadiness; fortitude; constancy; resoluteness; satisfaction, contentment: -m kri, find satisfaction; stand one's ground; -m bandh, direct one's will towards (lc.). |
| |
| nikṣepa | m. putting down, throw ing or casting on; directing (the gaze) to wards (lc.); deposit, pledge, object given in trust; -kshepana, n. putting down; place for keeping anything; -ksheptri, m.depositor; -kshepya, fp. to be put down; to be placed in (lc.). |
| |
| nidhā | f. snaring net; -dhâtavya, fp. to be put down; -kept; -entrusted to (lc.); -directed to (lc.); -dh&asharp;na, n. putting down; receptacle (--°ree; a. î); (hidden) treasure. |
| |
| niyoktavya | fp. to be applied or directed to; -commissioned or appointed to (lc.); -called to account. |
| |
| nirdeśa | m. order, direction; descrip tion, designation; detail, particulars; -desya, fp. to be described, -determined; -dainya, a. cheerful; -dosha, a. faultless, free from blemish; infallible; innocent: -tâ,f. fault lessness. |
| |
| nivid | f. direction, precept; invo cation of the gods inserted in certain parts of the liturgy: -dhâna, a. containing the Nivids; n. insertion of the Nivids. |
| |
| paraṃpara | a. one after another, successive: -m, ad. in regular succession; â, f. uninterrupted line, unbroken series, regu lar succession; mediateness: in. indirectly; (â)-prâpta, pp. handed down by tradition, -½âyâta, pp. id. |
| |
| paritas | ad. round about, on all sides, in every direction, everywhere; prp. w. ac. round. |
| |
| paro&100;kṣa | ksha ] a. [beyond the eye], being out of sight, invisible, imperceptible; unknown, unintelligible; cognizable by mind only; °ree;--, imperceptibly: -m, ad. behind the back of, without the knowledge of (in. V.; g. or --°ree;, C.); in. imperceptibly, mysteriously; ab. without the knowledge of (in.); behind the back of (g.); when one has not been present (gr.); -kâma, a. fond of mystery; -krita, pp. not addressing but merely refer ring to a deity indirectly, i. e. in the third per son (verse); -tâ, f., -tva, n. being out of sight, imperceptibility; obscurity; -vritti, a. living or acting out of sight; -½artha, a. invisible; secret, recondite. |
| |
| pāta | m. manner of flying, flight; throw ing oneself into (lc.); fall, into (lc.), from (ab.); cast, shot, stroke; collapse, death; falling=direction (of the eye or gaze); drop (of blood); application (of ointment, of a knife); case, possibility; entrance, appear ance; --°ree;, falling from, to, into, upon or at: -ka, a. causing to fall (--°ree;); (m.) n. crime or sin depriving of caste; -k-in, a. sinning; wicked; m. criminal. |
| |
| puruṣākāra | a. having a human form; -½âkriti, f. figure of a man; -½ada, a. (î) man-devouring; m. man-eater, Râkshasa: -ka, a., m. id.; -½anrita, n. falsehood respect ing a human being; -½antara, n. another (= following) generation; m. (sc. samdhi) proxy ship, a kind of treaty settled by a duel be tween warriors representative of both parties: -m, ad. through an intermediary, indirectly; -½âyusha, n. full period of human life; -½ar tha, m. human object, aim of existence; action of man, human effort: -m, ad. for man; for the sake of the soul; -½avatâra, m. human incarnation. |
| |
| purukṣu | a. rich in food; -git, m. N.; -táma, spv. ever-recurring; -tr&asharp;, (V.) ad. in many ways, places, or directions; fre quently; -dhá (only before two consonants) or -dh&asharp;, ad. in many ways; frequently; -v&isharp;ra, a. rich or abounding in men (RV.). |
| |
| purūcī | a. f. (of *puru½añk, extend ing in many directions), abundant, ample; long (years). |
| |
| pūrvadakṣiṇa | a. south-eastern; -datta, pp. previously given or presented; -dis, f. eastern quarter, east; -dishta, pp. determined by previous actions; -dîkshin, a. taking the first consecration (of two or more who sacrifice at the same time and place); -dugdha, pp. previously (milked=) drained or plundered; -drishtá, pp. seen before; formerly seen, ancient; looked upon of old or long regarded as (nm.); -deva, m.primaeval god; -devatâ, f. primaeval deity; -desa, m. eastern direction: lc. to the east of (ab.); eastern country; -deha, m. former body: lc.=in a previous existence. |
| |
| pūrvākṣara | a. accompanied by the previous letter; -½agní, m. original, i. e. domestic, fire; -½a&ndot;ga, n. former body; com ponent of what precedes; m. first day in the civil month; -½akala,m. eastern or sunrise mountain; -½âkârya, m. ancient or former teacher; -½âdya, a. beginning in the east; -½adri, m. eastern or sunrise mountain; -½a dhika, a. greater than before; -½anubhûta, pp. formerly experienced; -½anta, m. end of the preceding word; anticipation; -½apara, a. being before and behind, directed forward and backward; eastern and western; earlier and later; preceding and following, follow ing in succession, relatively connected: -dak shina, a. eastern, western, and southern, -dina, n. forenoon and afternoon, -râtri, f. former and latter half of the night. |
| |
| praṇāḍikā | f. channel: in. in directly; by means of (--°ree;); -nâdî, f. id.; -nâda, m. loud noise, shout, yell, roar, cry, neigh, etc.; tingling in the ear; -nâma, m. bow, obeisance, reverent salutation (--°ree; with the object): bhuvi or bhûmau --, bow down to the ground; -nâmin, a. (--°ree;) bowing down before, worshipping; -nâyaka, m. commander (of an army); -nâyya, fp. suitable, worthy (pupil); -nâla, m. row, series (?): î, f. chan nel, watercourse; mediation, means; -nâl ikâ, f. channel, conduit; means: in. in directly; by means of; -nâsa, m. extinction, cessation, disappearance, loss; decease, death; -nâsana, a. (î) causing to cease, destroying, removing; n. destruction; -nâsin, a. destroy ing, removing (only --°ree; f. and at the end of a kemistich). |
| |
| prati | ad. with verbs and °ree;-- with nouns, against, counter; back, in return; with nouns also=every; prp. 1. with (usually preceding) ac. against, towards, to, upon, in the direction of; before, in the presence or the eyes of; about, near, on, in, at; at the time of, about; through, for (of time); from (protect); compared with; in favour of, for; concerning, in regard to, on account of, through; for, as (with predicative ac., e. g. take for, regard as); according to, by; in or at every; 2. with ab. at the time of, about (only RV.); 3. with g. concerning, with regard to; °ree;-in ad. cpds. towards; at the time of, about; according to; in or at every;âtmânam prati, to oneself (speak); kiram --, for a long time; bhrisam --, repeatedly; mâm --, in my opinion, to my mind; varsham --, every year; na bubhukshitam prati bhâti kim kit, to a hungry man nothing is of any ac count; mâm prati aranyavat pratibhâti, to me seems like a (lonely) forest. |
| |
| pratilakṣaṇa | n. symptom; -labhya, fp. obtainable; -lambha, m. obtain ment, acquirement; regainment; compre hension; -lâbha, m. obtainment, acquisition; -li&ndot;gam, ad. at every phallus;-lekhana, n., -lekhâ, f. prescribed cleansing of all utensils; -loka, m. every world; -lomá, a. against the hair, against the grain, contrary, unfavourable; hostile; inverted, contrary to the natural or prescribed order: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order, in the wrong direction, perversely; in. in an unkind way; -lomaka, a. inverted, contrary to the natural or pre scribed order; n. perverseness; -loma-tas, a. on account of the inverted order or direc tion; in the reverse order or direction; -lo ma½anuloma, a. (against or with the grain), speaking for or against: °ree;-or -m, ad. in the inverted order; in the wrong and (or) the natural order or direction, -tas, ad. in an unfriendly and a friendly manner. |
| |
| pratyagakṣa | n. inner organ; a. having inner organs; -âtman, m. inward or individual soul; individual; -ânanda, a. con sisting of inward joy; -âsis, f. personal wish; a. containing a personal wish; -udak, ad. (west-northerly, i. e.) north-westerly; -eka rasa, a. having a taste for the inward, i. e. one's own soul, only; -gyotis, n. inward light; -dakshina-tas, ad. (west-southerly, i. e.) south-westerly; -dakshinâ, ad. id.: -pra vana, a. precipitous towards the south-west; -dis, f. west; -dris, f. inward gaze; a. hav ing one's gaze directed inward; -dhâman, a. having inward light. |
| |
| pratyakṣa | a. being before the eyes, evident, visible, perceptible; clear, plain, manifest; undoubted, actual, real; immediate, direct; having a clear knowledge of (g.); n. superintendence of, care for (g.); evidence, immediate perception; cognizance: -m, ad. before one's eyes or face; in the presence of (g. or --°ree;); visibly, evidently, from one's own immediate knowledge; clearly, distinctly; actually, really; immediately, directly, per sonally; ab. actually, really; immediately; in. before one's eyes, to one's face; at sight, evidently; lc. id.; °ree;--, before one's face, visibly; clearly; actually; directly, person ally: -karana, n.personal observation; -kri ta, pp. directly or personally addressed (in the second person); containing a direct invo cation; -kârin, a. moving in bodily shape before (g.); -gñâna, n. immediate know ledge; -tamât, -tam&asharp;m, ad. most evidently, immediately, or actually, etc.; -tas, ad. before one's very eyes: with √ sru, hear with one's own ears; -tâ, f. visibility: in. visibly; -tva, n. manifestness; explicitness; direct ness of perception; -darsana, n. seeing with one's own eyes, power of seeing (a god) bodily; -darsin, a. seeing or having seen anything (g.) with one's own eyes; -dris, a. seeing any thing clearly as if with one's own eyes; -drisya,fp. to be seen with one's own eyes, evident; -drishta, pp. seen with one's own eyes; -pramâ, f. correct conception gained by the evidence of the senses; -bhaksha, m. actual eating; -bhûta, pp. manifested, be come visible, appearing in bodily shape. |
| |
| pratyāśam | ad. in all directions; -½âsâ, f. confidence in (--°ree;); hope, expectation. |
| |
| pradakṣiṇit | ad. in such a manner that one's right side is turned towards an object; -dakshinî-kri, turn one's right side towards (ac.), walk round (ac.) from left to right; -dakshinena, in. ad. from left to right; towards the south; -dagdhavya, fp. to be burnt; -datta, pp. (√ dâ) given up, re stored: -nayana½utsava, a. affording a feast to the eyes; -dará, m. dispersion (of an army); cleft, fissure (in the ground); -darsa, m. ap pearance (--°ree;); direction, injunction: -ka, a. showing, indicating; propounding, teaching; m. teacher; -darsana, n. appearance (often --°ree;); showing, exhibition, designation; teach ing; example: â, f. indication; -darsin, a. (--°ree;) beholding, seeing; showing, indicating; -darsya, cs. gd. having exhibited or shown; -dahana, n. burning (of earthenware). |
| |
| pradeya | fp. to be given, bestowed, or offered, to (--°ree; or d.); -given in marriage, marriageable (f.); -imparted (news, doctrine) or taught, to (d. or --°ree;); -initiated or instructed in (lc.); m. present; -desa, m. designation, reference; determination, definition; appeal to a precedent; example; spot, place, region (often --°ree; with a part of the body); short while: -bhâg, -vartin, -stha, a. of short duration, -vat, a.occupying a place; -des- ita, cs. pp. urged, directed; -desinî, f. fore-finger; second toe; -deshtri, m. chief justice; -deha, m. unction; unguent, plaster. |
| |
| pratyak | n. of pratyañk: -tva, n. back ward direction; -pushkara, a. having the bowl turned towards the west (spoon); -pra vana, a. devoted to the individual soul. |
| |
| praditsu | des. a. intending to give (ac.); -div, 1. f. (nm. -dyaús) third and uppermost heaven (in which the fathers dwell); also the fifth of seven heavens; -dív, 2. a. of former days, long existing, ancient: ab. from of old, ever; -dís, f. indication, guidance, order, dominion (V.); direction, point of the compass; intermediate point, half-quarter (e.g. north-east): ac. pl. in all directions. |
| |
| prapakva | a. inflamed (med.); -pak sha, m. tip of a wing; -pañka, m. expansion, prolixity, amplification, of (g. or --°ree;); phe nomenon; manifestation or form of (g.); phenomenal world (ph.); mutual flattery (rh.); ludicrous dialogue (dr.): in. or -tas, ad. in detail, -pañka-ka, a. (ikâ) multiply ing (--°ree;); amplifying, explaining in detail; -pañkana, n. detailed or prolix account; -pañka-buddhi, a. crafty, wily; -pañka-ya,den. describe or explain in detail; represent in a false light; -pañka-vakana, n. prolix discourse; -paná, m. trade, barter, purchase; -patana, n. flying away; falling down, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); -patti, f.pious resignation; (á)-patha, m. onward way, journey; road; -pathín, a. wandering; -pad, f. 1. road; 2. (prá-) fore part of the foot; (prá) pada, n. fore part or tip of the foot; -pada na, n. entry, into (--°ree;); -padam, ad. reciting in such a manner as to cut up verses into sec tions of an equal number of syllables and to interpose between them formulae contain ing the word prapadye (Br.); -panna, pp. (√ pad) reached, arrived; attained, obtained: -pâla, m. protector of suppliants (Krishna); -palâyana, n. flight; -palâyin, a. fleeing, fugitive; -p&asharp;, f. water-tank, reservoir, well; water-hut for travellers; affluent (of a tank etc.); -pâka, m.ripening (of an ulcer etc.); digestion; -pâtha: -ka, m. lesson (subsection in books); -pâni, m. fore-arm: -ka, m. id.; -pându, a. very white: -ra, a. id.; -pâta, m. kind of flight; leaping forward; hasten ing away; fall, from (ab. or --°ree;), into (lc. or --°ree;); falling out (of the hair); effusion (of semen); fall (of a glance on anything); steep declivity, precipice; -pâtana, n. felling, cast ing down; directing or causing (the eye) to alight (--°ree;);-pâna, n. drinking; -pâ-pâlikâ, -pâ-pâlî, f. female watcher of a water-tank, well, or water-hut; -pâ-mandapa, m. water hut (for travellers); -pâlaka, m. protector, guardian; -pâlana, n. guarding, protecting. |
| |
| praviṣaya | m. range: -m drishter gam, become visible; -vishta, pp. (√ vis) en tered (act. & ps.): -ka, n. air of entering the stage (only in. sg. as a stage direction); -vish- takâ-ya, den. Â. appear in person; -vistara, m. extent: in. in great detail; -vistâra, m. id.; -vi-spashta, pp. perfectly evident. |
| |
| praśaṃsaka | a. praising (--°ree;); -samsana, n. laudation; -samsanîya, fp. to be praised; -sams&asharp;, f. praise, eulogy, ap plause (sts. pl.); fame; -nâman, n. term of praise, -½âlâpa, m.applause, -vakana, n. laudatory remark, -½âvali, f panegyric poem; -samsin, a. praising, extolling (--°ree;); -sam sâ½upamâ, f. comparison implying praise (rh.); -samstavya, fp. praiseworthy; -sáms ya, fp. id.; better than (ab.); -sama, m. tranquillization, pacification, appeasement; composure, calm; cessation, extinction (of fire), abatement, removal (of obstacles, pain, etc.); mental calm, quietude; -samaka, a. tranquillizing, rendering innocuous (--°ree;); -sam am-kara, a. causing the cessation of (g.), disturbing; -samana, a. tranquillizing, calming, allaying, extinguishing, curing; n. tranquillization, pacification; alleviation, mitigation; healing; rendering innocuous; securing (property); -sas, f. axe, knife; -sasta, pp. (√ sams) praised, commended, etc.: -kalasa, m. N., -tva, n. excellence; -sastav ya, fp. praiseworthy; (á)-sasti, f. praise, laudation; glory; direction, guidance; bene diction expressing a desire for peace in the realm (dr.); (metrical) eulogistic inscription: -krít, a. bestowing praise, approving, -patta, m. written edict; -sásya, fp. praiseworthy, com mendable, excellent; blessed: -tâ, f. excellence. |
| |
| prāktana | a. (î) anterior, former, previous; ancient; -tanaya, m. former pu pil; -tarâm, ad. farther east; -tûla, a. having the tufts directed eastwards: -tâ, f. eastward direction (of sacrificial utensils);-pada, n. first member of a compound (gr.); -pravana, a. sloping towards the east. |
| |
| prāglajja | a. ashamed at first; -vamsa, 1. m. preceding race; 2. a. having its beams directed eastward; m. space in front of the Vedi; -vakana, n. previous utterance; -vat, a. as before, formerly, orat other times; as above (in a book); -vâta, m. east wind; -vritta, n. previous conduct; -vrittânta, m. previous event or adventure; -vritti, f. conduct in a previous life; -vesha, m. previous attire. |
| |
| prāggṅgam | ad. on the east of the Ganges; -gamana-vat, a. going forward; -gâmin, a. preceding or intending to precede; -guna, a. having the previously mentioned quality; -grîva, a.having the neck directed eastward; -ganman, n. previous birth or existence; -gâta, (pp.) n., -gâti, f. previous existence; -gyotish-a, a. lighted from the east; relating to the city of Prâggyotisha; m. prince or country of Prâggyotisha: pl. inhabitants of--; n. N. of a city supposed to have been inhabited by the demon Naraka; -dakshina, a. (east-southern, i.e.) south-east ern: â, f. south-east; â, ad. south-easterly: -pravana, a. sloping towards the south-east; -desa, m. eastern country; -daihika, a. be longing to a former life; -dvâr, f. door facing east; -dvâra, n. id.; space in front of a door; a. having a door facing eastward; -bhâra, m. [having the weight in front, inclined], de clivity; inclination; (subsiding) mass, great quantity; -bhâva, m. previous existence. |
| |
| prācīna | a. turned frontways; eastward; eastern, living in the east; an terior, former, previous, old: -m, ad. for wards; in front of (ab.); eastwards, to the east of (ab.); previously to, before (ab.); -âvîtin, a.=-½âvîtin; -grîva, a. having the neck directed forward or eastward; -½âvîtá, n. wearing of the sacred cord over the right shoulder; -½âvîtín, a. wearing the sacred cord over the right shoulder; -½upavîtá, pp. id. |
| |
| prātyakṣika | a. capable of direct perception. |
| |
| prātikāmin | m. (acting ac cording to one's desire: prati-kâmam), ser vant; messenger; -kûlika, a. (î) resisting, hostile, contrary: -tâ, f. opposition, hostility; -kûlya, n. unfriendliness, opposition; repug nant practice; disagreeableness; disagree ment with (--°ree;); -gña, n. subject under dis cussion; -daivas-ika, a. occurring daily (prati-divasam); -nidhi-ka, m. representa tive; -paksha, a. belonging to the enemy oradversary; -pakshya, n. hostility, enmity, towards (g.); -pada, a. forming the com mencement; m. N.; -pad-ika, a. express, ex plicit; n. crude base of a noun (before it re ceives the case terminations or other suffixes); -paurush-ika, a. relating to manliness or valour; -bha, a. intuitive; n. intuition; pre sence of mind; -bhat-ya, n. rivalry; -bhâv ya, n. surety, for (--°ree;); certainty, trustworthy news of (g.); -bhâs-ika, a. existing only in appearance, apparent only; -rûp-ika, a. coun terfeit, spurious; using false measure or coun terfeit coin; -lom-ya, n. inversion, inverse order; opposition, hostility; -ves-ika, m. neighbour; -vesm-ika, m. neighbour: î, f.female neighbour; -ves-ya, a. neighbouring; m. opposite neighbour; neighbour;--°ree;=neigh bouring: -ka, m. neighbour; -sâkhya, n. a grammatical treatise on the phonetic changes of words in the text of the Vedasaccording to the respective recension (prati-sâkham; there are four such treatises, one for the RV., two for the YV., and one for the AV.); -satvanam, ad. in the direction of the Sat van; -sv-ika, a. own, peculiar, not common to others; -hata, m. kind of svarita ac cent; -hartra, n. office of the Pratihartri; -hârika, m. door-keeper; -hâr-ya, n. jug glery, performance of miracles; miracle. |
| |
| prāpta | pp. (√ âp) gotten, gained, obtained; reached, attained; met with, found; incurred, suffered; arrived, come; following from a rule (gr.): -karman, a. being the direct object (of an action) deduced from a rule (gr.); -karma-tva, n. abst. n.; -kârin, a. doing what is right or suitable; -kâla, m. arrived time, fitting season, proper time, favourable moment; a. whose hour has come; suitable to the occasion, opportune, season able; marriageable (f.): -m, ad. at the right time; -kâla-tva, n. opportuneness, season ableness; -gîvana, a. having one's life re stored, rescued from death; -tva, n. result ance from a grammatical rule; -dosha, a. having incurred guilt; -bîga, a. sown; -yau vana, a. having the bloom of youth arrived, adolescent, marriageable; -rûpa, a. suitable, proper; learned, wise; -vat, pp. act. (-î) obtained, incurred; -vikalpa, m.alternative to what follows from a grammatical rule: -tva, n. justifiableness of an alternative. |
| |
| bandhana | a. (î) binding, fettering; captivating; n. binding, tying, fastening; bandaging; tying on (of a girdle etc.); entwining, clasping; capture; confinement, imprisonment, captivity; construction (of a bridge etc.); embanking or damming up (water); bridging over; connexion; fixing upon, directing towards (lc.); checking, suppressing; mundane bondage (opp. final liberation); bond, fetter; rope, cord, thong, halter, tether; fig. bond = that which holds any thing (g.) together; prison; sinew, muscle; embankment; stalk, stem (of flower or fruit): --°ree; a. bound to (lc.), fettered by (--°ree;): -kâr-in, a. (--°ree;) fettering, clasping: (-i)-tâ,f. abst. n.; -stha, a. being or living in confinement or captivity, imprisoned; m. captive, prisoner; -½agâra, m. house of bondage, prison. |
| |
| bandha | m. tying, fastening, bandaging; catching, capturing; fettering; arrest; connexion with (--°ree;); intercourse with (--°ree;); putting together, joining (the hands etc.); posture, position of the hands and feet; construction, building (of a bridge etc.); damming up (of a river); bridging; fixing on, directing towards (lc.); assumption or obtainment of a body (--°ree;); manifestation, display, or possession of (--°ree;); bond, deposit, pledge; mundane bondage (opp. final emancipation); bond, tie; band, fillet; bandage; fetter; sinew, tendon; receptacle; combination of words or letters: -ka, m. binder (of animals); catcher (--°ree;); rope, thong, fetter; part (--°ree; with an ordinal, e.g. tenth); n. (?) pledging: î, f. unchaste woman; -karana, n. fettering or checking by magic; -kartri, m. binder, fetterer, restrainer (Siva). |
| |
| bahiraṅga | a. external; unessen tial: -tâ, f., -tva, n. abst. n.; -argala, --°ree;, a. external bolt; -artha, m. external object; -gata, pp. come forth: -tva, n. appearance; -giri, m. (country beyond the hills), N. of a country: pl. N. of a people; -geham, ad. outside the house; -grâmam, ad. outside the village; -grâma-pratisraya, a. dwelling outside the village; -dris, a. looking at the outside, superficial (person); -dvâra, n. outer door; space outside the door; -dvârin, a. being outside the door; -dh&asharp;, ad. prp. with ab. outside, away from (V.); -nirgamana, n. going out of (ab.); -nihsarana, n. taking out, removal; -bhava, a.external; -bhâga, m. exterior; -mandala-stha, a. being out side the circle; -mukha, a. issuing from the mouth; averting one's face, averse from (--°ree;); having one's mind outward, i.e. directed to wards the external world; -yâna, n. going out; (ír)-loma, a. having the hair turned outwards; -loman, a. id.; -vâsas, n. upper garment; -vikâram, ad. apart from indi vidual existence (Sâmkhya ph.); -vritti, f. occupation with external matters; -vedi, 1. f. space outside the Vedi; 2. ad. (í) outside the Vedi; -vedi-ka, a. being outside the Vedi. |
| |
| brahman | m. devout man, one who prays, worshipper; priest, Brâhman; knower of Vedic texts or spells; one versed in sacred knowledge; sp. chief priest who directs the sacrifice and is supposed to know the three Vedas (his assistants being the Brâhma nâkkhamsin, the Agnîdhra, and the Potri), supreme universal soul, the chief god of the Indian pantheon (being the later personal form of the Vedic impersonal absolute deity, which is neuter); the Creator (Vishnu being the Preserver, and Siva the Destroyer); in tellect (=buddhi); N. of a magician. |
| |
| bhaṅgi | f. breaking; bend, curve; crooked path, circuitous way; circumlocution, roundabout way of speaking or acting; manner, method; way of dressing, fashion, costume; disguise, semblance, of (--°ree;); figure; step; wave: -bhûta, pp. resembling (--°ree;), -½antarena, in. in another way; in an indirect manner. |
| |
| bhāgadheya | n. share, due; lot, fate; property; share of a king, tax; a. (î) due as a share (V.); -bhâg, a. having a share in anything; m. participator; -bhug, m. (enjoying the taxes), king; -mukha, m. N.; -lakshana, n. indirect indication of the part (rh.). |
| |
| bhāvana | a. (î) effecting, producing; furthering, promoting the welfare of (g. or --°ree;); imagining, fancying; teaching; n., â, f. producing, effecting; conception, imagina tion, idea, fancy; supposition; â, f. settling, determining; saturation of a powder with fluid; --°ree; a. nature: in. in thought, in imagi nation; -m bandh, occupy one's imagination with, direct one's thoughts to (lc.). |
| |
| bhāvita | cs. pp. (√ bhû) produced, manifested; cherished; good-humoured; elated, conscious of one's power; pervaded or inspired by, engrossed with (in. or --°ree;); directed towards (lc.); perfumed: -bhâvana, a. furthered and furthering; -buddhi, a. having purified or moulded one's intellect. |
| |
| manas | n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring). |
| |
| manobhū | m. (arising in the mind), love, god of love; -mathana, m. (agitator of the soul), god of love; -máya, a. (î) consist ing of mind, spiritual (not material); -yâyin, a. going at will, going whereverone likes; -yúg, a. (V.) thought-yoked, i. e. yoked by a mere thought (steeds); suiting the under standing, wise; -ratha, m. (car of the mind), wish, desire; fancy, illusion; indirectly ex pressed wish; N.: -dâyaka, m. fulfilling wishes; N. of a Kalpa tree, -prabhâ, f. N., -siddhi, f. fulfilment of a wish; m. N.: -ka, --°ree; a. id.; -rama, a. delighting the mind, attractive, pleasing, charming, lovely, beau tiful; m. N.: -â, f. N.; -râgya, n. realm of fancy: â-ni kri, build castles in the air; -laya, m. loss of consciousness; -laulya, n. freak of the mind, whim, caprice; -vat-î, f. N.; -vallabhâ, f. mistress of one's heart; -vâñkhita, (pp.) n. heart's desire; -visud dhi, f. purity of mind; -vritti, f. working of the mind, mental operation; train of thought; mood, temper; -hán, a. mind-destroying; -hara, a. (â, î) captivating the mind, fascin ating, attractive; charming, beautiful: -tara, cpv. more beautiful, etc.: -tva, n. greater beauty; -hartri, m. heart-stealer, captivator; -hârikâ, f. N.; -hârin, a. captivating the heart, enchanting, fascinating, charming, beautiful; -hrit, a. taking away life and de lighting the heart;-hlâda, m. gladness of heart; -hlâdin, a. gladdening the heart, at tractive, beautiful. |
| |
| mukha | n. (--°ree; a. â, î) mouth; jaws; face; snout, muzzle (of an animal), beak (of a bird); direction, quarter; spout (of a vessel: rare); mouth, opening, entrance, into (g. or --°ree;); forepart, tip, point, head (of an arrow); edge (of a sharp instrument); surface, top, upper side; head, chief; beginning; original cause of the action of a drama; source, occa sion, of (g., --°ree;); means; --°ree; a. having in the or as a mouth; having a (pale, etc., attribu tive a.) face; having a face like (e. g. goat faced); having a face covered with or show ing (e.g. tears, frowns, anger); facing or looking towards (-m, ad.); having as a be ginning, beginning with. |
| |
| mudrā | f. signet-ring, seal (also the impression; ord. mg.); (wooden) type; stamp, impression; mark, token, badge; seal, lock (--°ree;=sealed, closed, eyes, lips, mouth); mystery; mark (of a divine attribute etc.) made on the body; mode of holding or intertwining the fingers (in religious worship or magic rites); direct designation, calling anything by its real name. |
| |
| yatas | ad.=ab. of ya in all numbers and genders, out of or from whom or which, whence, whereof (be afraid); where (common); whither (rare); wherefore, for which reason; since, because, for (often introducing a verse in support of a previous statement); since when (gnly. + prabhriti); as soon as (RV.); that (after questions, e.g. what have I done that you should --; or to introduce oratio recta); yáto yatah, from which or whence respectively; whithersoever, in whatever direction; yata eva kutas ka, whenceso ever (Br.); yatas tatah, from any one so ever; from any quarter whatever; whither soever, to any place whatever. |
| |
| yathātattva | ad. °ree;-- or -m, in accordance with truth, truly, accurately; -tatham, ad. as it is really (tathâ), circumstantially, accurately; properly, suitably; -tathyam, -tathyena, ad. in accordance with truth; -½âtmaka, a. having whatever nature; -darsana, ad. °ree;-or -m, at each occurrence, in each individual case; -dik, -disam, ad. in accordance with the cardinal points, ac cording to thecorresponding direction; -½â dishta, pp. according to the direction or statement: (á)-m, ad.; -drishtam, ad. as one has seen it; -devatam, ad. deity by deity; -desam, ad. according to the place; -½âdesam, according to precept; -dharmám, ad. in due order; according to the nature; -½adhikâra, ad. °ree;-or -m, according to au thority; -½adhîta, °ree;-or -m, ad. as learnt, in accordance with the text; -½adhyâpakam, ad. in accordance with the teacher; -nirup tam, ad. as scattered; -nirdishta, pp. as above specified, described, or characterized; -½anu pûrvam, ad. in regular order; -½anupûrvya, °ree;-or â, (in.) ad. id.; -½anubhûtam, ad. ac cording toprevious experience; -½anurûpam, ad. in exact conformity, regularly; -nyastam, ad. in the manner in which deposited; -nyây am, ad. according to rule, duly, fitly; -nyâs am, ad. according to the written wording of a sûtra, as is written; -nyupta, pp. in the order in which laid down. |
| |
| yathākaniṣṭham | ad. according to age from the youngest upwards; -kartavya, fp. to be done according to the circumstances; n. proper course of action; -karmá, ad. according to the respective action or actions; -karma-gunam, ad. according to the actions and (three) qualities; -kalpam, ad. according to the ritual; -kândam, ad. according to the sections; -kâma-kâra, m. action according to one'sdesire; -k&asharp;mam (SB. ám), ad. according to wish, at will or pleasure, agreeably; leisurely; -kâma- gyeya, fp. to be oppressed at pleasure; -kâma-prayâpya, fp. to be sent away at pleasure; -kâma-vadhya, fp. to be chastised at pleasure; -kâma-vikârin, a. wandering about at will; -kâma½arkita½arthin, a. satis fying supplicants according to their desire; -kâmin, a. acting according to one's will, unrestrained; -kârya, fp. to be done according to circumstances; -kâla, m. proper time: -m, ad. at the right or usual time, seasonably; -kula-dharmam, ad. according to the family usage; -krita, pp. properly done (--°ree;); agreed upon: (á)-m, ad. as usual (RV.); as it hap pened; as agreed upon; -krama, °ree;--, -m, ena, in due order, successively; -kriyamâna, pr. pt. as being done, usual, customary; -ksham am, ad. according to one's power, as much as possible; -kshipram,ad. as possible; -½âkhyânam, ad. according to the statement, as before stated; -½âgata, pp. by which one came (way): -m, e-na, ad. by the way one came; -½âgama, a. orthodox: -m, ad. in accordance with tradition; -gunam, ad. according to the qualities or virtues; -griham, ad. into one's respective house; -gotra-kula-kalpam, ad. according to the usage of the family or the tribe; -½a&ndot;gám, ad. member by member; -½âkâram,ad. according to usage; -kintita, pp. previously intended; -kkhandas, ad. metre by metre; -gâta, pp. as if born into the world; stupid, foolish; -gosham, ad. to one's heart's content; -gñapta, pp. previously directed orordered; -gñapti, ad. according to command; -gñânam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -gñeyam, ad. id.; -gyeshtham, ad. according to age from the eldest downwards, by seniority. |
| |
| yathāvakāśam | ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand. |
| |
| yathāpaṇyam | ad. according to the commodity; -½aparâdha-danda, a. pun ishing in proportion to guilt; -parîttam, ad. as delivered up; -puram, ad. as before; -pûr va, a. being as before: (á)-m, ad. as before; in succession, one after the other; -pragñam, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -pratya ksha-darsanam, ad. as if actually seen; -pra dishtam, ad. as prescribed, duly; -pradesam, ad. in its respective place; in the proper place; in all directions; according to precept; -pradhânam, ad. according to size; accord ing to precedence; -pravesam, ad. as one has entered; -prasnam, ad. in accordance with the questions; -prastutam, ad. as had al ready been begun, at length; -prânam, ad. according to one's strength, with all one's might; -prânena, in. ad. id.; -prâpta, pp. as fallen in with, the first that occurs; as resulting from circumstances, suitable; re sulting from a preceding grammatical rule: -m, ad. according to the rule, regularly; -prârthitam, ad. as requested; -phalam, ad. according to the produce; -balám, ad. according to one'spower, with all one's might; according to the condition of the army; -bîg am, ad. according to the seed; -buddhi, ad. to the best of one's knowledge; -bhâgám, ad. according to the share; in one's respective place; in the right place; -bhâganam, ad. respectively in the right place; -bhâva, m. condition of how it is, true state; fate; -½abhi preta, pp. wished for, desirable (--°ree;): -m, ad. according to desire, as any one (g.) likes; -½abhimata, pp. desired: -m, ad. according to desire, to one's heart's content, -desa, m. desired place, whatever place one likes; -½abhi rukita, pp. liked, favourite; -½abhilashita, wished for, desirable; -½abhîshta, pp.desired: -dis, f. place desired by each; -bhûtam, ad. according to what has happened, truly; -bhû mi, ad. into the respective country; -½abhy arthita, pp. previously requested; -ma&ndot;ga lam, ad. according to the respective custom; -mati, ad. as seems fit to any one (g.); to the best of one's understanding; -manas, ad. to one's heart's content; -mukhyam, ad. as re gards the chief persons; -mukhyena, in. ad. chiefly, above all; -½âmnâtam, ad. as handed down in the text. |
| |
| yathokta | pp. as said or stated, aforesaid, previously mentioned or discussed: °ree;-or -m, e-na, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; according to request; -½ukta kârin, a. acting as prescribedabove; -½ukta vâdin, a. reporting what he has been told (messenger); -½ukita, pp. suitable, fit, proper: °ree;-or -m, ad. becomingly, fitly, suita bly; -½uggitam, ad. according to the victory gained; -½uttara, a. following in succession: -m, ad. one after the other, in succession; -½utsâha, a. according to one's power: -m, ad. to the best of one's ability; -½udayam, ad. in proportion to income, according to one's means; -½udita, pp. as stated, before-mentioned: -m, ad.; -½udgamana, °ree;-ad. in rising proportion; -½uddishta, pp. as stated, enu merated above; as directed by (in.): -m, ad. in the manner stated; -½uddesam, ad. in the manner indicated; -½upagosham, ad. at pleasure, comfortably; -½upadishta, pp. as stated, previously indicated: -m, ad. in the manner stated or prescribed; -½upadesam, ad. as stated or instructed, in accordance with precept orprescribed teaching; -½upa-pâdam, ad. just as or where it happens; -½upayoga, °ree;-or -m, ad. according to use, requirements, or circumstances; -½upalam bham, ad. however one lays hold of it; -½upâ dhi, ad.according to the conditions or pre mises; -½upta, pp. as sown, according to the seed; -½aukityam (or ât), in a suitable manner. |
| |
| yantave | d. inf. of √ yam (RV.); -tavya, fp. to be guided, curbed, or re strained; -trí, m. driver (of horses or car), charioteer; elephant-driver; director, guide; ruler, governor; a. establishing (V.); be stowing (V.); withholding, from (lc.). |
| |
| yuvadrik | ad. [n. abbreviated form of -ri½ak: √ ak] directed towards you two (RV.1). |
| |
| yojayitavya | fp. to be used; -supplied with (in.); -ayitri, m. setter (of a jewel); -ya, fp. to be directed towards (lc.); (deserving) to be appointed to (lc. or --°ree;); to be urged to (--°ree;); -employed; -pronounced (blessing); -added, to (lc.); -provided or endowed with (in.); -connected or construed. |
| |
| lakṣaṇa | a. indicating, expressing indirectly; n. mark, token, sign, characteristic, attribute (sg. often coll.); stroke; lines drawn on the place of sacrifice; catchword (rit.); lucky or auspicious mark; symptom (of a disease); characteristic of sex, sexual organ; description, definition; designation, name; species, kind; aim, scope; effect, influence; occasion, opportunity: --°ree; a. characterised by; provided with; taking the form of, appearing as; relating to, coming within the scope of. |
| |
| lakṣya | fp. to be defined; indicated, indirectly denoted or expressed; to be regarded as (nm.); had in view; to be observed; to be recognised by (in., --°ree;); visible, perceptible; n. object aimed at, prize; aim, mark; one hundred thousand, lac; pretence, disguise; example (?): -m labh, attain one's object, -m bandh, direct one's aim at (lc.): w. âkâse, gaze vaguely into the air: -tâ, f. visibility; state of being a mark:-m nî, make visible, -m yâ, become an aim; -tva, n. being an aim, of (--°ree;); -bheda, m. hitting the mark; -lakshana-bhâva, m. connexion of the indicated and indicator; -supta, pp. feigning sleep; -½alakshya, fp. visible and not visible, scarcely visible. |
| |
| lakṣaya | den. P. (Â. metr.) mark; characterise, define; indicate, designate indirectly; have in view, mean; consider, regard as (2 ac.), assume any one (ac.) to be (oratio recta with iti); regard, examine; observe, note, perceive, see (often with second appositional ac.; ord. mg.); see that (yad); ps. lakshyate, be meant; be called (2 nm.); look like, appear to be (nm.±iva): pp. laksh ita, marked, indicated, ordistinguished by (in., --°ree;); expressed by indication; aimed at (--°ree;, of arrows); observed, noticed, perceived, seen; understood; des. pp. lilakshayishita, intended to be expressed, meant. anu, have in view. abhi, pp.marked or determined by (in.); made known, reported; seen, ob served. â, observe, notice, see (±app. ac.); ps. appear (nm.): pp. perceived, seen; heard. upa, define; express figuratively; have in view, regard; consider as (2 ac.); perceive, observe, see (ord. mg.; ± app. ac.); recognise; hear; feel (v.l. upa-labh); ps. be figuratively expressed, be used figuratively for (d.); appear to be (2 nm.): pp. marked or distinguished by (in., --°ree;). sam-upa, direct one's attention to, observe; perceive, see. vi, perceive, observe; (lose sight of one's aim), be confused: pp. embarrassed, perplexed; indignant. sam, perceive, observe, learn (± app. ac.); hear; ps. appear. |
| |
| lakṣaṇā | f. aim; indication, indirect designation, elliptical expression, me tonymy; -anîya, fp. visible; elliptically or figuratively expressed; -an-ya, a. serving as a mark; possessing good marks. |
| |
| leśa | m. [√ lis=√ ris] particle, atom, drop, little bit, small amount of (g., --°ree;; very common --°ree;=very little or slight, insignifi cant; °ree;--, in., or -tas, very slightly or briefly); a rhetorical figure in which a statement is made indirectly (e. g. &open;the boast of the Pân davas on slaying Bhîshma under the leader ship of Sikhandin will be ours&close;); a rhetori cal figure in which what is usually considered as an advantage is represented as a disadvan tage and vice versâ. |
| |
| vakretara | a. reverse of curly, straight (hair); -½ukti, f. indirect mode of expression; equivocal remark, pun. |
| |
| vacana | a. eloquent (RV.); --°ree;, ex pressing, meaning (-tâ, f. abst. n.); pro nounced by (in., --°ree;); n. act of speaking; pronunciation; utterance, declaration; ex press mention; statement thatsomething is (--°ree;); speech, word; injunction of a teacher, rule (gr.); command, direction; advice; voice, note; grammatical number: -m kri, do any one's bidding, follow the advice of (g.); e sthâ, id.; vakanena (rare) or vakanât, in the name of (g., --°ree;); iti vakanât, because it is so stated. |
| |
| vastūtthāpanā | n. invention of things, representation of unrealities (dr.); -½upamâ, f. direct comparison of two things (the common quality being omitted: e. g. &open;thy face is [beautiful] like the lotus&close;); -½upahita, pp. bestowed on a good object (trouble). |
| |
| vācaka | a. speaking, saying any thing (g.); speaking or treating of, stating (g., --°ree;); expressing, signifying, denoting: -tva, n. denotation; -pada, n. containing significant (not senseless) words; -lakshaka vyañgaka-tva, n. direct, indirect, and im plicit designation of anything. |
| |
| vācyārtha | m. directly expressed meaning: -tva, n. direct expression of meaning. |
| |
| vidatha | n. (V.) direction, command, order, rule; assembly, association, council, congregation, feast; array, troop, squadron (esp. of the Maruts); battle. |
| |
| vinikṣepa | m. separation; -ni kshepya, fp. to be thrown into (lc.); -nigad î-kri, free from foot-fetters; -nigamaka, a. deciding between two alternatives; -nigam anâ, f. decision between two alternatives; -nigûhitri, m. concealer, keeper (of a secret); -nigraha, m. separation; restraining, curb ing, subduing (ord.mg.); restriction; -nigrâh ya, fp. to be restrained; -nidra, a. sleep less, awake; occurring in the waking condi tion; passed sleeplessly; expanded (flower); opened (eyes): -ka, a. awake, -tâ, f. sleep lessness; -ninîshu, des. a. intending to guide; -ninda, a. surpassing: â, f. reproach ing, abusing; -nindaka, a. blaming; derid ing; surpassing; -nipâta, m. mischance, calamity; death; failure; -nipâtita, cs. pp. √ pat; -nimaya, m. barter, exchange; reci procity (in kârya-); pledging; -nimitta, a. having no real cause; -nimîlana, n.closure (of a bud); -nimesha, m. wink; -niyama, m. limitation, restriction to (lc.); -niyamya, fp. to be limited; -niyukta½âtman, a. hav ing one's soul directed to (ad.); -niyoktri, m. appointer to (lc.); employer; -niyoga,m. apportionment; appointment to a duty (lc.); commission, charge; employment, use, application (ord. mg.; sp. of a verse in ritual); relation, correlation; -niyogya, fp. to be employed, applied, or used. |
| |
| viloka | m. glance; -lokana, n. look ing, gaze; looking at, regarding, observing; looking out for, finding out; perceiving, look ing into, studying; -lokita, (pp.) n. glance, look; -lokin, a. (--°ree;) looking; looking at; perceiving; -lokya, fp. visible; looked at; -lokana, 1. a. causing to see, giving eye-sight; n. eye; 2. a. distorting the eyes; m. N. of a mythical person: -patha, m. range of vision, -pâta, m. glance; -lodana, n. stir ring about, churning; splashing; throwing into confusion; -lopa, m. loss, injury; interruption, disturbance; robbery; -lopa-ka, m. destroyer; plunderer; -lopana, n. destruc tion; omission; pulling to pieces (garland); stealing; -lopin, a. destroying (--°ree;); -loptri, m. thief, robber; -lopya, fp. to be destroyed; -lobhana, n. allurement; -lobhanîya, fp. alluring to (--°ree;); -loma, a. (against the hair or grain), reversed, opposite; refractory: -m, ad. backwards; -loma-ga, a., -loma- gâta, pp. born (against the grain=) in the in verse order, born of a mother belonging to a higher caste than the father; (ví)-loman, a. against the hair orgrain, turned in the oppo site direction, inverted; hairless; -lom-ita, den. pp. inverted; -lola, a. moving to and fro, tossing about, waving, rolling, unsteady; un steadier than (ab.); -lolana, n. moving to and fro; (ví)-lohita, a. deep red. |
| |
| viśvaka | m. N. of a protégé of the Asvins; -kartri, m. creator of the universe; -karman, n. every action (only °ree;--); (á) karman, a. accomplishing or creating every thing (V., E.); N. of the architect of the universe, resembling Pragâpati and often not distinguished from him; in C. he is the architect and artificer of the gods, also called Pragâpati, and with the pat. Bhauvana, father of Barhishmatî and Samgñâ; ep. of the sun (rare); -krít, a. creating everything; m. creator of the universe; the architect and artificer of the gods, Visvakarman; (á)-krish- ti, a. dwelling among all men, universally known (RV.); -kshaya, m. destruction of the world; -gata, pp. omnipresent; -guru, m. father of the universe; (á)-kakshas, a. all-seeing (RV.); (á)-karshani, a. = -krishti (RV.); -ganá, m. mankind; -gan&isharp;na, a. containing all kinds of people (V.); ruling all people (V.); benefiting the whole world (V., C.); (á)-ganya, a. containing all men (heaven and earth: V.); universal, dear to all men (V.); universally beneficial (discussion); -gít, a. all-subduing (V., P.); m. N. of an Ekâha in the Gavâmayana rite, the fourth day after the Vishuvat (Br., S., C.); -gîva, m. universal soul; -g&usharp;, a. all-impelling (RV.1); (á)-tas, ad. from or on all sides, everywhere; (á)-to-mukha, a. having a face on every side, facing in all directions; (á) tra, ad. everywhere; always; (á)-thâ, ad. in every way, always (V.); -datta, m. N. of a Brâhman; (á)-darsata, a. visible to all (RV.); -d&asharp;nîm, ad. always (V.); (á)-deva, a. all-divine;m. pl. the All-gods, the Visve devâs; (á)-devya, a. relating, dear etc. to all gods (RV.); (á)-devyâ-vat, a. id.; accompanied by the Visve devâs (Indra); (á)-dh&abrevcirc;, ad. in every way, always (RV.); -dhar ana, n.preservation of the universe; (á) dhâyas, a. all-supporting (RV.); -dhâ-vîrya, a. effective in every way (AV.); (á)-dhena, a. all-feeding (RV.); -nâtha, m. lord of the universe, ep. of Siva; N.; -m-tara, a. all-subduing(Buddha); m. N. of a king with the pat. Saushadmana; -pâvana, a. all-purifying; -pís, a. all-adorned (RV.); -prakâsa, m. All-enlightener, T. of a dictionary; (á) psnya, a. all-nourishing (V.); -bhug, a. all-consuming; (á)-bheshaga, a. (î) all-healing (V.); n. dry ginger (C.); (á)-bhogas, a. all-supporting; -maya, a. containing the uni verse; -maha, m. a kind of personification; -mahesvara, m. great lord of all (Siva); -minvá, a. (RV.) all-moving; all-containing; -mûrti, a. whose body is the universe or having all forms; -m-bhará, a. all-supporting; m. ep. of Vishnu: â, f. earth: -bhug, m. king; -yoni, m. f. source or creator of the universe; -ruki, m. N. of a Dânava; -rûpa, n. sg. all kinds of shapes; (á)-rûpa, a. (â, &isharp;) many-coloured, variegated (V.); wearing all forms, manifold, various; N. of a son of Tvashtri, whose three heads were struck off by Indra; â, f.dappled cow (V.); N. of certain verses (Br.); (á-)vâra, a. containing, bestowing etc. all treasures (V.); -vikhyâta, pp. known in the whole world; -víd, a. all-knowing; -visruta, pp. known in the whole world; (á)-vedas, a.all-knowing; (á)-sam bhû, a. beneficial to all; -súk, a. all-enlightening (RV.1); (á)-skandra, a. all-glittering (RV.); -samvanana, n. means of enchanting all; -samhâra, m. general destruction; -sakha, m. universal friend. |
| |
| viṣaya | m. [working, field of action] sphere of activity; scope, compass, range, reach (of the eye, ear, mind, etc.); duration (of life); province, department, domain, business; restricted sphere (gr.); room, ap propriateness for (g., rare); object of a sense (there are five corresponding to the five senses: sound, touch, form, taste, smell); objects or pleasures of sense, worldly concerns, sensual enjoyments (pl.); object (opp. subject); topic, subject-matter; aim, mark; object suitable for (d., g., --°ree;); subject of comparison (in a trope: e.g. in &open;lotus-eye,&close; &open;eye&close; is the visha ya, &open;lotus&close; the vishayinor object); place, spot; region, district, country, kingdom (pl. lands, possessions): --°ree; a. manifesting itself in or as; restricted to the category of, ex clusively belonging to, invariably; relating to, treating of, concerned with, directed to, aiming at: lc. vishaye, in the sphere of, with regard to, concerning (g., --°ree;); atra vishaye, with regard to this; khandasi vishaye, only in the Veda. |
| |
| viṣayaka | a. having -as its ob ject, regarding (--°ree;); -grâma, m. world of sense; -gña, a. specialist; -tâ, f. being the object of (g.); relation to, dependence on (--°ree;); -tva, n. being the object of, occurrence or treat ment in (--°ree;); limitation of anything (g.) to (--°ree;); relation to, dependence on, liability to (--°ree;); -vat, a. directed to objects of sense; objective; -vartin, a. directed to (g.); -vâsin, a. dwelling in a country; m. inhabitant; -½âtmaka, a. directed to objects of sense, in dulging in sensual pleasures; -½adhikrita, (pp.) m. governor of a province; -½adhipa, m. id.; king; -½anta, m. boundary of the country. |
| |
| viṣūcīna | a. spreading in all directions (V., P.). |
| |
| viṣūcikā | f. indigestion accompanied by evacuation in both directions. |
| |
| viṣu | ad. (°ree;--) on both sides, in various directions. |
| |
| viṣvak | ad., v. vishvañk: -sena, m. N. of Vishnu or Krishna; g-añkana, a. turned in all directions; g-gamana-vat, a. moving in all directions; g-vâtá, m. wind blowing in all directions. |
| |
| vihiṃsaka | a. injuring or harm ing (g., --°ree;); -himsa-tâ, f. injury to (lc.); -himsana, n., -himsâ, f. id. (g., --°ree;); -hita, pp. √ dhâ: -kshana, a. intent on (-artham), -tva, n. direction, prescription (vbl. n.), -ni yama, a. having taken a vow, -pratishid dha, pp. enjoined and prohibited, -sena, m. N. of a king; -hiti, f. procedure; accom plishment of (--°ree;). |
| |
| vidakṣiṇa | a. directed to a quar- ter different from the south. |
| |
| vīrudh | f. [growing in different direc tions: √ rudh=√ ruh] plant, herb (V., C.); creeping plant, low shrub (C.); noose (of Indra; S.). |
| |
| vyaṅgya | fp. (to be) made manifest; expressed by implication, suggested (rh.; opp. vâkya, directly stated; lakshya, indicated). |
| |
| vyañjana | n. ornament (RV.1); C.: manifesting, indicating; indirect or sym bolical expression, suggestion; mark, token, badge; insignia of a prince; sign of puberty (beard, breasts, etc., sg. & pl.); sauce, con diment; consonant. |
| |
| śabdākhyeya | fp. that may be said aloud; -½âdambara, m. verbosity; -½âdi mat, a. possessed of sound etc.; -½anurûpa, a. corresponding with one's voice; -½anusâs ana, n. doctrine of words, grammar; -½anu sâra, m. following a sound: in. in the direc tion of the sound (look). |
| |
| śāsana | a. (î) chastising; instruct ing; m. chastiser; instructor; n., C.: chas tisement, punishment; government, sway, rule, over (--°ree;); royal decree, edict, charter, grant; instruction, teaching (rare); precept, rule, counsel (rare); doctrine, faith, religion (rare); V., C.: direction, command, order, to any one (--°ree;): -m kri, obey the orders of (g.); e vrit or sthâ, obey any one (g., --°ree;); ab. sâsanât, by command of (g.): -dhara, m. bearer of a message, messenger; -vartin, a. obeying the orders of (g.); -vâhaka, m. mes senger; -silâ, f. edict engraved on stone; -hâraka, -hârin, m. messenger. |
| |
| saṃgraha | m. seizing, grasping; keeping, retaining; obtainment (pattra-, of leaves); taking (of food); magical with drawal of discharged missiles; collecting, gathering; accumulation, store; bringing together, assembling (of men); complete enumeration; collection, totality, complete compendium, summary, epitome (ord. mg.); inclusion (rare); restraining, controlling (rare); guarding, protection, of (g.); ruler (E.); propitiation, kind treatment, enter tainment: in. completely, entirely; in., ab. summarily, briefly; -grahana, n. acquisi tion; collecting, accumulation; encasing, setting in (--°ree;, of a jewel); restraining; pro pitiation (also V., -gráh-); adultery, with (--°ree;); -grahanîya, fp. to be directed towards (lc.); -grahin, m. collector; -grahîtrí, m. charioteer. |
| |
| sadhrīcīna | a. [from wk. base of sadhryañk] directed to a common aim, united (V.); leading in the right direction, correct (P.). |
| |
| saṃdeśya | fp. to be directed or in structed; -deshtavya, fp. id.; to be told to (g.). |
| |
| saṃdaṃśa | m. compression (of the lips); connexion; tongs; thumb and fore-finger; nippers (of a crab); section, chapter: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. pair of tongs; -darpa, m. arrogance, boasting of (--°ree;); -darbha, m. weaving (of a garland); piling (of arms); mixture; artistic combination (of words, notes etc.); literary composition; -darsana, n. seeing, beholding, viewing (ord. mg.); vision; gaze, look (rare); inspection, con sideration; appearance, manifestation; meet ing with (in. ± saha); showing, display (of or to, --°ree;): -m gam svapne, appear to (g.) in a dream; -m pra-yam, show oneself to (g.); lc. in view of; -d&asharp;na, n. bond, fetter, halter (V.); m. (?) fettering place (below the knee of an elephant); -dâna-tâ, f. condition of a fetter; -dânita, den. pp. bound, fettered: -ka, n. combination of three Slokas consisting of a single sentence; -digdha,pp. (√ dih) doubtful etc.; n. ambiguous expression: -tva, n. uncertainty, -punar-ukta-tva, n. uncer tainty and tautology, -buddhi, a. doubtful minded; -dîpaka, a. setting aflame, making jealous (--°ree;); -dîpana, a.kindling; exciting, provoking; m. one of the five arrows of Kâma; n. kindling, exciting, stimulating; -dûshana, a. (î) corrupting, ruining; n. de filing, violating; cause of ruin; -drís, f. (V.) sight; appearance; view, direction; -dríse, V. d. inf. of sam + √ dris. |
| |
| saprakāraka | a. containing a specification; -praga, a. possessing offspring; -pragâpati-ka, a. together with Pragâpati; -pragña, a. endowed with understanding; -pranaya, a. with the sacred syllable om; -pranâmam, ad. with a bow; -pratiban dha, a. entailing obstacles (legacy, which owing to the absence of direct male descend ants devolves on a collateral branch, a widow, etc.); -pratibha, a. possessed of ready in telligence, of quick discernment; -pratîkâsa, a. together with the reflection; -pratîvâpa, a. with an admixture; -pratyaya, a. having confidence in (lc.); trustworthy, sure: -ka, a. together with the suffix; -pratyâsam, ad. expectantly; -práthas (or sá-, YV.) a. (V.) extensive; extending, sounding, or shining far; -prabha, a. having the same lustre or appear ance as (--°ree;); -prabhâva, a. mighty, power ful; -pramâda, a.heedless, off one's guard; -pramodam, ad. joyfully; -prasrayam, ad. respectfully, modestly; -prasava, a. blessed with progeny: â, f. pregnant; -prasâda, a. gracious: -m, ad. -ly; -prahâsam, ad. burst ing into a laugh; (sá)-prâna, a. breathing, living; -prema, a. loving; -preman, a. re joicing in (lc.). |
| |
| samanta | V. a. (having their ends together), contiguous, neighbouring; com plete, entire: -m, ad. together with (in., RV.1); (á)-m, V. ad. (also °ree;-in C.) on all sides, around; completely, entirely; ab. (C.) from or on all sides, in all directions, all round; around (g.); completely; -tas, ad. id. |
| |
| samājñā | f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove. |
| |
| saṃpriya | a. mutually dear, being on good terms with (in.; V.); n. satisfaction (E., rare); -prîti, f. joy, delight, in (lc., --°ree;); good will, friendship (with, for, in. ± saha), love for (g., lc.); -preshana, n.sending, de spatch (sts. pl.); dismission; -praishá, m. summons, direction to an officiating priest (V.); -plava, m. flowing together of waters, flood, deluge; swell, surge (of the sea); dense mass, multitude, shower; tumult (of battle, --°ree;); submersion, ruin; -phulla, pp. expanded, blooming; -pheta, m. altercation. |
| |
| samyak | ad. (n. of samyañk), RV., E.: in one direction, together; C.: rightly, correctly, truly, duly, properly (sts. pred. in stead of a.); entirely, completely (rare; with na, not at all): -kri, make true (a promise); -sthâ, associate with (lc.): -tâ, f. rightness, correct manner; -tva, n. id.; perfection; -pâlana, n. due protection; -prayoga, m. correct employment: in., ab. by the employ ment of proper means; -samkalpa, m.correct will; -sambodha, m. complete enlighten ment (of Buddha). |
| |
| sarvatogāmin | a. going in all directions (weapon); -disam, ad. from all sides, in all directions; -bhadra, a. pleasant etc. in every way; m. an artificial stanza in which each half Pâda read backwards is identical with the other half (e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 25; Sisupâla-vadha XIX, 40); (áto)-mukha, a. (î) facing in all directions; unlimited, complete; m. kind of military array; -vritta, pp. omnipresent. |
| |
| sarvatas | ad. from all sides, in every direction, everywhere; *around (ac.); entire ly, completely, thoroughly; =ab. sg. or pl. from every, -every one. |
| |
| sākṣāt | ab. [aksha, eye] ad. with one's own eyes (C.); (before one's eyes), evi dently, actually, clearly (V., C.); in person, in bodily form (C.); directly (C.): with kri, see with one's owneyes, realise; -bhû, appear in person; -kâra, m. perception, realisation. |
| |
| sādhana | a. (â, î) RV.: directing to the goal, guiding; C.: procuring, securing (--°ree;); conjuring up (a spirit, --°ree;); expressive of, designating (--°ree;); n. subduing, vanquish ing; gaining power overby spells, summon ing (spirits, deities); carrying out, effecting, accomplishment, performance, fulfilment (common mg.); preparation (of food); pro curement; acquirement, attainment (of, g., --°ree;); recovery (of a debt); demonstration; expedient, means, instrument, requisite, for (g., --°ree;; ord. mg.); army, forces (sg., pl.); fight; proof; result; nominal notion (opp. action), sp. as subject or instrumental (gr.); affix between root and personal termination (=vikarana, gr.): -kshama, a. capable of proof; -tâ, f. state of being the means for (--°ree;); -tva, n. id. (g., prati, --°ree;); effective ness; state of being the proof; -vat, a. sup plied with proofs; -½adhyaksha, m. comman der-in-chief of the forces. |
| |
| sthita | pp. [√ sthâ] standing, -up (opp. walking, sitting, lying); standing firm (in battle); staying, remaining, situated, in a place (lc., ad., --°ree;; common mg.); being in a condition or position (in., ab., lc., --°ree;, n. in app.; more commonly ad., pp., pr. pt., gd.; w. pr. pt. or gd.=continually; ord. mg.); engaged in, intent on, addicted or devoted to, practising, persevering in (lc., --°ree;); abiding in, conforming to, following (command etc., lc.); being in office; steady, kept (agreement, counsel); settled, generally accepted (also Br.); determined, resolved upon; firmly con vinced; firmly resolved to (inf., lc. of vbl. n.); ready to (d.); being there, existing, present, come (time); directed to (lc., --°ree;; effort, gaze); resting or dependent on (lc.); conducing (oppression) to (d.); remaining, left (rare); having desisted or stopped; un accompanied by iti (in the Padapâtha); stand ing alone: -m, n. imps. it was stood by (in.) =he waited; anityam sthitah, not remain ing permanently, staying only a short time; purah --, =imminent; parasparam sthitau, standing face to face (as foes); muktâ½âkâ ra-tayâ --, resting in the form of (=like) a pearl (drop of water); pade sthite,=in the Padapâtha; n. standing still, staying: -vat, pp. act. being, in (lc.). |
| |
| svartha | a. travelling to fair goals, directed to worthy ends (RV.). |
| |
| svārtha | m. own affair or cause, per sonal matter or advantage, one's own aim or object; own=original meaning (of a word; gr.): -m or e, on one's own account, for oneself; a. directed to oneself, egoistical; adapted to its purpose: -para, a. intent on one's own interests; -prayatna, m. self-in terested project; -sâdhaka, a. promoting one's own objects; -sâdhana, n. furtherance of one's own objects. |
Concordance
146 results0 results7 results
| |
| aśvatthe | khadire dhave # AVP.6.4.4b. See under aśvatthāt. |
| |
| gośrīte | madhau madire vivakṣaṇe # RV.8.21.5b; SV.1.407b. |
| |
| cārum | agne ni ṣedire # RV.10.21.7b. |
| |
| cikitvāṃsaṃ | ni ṣedire # RV.4.7.5b. |
| |
| pari | spaśo ni ṣedire # RV.1.25.13c. |
| |
| bṛhad | vadanti madireṇa mandinā # RV.10.94.4a; KB.29.1. P: bṛhad vadanti śś.7.15.11. |
| |
| yat | sasvartā jihīḍire yad āviḥ # RV.7.58.5c. |
"dire" has 42 results
982 results
| ||
| abhidhatte | directly describes (like a dictionary meaning) | CC Madhya 6.142 |
| ||
| abhihitaḥ | directed | SB 9.4.21 |
| ||
| abhivarṣanti | directly give rain | SB 10.24.8 |
| ||
| adaḥ | directly | SB 10.1.43 |
| ||
| addhā | direct | SB 10.85.41-43 |
| ||
| addhā | directly | CC Adi 6.75 |
| ||
| SB 1.12.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.19.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.8.42 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.1.10 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.23.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.26.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.39.22 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.83.39 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.86.57 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.10.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.13.14 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.2.9 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.7.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.10.39 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.4.30 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.31.18 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.8.61 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.5.32 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.6.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.14.18 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.14.5 | ||
| ||
| addhā | directly (not indirectly through karma, jñāna or yoga) | CC Madhya 9.259-260 |
| ||
| addhā | directly or completely | SB 7.5.23-24 |
| ||
| adhyakṣaḥ | director | SB 2.9.25 |
| ||
| āmnāta | directed in the revealed scriptures | SB 5.1.6 |
| ||
| aṃśena | direct expansion (Lord Balarāma) | SB 10.48.24 |
| ||
| añjaḥ | directly | SB 10.29.36 |
| ||
| SB 11.30.38 | ||
| ||
| añjasā | direct | CC Adi 2.91-92 |
| ||
| añjasā | directly | SB 10.38.10 |
| ||
| SB 5.13.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.3.8 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.5.35 | ||
| ||
| anubhavaḥ | direct perception | SB 11.2.42 |
| ||
| anuśāsti | directs | SB 2.7.21 |
| ||
| anvaya | directly | CC Adi 1.56 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 25.123 | ||
| ||
| SB 2.9.36 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.7.24 | ||
| ||
| anvaya-vyatireke | directly or indirectly | CC Madhya 20.146 |
| ||
| anvaya-vyatireke | directly or indirectly | CC Madhya 20.146 |
| ||
| anvayāt | directly | SB 1.1.1 |
| ||
| anvayāt | directly from the spiritual connection | CC Madhya 20.359 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 25.148 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.266 | ||
| ||
| āśritam | directed | SB 4.4.20 |
| ||
| ātma-yoninā | directly born of the Lord | SB 3.9.43 |
| ||
| ātma-yoninā | directly born of the Lord | SB 3.9.43 |
| ||
| āviśate | directly enters | SB 11.13.17 |
| ||
| āvistarām | directly manifest | SB 11.7.21 |
| ||
| bhagavati | directed toward the Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 10.23.20-21 |
| ||
| bhakti-yogaḥ | direct devotional service | SB 2.2.33 |
| ||
| bhakti-yogaḥ | direct devotional service | SB 2.2.33 |
| ||
| devī | direct representative of the Lord | SB 1.19.15 |
| ||
| dhātaḥ | director | SB 3.9.42 |
| ||
| digbhyaḥ | directions | SB 4.3.5-7 |
| ||
| dik | directions | CC Adi 13.97 |
| ||
| SB 5.26.40 | ||
| ||
| dik-deśa | direction and country | SB 1.6.8 |
| ||
| dik-deśa | direction and country | SB 1.6.8 |
| ||
| dikṣu | directions | SB 5.20.30 |
| ||
| SB 9.18.4 | ||
| ||
| diśā | direction | CC Madhya 24.326 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | directions | BG 11.20 |
| ||
| Bs 5.51 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.14.13 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.15.10 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.17.4 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.24.8 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.12.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.7.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.19.15 | ||
| ||
| diśam | direction | SB 1.10.36 |
| ||
| SB 1.13.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.33.33 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.10.5 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.24.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.13.14 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.11.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.16.20 | ||
| ||
| diśam | direction | SB 9.16.20 |
| ||
| diśam | directions | SB 1.7.21 |
| ||
| SB 7.7.4-5 | ||
| ||
| diśe | direction | SB 6.17.1 |
| ||
| diśi | direction | SB 1.12.33 |
| ||
| SB 4.31.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.17.6 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.17.7 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.17.8 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.17.9 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.26.5 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.6.15-16 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.8.9-10 | ||
| ||
| diṣṭam | directed | SB 5.1.13 |
| ||
| draṣṭā | director | CC Madhya 20.314 |
| ||
| dṛṣṭa | directly perceived | SB 6.16.61-62 |
| ||
| gatim | direction | SB 1.14.3 |
| ||
| īśvara-svarūpa | direct representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 7.128 |
| ||
| īśvara-svarūpa | direct representation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 7.128 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | directions | SB 3.1.40 |
| ||
| SB 8.2.2-3 | ||
| ||
| kāṣṭhāyai | direction | SB 7.4.22-23 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-sańgame | directly enjoying with Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 8.212 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-sańgame | directly enjoying with Kṛṣṇa | CC Madhya 8.212 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | director of light | SB 3.6.15 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | director of light | SB 3.6.15 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | director of the planets | SB 3.6.13 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | director of the planets | SB 3.6.13 |
| ||
| mat-niṣṭhaḥ | directed towards Me | SB 3.32.32 |
| ||
| mat-niṣṭhaḥ | directed towards Me | SB 3.32.32 |
| ||
| mata | direction | CC Adi 12.75 |
| ||
| mata | direction | CC Adi 12.75 |
| ||
| mata | directions | CC Adi 12.75 |
| ||
| mayi | directed toward Me | SB 12.9.2 |
| ||
| mukham | directions | SB 1.7.26 |
| ||
| mukhya | direct | CC Adi 7.110 |
| ||
| CC Adi 7.111 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.132 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.133 | ||
| ||
| mukhya | direct meaning | CC Madhya 6.151 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | direct meaning | CC Adi 7.137 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | direct meaning | CC Adi 7.137 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.134 | ||
| ||
| mukhya-artha | direct meaning | CC Madhya 6.134 |
| ||
| mukhya-arthe | direct meaning | CC Adi 7.137 |
| ||
| mukhya-arthe | direct meaning | CC Adi 7.137 |
| ||
| mukhya-vṛtti | direct interpretation | CC Adi 7.131 |
| ||
| mukhya-vṛtti | direct interpretation | CC Adi 7.131 |
| ||
| nārāyaṇaḥ sākṣāt | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead (being the words of Nārāyaṇa) | SB 6.1.40 |
| ||
| nārāyaṇaḥ sākṣāt | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead (being the words of Nārāyaṇa) | SB 6.1.40 |
| ||
| nideśa | direction | SB 3.14.38 |
| ||
| nideśa-kṛt | directed | SB 1.17.40 |
| ||
| nideśa-kṛt | directed | SB 1.17.40 |
| ||
| nikṣiptam | directed | CC Antya 3.60 |
| ||
| nirūpitāḥ | directed | SB 1.4.31 |
| ||
| nṛtya śikhāilā | directed how to dance | CC Antya 5.22 |
| ||
| nṛtya śikhāilā | directed how to dance | CC Antya 5.22 |
| ||
| prabhu-ājñā | direct order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Madhya 11.114 |
| ||
| prabhu-ājñā | direct order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu | CC Madhya 11.114 |
| ||
| prakāśa | direct manifestation | CC Adi 1.44 |
| ||
| prakaṭeha | directly manifested | CC Madhya 13.155 |
| ||
| prapaśyanti | directly see | SB 8.3.27 |
| ||
| pratyak | directly | SB 3.21.33 |
| ||
| SB 5.1.27 | ||
| ||
| pratyakṣam | direct experience | SB 11.19.17 |
| ||
| pratyakṣam | direct perception | SB 11.28.18 |
| ||
| pratyakṣam | directly | SB 5.14.11 |
| ||
| pratyakṣam | directly visible | SB 10.3.28 |
| ||
| pratyakṣe | directly | CC Adi 3.85 |
| ||
| preraṇa | direction | CC Madhya 8.123 |
| ||
| sadyaḥ | directly | SB 3.9.17 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | direct | CC Adi 16.13 |
| ||
| CC Adi 8.51 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 10.180 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 11.113 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.98 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.81.6-7 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.87.47 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt | direct audience | CC Madhya 16.271 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | direct experience | CC Adi 1.58 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly | BG 18.75 |
| ||
| CC Adi 1.9 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 10.56 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 13.115 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 16.106 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 17.270 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 2.113 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 3.74 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly | CC Adi 3.74 |
| ||
| CC Adi 4.222 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.129 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.184 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.212 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.214 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.225 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 5.50 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 6.7 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 7.103 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 7.148 | ||
| ||
| CC Adi 7.70 | ||
| ||
| CC Antya 14.50 | ||
| ||
| CC Antya 18.55 | ||
| ||
| CC Antya 7.78 | ||
| ||
| CC Antya 8.15 | ||
| ||
| CC Antya 8.50 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 10.111 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 10.15 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 12.67 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 13.139 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 13.150 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 15.135 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly | CC Madhya 15.135 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 15.156 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 15.229 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 17.228-229 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 18.201 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 18.95 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 2.75 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 20.313 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 22.112 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 22.28 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 24.142 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 25.128 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 25.143-144 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 25.81 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 3.57 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 5.96 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.191 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.200 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.271 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 6.280 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 7.124 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.103 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.122 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.139 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.140 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.35 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.81 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 9.126 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 9.214 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 9.37 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 9.58 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.12.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.17.15 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.18.46 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.5.30 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.7.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.7.6 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.9.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 1.9.22 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.14.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.2.41 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.23.48-49 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.3.13 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.3.24 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.32.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.43.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.46.1 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.47.59 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.8.5 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.80.32 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.80.9 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.85.18 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.85.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 10.87.1 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.2.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.2.43 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.3.40 | ||
| ||
| SB 11.5.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.11.10 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.11.20 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.12.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.6.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.6.40-41 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.8.33-34 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.8.48 | ||
| ||
| SB 12.9.33 | ||
| ||
| SB 2.4.25 | ||
| ||
| SB 2.7.11 | ||
| ||
| SB 2.9.23 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.14.42 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.26.25 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.4.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 3.8.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.1.35 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.1.4 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.13.33 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.15.6 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.16.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.19.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.24.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.28.41 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.29.22 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.29.42-44 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.30.32 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.30.36 | ||
| ||
| SB 4.30.38 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.11.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.14.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.14.29 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.17.1 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly | SB 5.17.1 |
| ||
| SB 5.18.1 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.18.13 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.20.17 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.20.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.22.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.24.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.26.38 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.8.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.9.17 | ||
| ||
| SB 5.9.20 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.15.17 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.17.6 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.19.12 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.2.30 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.3.19 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.6.21-22 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.7.29-30 | ||
| ||
| SB 6.9.42 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.10.15-17 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.10.48 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.10.50 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.11.3 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.14.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.15.26 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.15.27 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.15.64 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.15.75 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.15.77 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.4.8 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.7.10 | ||
| ||
| SB 7.9.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.12.44 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.16.61 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.18.17 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.18.29 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.19.30 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.24.27 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.5.24 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.7.28 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.8.34 | ||
| ||
| SB 8.8.8 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.10.2 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.22.21-24 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.24.52 | ||
| ||
| SB 9.4.33-35 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly herself | SB 11.1.13-15 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly manifest | SB 10.23.10-11 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly or factually | SB 9.9.26-27 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | directly visible | SB 10.64.26 |
| ||
| SB 10.88.25-26 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt bhagavān | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Antya 7.8 |
| ||
| sākṣāt bhagavān | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Antya 7.8 |
| ||
| sākṣāt harim | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.10.19 |
| ||
| sākṣāt harim | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | SB 5.10.19 |
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Lord | CC Madhya 9.157 |
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Lord | CC Madhya 9.157 |
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.147 |
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 5.147 |
| ||
| CC Adi 6.6 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Adi 6.6 |
| ||
| CC Antya 7.17 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Antya 7.17 |
| ||
| CC Antya 7.20 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Antya 7.20 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 8.37 | ||
| ||
| sākṣāt īśvara | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead | CC Madhya 8.37 |
| ||
| sākṣāt nārāyaṇa | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa | CC Madhya 25.24 |
| ||
| sākṣāt nārāyaṇa | directly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa | CC Madhya 25.24 |
| ||
| sākṣāt pāṇḍu | directly Mahārāja Pāṇḍu | CC Madhya 10.53 |
| ||
| sākṣāt pāṇḍu | directly Mahārāja Pāṇḍu | CC Madhya 10.53 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-anubhave | directly experienced | CC Antya 16.79 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-anubhave | directly experienced | CC Antya 16.79 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśana | direct meeting | CC Antya 2.4 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśana | direct meeting | CC Antya 2.4 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kartari | directly the performer | SB 5.7.6 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kartari | directly the performer | SB 5.7.6 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kṛtam | directly offered | SB 5.5.27 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kṛtam | directly offered | SB 5.5.27 |
| ||
| sākṣāte | directly | CC Adi 10.57 |
| ||
| CC Antya 12.92 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 13.61 | ||
| ||
| CC Madhya 5.105 | ||
| ||
| sākṣātkāra | direct meeting | CC Madhya 10.181 |
| ||
| CC Madhya 2.73 | ||
| ||
| sākṣātkāra | directly manifest | CC Madhya 4.86 |
| ||
| samakṣam | directly | SB 10.8.35 |
| ||
| sammukhāḥ | directly facing | SB 10.54.2 |
| ||
| sammukhaḥ | directly facing | SB 11.27.19 |
| ||
| samudbhavam | directly manifested | BG 3.15 |
| ||
| sandarśita | direction to | SB 1.13.29 |
| ||
| sańgama | direct association | CC Madhya 8.213 |
| ||
| sarāna | directly | CC Madhya 25.210 |
| ||
| svataḥ | directly from Him | SB 11.4.4 |
| ||
| svayam eva | directly, personally | SB 9.24.52 |
| ||
| svayam eva | directly, personally | SB 9.24.52 |
| ||
| svāyambhuvaḥ | directly the son of Lord Brahmā | SB 6.1.3 |
| ||
| tatra | directed at the sage | SB 12.8.28 |
| ||
| uddeśa | direction | CC Antya 15.38 |
| ||
| vidhatte | direct | CC Madhya 20.147-148 |
| ||
| vihitam | directed | BG 17.5-6 |
| ||
| vrajendra-nandana | directly the son of Mahārāja Nanda | CC Madhya 18.118 |
| ||
| vrajendra-nandana | directly the son of Mahārāja Nanda | CC Madhya 18.118 |
| ||
| abhi | in all directions | SB 12.9.11 |
| ||
| sa-adhipatīn | with the great directors and leaders | SB 8.8.25 |
| ||
| adhokṣaje | who is beyond the reach of direct perception | SB 4.13.1 |
| ||
| kalā-ātma-vattva-ādi | of being a direct incarnation of the Lord | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādi | the ears, the sensation of sound and the demigods of the directions | SB 11.22.32 |
| ||
| sambhāṣaṇa-ādibhiḥ | by directly speaking with, and so on | SB 12.10.25 |
| ||
| ādiśya | just directing them | SB 3.16.32 |
| ||
| agrāhyam | beyond the grasp of direct perception | SB 11.7.23 |
| ||
| ājñā nahe | although there is no direct order | CC Madhya 11.122 |
| ||
| śāstra-ājñā | the direction of the revealed scripture | CC Madhya 22.140 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pālāḥ | the demigods, directors of different departments of this universe | SB 8.6.14 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pāla | all the directors of departments of material activities | SB 8.7.31 |
| ||
| akuto-bhayā | without fear from any direction | SB 7.7.13 |
| ||
| dik-ambaram | dressed by all directions (naked) | SB 1.19.27 |
| ||
| cit-ānanda-bhānoḥ | of the direct manifestation of spiritual energy and bliss | CC Madhya 3.28 |
| ||
| ańga-sańgaiḥ | by direct physical contact | SB 11.6.19 |
| ||
| añjasā | easily, totally or directly | SB 8.9.28 |
| ||
| ātma-anubhava | by direct perception of the soul | SB 11.7.10 |
| ||
| anudiśam | in terms of direction | SB 3.8.16 |
| ||
| brahma-kula-anugaḥ | following the directions of the brāhmaṇas | SB 7.11.15 |
| ||
| samaveta-anukalpena | by substituting the direct meaning of such incidents | SB 5.13.26 |
| ||
| anukīrtanāt | than constantly chanting under the direction of the bona fide spiritual master | SB 6.2.46 |
| ||
| pratiloma-anulomābhyām | in both direct and reverse order | SB 11.24.29 |
| ||
| anupalabdhe | in that which cannot be directly perceived | SB 11.20.4 |
| ||
| anuroddhum | to direct | SB 4.14.21 |
| ||
| anuśādhi | please direct | SB 7.8.48 |
| ||
| āpaḥ | Varuṇa, the director of water | SB 2.1.30 |
| ||
| artha-uktam | expressed indirectly | SB 11.3.36 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Adi 7.110 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Adi 7.133 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Madhya 6.134 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | the direct meaning | CC Madhya 25.26 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha-vivaraṇa | description of the direct meaning | CC Madhya 25.89 |
| ||
| arthena | by direct explanation | SB 2.10.2 |
| ||
| āśā-pālaiḥ | by the controlling deities of the directions | SB 12.6.71 |
| ||
| āśāḥ | the directions | SB 10.7.35-36 |
| ||
| āśāḥ | the directions | SB 10.63.35-36 |
| ||
| catasṛṣu āśāsu | in the four directions | SB 5.20.39 |
| ||
| asmat-karaṇa-gocaram | appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes | SB 8.5.45 |
| ||
| aṣṭa dike | in the eight directions | CC Adi 9.16 |
| ||
| aṣṭa-dike | in the eight directions | CC Madhya 20.211 |
| ||
| ātma-bhūḥ | born directly from the Lord | SB 2.8.25 |
| ||
| kalā-ātma-vattva-ādi | of being a direct incarnation of the Lord | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| bhūta-ātmā | the Supersoul of all living entities (the supreme director and enjoyer of them) | SB 6.16.51 |
| ||
| ātma-yoniḥ | who is born without a mother (directly begotten by the father, Lord Viṣṇu) | SB 7.9.35 |
| ||
| ātma-īśvaraḥ | the Supersoul giving direction to everyone | SB 8.12.7 |
| ||
| ātma-anubhava | by direct perception of the soul | SB 11.7.10 |
| ||
| para-ātmanām | of the subordinate living entities, who work only under the direction of the Supersoul | SB 6.12.7 |
| ||
| indriya-ātmane | the director of the senses | SB 4.24.36 |
| ||
| audumbarāḥ | one who lives on what he gets from the direction towards which he starts after rising from bed | SB 3.12.43 |
| ||
| mukhya-āveśa-avatāra | primary directly empowered incarnations | CC Madhya 20.370 |
| ||
| mukhya-āveśa-avatāra | primary directly empowered incarnations | CC Madhya 20.370 |
| ||
| sākṣāt bhagavataḥ | of the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| bhakta-gaṇe | to His direct disciples | CC Madhya 2.81 |
| ||
| cit-ānanda-bhānoḥ | of the direct manifestation of spiritual energy and bliss | CC Madhya 3.28 |
| ||
| mat-bhāvāya | for direct touch with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and My nature | CC Madhya 19.174 |
| ||
| akuto-bhayā | without fear from any direction | SB 7.7.13 |
| ||
| cāri bhite | in the four directions | CC Madhya 9.232 |
| ||
| ātma-bhūḥ | born directly from the Lord | SB 2.8.25 |
| ||
| svayam-bhūḥ | without material birth (born directly from the body of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu) | SB 11.13.18 |
| ||
| bhūta-ātmā | the Supersoul of all living entities (the supreme director and enjoyer of them) | SB 6.16.51 |
| ||
| brahma-sutāḥ | the direct sons of Brahmā | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| brahma-kula-anugaḥ | following the directions of the brāhmaṇas | SB 7.11.15 |
| ||
| brahmaṇyasya | of the supreme director of the brahminical culture | SB 3.16.17 |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 4.10.6 |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 8.20.32-33 |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 10.6.12 |
| ||
| ca | as well (in addition to those regulations which are directly vedoktam) | SB 11.3.47 |
| ||
| cāri bhite | in the four directions | CC Madhya 9.232 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in the four directions | CC Madhya 11.215 |
| ||
| cāri-dikera | in all four directions | CC Madhya 11.223 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in four directions | CC Madhya 20.193 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in four directions | CC Antya 2.28 |
| ||
| catasṛṣu āśāsu | in the four directions | SB 5.20.39 |
| ||
| cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā | by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests | SB 5.7.5 |
| ||
| catuḥ-diśam | the four directions (east, west, north and south) | SB 5.17.5 |
| ||
| catuḥ-dik | the four directions | CC Madhya 1.276 |
| ||
| catuḥ-dik | all directions | CC Antya 14.102 |
| ||
| catur-diśe | in all directions | CC Adi 9.30 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in the four directions | CC Madhya 21.141 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in all four directions | CC Antya 10.69 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in four directions | CC Antya 14.107 |
| ||
| caudike | in all directions | CC Adi 7.25 |
| ||
| chandaḥ-mayam | chiefly influenced by the directions in the Vedas | SB 7.9.21 |
| ||
| cit-ānanda-bhānoḥ | of the direct manifestation of spiritual energy and bliss | CC Madhya 3.28 |
| ||
| dig-daraśana | a glimpse of the direction | CC Adi 12.78 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | pointing out the direction | CC Madhya 17.232 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa pāiluń daraśana | we have seen Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.96 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | indicating the direction only | CC Madhya 20.300 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | just a little direction | CC Madhya 24.345 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | seeing the direction | CC Antya 17.65 |
| ||
| kari kṛṣṇa daraśane | I shall see Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.99 |
| ||
| pāra-darśakaḥ | one who can give directions to the other side | SB 1.13.40 |
| ||
| darśanam | which directly experiences | SB 10.20.43 |
| ||
| darśanāt | from the direct sight | SB 6.16.50 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśane | by direct meeting | CC Antya 2.5-6 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśane | by direct meetings | CC Antya 2.7 |
| ||
| darśane | by direct visits | CC Antya 2.12 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | ten directions | SB 6.9.13-17 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | the ten directions | SB 7.3.5 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | the ten directions | SB 7.8.10 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | all ten directions | SB 8.15.26 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | all the ten directions | SB 10.12.33 |
| ||
| daśa-dike | in the ten directions | CC Madhya 1.272 |
| ||
| daśa-dik | ten directions | CC Madhya 21.139 |
| ||
| daśa-dike | in all the ten directions | CC Madhya 25.271 |
| ||
| daśa dik | ten directions | CC Antya 3.230 |
| ||
| daśa dik | ten directions | CC Antya 3.233 |
| ||
| daśamāsasya | of one who is dressed by all directions | SB 1.12.11 |
| ||
| dik-devatāḥ | the demigods in charge of different directions, like the sun and the moon | SB 5.14.9 |
| ||
| dharma-śāstrāṇi | scriptures giving right directions to progressive life | SB 1.1.6 |
| ||
| dharma-mayīm | the director of all religious principles | SB 5.18.1 |
| ||
| dhātaḥ | O supreme director | SB 8.6.9 |
| ||
| dig-daraśana | a glimpse of the direction | CC Adi 12.78 |
| ||
| digbhiḥ | all the directions | SB 12.9.15 |
| ||
| digbhyaḥ | from all directions | SB 1.15.8 |
| ||
| digbhyaḥ | from every direction | SB 3.19.18 |
| ||
| digbhyaḥ | from all directions | SB 10.45.15-16 |
| ||
| digbhyaḥ | from the different directions | SB 10.72.14 |
| ||
| dik-ambaram | dressed by all directions (naked) | SB 1.19.27 |
| ||
| dik | the controller of directions | SB 2.5.30 |
| ||
| dik-gajendraḥ | the rulers of the different directions | SB 4.5.10 |
| ||
| dik | the directions | SB 4.5.10 |
| ||
| dik-devatāḥ | the demigods in charge of different directions, like the sun and the moon | SB 5.14.9 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-jayinaḥ | who are victorious in all directions | SB 5.14.40 |
| ||
| dik-gajāḥ | elephants that could go in any direction | SB 8.8.5 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | for conquering all directions | SB 8.19.5 |
| ||
| dik-vijayinaḥ | great heroes who have conquered all directions | SB 9.10.15 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-indra-paṭṭam | as the ornamental cloth covering the elephant that conquers the directions | SB 9.11.21 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | while conquering all directions | SB 9.20.30 |
| ||
| dik-taṭe | the edges of the directions | SB 10.33.24 |
| ||
| dik | of directions | SB 10.51.51 |
| ||
| dik | of the directions | SB 10.62.7 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | during the conquest of all directions | SB 10.70.24 |
| ||
| dik | in or of the universal directions | SB 10.70.44 |
| ||
| dik | of directions | SB 10.71.3 |
| ||
| dik | of all the directions | SB 10.72.12 |
| ||
| dik | of the directions | SB 10.86.21 |
| ||
| dik-vidikṣu | in all directions | CC Adi 4.125 |
| ||
| catuḥ-dik | the four directions | CC Madhya 1.276 |
| ||
| dik-vidik-jñāna | knowledge of the right direction or wrong direction | CC Madhya 3.10 |
| ||
| dik-vidik | the right or wrong direction | CC Madhya 8.9 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | pointing out the direction | CC Madhya 17.232 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | indicating the direction only | CC Madhya 20.300 |
| ||
| dik-pāla | the governors of the directions | CC Madhya 21.93-94 |
| ||
| daśa-dik | ten directions | CC Madhya 21.139 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | just a little direction | CC Madhya 24.345 |
| ||
| daśa dik | ten directions | CC Antya 3.230 |
| ||
| daśa dik | ten directions | CC Antya 3.233 |
| ||
| catuḥ-dik | all directions | CC Antya 14.102 |
| ||
| dik-mātra | only a direction | CC Antya 15.98 |
| ||
| dik-daraśana | seeing the direction | CC Antya 17.65 |
| ||
| dik | (in) the directions (north, south, east, and west) | Bs 5.5 |
| ||
| dik-pālaiḥ | protectors of the directions | Bs 5.5 |
| ||
| aṣṭa dike | in the eight directions | CC Adi 9.16 |
| ||
| daśa-dike | in the ten directions | CC Madhya 1.272 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in the four directions | CC Madhya 11.215 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in four directions | CC Madhya 20.193 |
| ||
| aṣṭa-dike | in the eight directions | CC Madhya 20.211 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in the four directions | CC Madhya 21.141 |
| ||
| daśa-dike | in all the ten directions | CC Madhya 25.271 |
| ||
| cāri-dike | in four directions | CC Antya 2.28 |
| ||
| sāta-dike | in seven directions | CC Antya 10.66 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in all four directions | CC Antya 10.69 |
| ||
| cau-dike | in four directions | CC Antya 14.107 |
| ||
| pañca-dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.9 |
| ||
| pāńca-dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.15 |
| ||
| pāńca dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.17 |
| ||
| kon dike | in what direction | CC Antya 15.17 |
| ||
| dike | in the direction | CC Antya 18.41 |
| ||
| ei dike | in this direction | CC Antya 18.46 |
| ||
| cāri-dikera | in all four directions | CC Madhya 11.223 |
| ||
| dikṣu | all directions | SB 1.8.6 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 2.7.20 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 4.10.22 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 4.10.23 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 4.24.12 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 4.24.22 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 5.2.14 |
| ||
| sarva-dikṣu | in all directions | SB 6.8.8-10 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions (east, west, north and south) | SB 6.8.34 |
| ||
| dikṣu | unto different directions | SB 7.12.26-28 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 8.12.20 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 8.15.35 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 8.21.8 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in different directions | SB 9.3.35 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in every direction | SB 9.4.49 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 9.20.32 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 10.4.44 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 10.31.1 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 10.72.24-25 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all the directions | SB 11.6.22 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in all directions | SB 11.16.5 |
| ||
| dikṣu | in the directions | SB 12.6.14 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | BG 11.25 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in all directions | BG 11.36 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 1.14.15 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the four directions | SB 2.1.29 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the direction or the god of air | SB 2.10.22 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | of the directions | SB 3.6.17 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 3.12.33 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the deities presiding over the directions | SB 3.26.55 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the deities presiding over the directions | SB 3.26.64 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in different directions | SB 4.4.34 |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 4.10.6 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 4.16.27 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in the four directions | SB 4.17.16 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 4.30.5 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 5.13.4 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 5.20.13 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 5.20.45 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 6.1.34-36 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 6.1.42 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all the directions | SB 6.8.14 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | ten directions | SB 6.9.13-17 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | to the directions | SB 6.13.14 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | the ten directions | SB 7.3.5 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 7.4.5-7 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | the ten directions | SB 7.8.10 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in all directions | SB 7.15.16 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in all directions | SB 7.15.17 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 7.15.20 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.2.2-3 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | different directions | SB 8.5.38 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 8.6.2 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.7.26 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.8.8 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.10.38 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.11.26 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | all ten directions | SB 8.15.26 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.15.26 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.18.4 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in all directions | SB 8.19.11 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 8.20.21 |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 8.20.32-33 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | and all directions | SB 8.21.31 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 9.1.29 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 9.4.51 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB 9.9.23-24 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all directions | SB summary |
| ||
| diśaḥ ca | and all directions | SB 10.6.12 |
| ||
| pradiśaḥ diśaḥ | entered everywhere, in all directions | SB 10.7.21 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.8.37-39 |
| ||
| diśaḥ daśa | all the ten directions | SB 10.12.33 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in the directions | SB 10.13.59 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.34.12-13 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all the directions | SB 10.38.28-33 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.40.13-14 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | and all the directions | SB 10.42.18 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | in all directions | SB 10.51.11 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.59.8 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.63.22 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.66.34 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all the directions | SB 10.76.9-11 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.77.13 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all the directions | SB 10.80.37 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.80.38 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 10.85.9 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 11.2.41 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | all the directions | SB 11.30.28-32 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 11.30.43 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 12.9.16 |
| ||
| diśaḥ | the directions | SB 12.11.6-8 |
| ||
| diśam uttarām | in the northern direction | SB 1.6.10 |
| ||
| diśām | of all directions | SB 2.6.3 |
| ||
| diśām | in all directions | SB 3.15.2 |
| ||
| diśām | of all directions | SB 3.31.38 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ-diśam | from all directions | SB 4.10.25 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ-diśam | from all directions | SB 4.14.38 |
| ||
| yathā-diśam | according to the directions | SB 5.16.29 |
| ||
| catuḥ-diśam | the four directions (east, west, north and south) | SB 5.17.5 |
| ||
| diśam | the direction | SB 6.5.2 |
| ||
| diśam | all directions | SB 8.21.27 |
| ||
| diśām | all directions | SB 9.11.12 |
| ||
| diśam | the direction | SB 9.23.16 |
| ||
| diśām | of all directions | SB 10.46.46 |
| ||
| diśam | to the direction | SB 10.52.2 |
| ||
| diśam diśam | in various directions | SB 10.82.21 |
| ||
| diśam diśam | in various directions | SB 10.82.21 |
| ||
| diśām | of the directions | SB 10.85.9 |
| ||
| diśam | the direction | SB 10.89.46 |
| ||
| diśām | of all directions | CC Adi 16.3 |
| ||
| parvata-diśāte | in the direction of the sand dune | CC Antya 14.85 |
| ||
| diśati | she directs | CC Madhya 22.6 |
| ||
| pūrva-diśāya | in the eastern direction | CC Antya 18.42 |
| ||
| catur-diśe | in all directions | CC Adi 9.30 |
| ||
| diśi diśi | in all directions | SB 4.16.23 |
| ||
| diśi diśi | in all directions | SB 4.16.23 |
| ||
| diśi | in the direction | SB 5.26.5 |
| ||
| diśi | in the direction | SB 6.9.28 |
| ||
| diśi diśi | in all directions | SB 8.7.19 |
| ||
| diśi diśi | in all directions | SB 8.7.19 |
| ||
| diśi | in the direction | SB 9.19.22 |
| ||
| diśi | in the direction | SB 10.34.26 |
| ||
| diśi | to the direction | SB 10.72.13 |
| ||
| vidhi-diṣṭaḥ | according to the direction of scripture | BG 17.11 |
| ||
| dṛk | all directions | SB 8.7.14 |
| ||
| yat-dṛk-viṣayaḥ | has become the object of direct vision, face to face | SB 10.12.12 |
| ||
| vibhīṣaṇa-dṛśā | by the direction of Vibhīṣaṇa, the brother of Rāvaṇa | SB 9.10.16 |
| ||
| dṛśaḥ | of all directions | SB 9.5.7 |
| ||
| dṛśam | the direction | SB 2.9.5 |
| ||
| pratyak-dṛśe | as the direct observer (of all activities) | SB 8.3.17 |
| ||
| dṛṣṭa-vat | like direct experience | SB 4.29.2b |
| ||
| dṛṣṭa-śruta | by experiencing personally through direct association, or by getting knowledge from the Vedas | SB 5.12.14 |
| ||
| dṛṣṭam | experienced by direct perception | CC Madhya 25.37 |
| ||
| śāstra-dṛṣṭye | according to the directions of revealed scriptures | CC Adi 10.90 |
| ||
| śāstra-dṛṣṭye | according to the direction of the śāstra | CC Antya 5.44 |
| ||
| dṛśyamānam | being observed by direct experience | SB 11.18.26 |
| ||
| ei dike | in this direction | CC Antya 18.46 |
| ||
| na ekadhā | in different directions | SB 4.5.18 |
| ||
| dik-gajāḥ | elephants that could go in any direction | SB 8.8.5 |
| ||
| dik-gajendraḥ | the rulers of the different directions | SB 4.5.10 |
| ||
| bhakta-gaṇe | to His direct disciples | CC Madhya 2.81 |
| ||
| gauṇa | indirect | CC Adi 5.60 |
| ||
| gauṇa-vṛttye | by indirect meanings | CC Adi 7.109 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Adi 7.110 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Adi 7.133 |
| ||
| gauṇa-artha | indirect meaning | CC Madhya 6.134 |
| ||
| gauṇa | indirect | CC Madhya 19.187 |
| ||
| sapta gauṇa | seven indirect mellows | CC Madhya 19.188 |
| ||
| gauṇaḥ | indirect | CC Madhya 19.186 |
| ||
| asmat-karaṇa-gocaram | appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes | SB 8.5.45 |
| ||
| sańgama ha-ite | than direct embracing | CC Madhya 14.179 |
| ||
| sańgama haite su-madhura | sweeter than direct union | CC Antya 20.60 |
| ||
| vidhi-hīnam | without scriptural direction | BG 17.13 |
| ||
| cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā | by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests | SB 5.7.5 |
| ||
| hṛṣīka-īśaḥ | Hṛṣīkeśa (Kṛṣṇa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees) | BG 1.15 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-jayinaḥ | who are victorious in all directions | SB 5.14.40 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-indra-paṭṭam | as the ornamental cloth covering the elephant that conquers the directions | SB 9.11.21 |
| ||
| īkṣaṇa | from directly seeing | SB 6.9.29-30 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-indra-paṭṭam | as the ornamental cloth covering the elephant that conquers the directions | SB 9.11.21 |
| ||
| indriya-ātmane | the director of the senses | SB 4.24.36 |
| ||
| hṛṣīka-īśaḥ | Hṛṣīkeśa (Kṛṣṇa, the Lord who directs the senses of the devotees) | BG 1.15 |
| ||
| loka-īśaḥ | the director named Mitra | SB 3.6.20 |
| ||
| loka-īśaiḥ | by the various directors of the universe | SB 8.9.4 |
| ||
| īśvaraḥ | the Lord or director | SB 6.4.13 |
| ||
| ātma-īśvaraḥ | the Supersoul giving direction to everyone | SB 8.12.7 |
| ||
| itarataḥ | indirectly | SB 1.1.1 |
| ||
| itarataḥ | indirectly from the lack of material contact | CC Madhya 8.266 |
| ||
| itarataḥ | indirectly from the lack of material contact | CC Madhya 20.359 |
| ||
| itarataḥ | indirectly from the lack of material contact | CC Madhya 25.148 |
| ||
| sańgama ha-ite | than direct embracing | CC Madhya 14.179 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-jayinaḥ | who are victorious in all directions | SB 5.14.40 |
| ||
| dik-vidik-jñāna | knowledge of the right direction or wrong direction | CC Madhya 3.10 |
| ||
| kakup-juṣaḥ | all directions thus being served | SB 2.7.25 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | all directions | SB 3.13.24 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | the directions | SB 4.1.53 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | all directions | SB 7.4.24 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | the ten directions | SB 7.8.33 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | all the directions | SB 8.20.25-29 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | all directions | SB 10.10.28 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | the directions | SB 10.66.39 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | all directions | SB 10.71.14 |
| ||
| kakubhaḥ | the directions | SB 12.9.28-29 |
| ||
| kakubhi udīcyām | in the northern direction | SB 4.5.7 |
| ||
| kakup-juṣaḥ | all directions thus being served | SB 2.7.25 |
| ||
| kakup | all directions within the universe | SB 7.4.19 |
| ||
| kalā-ātma-vattva-ādi | of being a direct incarnation of the Lord | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| asmat-karaṇa-gocaram | appreciable by our direct senses, especially by our eyes | SB 8.5.45 |
| ||
| karena prakāśe | manifests directly | CC Antya 2.14 |
| ||
| kari kṛṣṇa daraśane | I shall see Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.99 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇava-smṛti karibāre | to write a directory of Vaiṣṇava activities | CC Madhya 24.324 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhāḥ | different directions | SB 4.24.1 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhānām | and of the directions | SB 10.88.24 |
| ||
| kāṣṭhau | the directions | SB 3.17.17 |
| ||
| kon dike | in what direction | CC Antya 15.17 |
| ||
| veda-kriyā | by ritualistic ceremonies according to the directions of the Vedas | SB 10.2.34 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa pāiluń daraśana | we have seen Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.96 |
| ||
| kari kṛṣṇa daraśane | I shall see Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.99 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-sevā | Lord Kṛṣṇa's direct service | CC Antya 4.218 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-uddeśa | the direction in which Kṛṣṇa has gone | CC Antya 15.41 |
| ||
| vidhi-kṛt | giving direction | SB 7.15.76 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kṛtam | to the directly manifest fruit | SB 10.22.20 |
| ||
| brahma-kula-anugaḥ | following the directions of the brāhmaṇas | SB 7.11.15 |
| ||
| pratīti lāgi' | for direct evidence | CC Madhya 9.209 |
| ||
| lakṣaṇā | indirect | CC Adi 7.131 |
| ||
| lakṣyam | although they could directly perceive that the trees had fallen | SB 10.11.2 |
| ||
| lińgaiḥ | and by indirectly ascertained symptoms | SB 11.7.23 |
| ||
| lingam | indirect reference to whom | SB 10.63.25 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | the directors of material affairs | SB 3.6.12 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | the director | SB 3.6.16 |
| ||
| loka-īśaḥ | the director named Mitra | SB 3.6.20 |
| ||
| loka-pālānām | of the directors of planetary systems | SB 5.20.30 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pālāḥ | the demigods, directors of different departments of this universe | SB 8.6.14 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pāla | all the directors of departments of material activities | SB 8.7.31 |
| ||
| loka-īśaiḥ | by the various directors of the universe | SB 8.9.4 |
| ||
| loka-nāthāḥ | the directors of the various planets | SB 9.18.5 |
| ||
| lunanti | pull in many directions | SB 11.9.27 |
| ||
| sańgama haite su-madhura | sweeter than direct union | CC Antya 20.60 |
| ||
| mām | My direction | SB 4.30.15 |
| ||
| mat-bhāvāya | for direct touch with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and My nature | CC Madhya 19.174 |
| ||
| dik-mātra | only a direction | CC Antya 15.98 |
| ||
| chandaḥ-mayam | chiefly influenced by the directions in the Vedas | SB 7.9.21 |
| ||
| dharma-mayīm | the director of all religious principles | SB 5.18.1 |
| ||
| mukhya-vṛttye | by direct understanding | CC Adi 7.108 |
| ||
| mukhya-āveśa-avatāra | primary directly empowered incarnations | CC Madhya 20.370 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha | the direct meaning | CC Madhya 25.26 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha-vivaraṇa | description of the direct meaning | CC Madhya 25.89 |
| ||
| na ekadhā | in different directions | SB 4.5.18 |
| ||
| na prakāśate | is not directly manifested | SB 4.29.59 |
| ||
| ājñā nahe | although there is no direct order | CC Madhya 11.122 |
| ||
| loka-nāthāḥ | the directors of the various planets | SB 9.18.5 |
| ||
| nidarśanam | specifically directs | SB 2.5.1 |
| ||
| nirdeśam | the direction | SB 7.2.13 |
| ||
| nirviśeṣam | not directed to any particular person (but to the Supreme, although he did not know who the Supreme is) | SB 8.3.30 |
| ||
| sahasra-padavīm | which branches out in thousands of directions | SB 11.21.38-40 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa pāiluń daraśana | we have seen Lord Kṛṣṇa directly | CC Madhya 18.96 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pāla | all the directors of departments of material activities | SB 8.7.31 |
| ||
| dik-pāla | the governors of the directions | CC Madhya 21.93-94 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | the directors of material affairs | SB 3.6.12 |
| ||
| loka-pālaḥ | the director | SB 3.6.16 |
| ||
| akhila-loka-pālāḥ | the demigods, directors of different departments of this universe | SB 8.6.14 |
| ||
| āśā-pālaiḥ | by the controlling deities of the directions | SB 12.6.71 |
| ||
| dik-pālaiḥ | protectors of the directions | Bs 5.5 |
| ||
| loka-pālānām | of the directors of planetary systems | SB 5.20.30 |
| ||
| pañca-rasa | five direct transcendental mellows | CC Madhya 19.188 |
| ||
| pañca-dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.9 |
| ||
| pāńca-dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.15 |
| ||
| pāńca dike | in five directions | CC Antya 15.17 |
| ||
| pāra-darśakaḥ | one who can give directions to the other side | SB 1.13.40 |
| ||
| para-ātmanām | of the subordinate living entities, who work only under the direction of the Supersoul | SB 6.12.7 |
| ||
| smṛti-paracāra | propagation of the directions of Vaiṣṇava behavior | CC Madhya 24.325 |
| ||
| paridhīn | all directions | SB 8.15.10-11 |
| ||
| parjanyaḥ | the director of rainfall | SB 4.14.26-27 |
| ||
| parokṣa-priyaḥ | interesting by indirect description | SB 4.28.65 |
| ||
| parokṣa | indirect | CC Madhya 11.113 |
| ||
| parokṣaḥ | indirect | SB 8.22.5 |
| ||
| parokṣam | indirectly | SB 5.14.11 |
| ||
| parokṣam | indirect explanation | SB 11.21.35 |
| ||
| parokṣe | indirectly | CC Madhya 13.61 |
| ||
| pārokṣyeṇa | indirectly | SB 4.28.65 |
| ||
| parvata-diśāte | in the direction of the sand dune | CC Antya 14.85 |
| ||
| paśyāmi | we see directly | SB 8.6.9 |
| ||
| patha | of the direction | SB 9.2.16 |
| ||
| patiḥ | the director | SB 2.4.20 |
| ||
| patiḥ | the supreme director | SB 9.14.3 |
| ||
| dik-ibha-indra-paṭṭam | as the ornamental cloth covering the elephant that conquers the directions | SB 9.11.21 |
| ||
| pracoditāt | from being so directed in the scriptures | SB 4.19.27 |
| ||
| pradarśitaḥ | is directed | SB 9.18.5 |
| ||
| pradiśaḥ diśaḥ | entered everywhere, in all directions | SB 10.7.21 |
| ||
| na prakāśate | is not directly manifested | SB 4.29.59 |
| ||
| karena prakāśe | manifests directly | CC Antya 2.14 |
| ||
| pratidṛśam | in every direction | SB 1.9.42 |
| ||
| pratidṛṣṭeṣu | according to the direction of the Vedas | SB 4.26.6 |
| ||
| pratiloma-anulomābhyām | in both direct and reverse order | SB 11.24.29 |
| ||
| pratisrotaḥ | which was flowing in the opposite direction | SB 9.15.21 |
| ||
| pratīti lāgi' | for direct evidence | CC Madhya 9.209 |
| ||
| pratyak-dṛśe | as the direct observer (of all activities) | SB 8.3.17 |
| ||
| pratyakṣa | by direct experience | BG 9.2 |
| ||
| pratyakṣa | and by direct perception | SB 10.48.19 |
| ||
| pratyakṣa | by his direct perception | SB 11.7.20 |
| ||
| pratyakṣa | by direct experience | CC Antya 13.60 |
| ||
| pratyakṣeṇa | by direct perception | SB 11.28.9 |
| ||
| parokṣa-priyaḥ | interesting by indirect description | SB 4.28.65 |
| ||
| pūrva-diśāya | in the eastern direction | CC Antya 18.42 |
| ||
| pañca-rasa | five direct transcendental mellows | CC Madhya 19.188 |
| ||
| rūḍhi-vṛttye | by the chief or direct meaning | CC Madhya 6.275 |
| ||
| rūḍhi-vṛttye | by the direct meaning | CC Madhya 24.82 |
| ||
| sva-rūpa | the direct representative | CC Adi 1.47 |
| ||
| sa-adhipatīn | with the great directors and leaders | SB 8.8.25 |
| ||
| sa-vijñānam | along with direct realization | SB 11.5.12 |
| ||
| sahaja | the direct | CC Madhya 25.49 |
| ||
| sahasra-padavīm | which branches out in thousands of directions | SB 11.21.38-40 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | perceivable by hearing from the authorities and by direct perception | SB 5.11.13-14 |
| ||
| sākṣāt bhagavataḥ | of the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-kṛtam | to the directly manifest fruit | SB 10.22.20 |
| ||
| sākṣāt | in its direct manifestations | SB 10.89.14-17 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-śaktye | when there is direct power | CC Madhya 20.368 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśane | by direct meeting | CC Antya 2.5-6 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-darśane | by direct meetings | CC Antya 2.7 |
| ||
| sākṣātkāraḥ | the direct result | SB 5.24.19 |
| ||
| sākṣiṇaḥ | who is the direct observer | SB 10.2.36 |
| ||
| sākṣāt-śaktye | when there is direct power | CC Madhya 20.368 |
| ||
| samantāt | from all directions | BG 11.30 |
| ||
| samantāt | in all directions | SB 8.15.23 |
| ||
| samantāt | in all directions | SB 12.4.10 |
| ||
| samantāt | in all directions | SB 12.11.46 |
| ||
| samavekṣitum | to look upon Him directly | SB 10.74.27-28 |
| ||
| samaveta-anukalpena | by substituting the direct meaning of such incidents | SB 5.13.26 |
| ||
| sambhāṣaṇa-ādibhiḥ | by directly speaking with, and so on | SB 12.10.25 |
| ||
| sāmīpya | having direct association with Me | CC Adi 4.207 |
| ||
| sāmīpya | having direct association with Me | CC Madhya 19.173 |
| ||
| saṃyamānām | and of all the directors controlling the various departments of the cosmic manifestation | SB 8.12.7 |
| ||
| sandeśam | the direction | SB 3.24.5 |
| ||
| ańga-sańgaiḥ | by direct physical contact | SB 11.6.19 |
| ||
| sańgama ha-ite | than direct embracing | CC Madhya 14.179 |
| ||
| sańgama haite su-madhura | sweeter than direct union | CC Antya 20.60 |
| ||
| sańgatāḥ | getting His direct association | SB 10.29.10-11 |
| ||
| sańkarṣaṇaḥ | My direct expansion Lord Sańkarṣaṇa | SB 11.14.15 |
| ||
| sapta gauṇa | seven indirect mellows | CC Madhya 19.188 |
| ||
| sarva-dikṣu | in all directions | SB 6.8.8-10 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | from all directions | SB 1.19.23 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ-diśam | from all directions | SB 4.10.25 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | in all directions | SB 4.10.27 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ-diśam | from all directions | SB 4.14.38 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | from all directions | SB 4.15.11 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | in all directions, in all times and from all angles of vision | SB 7.6.19 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | in all directions | SB 10.41.38 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | in all directions | SB 10.63.16 |
| ||
| sarvataḥ | in every direction | Bs 5.23 |
| ||
| śāstra-dṛṣṭye | according to the directions of revealed scriptures | CC Adi 10.90 |
| ||
| śāstra-ājñā | the direction of the revealed scripture | CC Madhya 22.140 |
| ||
| śāstra-dṛṣṭye | according to the direction of the śāstra | CC Antya 5.44 |
| ||
| dharma-śāstrāṇi | scriptures giving right directions to progressive life | SB 1.1.6 |
| ||
| sāta-dike | in seven directions | CC Antya 10.66 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-sevā | Lord Kṛṣṇa's direct service | CC Antya 4.218 |
| ||
| śikhāya | gives direction | CC Antya 5.14 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇava-smṛti karibāre | to write a directory of Vaiṣṇava activities | CC Madhya 24.324 |
| ||
| smṛti-paracāra | propagation of the directions of Vaiṣṇava behavior | CC Madhya 24.325 |
| ||
| śravaṇa-ādi | the ears, the sensation of sound and the demigods of the directions | SB 11.22.32 |
| ||
| viśva-sṛjaḥ | the directors of the cosmic creation | SB 6.16.48 |
| ||
| viśva-sṛjaḥ | the directors of universal management | SB 8.8.27 |
| ||
| dṛṣṭa-śruta | by experiencing personally through direct association, or by getting knowledge from the Vedas | SB 5.12.14 |
| ||
| vyāja-stuti | indirect prayer | CC Madhya 2.66 |
| ||
| sańgama haite su-madhura | sweeter than direct union | CC Antya 20.60 |
| ||
| brahma-sutāḥ | the direct sons of Brahmā | SB 5.5.21-22 |
| ||
| sva-rūpa | the direct representative | CC Adi 1.47 |
| ||
| svayam-bhūḥ | without material birth (born directly from the body of Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu) | SB 11.13.18 |
| ||
| tat u | that indirectly | SB 5.5.26 |
| ||
| dik-taṭe | the edges of the directions | SB 10.33.24 |
| ||
| tathā | according to the direction | SB 9.6.7 |
| ||
| tatra | in that direction | SB 6.5.3 |
| ||
| ṭhāreṭhore | by direct and indirect indications | CC Adi 13.101 |
| ||
| tat u | that indirectly | SB 5.5.26 |
| ||
| ubhayataḥ | from both directions | SB 4.14.8 |
| ||
| uddeśa | the direction | CC Antya 15.36 |
| ||
| kṛṣṇa-uddeśa | the direction in which Kṛṣṇa has gone | CC Antya 15.41 |
| ||
| kakubhi udīcyām | in the northern direction | SB 4.5.7 |
| ||
| veda-uktaiḥ | as directed in the Vedic literatures | SB 7.15.67 |
| ||
| artha-uktam | expressed indirectly | SB 11.3.36 |
| ||
| upaveda | knowledge in pursuance of the Veda indirectly | SB 2.8.20 |
| ||
| utsarpadbhiḥ | with wanderings in all directions | CC Antya 1.190 |
| ||
| diśam uttarām | in the northern direction | SB 1.6.10 |
| ||
| vācā | by the Vedic directions | SB 3.15.8 |
| ||
| vacasā | under the direction | SB 3.21.16 |
| ||
| vaidika | under the direction of Vedic instructions | SB 8.6.9 |
| ||
| vaiṣṇava-smṛti karibāre | to write a directory of Vaiṣṇava activities | CC Madhya 24.324 |
| ||
| vaitānikena | with authorized books that direct the performance of yajña | SB 7.14.16 |
| ||
| dṛṣṭa-vat | like direct experience | SB 4.29.2b |
| ||
| vidhi-vat | according to the directions of the spiritual master and the śāstras | SB 7.15.5 |
| ||
| kalā-ātma-vattva-ādi | of being a direct incarnation of the Lord | SB 5.15.6 |
| ||
| vāyuḥ | Vāyu, the director of the air | SB 4.14.26-27 |
| ||
| veda-uktaiḥ | as directed in the Vedic literatures | SB 7.15.67 |
| ||
| veda-kriyā | by ritualistic ceremonies according to the directions of the Vedas | SB 10.2.34 |
| ||
| vibhīṣaṇa-dṛśā | by the direction of Vibhīṣaṇa, the brother of Rāvaṇa | SB 9.10.16 |
| ||
| vidadhātu | may direct | SB 3.13.17 |
| ||
| vidhehi | give direction | SB 3.13.8 |
| ||
| vidhi-diṣṭaḥ | according to the direction of scripture | BG 17.11 |
| ||
| vidhi-hīnam | without scriptural direction | BG 17.13 |
| ||
| vidhi-vat | according to the directions of the spiritual master and the śāstras | SB 7.15.5 |
| ||
| vidhi-kṛt | giving direction | SB 7.15.76 |
| ||
| yathā-vidhi | as directed in the authorized scriptures | SB 8.8.12 |
| ||
| cātuḥ-hotra-vidhinā | by the regulative principles of sacrifice directed by four kinds of priests | SB 5.7.5 |
| ||
| dik-vidik-jñāna | knowledge of the right direction or wrong direction | CC Madhya 3.10 |
| ||
| dik-vidik | the right or wrong direction | CC Madhya 8.9 |
| ||
| dik-vidikṣu | in all directions | CC Adi 4.125 |
| ||
| vidikṣu | and in the intermediate directions (northeast, southeast, southwest, and northwest) | Bs 5.5 |
| ||
| vidiśaḥ | randomly in other directions | SB 4.17.16 |
| ||
| viduḥ | they directly know | SB 11.20.37 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | for conquering all directions | SB 8.19.5 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | while conquering all directions | SB 9.20.30 |
| ||
| dik-vijaye | during the conquest of all directions | SB 10.70.24 |
| ||
| dik-vijayinaḥ | great heroes who have conquered all directions | SB 9.10.15 |
| ||
| vijñāna | and direct perception of the truth | SB 11.19.8 |
| ||
| vijñāna | and direct realization of His opulence and sweetness | SB 12.6.7 |
| ||
| vijñāna | with direct realization | SB 12.12.55 |
| ||
| sa-vijñānam | along with direct realization | SB 11.5.12 |
| ||
| viparītān | in the wrong direction | BG 18.32 |
| ||
| yat-dṛk-viṣayaḥ | has become the object of direct vision, face to face | SB 10.12.12 |
| ||
| viśva-sṛjaḥ | the directors of the cosmic creation | SB 6.16.48 |
| ||
| viśva-sṛjaḥ | the directors of universal management | SB 8.8.27 |
| ||
| viṣvak | in all directions | SB 7.8.19-22 |
| ||
| viṣvak | all the directions | SB 11.3.10 |
| ||
| mukhya-artha-vivaraṇa | description of the direct meaning | CC Madhya 25.89 |
| ||
| mukhya-vṛttye | by direct understanding | CC Adi 7.108 |
| ||
| gauṇa-vṛttye | by indirect meanings | CC Adi 7.109 |
| ||
| rūḍhi-vṛttye | by the chief or direct meaning | CC Madhya 6.275 |
| ||
| rūḍhi-vṛttye | by the direct meaning | CC Madhya 24.82 |
| ||
| vyāja-stuti | indirect prayer | CC Madhya 2.66 |
| ||
| vyatirekābhyām | indirectly | SB 2.9.36 |
| ||
| vyatirekābhyām | and indirectly | CC Adi 1.56 |
| ||
| vyatirekābhyām | and indirectly | CC Madhya 25.123 |
| ||
| vyatireke | by indirect explanations | CC Madhya 25.54 |
| ||
| vyatirekeṇa | and indirectly | SB 7.7.24 |
| ||
| yamaḥ | Yamarāja, the director of sinners | SB 2.1.31 |
| ||
| yantritāḥ | are directed | SB 3.15.8 |
| ||
| yat | fixed under Your direction | SB 9.10.14 |
| ||
| yat-dṛk-viṣayaḥ | has become the object of direct vision, face to face | SB 10.12.12 |
| ||
| yataḥ | in which (direction) | SB 6.17.1 |
| ||
| yathā-diśam | according to the directions | SB 5.16.29 |
| ||
| yathā-vidhi | as directed in the authorized scriptures | SB 8.8.12 |
| ||
| ātma-yoniḥ | who is born without a mother (directly begotten by the father, Lord Viṣṇu) | SB 7.9.35 |
"dire" has 6 results.
|
|
| √ Root Search | Word Frequency | Sandhi | Pāṇini Research Tool | Sanskrit OCR | NCC Map| Maldives Map | 931416 Unique Words and 3500+ Years of History | Help Feedback |
icon to enable a popup keybord and you can toggle between देवनागरी and IAST characters. If you want a system software for typing easily in देवनागरी or IAST you can download our software called SanskritWriter